Перевод: со всех языков на английский

But here another

1 возникает вопрос

. в связи с этим возникает вопрос

•
But here another point arises.

•
This brings up the question: What is the overall length of the X-chromosome?

•
The question ( now) arises of whether there are significant differences in...

* * *
Возникает / Встаёт вопрос
Furthermore, another important question arises: how accurate is beam theory for low aspect ratio blades?

As a consequence, one wonders whether sufficient oxygen was available to form SO3.

Русско-английский научно-технический словарь переводчика > возникает вопрос
2 возникает вопрос

. в связи с этим возникает вопрос

•
But here another point arises.

•
This brings up the question: What is the overall length of the X-chromosome?

•
The question ( now) arises of whether there are significant differences in...

Русско-английский научно-технический словарь переводчика > возникает вопрос
3 EN

but

* * *

I)

conj.

1) but;

en heima mun ek sitja, but I will stay at home;

2) as a copulative, and, = ok;

ek kann ráðum, Gunnhildar, en kappsemd Egils, I know the devices of G. and (on the other hand) Egil’s eagerness;

3) = ‘an’, than (óbrigðra vin fær maðr aldregi en mannvit mikit).

II)

in Norse MSS. = ef, er (rel. pron. and temp. conj.);

1) if;

sælar væri sálurnar, en þær vissi, if they knew;

2) as a rel. pron., = er;

mína dóttur, en (= er) allra meyja er fegrst, who is the fairest of all maidens;

3) when, = er, þá er ( þeir vóru í hjá, en upp var lesit).

* * *

1.

disjunctive conj.; in MSS. spelt either en or enn, [a particle peculiar to the Scandin.; in Danish men; in Swedish both men, än, and endast; Norse enn and also men, Ivar Aasen]:—but; en ef hann hefir, þá …, but if he has, then …, Grág. i. 261; en ef menn gefa þeim mat, id.; en heima mun ek sitja, but I will stay at home, Fms. vi. 100; en fjöldi féll, but a great many fell, Fas. ii. 514; eyrum hlýðir en augum skoðar, Hm. 7; en ekki eigu annarra manna orð, Grág. i. 84, 99, 171; en Skíðblaðnir skipa, en jóa Sleipnir, en hunda garmr, Gm. 44; en ór sveita sjár, en ór beinum björg, Vþm. 21; and passim. It is even used with a slight conjunctive sense; þykki mér sem því muni úhægt saman at koma, kappi þínu ok dirfð ‘en’ skaplyndi konungs, methinks it will be hard to make the two things go together, thy vehemence and rashness ‘and’ (on the other hand) the temper of the king, Eg. 521; ek kann ráðum Gunnhildar ‘en’ kappsemd Egils, I know the devices of Gunnhilda ‘and’ (on the other hand) Egil’s eagerness, 257: used in narratives to begin a sentence, merely denoting the progress of the tale, much the same as ‘and,’ cp. the use of auk III, p. 33; thus in Ýt. some verses begin with ‘en,’—En dagskjarr …, 2, 3, 14, 23; En Gunnlaugr grimman tamði, Hlt.; En Hróalds á höfuðbaðmi, Ad. 19, without any disjunctive notion.

2.

temporal adv., better spelt enn, [prob. akin to endr and eðr, q. v.]:—yet, still; þú hefir enn eigi ( not yet) heyrða kenning Drottins, Mar. 656 A. ii. 14; vildi hann enn svá, Fms. i. II; at hann mundi enn svá göra, vi. 100; þá ríkir hann enn fyrir mik, Al. 29; til betri tíma en ( than) enn ( still) er kominn, Sks. 596 B.

2. before a comparative; enn síðarr, still later, N. G. L. i. 94; enn betr, still better; enn fyrr, still later; enn verri, still worse; enn æðri, still worthier; enn hærri, still higher; enn firr, still further off; enn nær, still nearer; enn heldr, still more, Sks. 304: separated from the comparative, enn vóru fleiri dætr Haralds, the daughters of H. were still more, i. e. H. had more daughters yet, Fms. i. 5.

β. curious is the use of en (usually spelt in or inn) in old poems, viz. before a comparative, where in prose the ‘en’ can be left out without impairing the sense; thus, hélt-a in lengr rúmi, be kept not his place longer, i. e. ran away, Am. 58; ráð en lengr dvelja, to delay no longer, 61; menn in sælli, a happier man, Skv. 3. 18; né in mætri mægð, worthier affinity, id.; mann in harðara = harðara mann, a hardier man, Hbl. 14; nema þú in snotrari sér, unless thou art wiser, Vþm. 7; drekka in meira mjöð, to drink more mead; bíta en breiðara, to bite broader, i. e. eat with better appetite, Þkv. 35; þars þætti skáld in verri, where poets were kept in less honour, Jomsv. S. (in a verse); né in heldr, neither; né hests in heldr, neither for his horse, Hm. 60; né in heldr hugðir sem var Högni, neither are ye minded as H., Gh. 3, Sdm. 36, Hkv. 1. 12, Skv. 1. 21: in prose, eigi in heldr ætla ek, þat …, neither do I think, that …, Nj. 219.

3. to boot, further, moreover; bolöxar ok enn amboð nokkur, pole-axes and some tools to boot, Dipl. v. 18; ok þat enn, at, and that still more, that, Róm. 302; Ingibjörg hét enn dóttir Haralds, Ingeburg was further Harold’s daughter, Fms. i. 5.

3.

or enn, conj., written an in very old MSS., e. g. Hom., Greg., Eluc., but in the great bulk of MSS. en is the standing form, both ancient and modern; [formed by anacope, by dropping the initial þ; Ulf. þanuh; A. S. þanne; Engl. than; Hel. than; O. H. G. danna; Germ. dann, but here almost replaced by ‘als;’ Swed. änn; Dan. end; Norse enn, Ivar Aasen; the anacope is entirely Scandin.]:—than, Lat. quam; heldr faðir an móðir, more father than mother, Eluc. 5; bjartari an sól, brighter than the sun, 45, 52; meira an aðrir, more than others, Greg. 51; víðara an áðr, wider than before, id.; betr an þegja, better than being silent, 96; æðri an þetta, Eluc. 51; annat an annat, one thing rather than another, 50; ljósara an nú, 44; heldr an vér, 17; annat an dauðan, 15; meira an Guð, 13; fyr an, 6; annat an þú ert, 59; framarr an þeir hafa, id.; framar an vesa, 60; heldr an færi eðr fleiri, Hom. 45; heldr an, 63; betra er þagat an mælt, 96; helgari an annarra manna, 126; framar an sín, 135, etc.; cp. Frump. 158–163: ‘en’ however occurs in Hom. 126.

II. the form ‘en’ (or ‘enn’) occurs passim, Grág. i. 173, ii. 13, Al. 29, Sks. 596 B, N. G. L. i. 32, etc. etc.

☞ The particle en differs in sense when placed before or after the comparative; if before, it means still; if after, than; thus, fyrr enn, áðr enn, before, Lat. prinsquam, but enn fyrr, still earlier, sooner; enn heldr, still more, but heldr enn, rather than; enn betr, still better, but betr enn, better than; enn síðar, still later, but síðar enn, later than, etc. Again, there is a difference of sense, when neither en is a comparative; en ef, but if; ef enn, if still, etc.

4.

is now and then in MSS., esp. Norse, used = er, ef, q. v., but this is a mere peculiarity or false spelling:

1. when; mér vórum í hjá en (= er) þeir, when they, D. N. i. 271; til þess en = til þess er, 81.

2. as a relat. particle, which; sú hin ríka frú en ( which), Str.; mína dóttur en allra meyja er fegrst, my daughter who is the fairest of all women, Þiðr. 249; af því en hann hefir fingit, Al. 145; sá ótti en, 107; en sungin er, which is sung, Hom. 41; but hvárt en er, whether, N. G. L. i. 349.

3. = ef, if, [cp. Old Engl. an]; sælar yæri sálurnar, en þær vissi, if they knew, Al. 114; en þeir vildi = ef þeir vildi, 118; en vér færim = ef vér færim, 120, esp. freq. in D. N. (vide Fr.) Very rare in Icel. writings or good MSS., e. g. en ek hefi með Guðs miskunn (i. e. er ek heti), as I have, because I have, Bs. i. 59, Hung. ch. 1; vide er.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > EN
4 cosa

f.

1 thing (objeto, idea).

tengo que decirte una cosa I've got something to tell you

¿quieres alguna cosa? is there anything you want?

cualquier cosa anything

no es gran cosa it's not important, it's no big deal

poca cosa nothing much

Una cosa propia de una joven, A girlish kind of thing

2 funny remark (ocurrencia).

¡qué cosas tienes! you do say some funny things!

son cosas de mamá that's just the way Mum is, that's just one of Mum's little idiosyncrasies

pres.subj.

3^rd person singular (él/ella/ello) Present Subjunctive of Spanish verb: coser.

* * *

cosa

► nombre femenino

1 (gen) thing

■ coge tus cosas take your things, take your stuff

■ me dijo una cosa she told me something

■ ¿alguna cosa más? anything else?

2 (asunto) matter, business

■ es cosa tuya it's your business

■ eso es otra cosa that's something different

3 (nada) nothing, not anything

■ no hay cosa igual there's nothing like it

► nombre femenino plural cosas

1 familiar (manías) hang-ups

■ todos tenemos nuestras cosas we've got all our hang-ups

■ son cosas de niños kids do that kind of thing

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

así están las cosas that's the way things are, that's how things stand

como cosa tuya as if it were your idea

como están las cosas as things stand

como si tal cosa just like that

cosa de about

■ es cosa de unos minutos it'll just take a few minutes

cosa nunca vista something surprising

cosas de la vida that's life

decir cuatro cosas to tell a few home truths

es cosa de... (tiempo) it's time to... 2 (cuestión) it's a matter of...

lo que son las cosas much to my surprise

no sea cosa que... in case...

no ser gran cosa not to be important

no valer gran cosa not to be worth much

ser cosa hecha familiar to be no sooner said than done

ser poquita cosa familiar not to be much, not to amount too much

cosas de negocios business matters

* * *

noun f.

1) thing, object, stuff

2) matter, affair

* * *

SF

1) (=objeto) thing

¿qué es esa cosa redonda? — what's that round thing?

cogí mis cosas y me fui — I picked up my things and left

no es otra cosa que una bolsa de plástico — it's nothing more than a plastic bag, it's just a plastic bag

para el dolor de cabeza no tengo otra cosa que aspirina — all I have for headaches is aspirin

cosas de comer — things to eat

las cosas del jardín — the gardening things

- es cosa fina

- es cosa de ver

2) [uso indefinido]

¿alguna cosa más? — anything else?

• o cosa así, 20 kilos o cosa así — 20 kilos or thereabouts

y cosas así — and suchlike

• cualquier cosa — anything

haría cualquier cosa por ella — I'd do anything for her

este vino no es cualquier cosa — this isn't just any old wine

• gran cosa, el coche no vale gran cosa — the car isn't worth much

no ha servido de gran cosa — it hasn't been much use

la película no fue gran cosa — the film wasn't up to much

como futbolista no es gran cosa — he's not a great footballer, he's not much of a footballer

• poca cosa, lo qué recibieron a cambio fue poca cosa — they didn't get much in return, they got very little in return

vive bien con poca cosa — she lives well on very little

no te preocupes por tan poca cosa — don't worry about a little thing like that

jugamos a las cartas, leemos y poca cosa más — we play cards, read and do little else o and that's about it

la vida es tan corta y somos tan poca cosa — life is so short and we're so insignificant

la chica es muy poquita cosa — there's not much of her

• una cosa — something

hay una cosa que no me gusta — there is one thing I don't like

¿me puedes decir una cosa? — can you tell me something?

una cosa, se me olvidaba preguntarte por el precio — by the way, I forgot to ask you about the price

en general está muy bien, solo una cosa... — on the whole, it's very good, there's just one thing...

3) (=asunto)

eso es cosa tuya — that's your affair

es cosa fácil — it's easy

¿has visto cosa igual? — did you ever see the like?

¡qué cosa más extraña! — how strange!

es cosa de nunca acabar — there's no end to it

esa es cosa vieja — so what's new?, that's ancient history

¡vaya una cosa! — well!, there's a thing!

• la cosa es que... — the thing is (that)...

la cosa puede acabar mal — things could end badly

la cosa no está tan clara — it's not that clear

la cosa está en considerar el problema desde otro ángulo — the thing to do o the trick is to consider the problem from another angle

• no es cosa de broma o risa — it's no laughing matter

no es cosa de que lo dejes todo — there's no need for you to give it all up

• no sea cosa que — in case

trae el paraguas, no sea cosa que llueva — bring your umbrella in case it rains

• otra cosa, no se hablaba de otra cosa — people talked about nothing else

¿hay otra cosa que pueda hacer? — is there anything else I can do?

eso es otra cosa — that's another matter o thing (entirely)

otra cosa es que la ley imponga 40 horas semanales para todos — it's another matter entirely for the law to oblige everyone to work 40 hours a week

otra cosa sería si... — it would be quite another matter if...

• cosa rara, y, cosa rara, nadie lo vio — and, oddly o funnily enough, nobody saw it

- a otra cosa, mariposa

como quien no quiere la cosa —

lo miraba como quien no quiere la cosa — she cast a casual glance at the boy

se levantó y se fue como quien no quiere la cosa — she got up and left as inconspicuously as possible

como si tal cosa —

me devolvió el libro roto como si tal cosa — he gave me back the damaged book as if nothing had happened

le dije que había sido seleccionado para el trabajo y se quedó como si tal cosa — I told him he had got the job and he barely reacted

- decir una cosa por otra

4) (=nada)

no hay cosa peor — there's nothing worse

jamás he visto cosa semejante — I've never seen anything like it, I've never seen the like of it

¡no hay tal cosa! — nothing of the sort!

nunca he dicho nada sobre ese tema ni cosa que se le parezca — I never said anything about that subject or anything like it

- no es ninguna cosa del otro jueves o mundo

5) pl cosas

a) (=acciones, asuntos)

¡son cosas de Juan! — that's Juan all over!, that's just like Juan!

son cosas de la edad — it's just old age

¡cosas de niños! — boys will be boys!

¡qué cosas dices! — you do say some silly things!

¡tienes unas cosas! — the things you say!

• meterse en cosas de otros — to stick one's nose in other people's business

- decir cuatro cosas a algn

b)

• las cosas — (=situación) things

las cosas van mejor — things are going better

tal como están las cosas — as things stand

así las cosas, se marchó de la reunión — at this point, she left the meeting

¡lo que son las cosas! — just imagine!, fancy that!

- las cosas de palacio van despacio

6)

• cosa de — [indicando tiempo] about

es cosa de un par de semanas — it takes about a couple of weeks

en cosa de diez minutos — in about ten minutes

7) ** [droga] hash *

8) LAm [como conj]

• cosa que, camina lento, cosa que no te canses — walk slowly so (that) you don't get tired

no le digas nada, cosa que no se ofenda — don't say anything to him, that way he won't get offended, don't say anything to him in case he gets offended

* * *

femenino

1)

a) ( objeto) thing

cualquier cosa — anything

¿alguna otra cosa? or ¿alguna cosa más? — anything else?

pon cada cosa en su lugar — put everything in its place

queda poca cosa — there's hardly anything left

preguntó por no sé qué cosa — he asked for something or other

b) (acto, acción) thing

no sé hacer otra cosa — it's the only thing I know how to do

no puedo hacer otra cosa — there's nothing else I can do o it's the only thing I can do

me gusta hacer las cosas bien — I like to do things properly

dejar las cosas a medias — to do things by halves

entre una(s) cosa(s) y otra(s)... — what with one thing and another...

es la cosa más natural del mundo — it's perfectly normal

c) ( al hablar)

qué cosas dices! — really, what a thing to say!

dime una cosa... — tell me something...

oye, una cosa... — ( por cierto) by the way...

tengo que contarte una cosa — there's something I have to tell you

d) (detalle, punto)

quiero aclarar una cosa — I want to make something clear

e) (asunto, tema) thing

tenía cosas más importantes en que pensar — I had more important things to think about

no creo que la cosa funcione — I don't think it's going to work

fue cosa fácil — it was easy

se enfada por cualquier cosa — he gets angry over the slightest thing

si por cualquier cosa no puedes venir, avísame — if you can't come for any reason, let me know

por una cosa o por otra — for one reason or another

esto no es otra cosa que nervios — it's just nerves

esto no es cosa de broma/risa — this is no joke/no laughing matter

la cosa es que... — the thing is that...

2) cosas femenino plural ( pertenencias) things (pl)

todas sus cosas — all her things

mis cosas de deporte — my sports things

3) (situación, suceso)

así están las cosas — that's how things are o stand

la cosa se pone negra/fea — things are starting to get unpleasant

¿cómo te van las cosas? — how are things?

¿cómo está la cosa? — ( cómo está la situación) how are things?; ( cómo estás) (Ven) how are you doing?

las cosas no andan muy bien — things aren't too good

son cosas de la vida — that's life!

lo que son las cosas! — well, well! o fancy that! (colloq)

son cosas que pasan — these things happen

en mi vida he visto/oído cosa igual — I've never seen/heard anything like it

cosa rara en él, se equivocó — he made a mistake, which is unusual for him

qué cosa más extraña! — how strange o funny!

esto es cosa de magia or de brujería — this is witchcraft!

una cosa es ser bueno y otra ser el mejor — being good is one thing, but being the best is quite another

4)

a) (fam) ( ocurrencia)

tienes cada cosa! — the things you come up (AmE) o (BrE) out with!

esto es cosa de tu padre — this is your father's doing o idea

b) ( comportamiento típico)

son cosas de niños — children are like that

son cosas de Ana — that's one of Ana's little ways

5) ( incumbencia)

no es cosa tuya — it's none of your business

no te preocupes, eso es cosa mía — don't worry, I'll handle it

eso es cosa de mujeres — that's women's work

6) ( en locs)

cosa de — (AmS fam) so as to

cosa de terminarlo — so as to finish it

cosa que — (AmS fam) so that

cosa que no me olvide — so that I don't forget

no sea or no vaya a ser cosa que: llévate el paraguas, no sea cosa que llueva take your umbrella just in case; átalo, no sea cosa que se escape tie it up so that it doesn't get away; o cosa así or so; cada cosa a su tiempo one thing at a time; como quien no quiere la cosa casually; como si tal cosa: no puedes irte como si tal cosa you can't go just like that o as if nothing had happened; le dije que era peligroso y siguió como si tal cosa I told him it was dangerous but he just carried on o he carried on regardless; cosa de... (fam): es cosa de unos minutos it'll (only) take a couple of minutes; es cosa de intentarlo you just have to give it a go; está a cosa de dos kilómetros it's about two kilometers; darle cosa a alguien (fam): me da cosa comer caracoles/ver sangre eating snails/the sight of blood makes me feel funny; me da cosa pedirle tanto dinero I feel awkward asking him for so much money; decirle a alguien un par de or cuatro cosas (fam) to tell somebody a thing or two; no ser gran cosa (fam) to be nothing special (colloq); poca cosa: es muy poca cosa ( en apariencia) he's not much to look at; ( en personalidad) he's not up to much (colloq); queda algo pero poca cosa there's some left but not much; un trabajo así es muy poca cosa para ella a job like that isn't good enough for her; poner las cosas en su lugar or sitio to put o set the record straight; ser cosa hecha (CS) to be a foregone conclusion; ser/parecer otra cosa: esto es otra cosa!, ahora sí se oye this is more like it! you can hear it now; con ese peinado parece otra cosa she looks a new woman with that hairstyle; ¿invitas tú? eso es otra cosa! are you paying? oh well, that's different, then!; las cosas claras — I like to know where I stand

* * *

= thing, item, business [businesses, -pl.].

Ex. A collection of medical books for the general public in a public library may deal with the same range of topics, but the indexing can probably be more broad than in a specialist index, and the terms used for the same thing may be different.

Ex. Since only twenty or so items can be displayed on the screen at a time, the ↑ (Up), ↓ (Down), Page Up and Page Down keys are used to scroll through the listing.

Ex. I think this whole business about whether punctuation is obtrusive or not is quite honestly not worth discussing.

----

* aclarar las cosas = set + the record straight.

* acostumbrarse a las cosas = get (back) into + the swings of things, things + grow on + Pronombre.

* apostarse cualquier cosa = bet + Posesivo + life.

* arreglar las cosas = put + things right.

* así son las cosas = that's they way things are.

* a veces las cosas salen mal = shit happens.

* cambiar las cosas desde dentro = change + things from the inside.

* capaz de hacer cualquier cosa = capable of anything.

* casi cualquier cosa = just about anything.

* como si tal cosa = be right as rain, unfazed, just like that.

* complicar las cosas = make + things complex, add + salt to the wound, add + salt to injury, add + insult to injury, rub + salt in the wound.

* conjunto de cosas afines, el = whole schmier, the.

* correr un velo sobre las cosas = sweep + things under the rug.

* cosa esencial = essential.

* cosa hecha = plain sailing, walkover.

* cosa indeseable = beast.

* cosa inútil = dead horse.

* cosa que se inserta = insert.

* cosas = stuff, matters, bits and pieces.

* cosas buenas = goodies [goody, -sing.].

* cosas + cambiar inesperadamente = things + take a turn for the unexpected.

* cosas como = the likes of.

* cosas de la casa = household chores.

* cosa secundaria = accidentals.

* cosas + empeorar = things + get worse, things + get rough.

* cosas esenciales, las = basic essentials, the.

* cosas este tipo de cosas = this sort of thing.

* cosas inútiles = deadwood [dead wood].

* cosas + ir bien = things + go well.

* cosas + mejorar = things + get better.

* cosas + ponerse feas = things + get rough.

* cosas que dan miedo = things that go bump in the night.

* cosas ricas = goodies [goody, -sing.].

* cosas + salir bien = things + work out.

* cosas transitorias, las = transient, the.

* cosa superficial = accidentals.

* cosa viva = living thing.

* cualquier cosa = anything.

* cualquier cosa que no sea = anything but.

* cualquier otra cosa = anything else, whatever else.

* dar cualquier cosa por Algo = give + an eye-tooth for/to.

* dar las cosas masticadas = spoon-feed [spoon feed/spoonfeed].

* dar sentido a las cosas = meaning making.

* dejar las cosas como están = let + the matter + rest, let + sleeping dogs lie.

* dejar las cosas tranquilas = let + sleeping dogs lie.

* dejar que Alguien haga las cosas a su manera = let + Nombre + do things + Posesivo + (own) way.

* economizar en cosas importantes y derrochar en nimiedades = penny wise, pound foolish.

* el estado de las cosas = the lay of the land [the lie of the land, -UK].

* empeorar las cosas = make + matters + worse, add + salt to the wound, make + things worse, add + salt to injury, add + insult to injury, rub + salt in the wound.

* encontrar cosas comunes = find + common ground.

* en el curso normal de las cosas = in the normal run of things, in the normal run of events.

* enmarañar las cosas = muddy + the waters.

* en otro orden de cosas = on another topic, as for, as regards, meanwhile, on another matter, on another note, on other matters.

* enredar las cosas = muddy + the waters.

* entre otras cosas = amongst other things, for one thing, inter alia, among other things.

* ese tipo de cosas = that sort of thing.

* estar al tanto de las cosas = stay on + top of things, keep on + top of things, be on top of things.

* estar equivocado en + Número + cosas = be wrong on + Número + count(s).

* facilitar las cosas = make + things easier.

* forma de ver las cosas = way of putting things together, bent of mind.

* gran cosa = big deal.

* grupo de personas o cosas de la misma edad o categoría = peer group.

* hacer cambiar las cosas = turn + the tide on.

* hacer cosas = get + things done.

* hacer cualquier cosa = do + anything, give + Posesivo + right arm.

* haciendo cosas = up and about.

* jugarse cualquier cosa = bet + Posesivo + life.

* la cosa es que = the thing is.

* la cosa principal = the number one thing.

* la forma correcta de hacer las cosas = the way to go.

* la forma de ver las cosas = the way + to see things.

* las cosas + cambiar = pendulum + swing.

* las cosas + estar + claras = the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.

* las cosas no pasan así como así = everything happens for a reason (and a purpose).

* las cosas no pasan (así) porque sí = everything happens for a reason (and a purpose).

* las cosas no son tan simples como parecen = there's more to it than meets the eye.

* las cosas siguen igual = business as usual.

* las cosas sólo pasan una vez = lightning never strikes twice.

* las cosas son más complicadas de lo que parecen = there's more to it than meets the eye.

* las cosas tal y como son = the birds and the bees.

* llamar las cosas por su nombre = call + a spade a spade.

* lo que se pierda en una cosa se gana en la otra = what you lose on the swings you gain on the roundabouts.

* manera de ver las cosas = line of thought.

* mantener las cosas en marcha = keep + the ball rolling, keep + it rolling.

* mantener las cosas en movimiento = keep + the ball rolling, keep + it rolling.

* mantener las cosas funcionando = keep + the ball rolling, keep + it rolling.

* mantenerse al tanto de las cosas = stay on + top of things, keep on + top of things, be on top of things.

* más que ninguna otra cosa = beyond all else.

* mismísima cosa, la = very thing, the.

* muchas otras cosas = much else.

* muchas otras cosas más = much else besides.

* ni una cosa ni la otra = in-between, betwixt and between.

* no conseguir ni una cosa ni otra = fall (between/through) + the cracks.

* no pensar en otra cosa que = be wrapped up in.

* no ser gran cosa = not add up to much, add up to + nothing.

* no ser ni una cosa ni otra = fall between + two stools.

* no significar gran cosa = not add up to much.

* no suponer gran cosa = not add up to much.

* no valer gran cosa = be no great shakes.

* no + Verbo + otra cosa que = Verbo + nothing else but.

* ocultar las cosas = sweep + things under the rug.

* otra cosa = something else.

* otra cosa que no sea = anything other than.

* para complicar aun más las cosas = to add to the confusion.

* para confundir aun más las cosas = to add to the confusion.

* para empeorar las cosas = to add insult to injury, to add salt to injury.

* pasar a cosas más agradables = on a happier note.

* poca cosa = small fry, the.

* poner las cosas en marcha = get + the ball rolling, set + the ball rolling, start + the ball rolling, get + things rolling, get + things going, set + the wheels in motion.

* poner las cosas en movimiento = get + the ball rolling, set + the ball rolling, start + the ball rolling, get + things rolling, get + things going, set + the wheels in motion.

* poner las cosas en su lugar = set + the record straight.

* por no decir otra cosa peor = to say the least.

* por + Número + cosas = on + Número + counts.

* qué es cada cosa = what is what.

* qué otra cosa = what else.

* que se toma las cosas con calma = laid-back.

* quitarle importancia a las cosas = make + light of things.

* recoger las cosas = clear away + the things.

* recoger las cosas de Uno antes de irse = pack + Posesivo + things.

* restarle importancia a las cosas = make + light of things.

* sacar las cosas de quicio = blow + things (up) out of (all) proportion.

* sensación de no ser ni una cosa ni la otra = in-betweenness.

* ser capaz de hacer cualquier cosa por = go to + any lengths to, go to + great lengths to.

* sobre todas las cosas = above all things.

* tener cosas en común = share + common ground.

* tomarse las cosas a la ligera = make + light of things.

* tomarse las cosas con calma = keep + a cool head, play it + cool.

* una buena cosa = a good thing.

* una cosa no + tener + nada que ver con la otra = one thing + have + nothing to do with the other.

* una misma cosa = one and the same.

* u otra cosa = or what not [whatnot].

* ver las cosas de diferente manera = see + things differently.

* ver las cosas de diferente modo = see + things differently.

* ver las cosas desde una perspectiva = see + things from + perspective.

* ver las cosas de una manera diferente = see + things differently.

* ver las cosas de un modo diferente = see + things differently.

* ver las cosas en su conjunto = see + things as a whole.

* ver las cosas en su totalidad = see + things as a whole.

* ver las cosas positivas = look on + the bright side.

* ver las cosas positivas de la vida = look on + the bright side of life.

* y otras cosas = and things.

* y todo este tipo de cosas = and all this sort of thing.

* * *

femenino

1)

a) ( objeto) thing

cualquier cosa — anything

¿alguna otra cosa? or ¿alguna cosa más? — anything else?

pon cada cosa en su lugar — put everything in its place

queda poca cosa — there's hardly anything left

preguntó por no sé qué cosa — he asked for something or other

b) (acto, acción) thing

no sé hacer otra cosa — it's the only thing I know how to do

no puedo hacer otra cosa — there's nothing else I can do o it's the only thing I can do

me gusta hacer las cosas bien — I like to do things properly

dejar las cosas a medias — to do things by halves

entre una(s) cosa(s) y otra(s)... — what with one thing and another...

es la cosa más natural del mundo — it's perfectly normal

c) ( al hablar)

qué cosas dices! — really, what a thing to say!

dime una cosa... — tell me something...

oye, una cosa... — ( por cierto) by the way...

tengo que contarte una cosa — there's something I have to tell you

d) (detalle, punto)

quiero aclarar una cosa — I want to make something clear

e) (asunto, tema) thing

tenía cosas más importantes en que pensar — I had more important things to think about

no creo que la cosa funcione — I don't think it's going to work

fue cosa fácil — it was easy

se enfada por cualquier cosa — he gets angry over the slightest thing

si por cualquier cosa no puedes venir, avísame — if you can't come for any reason, let me know

por una cosa o por otra — for one reason or another

esto no es otra cosa que nervios — it's just nerves

esto no es cosa de broma/risa — this is no joke/no laughing matter

la cosa es que... — the thing is that...

2) cosas femenino plural ( pertenencias) things (pl)

todas sus cosas — all her things

mis cosas de deporte — my sports things

3) (situación, suceso)

así están las cosas — that's how things are o stand

la cosa se pone negra/fea — things are starting to get unpleasant

¿cómo te van las cosas? — how are things?

¿cómo está la cosa? — ( cómo está la situación) how are things?; ( cómo estás) (Ven) how are you doing?

las cosas no andan muy bien — things aren't too good

son cosas de la vida — that's life!

lo que son las cosas! — well, well! o fancy that! (colloq)

son cosas que pasan — these things happen

en mi vida he visto/oído cosa igual — I've never seen/heard anything like it

cosa rara en él, se equivocó — he made a mistake, which is unusual for him

qué cosa más extraña! — how strange o funny!

esto es cosa de magia or de brujería — this is witchcraft!

una cosa es ser bueno y otra ser el mejor — being good is one thing, but being the best is quite another

4)

a) (fam) ( ocurrencia)

tienes cada cosa! — the things you come up (AmE) o (BrE) out with!

esto es cosa de tu padre — this is your father's doing o idea

b) ( comportamiento típico)

son cosas de niños — children are like that

son cosas de Ana — that's one of Ana's little ways

5) ( incumbencia)

no es cosa tuya — it's none of your business

no te preocupes, eso es cosa mía — don't worry, I'll handle it

eso es cosa de mujeres — that's women's work

6) ( en locs)

cosa de — (AmS fam) so as to

cosa de terminarlo — so as to finish it

cosa que — (AmS fam) so that

cosa que no me olvide — so that I don't forget

no sea or no vaya a ser cosa que: llévate el paraguas, no sea cosa que llueva take your umbrella just in case; átalo, no sea cosa que se escape tie it up so that it doesn't get away; o cosa así or so; cada cosa a su tiempo one thing at a time; como quien no quiere la cosa casually; como si tal cosa: no puedes irte como si tal cosa you can't go just like that o as if nothing had happened; le dije que era peligroso y siguió como si tal cosa I told him it was dangerous but he just carried on o he carried on regardless; cosa de... (fam): es cosa de unos minutos it'll (only) take a couple of minutes; es cosa de intentarlo you just have to give it a go; está a cosa de dos kilómetros it's about two kilometers; darle cosa a alguien (fam): me da cosa comer caracoles/ver sangre eating snails/the sight of blood makes me feel funny; me da cosa pedirle tanto dinero I feel awkward asking him for so much money; decirle a alguien un par de or cuatro cosas (fam) to tell somebody a thing or two; no ser gran cosa (fam) to be nothing special (colloq); poca cosa: es muy poca cosa ( en apariencia) he's not much to look at; ( en personalidad) he's not up to much (colloq); queda algo pero poca cosa there's some left but not much; un trabajo así es muy poca cosa para ella a job like that isn't good enough for her; poner las cosas en su lugar or sitio to put o set the record straight; ser cosa hecha (CS) to be a foregone conclusion; ser/parecer otra cosa: esto es otra cosa!, ahora sí se oye this is more like it! you can hear it now; con ese peinado parece otra cosa she looks a new woman with that hairstyle; ¿invitas tú? eso es otra cosa! are you paying? oh well, that's different, then!; las cosas claras — I like to know where I stand

* * *

= thing, item, business [businesses, -pl.].

Ex: A collection of medical books for the general public in a public library may deal with the same range of topics, but the indexing can probably be more broad than in a specialist index, and the terms used for the same thing may be different.

Ex: Since only twenty or so items can be displayed on the screen at a time, the &\#8593; (Up), &\#8595; (Down), Page Up and Page Down keys are used to scroll through the listing.

Ex: I think this whole business about whether punctuation is obtrusive or not is quite honestly not worth discussing.

* aclarar las cosas = set + the record straight.

* acostumbrarse a las cosas = get (back) into + the swings of things, things + grow on + Pronombre.

* apostarse cualquier cosa = bet + Posesivo + life.

* arreglar las cosas = put + things right.

* así son las cosas = that's they way things are.

* a veces las cosas salen mal = shit happens.

* cambiar las cosas desde dentro = change + things from the inside.

* capaz de hacer cualquier cosa = capable of anything.

* casi cualquier cosa = just about anything.

* como si tal cosa = be right as rain, unfazed, just like that.

* complicar las cosas = make + things complex, add + salt to the wound, add + salt to injury, add + insult to injury, rub + salt in the wound.

* conjunto de cosas afines, el = whole schmier, the.

* correr un velo sobre las cosas = sweep + things under the rug.

* cosa esencial = essential.

* cosa hecha = plain sailing, walkover.

* cosa indeseable = beast.

* cosa inútil = dead horse.

* cosa que se inserta = insert.

* cosas = stuff, matters, bits and pieces.

* cosas buenas = goodies [goody, -sing.].

* cosas + cambiar inesperadamente = things + take a turn for the unexpected.

* cosas como = the likes of.

* cosas de la casa = household chores.

* cosa secundaria = accidentals.

* cosas + empeorar = things + get worse, things + get rough.

* cosas esenciales, las = basic essentials, the.

* cosas este tipo de cosas = this sort of thing.

* cosas inútiles = deadwood [dead wood].

* cosas + ir bien = things + go well.

* cosas + mejorar = things + get better.

* cosas + ponerse feas = things + get rough.

* cosas que dan miedo = things that go bump in the night.

* cosas ricas = goodies [goody, -sing.].

* cosas + salir bien = things + work out.

* cosas transitorias, las = transient, the.

* cosa superficial = accidentals.

* cosa viva = living thing.

* cualquier cosa = anything.

* cualquier cosa que no sea = anything but.

* cualquier otra cosa = anything else, whatever else.

* dar cualquier cosa por Algo = give + an eye-tooth for/to.

* dar las cosas masticadas = spoon-feed [spoon feed/spoonfeed].

* dar sentido a las cosas = meaning making.

* dejar las cosas como están = let + the matter + rest, let + sleeping dogs lie.

* dejar las cosas tranquilas = let + sleeping dogs lie.

* dejar que Alguien haga las cosas a su manera = let + Nombre + do things + Posesivo + (own) way.

* economizar en cosas importantes y derrochar en nimiedades = penny wise, pound foolish.

* el estado de las cosas = the lay of the land [the lie of the land, -UK].

* empeorar las cosas = make + matters + worse, add + salt to the wound, make + things worse, add + salt to injury, add + insult to injury, rub + salt in the wound.

* encontrar cosas comunes = find + common ground.

* en el curso normal de las cosas = in the normal run of things, in the normal run of events.

* enmarañar las cosas = muddy + the waters.

* en otro orden de cosas = on another topic, as for, as regards, meanwhile, on another matter, on another note, on other matters.

* enredar las cosas = muddy + the waters.

* entre otras cosas = amongst other things, for one thing, inter alia, among other things.

* ese tipo de cosas = that sort of thing.

* estar al tanto de las cosas = stay on + top of things, keep on + top of things, be on top of things.

* estar equivocado en + Número + cosas = be wrong on + Número + count(s).

* facilitar las cosas = make + things easier.

* forma de ver las cosas = way of putting things together, bent of mind.

* gran cosa = big deal.

* grupo de personas o cosas de la misma edad o categoría = peer group.

* hacer cambiar las cosas = turn + the tide on.

* hacer cosas = get + things done.

* hacer cualquier cosa = do + anything, give + Posesivo + right arm.

* haciendo cosas = up and about.

* jugarse cualquier cosa = bet + Posesivo + life.

* la cosa es que = the thing is.

* la cosa principal = the number one thing.

* la forma correcta de hacer las cosas = the way to go.

* la forma de ver las cosas = the way + to see things.

* las cosas + cambiar = pendulum + swing.

* las cosas + estar + claras = the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.

* las cosas no pasan así como así = everything happens for a reason (and a purpose).

* las cosas no pasan (así) porque sí = everything happens for a reason (and a purpose).

* las cosas no son tan simples como parecen = there's more to it than meets the eye.

* las cosas siguen igual = business as usual.

* las cosas sólo pasan una vez = lightning never strikes twice.

* las cosas son más complicadas de lo que parecen = there's more to it than meets the eye.

* las cosas tal y como son = the birds and the bees.

* llamar las cosas por su nombre = call + a spade a spade.

* lo que se pierda en una cosa se gana en la otra = what you lose on the swings you gain on the roundabouts.

* manera de ver las cosas = line of thought.

* mantener las cosas en marcha = keep + the ball rolling, keep + it rolling.

* mantener las cosas en movimiento = keep + the ball rolling, keep + it rolling.

* mantener las cosas funcionando = keep + the ball rolling, keep + it rolling.

* mantenerse al tanto de las cosas = stay on + top of things, keep on + top of things, be on top of things.

* más que ninguna otra cosa = beyond all else.

* mismísima cosa, la = very thing, the.

* muchas otras cosas = much else.

* muchas otras cosas más = much else besides.

* ni una cosa ni la otra = in-between, betwixt and between.

* no conseguir ni una cosa ni otra = fall (between/through) + the cracks.

* no pensar en otra cosa que = be wrapped up in.

* no ser gran cosa = not add up to much, add up to + nothing.

* no ser ni una cosa ni otra = fall between + two stools.

* no significar gran cosa = not add up to much.

* no suponer gran cosa = not add up to much.

* no valer gran cosa = be no great shakes.

* no + Verbo + otra cosa que = Verbo + nothing else but.

* ocultar las cosas = sweep + things under the rug.

* otra cosa = something else.

* otra cosa que no sea = anything other than.

* para complicar aun más las cosas = to add to the confusion.

* para confundir aun más las cosas = to add to the confusion.

* para empeorar las cosas = to add insult to injury, to add salt to injury.

* pasar a cosas más agradables = on a happier note.

* poca cosa = small fry, the.

* poner las cosas en marcha = get + the ball rolling, set + the ball rolling, start + the ball rolling, get + things rolling, get + things going, set + the wheels in motion.

* poner las cosas en movimiento = get + the ball rolling, set + the ball rolling, start + the ball rolling, get + things rolling, get + things going, set + the wheels in motion.

* poner las cosas en su lugar = set + the record straight.

* por no decir otra cosa peor = to say the least.

* por + Número + cosas = on + Número + counts.

* qué es cada cosa = what is what.

* qué otra cosa = what else.

* que se toma las cosas con calma = laid-back.

* quitarle importancia a las cosas = make + light of things.

* recoger las cosas = clear away + the things.

* recoger las cosas de Uno antes de irse = pack + Posesivo + things.

* restarle importancia a las cosas = make + light of things.

* sacar las cosas de quicio = blow + things (up) out of (all) proportion.

* sensación de no ser ni una cosa ni la otra = in-betweenness.

* ser capaz de hacer cualquier cosa por = go to + any lengths to, go to + great lengths to.

* sobre todas las cosas = above all things.

* tener cosas en común = share + common ground.

* tomarse las cosas a la ligera = make + light of things.

* tomarse las cosas con calma = keep + a cool head, play it + cool.

* una buena cosa = a good thing.

* una cosa no + tener + nada que ver con la otra = one thing + have + nothing to do with the other.

* una misma cosa = one and the same.

* u otra cosa = or what not [whatnot].

* ver las cosas de diferente manera = see + things differently.

* ver las cosas de diferente modo = see + things differently.

* ver las cosas desde una perspectiva = see + things from + perspective.

* ver las cosas de una manera diferente = see + things differently.

* ver las cosas de un modo diferente = see + things differently.

* ver las cosas en su conjunto = see + things as a whole.

* ver las cosas en su totalidad = see + things as a whole.

* ver las cosas positivas = look on + the bright side.

* ver las cosas positivas de la vida = look on + the bright side of life.

* y otras cosas = and things.

* y todo este tipo de cosas = and all this sort of thing.

* * *

cosa

GUIA DE BUSQUEDA

A

1 objeto

2 acto, acción

3 al hablar

4 detalle, punto

5 asunto, tema

Compuestos:

cosa pública

B

1 pertenencias

2 utensilios, equipo

C situación, suceso

D

1 ocurrencia

2 comportamiento típico

E incumbencia

F pene

G marihuana

H en locuciones

feminine

A

1 (objeto) thing

cualquier cosa anything

¿alguna otra cosa? or ¿alguna cosa más? anything else?

pon cada cosa en su sitio put everything in its place

te he traído una cosita I've brought you a little something

¡pero qué cosa más bonita! ( fam); what a pretty thing!

queda poca cosa there's hardly anything left

lo tienen que operar de no sé qué cosa he has to have an operation for something or other, he has to have some sort of operation

hay muchas cosas que ver there are lots of things to see, there's plenty to see

2

(acto, acción): no sé hacer otra cosa it's the only thing I know how to do

lo siento pero no puedo hacer otra cosa I'm sorry but there's nothing else I can do o it's the only thing I can do

me gusta hacer las cosas bien I like to do things properly

no me gusta dejar las cosas a medias I don't like doing things by halves

entre una(s) cosa(s) y otra(s) se me pasó el tiempo volando with one thing and another the time just flew by

me parece la cosa más natural del mundo I think that's absolutely normal o right

3

(al hablar): ¡qué cosas dices, hombre! really, what a thing to say! o you do say some strange ( o silly etc) things!

dime una cosa ¿tú que piensas de todo esto? tell me, what do you make of all this?

oye, una cosa … ¿qué vas a hacer esta noche? by the way … what are you doing tonight?

tengo que contarte una cosa there's something I have to tell you

4

(detalle, punto): aquí habría que aclarar una cosa importante there's an important point here that I ought to clear up

aquí hay una cosa que no entiendo there's something here I don't understand

5 (asunto, tema) thing

tenía cosas más importantes en que pensar I had more important things to think about

hay un par de cosas que me gustaría discutir contigo there are a couple of things o matters I'd like to discuss with you

no creo que la cosa funcione I don't think it's o this is going to work

está muy preocupada, y la cosa no es para menos she's very worried, and so she should be

¡pues sí que tiene gracia la cosa! ( iró fam); well, that's great, isn't it! ( iro colloq)

no va a ser cosa fácil it's not going to be easy

en mis tiempos casarse era cosa seria in my day getting married was a serious thing o matter

se enfada por cualquier cosa he gets angry over the slightest thing

si por cualquier cosa no puedes venir, avísame if you can't come for any reason, let me know

por una cosa o por otra, siempre llega tarde for one reason or other he always arrives late

esto no es otra cosa que nervios it's just nerves

esto no es cosa de broma/risa this is no joke, this is no laughing matter

la cosa es que no voy a tener tiempo the thing is that o it's just that I'm not going to have time

la cosa es que si no llega en cinco minutos me voy look o well, if he's not here in five minutes, I'm going

quicio

Compuestos:

● cosa juzgada

( Der) res judicata

● cosa pública

res publica

B cosas fpl

1 (pertenencias) things (pl)

se ha llevado todas sus cosas she's taken all her things o belongings

2 ( fam) (utensilios, equipo) things (pl) ( colloq)

las cosas de limpiar the cleaning things

mis cosas de deporte my sports things o gear ( colloq)

C

(situación, suceso): así están las cosas that's how things are o stand

la cosa se pone negra/fea things are getting o the situation is getting unpleasant

¿cómo te van las cosas? how are things?

¿cómo está la cosa? ( Ven); how are things?

las cosas no andan muy bien entre ellos things aren't too good between them

esas cosas no pasaban antes things like that never used to happen before

son cosas de la vida that's life!

¡lo que son las cosas! well, well! o fancy that! ( colloq)

son cosas que pasan that's the way things go, these things happen

además, las cosas como son, conmigo siempre se ha portado bien besides, I have to admit he's always treated me well

en mi vida he visto/oído cosa igual I've never seen/heard anything like it

cosa rara en él, se equivocó he made a mistake, which is unusual for him

¡qué cosa más extraña! how strange o funny!

no hay tal cosa it's not true at all

esto parece cosa de magia or de brujería or ( RPl) de Mandinga this is witchcraft!

una cosa es que te lo preste y otra muy distinta que te lo regale lending it to you is one thing, but giving it to you is another matter altogether

D

1 ( fam)

(ocurrencia): ¡tienes cada cosa! the things you think of!, the ideas you come up with!

díselo como si fuera cosa tuya tell him as if it were your idea

esto es cosa de tu padre this is your father's doing o idea

¡qué va a ser peligroso! eso son cosas de ella of course it isn't dangerous! that's just one of her funny notions o ideas

2

(comportamiento típico): no te preocupes, son cosas de niños don't worry, children are like that o do things like that

E

(incumbencia): no te metas, no es cosa tuya stay out of it, it's none of your business

no te preocupes, eso es cosa mía don't worry, I'll handle it

eso es cosa de mujeres that's women's work

déjalo que se vista como quiera, eso es cosa suya let him wear what he wants, it's up to him o that's his business

F ( euf) (pene) thing ( euph)

G ( Col arg) (marihuana) grass

H

(en locuciones): cosa de ( AmS fam); to, so as to

me fui a dormir cosa de olvidarme I went to bed (so as) to forget about it

cosa que ( AmS fam); so that

lo anotaré aquí, cosa que no se me olvide I'll jot it down here so (that) I don't forget

no sea or no vaya a ser cosa que: llévate el paraguas, no sea cosa que llueva take your umbrella just in case it rains

átalo, no sea cosa que se escape tie it up so that it doesn't get away

mejor vamos ahora, no sea cosa que nos quedemos sin entradas we'd better go now, we don't want to get there and find there are no tickets left

igual cosa ( Chi): tuvo un hijo varón, igual cosa su hermana she had a baby boy, and so did her sister o just like her sister

o cosa así or so

dos horas/diez toneladas o cosa así two hours/ten tons or so

cada cosa a su tiempo one thing at a time

como quien no quiere la cosa: menciónaselo como quien no quiere la cosa mention it to him casually o in passing, just slip it into the conversation

como si tal cosa: no puedes irte como si tal cosa you can't go just like that o as if nothing had happened

le dije que era peligroso y siguió como si tal cosa I told him it was dangerous but he just carried on o he carried on regardless

cosa de … ( fam): es cosa de unos minutos it'll (only) take a couple of minutes

es cosa de esperar, nada más it's just a question o a matter of time, that's all

hace cosa de cuatro años que murió it's about o it's some four years since he died

no está muy lejos, cosa de dos kilómetros it's not very far, about two kilometers

cosa fina ( Esp fam): los trenes en este país son cosa fina the trains in this country are really something o are something else ( colloq)

nos divertimos cosa fina we had a whale of a time ( colloq)

darle cosa a algn ( fam): me da cosa comer caracoles/ver sangre eating snails/the sight of blood makes me feel funny

me da cosa pedirle tanto dinero I feel awkward asking him for so much money

decirle a algn un par de or cuatro cosas ( fam); to tell sb a thing or two

decir una cosa por otra to say one thing but mean another

gran cosa ( fam): la comida no fue gran cosa the food was nothing to write home about o nothing special ( colloq)

su novio/la película no es or vale gran cosa her boyfriend/the movie is no great shakes ( colloq)

poca cosa: es un niño delgado y poquita cosa he's a thin child, not much to look at

ella tan brillante y él tan poca cosa she's so brilliant and he's so mediocre, she's so brilliant but he's not up to much o he's pretty run-of-the-mill ( colloq)

le dejó algo de dinero, pero poca cosa she left him some money, but not a vast amount o not much

un trabajo así es muy poca cosa para ella a job like that isn't good enough for her

poner las cosas en su sitio or lugar to put o set the record straight

ser cosa hecha (CS); to be a foregone conclusion

ser/parecer otra cosa: ¡esto es otra cosa!, ahora si que se oye bien this is much better! o this is more like it! you can hear it really well now

con ese nuevo peinado ya parece otra cosa with her new hairstyle she looks a new woman

¡eso es otra cosa! si tú invitas sí que voy ah, that's different! o ( colloq) that's another kettle of fish! if you're paying, I will go

las cosas claras y el chocolate espeso I like to know where I stand

las cosas de palacio van despacio these things take time ( gen referring to bureaucracy)

* * *

Del verbo coser: ( conjugate coser)

cosa es:

1ª persona singular (yo) presente subjuntivo

3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente subjuntivo

3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) imperativo

Multiple Entries:
cosa
coser
cosa sustantivo femenino
1 ( en general) thing;
◊ cualquier cosa anything;

¿alguna otra cosa? anything else?;
pon cada cosa en su lugar put everything in its place;
entre una(s) cosa(s) y otra(s) … what with one thing and another …;
¡qué cosas dices! really, what a thing to say!;
dime una cosa … tell me something …;
tengo que contarte una cosa there's something I have to tell you;
fue cosa fácil it was easy;
se enfada por cualquier cosa he gets angry over the slightest thing;
si por cualquier cosa no puedes venir if you can't come for any reason;
por una cosa o por otra for one reason or another;
esto no es cosa de risa/broma this is no laughing matter/no joke
2
◊ cosas sustantivo femenino plural ( pertenencias) things (pl);

mis cosas de deporte my sports things
3 (situación, suceso):
◊ así están las cosas that's how things are o stand;

la cosa se pone fea things are starting to get unpleasant;
¿cómo (te) van las cosas? how are things?;
son cosas de la vida that's life!;
¡qué cosa más extraña! how strange o funny!
4
a) (fam) ( ocurrencia):

◊ ¡tienes cada cosa! the things you come up (AmE) o (BrE) out with!;

esto es cosa de tu padre this is your father's doing o idea
b) ( comportamiento típico):

◊ son cosas de niños children are like that;

son cosas de Ana that's one of Ana's little ways
5 ( asunto):
◊ no es cosa tuya it's none of your business;

no te preocupes, eso es cosa mía don't worry, I'll handle it
6 ( en locs)
◊ cosa de (AmS fam) so as to;

cosa de terminarlo so as to finish it;
cosa que (AmS fam) so that;
cosa que no me olvide so that I don't forget;
no sea cosa que: llévate el paraguas, no sea cosa que llueva take your umbrella just in case;
átalo, no sea cosa que se escape tie it up so that it doesn't get away;
ser cosa de … (fam): es cosa de unos minutos it'll (only) take a couple of minutes;
es cosa de intentarlo you just have to give it a go
coser ( conjugate coser) verbo transitivo
a) ‹ dobladillo› to sew;

‹ botón› to sew on;
‹ agujero› to sew (up);
◊ cóselo a máquina sew it on the machine

b) ‹ herida› to stitch

verbo intransitivo
to sew
cosa sustantivo femenino
1 thing: no hay otra cosa que comer, there's nothing else to eat
2 (asunto) matter, business: es cosa mía, that's my business
eso es otra cosa, that's different
no hay cosa más importante que tu felicidad, there is nothing more important than your happiness
2 cosas, (asuntos) affairs
cosas de chiquillos, kids' stuff
cosas de mayores, grown-up stuff
¡cosas de la vida!, that's life!
3 (ocurrencias) ¡qué cosas tienes!, what a weird idea!
♦ Locuciones: el apartamento no es gran cosa, the apartment is not up to much
lo que son las cosas, would you believe it
no he visto cosa igual, I've never seen anything like it
decir cuatro cosas, to tell a few home truths
ser cosa de, to be a matter of: es cosa de tener paciencia, it's a matter of patience
(como) cosa de, about: hace (como) cosa de una hora, about an hour ago
coser verbo transitivo
1 to sew
2 Med to stitch up
♦ Locuciones: familiar es coser y cantar, it's a piece of cake
' cosa' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
absurda
- absurdo
- arder
- bicoca
- carroña
- chisme
- chollo
- como
- conformarse
- consigo
- cual
- cualquier
- cualquiera
- cuidada
- cuidado
- cuya
- cuyo
- debilidad
- dejar
- él
- ella
- esmerada
- esmerado
- exquisitez
- frivolidad
- indemne
- la
- le
- limitarse
- mamarrachada
- más
- menuda
- menudo
- mía
- mío
- muchachada
- nada
- niñería
- novedad
- pedir
- pegajosa
- pegajoso
- pegote
- pillar
- plantar
- preciosidad
- preguntar
- presidir
- prodigio
- propia
English:
absence
- annoyance
- anything
- arrival
- article
- attraction
- available
- awkward
- blissful
- bore
- brittle
- bulk
- certainty
- clip
- clumsy
- come across
- commonplace
- compromise
- confuse
- connection
- convenient
- dead wood
- deficiency
- defunct
- demise
- discreet
- disposable
- ditch
- drag
- dream
- else
- escape
- fall off
- film
- get back
- gullible
- helpful
- hulk
- invention
- joke
- laugh
- lemon
- liable
- lodge
- love
- lust
- misplaced
- more
- necessity
- need

* * *

cosa

♦ nf

1. [objeto, idea] thing;

comprar unas cosas en el mercado to buy a few things at the market;

alguna cosa anything;

¿quieres alguna cosa? is there anything you want?;

¿quiere usted alguna otra cosa o [m5] alguna cosa más? do you want anything else?;

cualquier cosa anything;

venden recuerdos, postales y cosas así they sell souvenirs, postcards and so on o and the like;

una cosa, ¿podrías venir mañana? by the way, could you come tomorrow?;

escucha, una cosa, ¿por qué no te quedas esta noche? listen, I've an idea, why don't you stay here tonight?;

tengo que decirte una cosa I've got something to tell you;

dime una cosa, ¿qué opinas de ella? tell me (something), what do you think of her?;

es la cosa más natural del mundo it's the most natural thing in the world, it's completely normal;

¡esas cosas no se dicen! you mustn't say things like that!;

¡esas cosas no se hacen! it just isn't done!;

este vino es cosa fina this wine is good stuff;

¡habráse visto cosa igual! have you ever seen the like of it!;

fue una cosa nunca vista it was really out of the ordinary;

no hay tal cosa on the contrary;

¡qué cosa! how strange!;

¡qué cosa más o [m5] tan extraña! how strange!;

no te preocupes, no es gran cosa don't worry, it's not important o it's no big deal;

este cuadro no vale gran cosa this painting isn't up to much;

te han dejado poca cosa they haven't left you much, they've hardly left you anything;

un bocadillo es poca cosa para un chico tan voraz como él a sandwich is very little for a hungry boy like him;

nos hemos comprado un apartamento, muy poquita cosa we've bought Br a flat o US an apartment, but it's nothing fancy;

es guapo, pero muy poquita cosa he's good-looking, but he hasn't got much of a body;

Comp

decir cuatro cosas a alguien: cuando lo vea le voy a decir cuatro cosas when I next see him I'm going to give him a piece of my mind;

Comp

llamar a las cosas por su nombre [hablar sin rodeos] to call a spade a spade;

llamemos a las cosas por su nombre,… let's be honest about it,…

2. [asunto]
tengo muchas cosas que hacer I've got a lot (of things) to do;

entre unas cosas y otras what with one thing and another;

por unas cosas o por otras, no nos quedó tiempo de escribirte for one reason or another we didn't have time to write to you;

la cosa es que ahora no quiere firmar el contrato the thing is she doesn't want to sign the contract any more;

está muy enfadada, y la cosa no es para menos, le han robado el coche she's very angry and with good reason, she's had her car stolen;

cada cosa a su tiempo one thing at a time;

no me preguntes por qué no queda comida, es cosa de los niños don't ask me why there's no food left, ask the children;

esto es cosa de magia, estoy seguro de que ayer lo dejé aquí this is most strange, I could swear I left it here yesterday;

no es cosa de risa it's no laughing matter;

eso de cambiar de trabajo es cosa de pensárselo changing jobs is something you need to think about carefully;

es cosa de tener paciencia it's a question of being patient;

no era cosa de presentarse sin avisar you couldn't just turn up without warning;

con el ambiente de seriedad que había, no era cosa de contar un chiste given the seriousness of the atmosphere, it was neither the time nor the place to tell a joke;

eso es cosa mía that's my affair o business;

no te metas en la discusión, que no es cosa tuya you keep out of the argument, it's none of your business;

eso es cosa fácil that's easy;

convencerle no será cosa fácil it won't be easy o it'll be no easy task to convince him;

esto es cosa seria this is a serious matter;

eso es otra cosa that's another matter;

¡eso es otra cosa!, esa camisa te sienta mucho mejor that's more like it, that shirt suits you much better!

3. [situación]
las cosas no van muy bien últimamente things haven't been going very well recently;

…y así es como están las cosas …and that's how things are at the moment;

¿cómo van las cosas? how are o how's things?;

estas cosas no pasarían si fuéramos más cuidadosos these things wouldn't happen if we were more careful;

Comp
Fam
la cosa se pone fea things are getting ugly, there's trouble brewing;

Comp
Fam
la cosa está que arde things are reaching boiling point

Comp
Fam
las cosas de palacio van despacio these things usually take some time;

4. [ocurrencia] funny remark;

se le ocurren cosas graciosísimas she comes out with some really funny stuff o remarks;

¡qué cosas tienes! you do say some funny things!

5. [comportamiento]
son cosas de mamá that's just the way Mum is, that's just one of Mum's little idiosyncrasies;

no les riñas, son cosas de niños don't tell them off, children are like that;

tenemos que aceptar su muerte, son cosas de la vida we have to accept her death, it's one of those things (that happen)

6. [en frases negativas] [nada]
no hay cosa peor que la hipocresía there's nothing worse than hypocrisy;

no hay cosa que me reviente más que su falta de interés there's nothing (that) annoys me more than her lack of interest, what annoys me most is her lack of interest

7. Fam [reparo]
me da cosa decírselo I'm a bit uneasy about telling him;

el olor a hospital me da cosa the smell of hospitals makes me feel uneasy

8. Méx [genitales] packet, Br lunchbox

9. Comp

o cosa así: [m5] tendrá treinta años o cosa así he must be thirty or thereabouts;

(como) cosa de [aproximadamente] about;

tardará (como) cosa de tres semanas it'll take about three weeks;

a cosa hecha: se presentó al examen a cosa hecha he took o Br sat the exam convinced he would pass;

hacer algo como quien no quiere la cosa [disimuladamente] to do sth innocently;
[sin querer] to do sth almost without realizing it;
como si tal cosa as if nothing had happened;

ser cosa de oír/ver: las declaraciones del ganador son cosa de oír the winner's remarks are worth hearing;

esta exposición es cosa de ver this exhibition is really worth seeing;
Esp Fam
cosa mala: me apetece ver esa película cosa mala I'm dying to see that movie o Br film, Br I want to see that film something chronic;

está lloviendo cosa mala it's pouring down, Br it's chucking it down;

me gusta cosa mala I fancy the pants off her, Br I fancy her something chronic;
Fam
a otra cosa, mariposa that's enough about that, let's change the subject;

es cosa rara que se equivoque it's very rare for her to make a mistake;

no ha llegado todavía, cosa rara porque siempre es muy puntual he hasn't arrived yet, which is strange, as he's usually very punctual;

ni cosa que se le parezca nor anything of the kind;

no sea cosa que: ten cuidado, no sea cosa que te vayas a caer be careful or you'll fall;

se lo diré yo, no sea cosa que se vaya a enterar por otra persona I'll tell him because I wouldn't want him to find out from somebody else;

no ser cosa del otro mundo o [m5] del otro jueves to be nothing special;
Fam
las cosas claras y el chocolate espeso stop beating around the bush, tell me things as they are;

las cosas como son, nunca vas a aprobar ese examen let's face it, you're never going to pass that exam;

¡lo que son las cosas! it's a funny old world!;

♦ cosas nfpl
[pertenencias, utensilios] things;
tras su muerte, metieron sus cosas en un baúl after his death, they put his things o belongings in a trunk;

¿dónde guardas las cosas de pescar? where do you keep your fishing things o tackle?

* * *

cosa

f thing;

¿sabes una cosa? do you know something?;

alguna cosa something;

ser cosa fina be really something fam, be something else fam ;

son cosas que pasan these things happen;

son cosas de la vida that’s life;

entre otras cosas among other things;

como si tal cosa as if nothing had happened;

decir a alguien cuatro cosas give s.o. a piece of one’s mind;

eso es otra cosa that’s another matter;

¿qué pasa? – poca cosa what’s new? – nothing much;

cosa de about;

hace cosa de un año about a year ago;

le dijo que había ganado la lotería como quien no quiere la cosa he told her that he had won the lottery as though it happened to him every day;

este pintor no es gran cosa he’s not much of a painter;

no hay tal cosa there’s no such thing;

¡qué cosa! that’s odd o strange!;

lo que son las cosas well, well!, imagine that!;

cosa rara oddly enough, strangely enough;

son cosas de Juan that’s typical of Juan, that’s Juan all over

* * *

cosa nf

1) : thing, object

2) : matter, affair

3)

otra cosa : anything else, something else

* * *

cosa n

1. (en general) thing

pon tus cosas aquí dentro put your things in here

trata a las personas como si fueran cosas he treats people as though they were things

2. (algo) something

¿quieres comer alguna cosa? do you want something to eat?

tengo que comprar una cosa I've got to buy something

3. (nada) nothing

no hay cosa que me moleste más que tener que esperar nothing annoys me more than having to wait

4. (asunto) affair / matter

¡no te metas en mis cosas! don't interfere in my affairs!

cosa de about

lo hice en cosa de diez minutos I did it in about ten minutes

no ser gran cosa to be nothing much / not to be important

Spanish-English dictionary > cosa
5 dar

v.

1 to give.

dar algo a alguien to give something to somebody, to give somebody something

se lo di a mi hermano I gave it to my brother

Ella me da dinero She gives me money.

Su elogio da ánimos His praise gives encouragement.

El negocio da muchas ganancias The business yields much profit.

2 to give, to produce.

la salsa le da un sabor muy bueno the sauce gives it a very pleasant taste, the sauce makes it taste very nice

3 to have, to hold (fiesta, cena).

dar una cena en honor de alguien to hold o give a dinner in someone's honor

4 to turn or switch on (luz, agua, gas) (encender).

5 to show (Cine, Teatro & TV).

dan una película del oeste they're showing a western, there's a western on

6 to show.

dar muestras de sensatez to show good sense

7 to teach.

dar inglés/historia to teach English/history

8 to deal (repartir) (en naipes).

9 to strike (horas).

dieron las tres en el reloj three o'clock struck

10 to get, to catch.

11 to deliver, to render, to allot, to confer.

12 to feel.

Me da alegría I feel joy.

13 to be given, to be granted, to be offered, to be handed in.

Se nos dio una buena casa We were given a good house.

14 to give forth, to burst out.

Ella dio un grito She gave forth a cry.

15 to make one feel.

Eso da asco That makes one feel revolt.

16 to hit.

Da duro el sol en este lugar The sun hits hard in this place

17 to give up.

* * *

DAR

CONJUGACIÓN

Present Indicative

doy, das, da, damos, dais, dan.

Past Indicative

di, diste, dio, dimos, disteis, dieron.

Present Subjunctive

dé, des, dé, demos, deis, den.

Imperfect Subjunctive

diera, dieras, diera, diéramos, dierais, dieran;

diese, dieses, diese, diésemos, dieseis, diesen.

Future Subjunctive

diere, dieres, diere, diéremos, diereis, dieren.

Imperative

da (tú), dé (él/Vd.), demos (nos.), dad (vos.), den (ellos/Vds.).

* * *

verb

1) to give

2) hit, strike

3) hand over, deliver

4) produce, yield

5) be enough

•

- dar a
- dar con
- dar contra
- dar por
- darse a
- darse de sí
- dárselas de
* * *
Para las expresiones dar importancia, dar ejemplo, dar las gracias, dar clases, dar a conocer, dar a entender, darse prisa, ver la otra entrada.
1. VERBO TRANSITIVO

1) (=entregar, conceder) [+ objeto, mensaje, permiso] to give; [+ naipes] to deal (out); [+ noticias] to give, tell

le dio un bocadillo a su hijo — he gave his son a sandwich

se lo di a Blanca — I gave it to Blanca

me dieron un diploma por mi buen comportamiento — I was given a diploma for good conduct

le dieron el primer premio — he was awarded {o} given first prize

déme dos kilos — I'll have two kilos, two kilos, please

• ir dando [cuerda] — to pay out rope

• dar los buenos [días] a algn — to say good morning to sb, say hello to sb

2) (=realizar) [+ paliza] to give; [+ paso] to take

dar un alarido — to shriek

dar una bofetada a algn — to slap sb

dar un golpe a algn — to hit sb

dio un golpe en la mesa — he banged on the table

dar un grito — to let out a cry, give a cry

dar un paseo — to go for a walk, take a walk

dar un suspiro — to heave {o} give a sigh, sigh

3) (=celebrar) [+ fiesta] to have, throw

la embajada dará una recepción — the embassy will hold a reception

4) (=encender) [+ luz] to turn on

¿has dado el gas? — have you turned on the gas?

5) (=presentar) [+ obra de teatro] to perform, put on; [+ película] to show, screen

dan una película de Almodóvar — there's an Almodóvar film on, they're showing {o} screening an Almodóvar film

¿qué dan hoy en la tele? — what's on TV tonight?

6) (=hacer sonar) [reloj] to strike

el reloj dio las tres — the clock struck three

ya han dado las ocho — it's past {o} gone eight o'clock

7) (=producir) [+ fruto] to bear; [+ ganancias, intereses] to yield

dar flores — to flower

este negocio da mucho dinero — there's a lot of money in this business

una inversión que da un 7% de interés — an investment that pays {o} yields 7% interest

8) (=tener como resultado)

el cálculo dio 99 — the sum worked out at 99

el atleta dio positivo en el control antidoping — the athlete tested positive for drugs

9) (=hacer sentir) [+ placer] to give

me dio mucha alegría verla — I was very pleased to see her

las babosas me dan asco — I find slugs disgusting {o} revolting

este jersey me da demasiado calor — this jumper is too hot, I'm too hot in this jumper

da gusto hablar con él — he's really nice to talk to

tu padre me da miedo — I'm scared {o} frightened of your father

me da pena tener que tirarlo — it's a pity to have to throw it away

el vino me da sueño — wine makes me sleepy

10) * (=fastidiar) to ruin

vinieron a visitarme y me dieron la tarde — they came to visit and ruined my afternoon

¡me estás dando las vacaciones! — you're ruining the holiday for me!

11) dar por (=considerar) to consider

doy el asunto por concluido — I consider the matter settled, I regard the matter as settled

le dieron por desaparecido — they gave him up for lost

doy el dinero por bien empleado — I consider it money well spent

lo daba por seguro — he was sure {o} certain of it

lo podemos dar por terminado — we can consider it finished

12)

- ¡y dale!

- estar/seguir dale que dale o dale que te pego o dale y dale

la vecina está dale que dale al piano — our neighbour is pounding away at the piano

estoy dale que dale a este problema — I've been bashing away at this problem *

- a mí no me la das

- ¡ahí te las den todas!

- por si vienen mal dadas

para dar y tomar —

tenemos botellas para dar y tomar — we've got loads {o} stacks of bottles

aquí hay basura para dar y tomar — there's tons of rubbish here

- me da que...

me da que no va a venir — I have a feeling (that) he's not going to come

2. VERBO INTRANSITIVO

1) (=entregar) to give

dame, yo te lo arreglo — give it here, I'll fix it for you

- a quien dan no escoge

2) (=entrar)

me dieron ganas de vomitar — I felt like being sick

si te da un mareo siéntate — if you feel giddy, sit down

le dio un fuerte dolor en el costado — he felt a sudden sharp pain in his side

le dio un infarto — he had a heart attack

3) (=importar)

¡qué más da!, ¡da igual! — it doesn't matter!, never mind!

¿qué más te da? — what does it matter to you?

¿qué más da un sitio que otro? — surely one place is as good as another!, it doesn't make any difference which place we choose

lo mismo da — it makes no difference {o} odds

me da igual, lo mismo me da, tanto me da — it's all the same to me, I don't mind

4) [seguido de preposición]
dar a (=estar orientado) [cuarto, ventana] to look out onto, overlook; [fachada] to face
mi habitación da al jardín — my room looks out onto {o} overlooks the garden
darle a (=hacer funcionar) [+ botón] to press; (=golpear) to hit; [+ balón] to kick
dale a la tecla roja — hit {o} press the red key

darle a la bomba — to pump, work the pump

dale más fuerte a la bomba — pump harder

¡dale! — hit him!

no es capaz de darle al balón de cabeza — he can't head the ball
dar con (=encontrar) [+ persona] to find; [+ idea, solución] to hit on, come up with
dimos con él dos horas más tarde — we found him two hours later

al final di con la solución — I finally hit on the solution, I finally came up with the solution

no doy con el nombre — I can't think of the name

• dar [consigo] en — to end up in

dio consigo en la cárcel — he ended up in jail
dar contra (=golpear) to hit
el barco dio contra el puente — the ship hit the bridge
dar de
dar de palos a algn — to give sb a beating

dar de puñetazos a algn — to punch sb

dar de barniz a algo — to varnish sth

• dar de [beber] a algn — to give sb something to drink

• dar de [comer] a algn — to feed sb

• dar de [sí] — [comida, bebida] to go a long way

lo que cada uno puede dar de sí — what each person can contribute
dar en [+ blanco, suelo] to hit; [+ solución] to hit on, come up with
el sol me da en la cara — the sun is in my eyes

• dar en [hacer] algo — to take to doing sth

han dado en llamarle Boko — they've taken to calling him Boko
darle a algn por hacer algo
le ha dado por no venir a clase — he has taken to cutting classes

les dio por venir a vernos — they took it into their heads to come and see us

últimamente le ha dado por el golf — he's taken up golf lately

al chico le daba por dormirse en la clase — the boy was always falling asleep in class

la casa que a alguien le dio por llamar Miramar — the house that someone had the bright idea of calling Miramar
dar para (=ser suficiente) to be enough for
con eso da para cuatro personas — this is enough for four people

mi pobre cabeza no da para más hoy — I don't think my poor head can take any more today

5) dar que hablar to set people talking

una película que da en qué pensar — a thought-provoking film, a film which gives you a lot to think about

3.

See:

darse

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

Sentido I

1) ( entregar) to give

dale las llaves a Pedro — give the keys to Pedro

se las di a Jaime — I gave them to Jaime

déme un kilo de peras — can I have a kilo of pears?

500 dólares ¿quién da más? — any advance on 500 dollars?; conocer verbo transitivo 3b, entender verbo transitivo 2b

2) (regalar, donar) to give

¿me lo prestas? - te lo doy, no lo necesito — can I borrow it? - you can keep it, I don't need it

qué no daría por que así fuera! — I'd give anything for that to be the case

donde las dan las toman — two can play at that game

tener para dar y vender — to have plenty to spare

3) <cartas/mano> to deal

4)

a) ( proporcionar) <fuerzas/valor/esperanza> to give

eso me dio la idea — that's where I got the idea from

si le dan la ocasión — if he's given the chance

pide que te den más información — ask them to give you more information

b) (Mús) to give

¿me das el la? — can you give me an A?

5) (conferir, aportar) <sabor/color/forma> to give

las luces le daban un ambiente festivo — the lights gave a festive atmosphere

6)

a) ( aplicar) to give

dale otra capa de barniz — give it another coat of varnish

hay que darle cera al piso — the floor needs waxing

dale una puntada para sujetarlo — put a stitch in to hold it

b) <sedante/masaje> to give

7)

a) ( conceder) <prórroga/permiso> to give

el dentista me dio hora para el miércoles — I have an appointment with the dentist on Wednesday

dan facilidades de pago — they offer easy repayment facilities o terms

nos dieron un premio — we won o got a prize

me dieron un diploma — I got a diploma

no le doy ni un mes a esa relación — I don't think they'll last more than a month together

b) (RPl) ( calcular)

¿qué edad le das? — how old do you think he is?

8)

a) (expresar, decir)

¿le diste las gracias? — did you thank him?, did you say thank you?

no me dio ni los buenos días — she didn't even say hello

dales saludos — give/send them my regards

darle la bienvenida a alguien — to welcome somebody

me dio su parecer or opinión — she gave me her opinion

tuve que darle la noticia — I was the one who had to break the news to him

b) (señalar, indicar)

me da ocupado or (Esp) comunicando — the line's busy o (BrE) engaged

el reloj dio las cinco — the clock struck five

Sentido II

9) ( producir) <fruto/flor> to bear

estos campos dan mucho grano — these fields have a high grain yield

este negocio da mucho dinero — there's a lot of money in this business

esos bonos dan un 7% — those bonds yield 7%

10)

a) ( rendir)

ha dado todo lo que esperaba de él — he has lived up to my/his expectations

ese jugador lo da todo — that player puts everything into the game

b) (AmL) ( alcanzar hasta)

¿cuánto da ese coche? — how fast can that car go?

da 150 kilómetros por hora — it can do o go 150 kilometers an hour

venía a todo lo que daba — it was traveling at full speed

ponen la radio a todo lo que da — they turn the radio on full blast

11) (causar, provocar)

la comida muy salada da sed — salty food makes you thirsty

estos niños dan tanto trabajo! — these kids are such hard work!; (+ me/te/le etc)

¿no te da calor esa camisa? — aren't you too warm in that shirt?

el vino le había dado sueño — the wine had made him sleepy

me da mucha pena verla tan triste — it hurts me to see her so sad

qué susto me has dado! — you gave me such a fright!

este coche no me ha dado problemas — this car hasn't given me any trouble; ver tb asco, hambre, miedo, etc

dar que + inf: el jardín da muchísimo que hacer there's always such a lot to do in the garden; lo que dijo me dio que pensar — what he said gave me plenty to think about; ver tb dar III 1)

Sentido III

12) ( presentar) < concierto> to give

¿qué dan esta noche en la tele? — what's on TV tonight? (colloq)

ayer daban una obra de Calderón — there was a Calderón play on yesterday

¿dónde están dando esa película? — where's that film showing?

13)

a) < fiesta> to give; <baile/banquete> to hold

b) < conferencia> to give; < discurso> (AmL) to make

c) (CS) < examen> to take o (BrE) sit; ver tb clase 5)

Sentido IV

14) ( realizar la acción que se indica)

dar lectura a un comunicado — to read out a communiqué

dar un grito/un suspiro — to give a shout/heave a sigh

dar un paso atrás/adelante — to take a step back/forward

dame un beso/abrazo — give me a kiss/hug; ver tb golpe, paseo, vuelta, etc

Sentido V

15) ( considerar)

dar algo/a alguien por algo: lo dieron por muerto they gave him up for dead; doy por terminada la sesión I declare the session closed; ese tema lo doy por sabido I'm assuming you've already covered that topic; puedes dar por perdido el dinero you can say goodbye to that money; dalo por hecho! consider it done!; si apruebo daré el tiempo por bien empleado — if I pass it will have been time well spent
2.
dar vi

Sentido I

1)

a) ( entregar)

no puedes con todo, dame que te ayudo — you'll never manage all that on your own, here, let me help you

¿me das para un helado? — can I have some money for an ice cream?

b) ( en naipes) to deal

te toca dar a ti — it's your deal

2) (ser suficiente, alcanzar)

dar para algo/alguien: este pollo da para dos comidas this chicken will do for two meals; con una botella no da para todos one bottle's not enough to go round; (+ me/te/le etc) eso no te da ni para un chicle you can't even buy a piece of chewing gum with that; no me dio (el) tiempo I didn't have time; dar de sí to stretch; qué poco dan de sí mil pesetas! a thousand pesetas doesn't go very far!; no dar para más: su inteligencia no da para más that's as much as his brain can cope with; lo que gano no da para más what I earn doesn't go any further; la fiesta no daba para más — the party was beginning to wind down

3) dar a

a) puerta to give onto, open onto; ventana to look onto, give onto

b) fachada/frente ( estar orientado hacia) to face

la terraza da al mar — the balcony overlooks o faces the sea

c) ( llegar hasta) río to flow into, go into; calle to lead to

4) ( arrojar un resultado)

el análisis le dio positivo/negativo — her test was positive/negative

¿cuánto da la cuenta? — what does it come to?

a mí me dio 247 — I made it (to be) 247

5) ( importar)

da lo mismo, ya iremos otro día — it doesn't matter, we'll go another day

qué más da! — what does it matter!

¿qué más da un color que otro? — what difference does it make what color it is?; (+ me/te/le etc)

¿el jueves o el viernes? - me da igual — Thursday or Friday? - I don't mind o it doesn't make any difference to me

¿y a ti qué más te da si él viene? — what's it to you if he comes? (colloq)

Sentido II

6)

a) (pegar, golpear)

darle a alguien — to hit somebody; ( como castigo) to smack somebody

le dio en la cabeza/con un palo — he hit him on the head/with a stick

dale al balón con fuerza — kick the ball hard

te voy a dar (de palos) — I'm going to give you a good beating

el balón dio en el poste — the ball hit the post

b) (fam) (a tarea, asignatura)

darle a algo: me pasé todo el verano dándole al inglés I spent the whole summer working on my English; cómo le da al vino! he really knocks back o (AmE) down the wine (colloq); cómo le han dado al queso! ya casi no queda! — they've certainly been at the cheese, there's hardly any left! (colloq)

c) ( acertar) to hit

dar en el blanco/el centro — to hit the target/the bull's-eye

7) (accionar, mover)

darle a algo — a botón/tecla to press something; a interruptor to flick something; a manivela to turn something; (+ compl)

dale al volante hacia la derecha — turn the wheel to the right

dale a esa palanca hacia arriba — push that lever up

dale para atrás — back up

8)

a) (fam) ( indicando insistencia)

y dale! ya te he dicho que no voy — there you go again! I've told you I'm not going (colloq)

y dale con lo de su edad! — stop going on about her age!

dale que dale or (Esp) dale que te pego! — (fam)

he estado todo el día dale que dale — I've been hard at it all day

dale que dale con lo mismo! — stop going on about it!

b) (RPl fam) ( instando a hacer algo) come on

dale, prestámelo — come on o go on, lend it to me

9) dar con ( encontrar) < persona> to find; < solución> to hit upon, find; < palabra> to come up with

Sentido III

10) (acometer, sobrevenir) (+ me/te/le etc)

le dio un mareo — she felt dizzy

le dio un infarto — he had a heart attack

me va a dar algo — (fam) I'm going to have a fit (colloq); ver tb dar verbo transitivo II 3, escalofrío, frío, gana, etc

11) (hablando de manías, ocurrencias)

darle a alguien por + inf — to take to -ing

le ha dado por pintar — he's taken to painting

le ha dado por decir que... — he's started saying that...

le ha dado por el yoga — she's got into yoga

le ha dado con que me conoce — she's got it into her head that she knows me

12) sol/viento/luz

aquí da el sol toda la mañana — you get the sun all morning here

en esa playa da mucho el viento — it's very windy on that beach

la luz le daba de lleno en los ojos — the light was shining right in his eyes
3.
1) darse v pron

Sentido I

2) ( producirse) to grow

en esta zona se da bien el trigo — wheat grows well in this area

3) ( presentarse) oportunidad/ocasión to arise

se dio el caso que iba pasando por ahí — it so happened that I was passing by

4) ( resultar) (+ me/te/le etc)

se le dan los idiomas — she's good at languages

¿cómo se te da a ti la costura? — are you any good at sewing?

Sentido II

5)

a) (dedicarse, entregarse)

darse a algo: se dio a la bebida she took to drink; se ha dado por entero a su familia/a la causa — she has devoted herself entirely to her family/to the cause

b) (CS, Ven) ( ser sociable)

darse con alguien — to get on with somebody

no se da con los suegros — she doesn't have much to do with her in-laws

Sentido III

6)

a) (refl) ( realizar la acción que se indica)

me di una ducha — I took o had a shower

darse un banquete — to have a feast

dárselas de algo: se las da de que sabe mucho he likes to make out he knows a lot; dárselas de listo to act smart; ¿y de qué se las da ése? — who does he think he is?

b) (golpearse, pegarse)

se dio con el martillo en el dedo — he hit his finger with the hammer

no te vayas a dar con la cabeza contra el techo — don't hit o bang your head on the ceiling

se dieron contra un árbol — they crashed into a tree

se dio dar un golpe en la rodilla — he hit his knee

c) (recípr)

se estaban dando (de) patadas/puñetazos — they were kicking/punching each other

Sentido IV

7) ( considerarse)

darse por algo: con eso me daría por satisfecha I'd be quite happy with that; darse por vencido — to give up; ver tb aludir a, enterado 1

* * *

= allow, give, issue, pitch, hand over, pass over, give away, give out, get + free.

Ex. Folders allow a set of papers to be kept together when a set on a given topic is removed from the file.

Ex. An abstract of a bibliography can be expected to note whether author affiliations are given = Es de esperar que el resumen de una bibliografía indique si se incluyen los lugares de trabajo de los autores.

Ex. Once a user is registered, a password will be issued which provides access to all or most of the data bases offered by the host as and when the user wishes.

Ex. Thus pitching instructions at the right level can be difficult.

Ex. Eventually, teachers should be able to ' hand the chalk over to the students' and take a back seat.

Ex. She also indicated in passing that in future authors would not automatically pass over the copyright of research results in papers to publishers.

Ex. This must be done in a fully commercial way, not by giving away machines or paper, nor by giving away imported books.

Ex. Similarly, equipment such as this can often give out quite a lot of heat which has to be adequately dissipated.

Ex. Most people know 'earbuds' as the cheap-o earphones you get free with a cell phone.

----

* acción de dar un nombre a Algo = naming.

* antes de darse cuenta = before + Pronombre + know what + happen, before + Pronombre + know it.

* con la sabiduría que da la experiencia = with the benefit of hindsight.

* cosas que dan miedo = things that go bump in the night.

* da la casualidad = as it happens.

* dale alas a tu imaginación = let + your imagination fly!.

* dando sacudidas = jerkily.

* dar el esquinazo a = give + Nombre + a wide berth.

* dar a = look onto, give onto, overlook.

* dar a Algo el nombre de = earn + Nombre + the name of.

* dar a Algo más importancia de la que tiene = oversell.

* dar a Algo una nueva dimensión = take + Nombre + into a new dimension.

* dar a Algo una nueva perspectiva = give + Nombre + a new twist.

* dar a Alguien el beneficio de la duda = give + Nombre + the benefit of the doubt.

* dar a Alguien una mano y te cogen el brazo = give + Pronombre + an inch and + Pronombre + take a mile, give + Pronombre + an inch and + Pronombre + take a mile.

* dar a Alguien una oportunidad de triunfar = give + Nombre + a fighting chance.

* dar a Alguien una palmada en la espalda = pat + Alguien + on the back for + Algo.

* dar a Alguien una palmadita en la espalda = pat + Alguien + on the back for + Algo.

* dar a Alguien una puñalada por la espalda = stab + Alguien + in the back.

* dar a Alguien una puñalada trapera = stab + Alguien + in the back.

* dar a Alguien un margen de confianza = give + Nombre + the benefit of the doubt.

* dar abasto = cope.

* dar abasto con = cope with.

* dar acceso = provide + access.

* dar acceso a = give + access to.

* dar a conocer = bring to + the attention, communicate, publicise [publicize, -USA], report, articulate, make + known.

* dar a conocer la presencia de = make + Posesivo + presence known.

* dar a entender = give to + understand, hint, send + a clear signal that, lull + Nombre + into thinking, insinuate, intimate.

* dar agua = lose + water, leak.

* dar a la calle = give onto + the street.

* dar a la caza de = chase down.

* dar Algo a conocer = get + the word out.

* dar alguna esperanza = give + some cause for hope.

* dar al traste con los planes = upset + the applecart.

* dar al traste con + Posesivo + planes = upset + Posesivo + plans, ruin + Posesivo + plans.

* dar al traste con todo = upset + the applecart.

* dar a luz = birth, deliver.

* dar a luz a = give + birth to.

* dar ánimos = give + a word of encouragement, hearten.

* dar apoyo = give + support, support, provide + support.

* dar asco = stink, disgust.

* dar aullidos = caterwaul.

* dar autoría = lend + authoritativeness.

* dar autoridad a Algo = lend + authority to.

* dar bandazos = lurch.

* dar bastante importancia a = place + great store on.

* dar brillo a = buff, buff up.

* dar buen uso a Algo = put to + good use.

* dar cabida a = accommodate, include, hold, take, make + room (for), leave + room for, leave + room for.

* dar cabida al crecimiento = accommodate + growth.

* dar caladas = puff.

* dar calidad = deliver + value.

* dar caprichos = pamper.

* dar cera = wax.

* dar chillidos = shriek.

* dar cien mil vueltas = beat + Nombre + hands down, win + hands down.

* dar clase = give + a lesson, teach + class, teach + lesson, hold + class.

* dar coba = toady, fawn (on/upon/over).

* dar comienzo a = give + a start to.

* dar como ejemplo = cite + as an example.

* dar como norma = rule.

* dar como resultado = add up to, result (in), lead to.

* dar con = hit on/upon, put + Posesivo + finger on, stumble on.

* dar conferencia = lecture.

* dar consejo sobre = give + advice on.

* dar consentimiento = give + licence.

* dar con una esponja húmeda = sponging.

* dar con una idea = hit on/upon + idea.

* dar con una solución = come up with + solution.

* dar coraje = peeve.

* dar corte = self-conscious, feel + shy.

* dar credibilidad = give + credence, lend + credence, bestow + credibility, provide + credibility.

* dar crédito = give + credence.

* dar cualquier cosa por Algo = give + an eye-tooth for/to.

* dar cuenta = render + an account of.

* dar cuenta de = account for.

* dar cuenta de Algo = be held to account.

* dar cuerda a un reloj = wind + clock.

* dar cuerpo = give + substance.

* dar cuerpo a = flesh out.

* dar cuerpo y forma a = lend + substance and form to.

* dar datos de = give + details of.

* dar de alta = discharge from + hospital.

* dar de baja = take out of + circulation.

* dar de cara a = front.

* dar de comer = feed.

* dar de lado = short-circuit [shortcircuit], give + Nombre + the cold shoulder.

* dar de lleno = hit + home.

* dar de mala gana = begrudge, grudge.

* dar de mamar = breast-feeding [breastfeeding].

* dar de mamar a = breast-feed [breastfeed].

* dar demasiada información y muy rápidamente = trot out.

* dar de qué hablar = raise + eyebrows, fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.

* dar de quilla = keel over.

* dar derecho a = entitle to.

* dar descanso de = give + relief from.

* dar de sí = stretch out.

* dar detalles de = give + details of.

* dar de Uno mismo = give of + Reflexivo.

* dar dinero = pay + money, donate + Posesivo + money.

* dar dirección = lend + direction.

* dar directrices = give + guidance, provide + guidance.

* dar duro = pack + a wallop.

* dar ejemplo = set + an example, lead by + example.

* dar ejemplo de = illustrate.

* dar el brazo a torcer = give in to.

* dar el brazo derecho = give + Posesivo + right arm.

* dar el do de pecho = do + Posesivo + best, pull out + all the stops, do + Posesivo + utmost.

* dar el efecto de = give + the effect of.

* dar el esquinazo = dodge.

* dar el esquinazo a = steer + clear of, steer away from.

* dar el golpe de gracia = administer + the coup de grace, deliver + the coup de grace.

* dar el nombre = label.

* dar el oro y el moro = give + Posesivo + right arm.

* dar el pecho = breast-feed [breastfeed].

* dar el pésame = pass + Posesivo + condolences.

* dar el pistoletazo de salida = fire + the starting gun.

* dar el primer paso = make + a start, take + the first step.

* dar el puntillazo a = put + an end to, bring + an end to, bring to + an end.

* dar el salto = make + the leap.

* dar el todo por el todo = give + Posesivo + all.

* dar el último empujón = go + the last mile, go + the extra mile.

* dar el último repaso = tie + the pieces together.

* dar el visto bueno = approve, clear, give + green light, give + the go-ahead.

* dar el visto bueno a una factura = clear + invoice.

* dar el/un espectáculo = make + a spectacle of + Reflexivo.

* dar empujones = shove.

* dar en el blanco = hit + the bull's eye, strike + home, put + Posesivo + finger on, hit + the truth, hit + home.

* dar en el clavo = hit + the nail on the head, be spot on, strike + home, put + Posesivo + finger on, hit + the truth.

* dar en el larguero = hit + the crossbar, hit + the crossbar.

* dar en el travesaño = hit + the crossbar.

* dar energía = energise [energize, -USA].

* dar énfasis = give + emphasis, place + stress, give + stress.

* dar énfasis a = place + emphasis on.

* dar en garantía = pawn.

* dar en la diana = hit + home.

* dar en mano = hand (over).

* dar entrada = enter.

* dar esperanza = nurture + hope, give + hope, bring + visions of.

* dar esperanzas = raise + expectations, raise + hopes.

* dar estímulo = provide + boost.

* dar evasivas = stonewall, play for + time.

* dar evidencia = furnish with + evidence.

* dar fe = attest, certify.

* dar fe de = testify (to/of), vouch (for), be testimony to.

* dar fe de que = attest to + the fact that.

* dar fin = bring to + a close, draw to + a close, wind down.

* dar forma = become + cast, give + shape, shape, mould [mold, -USA], inform.

* dar forma cuadrada = square.

* dar fruto = bear + fruit, come to + fruition.

* dar fuerte = pack + a wallop.

* dar fuerza = empower, bring + strength.

* dar gato por liebre = buy + a pig in a poke, pass off + a lemon.

* dar golpes = pound.

* dar gracias por lo que Uno tiene = count + Posesivo + blessings.

* dar gritos = shriek, shout.

* dar guerra = act up, play up.

* dar gustirrinín = tickle + Posesivo + fancy.

* dar gusto = oblige, bring + pleasure, flavour [flavor, -USA].

* dar hipo = hiccup.

* dar ideas = offer + clues.

* da rienda suelta a tu imaginación = let + your imagination fly!.

* dar ímpetu = lend + force, give + impetus.

* dar importancia = attach + importance, give + prominence, stress, give + pre-eminence, give + relevance, place + importance, give + importance.

* dar importancia a = give + weight to, place + emphasis on, attach + weight to, create + a high profile for, give + a high profile, place + weight on.

* dar importancia a Algo = put + Algo + on the agenda, be on the agenda.

* dar indicios de = show + signs of.

* dar indicios y pistas = drop + hints and clues.

* dar información = provide + information, give + information, release + information.

* dar información adicional = give + further details.

* dar información de = give + details of.

* dar interés = spice up, add + spice.

* dar la alarma = sound + alarm.

* dar la apariencia de = place + a veneer of.

* dar la bienvenida = welcome.

* dar la casualidad que + Indicativo = happen to + Infinitivo, chance to + Infinitivo.

* dar la cuenta atrás = count + Nombre + out.

* dar la enhorabuena = give + congratulations.

* dar la entrada para = make + a deposit on.

* dar la espalda = turn + aside.

* dar la idea = give + the impression that.

* dar la imagen = give + the impression that.

* dar la impresión = convey + impression, strike + Pronombre Personal, give + the impression that, confer + impression, come off as.

* dar la impresión de = contrive, conjure up + a picture of, come across as.

* dar la impresión de seriedad en el trabajo = appear + businesslike.

* dar la la lata = nag (at).

* dar la lata = play up.

* dar la mano = extend + Posesivo + hand.

* dar la mano derecha = give + Posesivo + right arm.

* dar la murga = be a pest.

* dar la noticia = give + the news.

* dar la opinión sobre = give + opinion on.

* dar la oportunidad = give + chance.

* dar la oportunidad de = present with + opportunities for, allow + the opportunity to.

* dar la oportunidad de expresarse libremente = give + voice to.

* dar la oportunidad de opinar = give + voice to.

* dar la puntilla a = put + an end to, bring + an end to, bring to + an end.

* dar largas = stonewall, play for + time, fob + Alguien + off with + Algo.

* dar las cosas masticadas = spoon-feeding [spoonfeeding], spoon-feed [spoon feed/spoonfeed].

* dar la sensación = give + a sense.

* dar la sensación de = give + the effect of.

* dar la señal = give + the word, give + the signal.

* dar la señal de alarma = sound + the clarion.

* dar la señal de alerta = sound + the clarion.

* dar la señal de estar listo = prompt.

* dar lástima = feel + sorry for, pity.

* dar la talla = be up to the mark, be up to scratch, measure up (to), be up to snuff, make + the cut.

* dar latigazos = lash.

* dar la vida = lay down + Posesivo + life, give + Posesivo + life.

* dar la vuelta = turn + Nombre + (a)round, flip, swing around, swing back, turn (a)round.

* dar la vuelta a = round, turn on + its head.

* dar la vuelta en el aire = give + a toss.

* darle a Alguien carta blanca = give + Nombre + a blank cheque.

* darle a Alguien un cheque en blanco = give + Nombre + a blank cheque.

* darle a la botella = booze.

* darle a la lengua = shoot + the breeze, shoot + the bull.

* darle a la manivela de arranque = turn + the crank.

* darle alas a Alguien = let + Nombre + do things + Posesivo + (own) way.

* darle al palique = gas.

* darle a Uno escalofríos por Algo desagradable = make + Nombre + flinch.

* darle caña = hurry up, get + a move on, put + pressure on.

* darle caña a = have + a go at, get + stuck into.

* dar lecciones = give + lessons.

* darle cien mil vueltas a Alguien = knock + spots off + Nombre.

* darle el puntillazo = nail it.

* darle la razón a Alguien = side in + Posesivo + favour.

* darle largas = play + Nombre + along.

* darle largas a Algo = drag + Posesivo + feet, drag + Posesivo + heels.

* darle la vuelta a la tortilla = turn + the tables (on).

* darle sopas con hondas a Alguien = knock + spots off + Nombre.

* darle una interpretación = give + interpretation.

* darle una lección a Alguien = school.

* darle una paliza a Alguien = take + Nombre + to the cleaners, give + Nombre + a beating, school.

* darle un buen repaso a Alguien = take + Nombre + to the cleaners.

* darle un repaso a = buff up on, brush up on.

* darle un repaso a Alguien = school.

* darle vueltas a = dwell on/upon.

* darle vueltas a Algo = mull over, agonise over [agonize, -USA].

* darle vueltas a la idea = toy with, toy with + idea of.

* darle vueltas a la idea de = flirt with + the idea of.

* darle vueltas a un asunto = chew + the cud.

* darle vueltas a un problema = puzzle over + problem.

* dar libertad = give + licence.

* dar libertad a un esclavo = manumit.

* dar libertad para + Infinitivo = afford + the freedom to + Infinitivo.

* dar lo mejor de Uno mismo = give of + Posesivo + best.

* dar los pasos necesarios = take + steps.

* dar los primeros pasos en = venture into.

* dar los últimos retoques a = put + the finishing touches on.

* dar lugar = produce.

* dar lugar a = cause, generate, give + rise to, mean, result (in), leave + room for, bring about, lead to, cause, open + the door to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.

* dar lugar a la reflexión = provide + food for thought.

* dar lugar a problemas = give + rise to problems.

* dar lugar a queja = evoke + complaint.

* dar lugar a rumores = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.

* dar luz verde = give + green light, give + the go-ahead.

* dar mala impresión = look + bad.

* dar marcha atrás = do + an about-face, back up, backpedal [back-pedal].

* dar masaje = massage.

* dar más de sí = go further.

* dar más explicaciones = elaborate on.

* dar materia para la reflexión = provide + food for thought.

* dar mayor importancia a = give + pride of place to.

* dar media vuelta = do + an about-face.

* dar mejora (en) = give + improvement (in).

* dar menos de lo debido = shortchange.

* dar mucha importancia = put + a premium on.

* dar mucho en qué pensar = give + Nombre + much to think about, give + Nombre + a lot to think about.

* dar mucho valor a Algo = value + Nombre + highly.

* dar muestras de = show + signs of.

* dar + Nombre + una oportunidad = give + Nombre + a fair chance.

* dar notoriedad a = create + a high profile for, give + a high profile.

* dar nueva forma = reformat [re-format].

* dar nueva vida = give + Nombre + new life, give + a second life.

* dar opción = give + option.

* dar origen = mother.

* dar origen a = give + rise to, bring about, lead to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.

* dar otro paso muy importante = reach + another milestone.

* dar pábulo a = fuel, spark off.

* dar pábulo a rumores = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.

* dar palos de ciego = grope (for/toward).

* dar pánico = scare + the living daylights out of, frighten + the living daylights out of, dread, scare + the hell out of.

* dar parte de = report.

* dar paso (a) = give + way (to), yield to, make + way (for).

* dar patadas en el estómago = stick in + Posesivo + craw.

* dar pavor = be scared stiff, be frightened to death, be petrified of, be terrified, scare + the living daylights out of, frighten + the living daylights out of, scare + the hell out of.

* dar pecho = breast-feeding [breastfeeding].

* dar pereza = can't/couldn't be bothered.

* dar permiso = give + permission, give + time off, grant + Alguien + leave.

* dar permiso en el trabajo = give + time off work.

* dar pie a = spark off, give + rise to, bring about, lead to, cause, open + the door to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.

* dar pisotones = stomp.

* dar pistas = throw + hints.

* dar pistas falsas = throw out + false leads.

* dar placer = give + pleasure, give + enjoyment.

* dar poderes = give + powers.

* dar por = tickle + Posesivo + fancy.

* dar por concluido = put to + bed, close + the book on.

* dar por culo = piss + Nombre + off.

* dar por descontado = take for + granted, discount.

* dar por hecho = take for + granted.

* dar por perdido = be past praying for, write off.

* dar por saldado = close + the book on.

* dar por seguro que = rest + assured that.

* dar por sentado = take for + granted.

* dar por sentado Algo que realmente no lo está = beg + the question.

* dar + Posesivo + vida = give + Posesivo + all.

* dar preferencia = give + preference.

* dar prestigio = lend + authoritativeness.

* dar prioridad = award + priority, emphasise [emphasize, -USA], give + priority, give + precedence, assign + priority, give + preference.

* dar prioridad a = give + pride of place to, place + emphasis on, prioritise [prioritize, -USA].

* dar prioridad a algo = make + a priority.

* dar problemas = play up.

* dar propina = tipping.

* dar pruebas = provide + evidence.

* dar publicidad = publicise [publicize, -USA], give + publicity.

* dar puntapiés = kick + Posesivo + feet.

* dar punzadas = throb, twinge.

* dar quebraderos de cabeza = give + headaches.

* dar que hablar = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours, raise + eyebrows.

* dar quehacer = make + trouble.

* dar rabia = incense, gall, peeve.

* dar razón de ser = bring + purpose.

* dar recompensa = mete out + reward.

* dar registro = accession.

* dar relevancia = give + relevance.

* dar relevancia a = create + a high profile for, give + a high profile.

* dar relevancia a Algo = put + Algo + on the agenda.

* dar resoplidos = chug.

* dar respuesta = provide + answer, elicit + answer, develop + answer.

* dar resultado = be successful, give + result, work, pay off, be a success, pay.

* dar resultados = produce + results.

* dar rienda suelta = unleash.

* dar rienda suelta a = give + free rein to, allow + vent for, give + vent to, vent.

* dar rienda suelta a + Nombre = let + Nombre + run riot.

* dar riqueza a = add + richness to.

* dar risitas = giggle.

* dar sabor = spice up, add + spice.

* dar salida a = vent.

* dar saltitos = hop, skip.

* dar sangre = donate + Posesivo + blood.

* darse = appear, occur.

* darse a = lend + Reflexivo + to.

* darse aires = strut.

* darse aires de grandeza = give + Reflexivo + such airs, aggrandise + Reflexivo.

* darse a la fuga = flee, lam (it), go into + hiding, make + a quick getaway, take to + Posesivo + heels, run off.

* darse a los demás = give of + Reflexivo.

* darse con un canto en los dientes = count + Reflexivo + lucky, think + Reflexivo + lucky, consider + Reflexivo + lucky.

* darse cuenta = become + aware, dawn on, detect, perceive, find, note, make + aware, come to + realise, wise up, reach + understanding, eye + catch, strike + home, suss (out), hit + home.

* darse cuenta de = be aware of, be cognisant of, realise [realize, -USA], sense, wake up to, sink in, become + cognisant of, see through.

* darse cuenta del peligro que = see + the danger that.

* darse cuenta de un problema = alight on + problem.

* darse de baja de una suscripción = unsubscribe.

* darse el caso que + Indicativo = happen to + Infinitivo, chance to + Infinitivo.

* darse el gusto de = indulge in.

* darse el gusto de comprar = splurge on.

* darse el lote = snog, neck.

* darse el lujo de = splurge on.

* darse golpes de pecho = beat + Posesivo + breast.

* darse golpes en el pecho = beat + Posesivo + breast.

* darse la mano = join + hands, shake + hand.

* dárselas de = fancy + Reflexivo.

* dársele Algo bien a Uno = be good at.

* dársele a Uno bien las plantas = have + a green thumb, have + green fingers.

* dársele a Uno mejor Algo = be better at.

* dársele mejor a Uno = do + best.

* darse media vuelta = turn on + Posesivo + heel.

* darse (muchos) aires = give + Reflexivo + such airs, aggrandise + Reflexivo.

* dar sentido = make + sense (out) of, make + sense of life.

* dar sentido a = make + meaningful, give + meaning to.

* dar sentido a las cosas = sense-making, meaning making.

* dar sentido a la vida = give + meaning to life.

* dar sentido a + Posesivo + vida = make + sense of + Posesivo + life.

* dar señales de = show + signs of.

* dar señales de vida = show + signs of life.

* darse por afortunado = count + Reflexivo + lucky, think + Reflexivo + lucky, consider + Reflexivo + lucky.

* darse por aludido = take + things personally, take + a hint, take + things personally, get + a hint.

* darse por derrotado = sound + note of defeat.

* darse por vencido = throw in + the towel, throw in/up + the sponge.

* darse prisa = hurry, hurry up, get on + Posesivo + running shoes, shake + a leg, hot-foot it to, make + haste, rattle + Posesivo + dags, get + a wiggle on, put + Posesivo + skates on, get + Posesivo + skates on, get + a move on.

* darse prisa con calma = make + haste slowly.

* dar servicio = service.

* darse una comilona = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).

* darse una leche = come + a cropper.

* darse un apretón de manos = clasp + hands.

* darse una situación más esperanzadora = sound + a note of hope.

* darse un atracón = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on), stuff + Posesivo + face.

* darse una transacción económica = cash + change hands.

* darse una tripotada = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).

* darse una vacante = occur + vacancy.

* darse un baño de sol = sunbathe.

* darse un chapuzón = take + a dip.

* darse un descanso = give + Reflexivo + a break, rest on + Posesivo + oars.

* darse un festín de = feast on.

* darse un garbeo = mosey.

* darse un porrazo = come + a cropper.

* darse un respiro = lie on + Posesivo + oars, rest on + Posesivo + oars.

* darse un tortazo = come + a cropper.

* dar significado = imbue with + meaning.

* dar sombra = shade.

* dar su conformidad a = assent to.

* dar sugerencias = give + suggestions.

* dar terror = scare + the living daylights out of.

* dar testimonio = bear + witness, give + testimony.

* dar tiempo = give + time, donate + Posesivo + time.

* dar tiempo a Alguien = give + Nombre + some time.

* dar título = title.

* dar todo de Uno mismo = give of + Posesivo + best.

* dar todo el oro del mundo = give + Posesivo + right arm.

* dar tono = tone.

* dar trabajo = present + burden.

* dar una advertencia = raise + caveat, issue + warning.

* dar una apariencia de = provide + a semblance of, give + a semblance of.

* dar una azotaina = spank.

* dar una bofetada = cuff, slap.

* dar una bofetada a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.

* dar una buena paliza = whitewash, thrash.

* dar una cabezadita = nap, catching 10, napping.

* dar una carcajada = give + a laugh, let out + a laugh.

* dar una charla = give + address, give + a talk, give + a presentation, give + speech.

* dar una conferencia = deliver + talk, make + a speech, give + speech, deliver + lecture, give + a lecture.

* dar una contractura muscular = pull + a muscle.

* dar una cornada = gore.

* dar una excusa = give + excuse.

* dar una explicación = present + explanation.

* dar una falsa impresión = keep up + facade, put on + an act.

* dar una fiesta = give + a party.

* dar una galleta = slap.

* dar una guantada = slap.

* dar una idea = give + idea, give + glimpse, provide + an understanding.

* dar una idea de = give + a feel for, give + indication, provide + a glimpse of, give + a flavour of, be indicative of, provide + insight into, give + a picture, give + an insight into, give + an inkling of.

* dar una idea general = put in + the picture, give + a general picture, paint + a broad picture.

* dar una imagen = convey + image, present + picture, paint + a picture, present + an image, present + a picture.

* dar una imagen de = give + an impression of.

* dar una impresión = make + an impression, leave + an impression, present + an image.

* dar una impresión de = give + an impression of.

* dar una impresión equivocada = send + the wrong signals.

* dar una lección de humildad = humble.

* dar una llamada de atención = sound + a wake-up call.

* dar una norma = give + prescription.

* dar una opinión = offer + opinion.

* dar una oportunidad = give + opportunity, provide + opportunity, grant + opportunity, present + an opportunity, create + opportunity.

* dar una oportunidad a Alguien = give + Nombre + a head start.

* dar una orden = issue + command, issue + instruction.

* dar una paliza = clobber, pummel, slaughter, knock + the living daylights out of, knock + the hell out out of, whip, whitewash, thrash, wallop, lick, baste, take + a pounding, take + a beating, belt, trounce, beat + Nombre + (all) hollow.

* dar una paliza a Alguien = beat + Nombre + up, beat + Nombre + black and blue.

* dar una patada = kick, boot.

* dar una pista = give + a hint.

* dar una posibilidad = afford + opportunity.

* dar un apretón de manos = shake + hand.

* dar una rabieta = throw + a tantrum.

* dar una razón = give + reason.

* dar una respuesta = furnish + answer, frame + response.

* dar una sacudida = give + a shake, give + a jerk.

* dar una segunda oportunidad = give + a second chance.

* dar una segunda vida = give + a second life.

* dar una solución = provide + solution, develop + solution.

* dar una solución por buena que realmente no lo es = beg + the solution.

* dar un aspecto + Adjetivo = give + a + Adjetivo + look.

* dar un ataque de nervios = have + an attack of hysterics.

* dar una torta = slap.

* dar una torta a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.

* dar una tunda = trounce.

* dar una ventaja = give + Nombre + an edge.

* dar una ventaja a Alguien = give + Nombre + a head start.

* dar una visión = present + view, provide + an understanding.

* dar una visión general = give + a general picture.

* dar una visión global = give + overview, present + an overview, present + an overall picture, give + an overall picture, overview.

* dar una visión total = give + a complete picture.

* dar un aviso = make + warning.

* dar una voltereta = somersault, do + a somersault, summersault.

* dar una voz = holler.

* dar una vuelta de campana = capsize, somersault, do + a somersault, summersault.

* dar una vuelta en coche = go out for + a drive.

* dar un berrinche = throw + a tantrum.

* dar un beso de despedida = kiss + Nombre + goodbye.

* dar un bocado a = take + a bite out of.

* dar un bofetón = cuff, slap.

* dar un bofetón a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.

* dar un cachete = spank, cuff, slap.

* dar un cachete a Alguien = slap + Nombre + on the wrist.

* dar un calambre = cramp.

* dar un chillido = holler.

* dar un comienzo a = give + a start to.

* dar un coscorrón = cuff.

* dar un ejemplo = give + example.

* dar un empujón = give + a boost.

* dar un golpe = knock.

* dar un golpe por detrás = rear-end.

* dar un gran paso adelante = reach + milestone.

* dar un grito = holler.

* dar un guantazo = slap.

* dar un hachazo = hack.

* dar un hervor = parboil.

* dar un impulso = kick-start [kickstart].

* dar un lavado de cara = spruce up.

* dar un manotazo = swat at, cuff, slap.

* dar un manotazo a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.

* dar un nivel de prioridad alto = put + Nombre + high on + Posesivo + list of priorities.

* dar un nuevo acabado = refinish.

* dar un nuevo impulso = pep up.

* dar un nuevo nombre = rename.

* dar un ojo de la cara por Algo = give + an eye-tooth for/to.

* dar unos azotes = spank.

* dar un paseo = take + a stroll.

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

Sentido I

1) ( entregar) to give

dale las llaves a Pedro — give the keys to Pedro

se las di a Jaime — I gave them to Jaime

déme un kilo de peras — can I have a kilo of pears?

500 dólares ¿quién da más? — any advance on 500 dollars?; conocer verbo transitivo 3b, entender verbo transitivo 2b

2) (regalar, donar) to give

¿me lo prestas? - te lo doy, no lo necesito — can I borrow it? - you can keep it, I don't need it

qué no daría por que así fuera! — I'd give anything for that to be the case

donde las dan las toman — two can play at that game

tener para dar y vender — to have plenty to spare

3) <cartas/mano> to deal

4)

a) ( proporcionar) <fuerzas/valor/esperanza> to give

eso me dio la idea — that's where I got the idea from

si le dan la ocasión — if he's given the chance

pide que te den más información — ask them to give you more information

b) (Mús) to give

¿me das el la? — can you give me an A?

5) (conferir, aportar) <sabor/color/forma> to give

las luces le daban un ambiente festivo — the lights gave a festive atmosphere

6)

a) ( aplicar) to give

dale otra capa de barniz — give it another coat of varnish

hay que darle cera al piso — the floor needs waxing

dale una puntada para sujetarlo — put a stitch in to hold it

b) <sedante/masaje> to give

7)

a) ( conceder) <prórroga/permiso> to give

el dentista me dio hora para el miércoles — I have an appointment with the dentist on Wednesday

dan facilidades de pago — they offer easy repayment facilities o terms

nos dieron un premio — we won o got a prize

me dieron un diploma — I got a diploma

no le doy ni un mes a esa relación — I don't think they'll last more than a month together

b) (RPl) ( calcular)

¿qué edad le das? — how old do you think he is?

8)

a) (expresar, decir)

¿le diste las gracias? — did you thank him?, did you say thank you?

no me dio ni los buenos días — she didn't even say hello

dales saludos — give/send them my regards

darle la bienvenida a alguien — to welcome somebody

me dio su parecer or opinión — she gave me her opinion

tuve que darle la noticia — I was the one who had to break the news to him

b) (señalar, indicar)

me da ocupado or (Esp) comunicando — the line's busy o (BrE) engaged

el reloj dio las cinco — the clock struck five

Sentido II

9) ( producir) <fruto/flor> to bear

estos campos dan mucho grano — these fields have a high grain yield

este negocio da mucho dinero — there's a lot of money in this business

esos bonos dan un 7% — those bonds yield 7%

10)

a) ( rendir)

ha dado todo lo que esperaba de él — he has lived up to my/his expectations

ese jugador lo da todo — that player puts everything into the game

b) (AmL) ( alcanzar hasta)

¿cuánto da ese coche? — how fast can that car go?

da 150 kilómetros por hora — it can do o go 150 kilometers an hour

venía a todo lo que daba — it was traveling at full speed

ponen la radio a todo lo que da — they turn the radio on full blast

11) (causar, provocar)

la comida muy salada da sed — salty food makes you thirsty

estos niños dan tanto trabajo! — these kids are such hard work!; (+ me/te/le etc)

¿no te da calor esa camisa? — aren't you too warm in that shirt?

el vino le había dado sueño — the wine had made him sleepy

me da mucha pena verla tan triste — it hurts me to see her so sad

qué susto me has dado! — you gave me such a fright!

este coche no me ha dado problemas — this car hasn't given me any trouble; ver tb asco, hambre, miedo, etc

dar que + inf: el jardín da muchísimo que hacer there's always such a lot to do in the garden; lo que dijo me dio que pensar — what he said gave me plenty to think about; ver tb dar III 1)

Sentido III

12) ( presentar) < concierto> to give

¿qué dan esta noche en la tele? — what's on TV tonight? (colloq)

ayer daban una obra de Calderón — there was a Calderón play on yesterday

¿dónde están dando esa película? — where's that film showing?

13)

a) < fiesta> to give; <baile/banquete> to hold

b) < conferencia> to give; < discurso> (AmL) to make

c) (CS) < examen> to take o (BrE) sit; ver tb clase 5)

Sentido IV

14) ( realizar la acción que se indica)

dar lectura a un comunicado — to read out a communiqué

dar un grito/un suspiro — to give a shout/heave a sigh

dar un paso atrás/adelante — to take a step back/forward

dame un beso/abrazo — give me a kiss/hug; ver tb golpe, paseo, vuelta, etc

Sentido V

15) ( considerar)

dar algo/a alguien por algo: lo dieron por muerto they gave him up for dead; doy por terminada la sesión I declare the session closed; ese tema lo doy por sabido I'm assuming you've already covered that topic; puedes dar por perdido el dinero you can say goodbye to that money; dalo por hecho! consider it done!; si apruebo daré el tiempo por bien empleado — if I pass it will have been time well spent
2.
dar vi

Sentido I

1)

a) ( entregar)

no puedes con todo, dame que te ayudo — you'll never manage all that on your own, here, let me help you

¿me das para un helado? — can I have some money for an ice cream?

b) ( en naipes) to deal

te toca dar a ti — it's your deal

2) (ser suficiente, alcanzar)

dar para algo/alguien: este pollo da para dos comidas this chicken will do for two meals; con una botella no da para todos one bottle's not enough to go round; (+ me/te/le etc) eso no te da ni para un chicle you can't even buy a piece of chewing gum with that; no me dio (el) tiempo I didn't have time; dar de sí to stretch; qué poco dan de sí mil pesetas! a thousand pesetas doesn't go very far!; no dar para más: su inteligencia no da para más that's as much as his brain can cope with; lo que gano no da para más what I earn doesn't go any further; la fiesta no daba para más — the party was beginning to wind down

3) dar a

a) puerta to give onto, open onto; ventana to look onto, give onto

b) fachada/frente ( estar orientado hacia) to face

la terraza da al mar — the balcony overlooks o faces the sea

c) ( llegar hasta) río to flow into, go into; calle to lead to

4) ( arrojar un resultado)

el análisis le dio positivo/negativo — her test was positive/negative

¿cuánto da la cuenta? — what does it come to?

a mí me dio 247 — I made it (to be) 247

5) ( importar)

da lo mismo, ya iremos otro día — it doesn't matter, we'll go another day

qué más da! — what does it matter!

¿qué más da un color que otro? — what difference does it make what color it is?; (+ me/te/le etc)

¿el jueves o el viernes? - me da igual — Thursday or Friday? - I don't mind o it doesn't make any difference to me

¿y a ti qué más te da si él viene? — what's it to you if he comes? (colloq)

Sentido II

6)

a) (pegar, golpear)

darle a alguien — to hit somebody; ( como castigo) to smack somebody

le dio en la cabeza/con un palo — he hit him on the head/with a stick

dale al balón con fuerza — kick the ball hard

te voy a dar (de palos) — I'm going to give you a good beating

el balón dio en el poste — the ball hit the post

b) (fam) (a tarea, asignatura)

darle a algo: me pasé todo el verano dándole al inglés I spent the whole summer working on my English; cómo le da al vino! he really knocks back o (AmE) down the wine (colloq); cómo le han dado al queso! ya casi no queda! — they've certainly been at the cheese, there's hardly any left! (colloq)

c) ( acertar) to hit

dar en el blanco/el centro — to hit the target/the bull's-eye

7) (accionar, mover)

darle a algo — a botón/tecla to press something; a interruptor to flick something; a manivela to turn something; (+ compl)

dale al volante hacia la derecha — turn the wheel to the right

dale a esa palanca hacia arriba — push that lever up

dale para atrás — back up

8)

a) (fam) ( indicando insistencia)

y dale! ya te he dicho que no voy — there you go again! I've told you I'm not going (colloq)

y dale con lo de su edad! — stop going on about her age!

dale que dale or (Esp) dale que te pego! — (fam)

he estado todo el día dale que dale — I've been hard at it all day

dale que dale con lo mismo! — stop going on about it!

b) (RPl fam) ( instando a hacer algo) come on

dale, prestámelo — come on o go on, lend it to me

9) dar con ( encontrar) < persona> to find; < solución> to hit upon, find; < palabra> to come up with

Sentido III

10) (acometer, sobrevenir) (+ me/te/le etc)

le dio un mareo — she felt dizzy

le dio un infarto — he had a heart attack

me va a dar algo — (fam) I'm going to have a fit (colloq); ver tb dar verbo transitivo II 3, escalofrío, frío, gana, etc

11) (hablando de manías, ocurrencias)

darle a alguien por + inf — to take to -ing

le ha dado por pintar — he's taken to painting

le ha dado por decir que... — he's started saying that...

le ha dado por el yoga — she's got into yoga

le ha dado con que me conoce — she's got it into her head that she knows me

12) sol/viento/luz

aquí da el sol toda la mañana — you get the sun all morning here

en esa playa da mucho el viento — it's very windy on that beach

la luz le daba de lleno en los ojos — the light was shining right in his eyes
3.
1) darse v pron

Sentido I

2) ( producirse) to grow

en esta zona se da bien el trigo — wheat grows well in this area

3) ( presentarse) oportunidad/ocasión to arise

se dio el caso que iba pasando por ahí — it so happened that I was passing by

4) ( resultar) (+ me/te/le etc)

se le dan los idiomas — she's good at languages

¿cómo se te da a ti la costura? — are you any good at sewing?

Sentido II

5)

a) (dedicarse, entregarse)

darse a algo: se dio a la bebida she took to drink; se ha dado por entero a su familia/a la causa — she has devoted herself entirely to her family/to the cause

b) (CS, Ven) ( ser sociable)

darse con alguien — to get on with somebody

no se da con los suegros — she doesn't have much to do with her in-laws

Sentido III

6)

a) (refl) ( realizar la acción que se indica)

me di una ducha — I took o had a shower

darse un banquete — to have a feast

dárselas de algo: se las da de que sabe mucho he likes to make out he knows a lot; dárselas de listo to act smart; ¿y de qué se las da ése? — who does he think he is?

b) (golpearse, pegarse)

se dio con el martillo en el dedo — he hit his finger with the hammer

no te vayas a dar con la cabeza contra el techo — don't hit o bang your head on the ceiling

se dieron contra un árbol — they crashed into a tree

se dio dar un golpe en la rodilla — he hit his knee

c) (recípr)

se estaban dando (de) patadas/puñetazos — they were kicking/punching each other

Sentido IV

7) ( considerarse)

darse por algo: con eso me daría por satisfecha I'd be quite happy with that; darse por vencido — to give up; ver tb aludir a, enterado 1

* * *

= allow, give, issue, pitch, hand over, pass over, give away, give out, get + free.

Ex: Folders allow a set of papers to be kept together when a set on a given topic is removed from the file.

Ex: An abstract of a bibliography can be expected to note whether author affiliations are given = Es de esperar que el resumen de una bibliografía indique si se incluyen los lugares de trabajo de los autores.

Ex: Once a user is registered, a password will be issued which provides access to all or most of the data bases offered by the host as and when the user wishes.

Ex: Thus pitching instructions at the right level can be difficult.

Ex: Eventually, teachers should be able to ' hand the chalk over to the students' and take a back seat.

Ex: She also indicated in passing that in future authors would not automatically pass over the copyright of research results in papers to publishers.

Ex: This must be done in a fully commercial way, not by giving away machines or paper, nor by giving away imported books.

Ex: Similarly, equipment such as this can often give out quite a lot of heat which has to be adequately dissipated.

Ex: Most people know 'earbuds' as the cheap-o earphones you get free with a cell phone.

* acción de dar un nombre a Algo = naming.

* antes de darse cuenta = before + Pronombre + know what + happen, before + Pronombre + know it.

* con la sabiduría que da la experiencia = with the benefit of hindsight.

* cosas que dan miedo = things that go bump in the night.

* da la casualidad = as it happens.

* dale alas a tu imaginación = let + your imagination fly!.

* dando sacudidas = jerkily.

* dar el esquinazo a = give + Nombre + a wide berth.

* dar a = look onto, give onto, overlook.

* dar a Algo el nombre de = earn + Nombre + the name of.

* dar a Algo más importancia de la que tiene = oversell.

* dar a Algo una nueva dimensión = take + Nombre + into a new dimension.

* dar a Algo una nueva perspectiva = give + Nombre + a new twist.

* dar a Alguien el beneficio de la duda = give + Nombre + the benefit of the doubt.

* dar a Alguien una mano y te cogen el brazo = give + Pronombre + an inch and + Pronombre + take a mile, give + Pronombre + an inch and + Pronombre + take a mile.

* dar a Alguien una oportunidad de triunfar = give + Nombre + a fighting chance.

* dar a Alguien una palmada en la espalda = pat + Alguien + on the back for + Algo.

* dar a Alguien una palmadita en la espalda = pat + Alguien + on the back for + Algo.

* dar a Alguien una puñalada por la espalda = stab + Alguien + in the back.

* dar a Alguien una puñalada trapera = stab + Alguien + in the back.

* dar a Alguien un margen de confianza = give + Nombre + the benefit of the doubt.

* dar abasto = cope.

* dar abasto con = cope with.

* dar acceso = provide + access.

* dar acceso a = give + access to.

* dar a conocer = bring to + the attention, communicate, publicise [publicize, -USA], report, articulate, make + known.

* dar a conocer la presencia de = make + Posesivo + presence known.

* dar a entender = give to + understand, hint, send + a clear signal that, lull + Nombre + into thinking, insinuate, intimate.

* dar agua = lose + water, leak.

* dar a la calle = give onto + the street.

* dar a la caza de = chase down.

* dar Algo a conocer = get + the word out.

* dar alguna esperanza = give + some cause for hope.

* dar al traste con los planes = upset + the applecart.

* dar al traste con + Posesivo + planes = upset + Posesivo + plans, ruin + Posesivo + plans.

* dar al traste con todo = upset + the applecart.

* dar a luz = birth, deliver.

* dar a luz a = give + birth to.

* dar ánimos = give + a word of encouragement, hearten.

* dar apoyo = give + support, support, provide + support.

* dar asco = stink, disgust.

* dar aullidos = caterwaul.

* dar autoría = lend + authoritativeness.

* dar autoridad a Algo = lend + authority to.

* dar bandazos = lurch.

* dar bastante importancia a = place + great store on.

* dar brillo a = buff, buff up.

* dar buen uso a Algo = put to + good use.

* dar cabida a = accommodate, include, hold, take, make + room (for), leave + room for, leave + room for.

* dar cabida al crecimiento = accommodate + growth.

* dar caladas = puff.

* dar calidad = deliver + value.

* dar caprichos = pamper.

* dar cera = wax.

* dar chillidos = shriek.

* dar cien mil vueltas = beat + Nombre + hands down, win + hands down.

* dar clase = give + a lesson, teach + class, teach + lesson, hold + class.

* dar coba = toady, fawn (on/upon/over).

* dar comienzo a = give + a start to.

* dar como ejemplo = cite + as an example.

* dar como norma = rule.

* dar como resultado = add up to, result (in), lead to.

* dar con = hit on/upon, put + Posesivo + finger on, stumble on.

* dar conferencia = lecture.

* dar consejo sobre = give + advice on.

* dar consentimiento = give + licence.

* dar con una esponja húmeda = sponging.

* dar con una idea = hit on/upon + idea.

* dar con una solución = come up with + solution.

* dar coraje = peeve.

* dar corte = self-conscious, feel + shy.

* dar credibilidad = give + credence, lend + credence, bestow + credibility, provide + credibility.

* dar crédito = give + credence.

* dar cualquier cosa por Algo = give + an eye-tooth for/to.

* dar cuenta = render + an account of.

* dar cuenta de = account for.

* dar cuenta de Algo = be held to account.

* dar cuerda a un reloj = wind + clock.

* dar cuerpo = give + substance.

* dar cuerpo a = flesh out.

* dar cuerpo y forma a = lend + substance and form to.

* dar datos de = give + details of.

* dar de alta = discharge from + hospital.

* dar de baja = take out of + circulation.

* dar de cara a = front.

* dar de comer = feed.

* dar de lado = short-circuit [shortcircuit], give + Nombre + the cold shoulder.

* dar de lleno = hit + home.

* dar de mala gana = begrudge, grudge.

* dar de mamar = breast-feeding [breastfeeding].

* dar de mamar a = breast-feed [breastfeed].

* dar demasiada información y muy rápidamente = trot out.

* dar de qué hablar = raise + eyebrows, fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.

* dar de quilla = keel over.

* dar derecho a = entitle to.

* dar descanso de = give + relief from.

* dar de sí = stretch out.

* dar detalles de = give + details of.

* dar de Uno mismo = give of + Reflexivo.

* dar dinero = pay + money, donate + Posesivo + money.

* dar dirección = lend + direction.

* dar directrices = give + guidance, provide + guidance.

* dar duro = pack + a wallop.

* dar ejemplo = set + an example, lead by + example.

* dar ejemplo de = illustrate.

* dar el brazo a torcer = give in to.

* dar el brazo derecho = give + Posesivo + right arm.

* dar el do de pecho = do + Posesivo + best, pull out + all the stops, do + Posesivo + utmost.

* dar el efecto de = give + the effect of.

* dar el esquinazo = dodge.

* dar el esquinazo a = steer + clear of, steer away from.

* dar el golpe de gracia = administer + the coup de grace, deliver + the coup de grace.

* dar el nombre = label.

* dar el oro y el moro = give + Posesivo + right arm.

* dar el pecho = breast-feed [breastfeed].

* dar el pésame = pass + Posesivo + condolences.

* dar el pistoletazo de salida = fire + the starting gun.

* dar el primer paso = make + a start, take + the first step.

* dar el puntillazo a = put + an end to, bring + an end to, bring to + an end.

* dar el salto = make + the leap.

* dar el todo por el todo = give + Posesivo + all.

* dar el último empujón = go + the last mile, go + the extra mile.

* dar el último repaso = tie + the pieces together.

* dar el visto bueno = approve, clear, give + green light, give + the go-ahead.

* dar el visto bueno a una factura = clear + invoice.

* dar el/un espectáculo = make + a spectacle of + Reflexivo.

* dar empujones = shove.

* dar en el blanco = hit + the bull's eye, strike + home, put + Posesivo + finger on, hit + the truth, hit + home.

* dar en el clavo = hit + the nail on the head, be spot on, strike + home, put + Posesivo + finger on, hit + the truth.

* dar en el larguero = hit + the crossbar, hit + the crossbar.

* dar en el travesaño = hit + the crossbar.

* dar energía = energise [energize, -USA].

* dar énfasis = give + emphasis, place + stress, give + stress.

* dar énfasis a = place + emphasis on.

* dar en garantía = pawn.

* dar en la diana = hit + home.

* dar en mano = hand (over).

* dar entrada = enter.

* dar esperanza = nurture + hope, give + hope, bring + visions of.

* dar esperanzas = raise + expectations, raise + hopes.

* dar estímulo = provide + boost.

* dar evasivas = stonewall, play for + time.

* dar evidencia = furnish with + evidence.

* dar fe = attest, certify.

* dar fe de = testify (to/of), vouch (for), be testimony to.

* dar fe de que = attest to + the fact that.

* dar fin = bring to + a close, draw to + a close, wind down.

* dar forma = become + cast, give + shape, shape, mould [mold, -USA], inform.

* dar forma cuadrada = square.

* dar fruto = bear + fruit, come to + fruition.

* dar fuerte = pack + a wallop.

* dar fuerza = empower, bring + strength.

* dar gato por liebre = buy + a pig in a poke, pass off + a lemon.

* dar golpes = pound.

* dar gracias por lo que Uno tiene = count + Posesivo + blessings.

* dar gritos = shriek, shout.

* dar guerra = act up, play up.

* dar gustirrinín = tickle + Posesivo + fancy.

* dar gusto = oblige, bring + pleasure, flavour [flavor, -USA].

* dar hipo = hiccup.

* dar ideas = offer + clues.

* da rienda suelta a tu imaginación = let + your imagination fly!.

* dar ímpetu = lend + force, give + impetus.

* dar importancia = attach + importance, give + prominence, stress, give + pre-eminence, give + relevance, place + importance, give + importance.

* dar importancia a = give + weight to, place + emphasis on, attach + weight to, create + a high profile for, give + a high profile, place + weight on.

* dar importancia a Algo = put + Algo + on the agenda, be on the agenda.

* dar indicios de = show + signs of.

* dar indicios y pistas = drop + hints and clues.

* dar información = provide + information, give + information, release + information.

* dar información adicional = give + further details.

* dar información de = give + details of.

* dar interés = spice up, add + spice.

* dar la alarma = sound + alarm.

* dar la apariencia de = place + a veneer of.

* dar la bienvenida = welcome.

* dar la casualidad que + Indicativo = happen to + Infinitivo, chance to + Infinitivo.

* dar la cuenta atrás = count + Nombre + out.

* dar la enhorabuena = give + congratulations.

* dar la entrada para = make + a deposit on.

* dar la espalda = turn + aside.

* dar la idea = give + the impression that.

* dar la imagen = give + the impression that.

* dar la impresión = convey + impression, strike + Pronombre Personal, give + the impression that, confer + impression, come off as.

* dar la impresión de = contrive, conjure up + a picture of, come across as.

* dar la impresión de seriedad en el trabajo = appear + businesslike.

* dar la la lata = nag (at).

* dar la lata = play up.

* dar la mano = extend + Posesivo + hand.

* dar la mano derecha = give + Posesivo + right arm.

* dar la murga = be a pest.

* dar la noticia = give + the news.

* dar la opinión sobre = give + opinion on.

* dar la oportunidad = give + chance.

* dar la oportunidad de = present with + opportunities for, allow + the opportunity to.

* dar la oportunidad de expresarse libremente = give + voice to.

* dar la oportunidad de opinar = give + voice to.

* dar la puntilla a = put + an end to, bring + an end to, bring to + an end.

* dar largas = stonewall, play for + time, fob + Alguien + off with + Algo.

* dar las cosas masticadas = spoon-feeding [spoonfeeding], spoon-feed [spoon feed/spoonfeed].

* dar la sensación = give + a sense.

* dar la sensación de = give + the effect of.

* dar la señal = give + the word, give + the signal.

* dar la señal de alarma = sound + the clarion.

* dar la señal de alerta = sound + the clarion.

* dar la señal de estar listo = prompt.

* dar lástima = feel + sorry for, pity.

* dar la talla = be up to the mark, be up to scratch, measure up (to), be up to snuff, make + the cut.

* dar latigazos = lash.

* dar la vida = lay down + Posesivo + life, give + Posesivo + life.

* dar la vuelta = turn + Nombre + (a)round, flip, swing around, swing back, turn (a)round.

* dar la vuelta a = round, turn on + its head.

* dar la vuelta en el aire = give + a toss.

* darle a Alguien carta blanca = give + Nombre + a blank cheque.

* darle a Alguien un cheque en blanco = give + Nombre + a blank cheque.

* darle a la botella = booze.

* darle a la lengua = shoot + the breeze, shoot + the bull.

* darle a la manivela de arranque = turn + the crank.

* darle alas a Alguien = let + Nombre + do things + Posesivo + (own) way.

* darle al palique = gas.

* darle a Uno escalofríos por Algo desagradable = make + Nombre + flinch.

* darle caña = hurry up, get + a move on, put + pressure on.

* darle caña a = have + a go at, get + stuck into.

* dar lecciones = give + lessons.

* darle cien mil vueltas a Alguien = knock + spots off + Nombre.

* darle el puntillazo = nail it.

* darle la razón a Alguien = side in + Posesivo + favour.

* darle largas = play + Nombre + along.

* darle largas a Algo = drag + Posesivo + feet, drag + Posesivo + heels.

* darle la vuelta a la tortilla = turn + the tables (on).

* darle sopas con hondas a Alguien = knock + spots off + Nombre.

* darle una interpretación = give + interpretation.

* darle una lección a Alguien = school.

* darle una paliza a Alguien = take + Nombre + to the cleaners, give + Nombre + a beating, school.

* darle un buen repaso a Alguien = take + Nombre + to the cleaners.

* darle un repaso a = buff up on, brush up on.

* darle un repaso a Alguien = school.

* darle vueltas a = dwell on/upon.

* darle vueltas a Algo = mull over, agonise over [agonize, -USA].

* darle vueltas a la idea = toy with, toy with + idea of.

* darle vueltas a la idea de = flirt with + the idea of.

* darle vueltas a un asunto = chew + the cud.

* darle vueltas a un problema = puzzle over + problem.

* dar libertad = give + licence.

* dar libertad a un esclavo = manumit.

* dar libertad para + Infinitivo = afford + the freedom to + Infinitivo.

* dar lo mejor de Uno mismo = give of + Posesivo + best.

* dar los pasos necesarios = take + steps.

* dar los primeros pasos en = venture into.

* dar los últimos retoques a = put + the finishing touches on.

* dar lugar = produce.

* dar lugar a = cause, generate, give + rise to, mean, result (in), leave + room for, bring about, lead to, cause, open + the door to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.

* dar lugar a la reflexión = provide + food for thought.

* dar lugar a problemas = give + rise to problems.

* dar lugar a queja = evoke + complaint.

* dar lugar a rumores = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.

* dar luz verde = give + green light, give + the go-ahead.

* dar mala impresión = look + bad.

* dar marcha atrás = do + an about-face, back up, backpedal [back-pedal].

* dar masaje = massage.

* dar más de sí = go further.

* dar más explicaciones = elaborate on.

* dar materia para la reflexión = provide + food for thought.

* dar mayor importancia a = give + pride of place to.

* dar media vuelta = do + an about-face.

* dar mejora (en) = give + improvement (in).

* dar menos de lo debido = shortchange.

* dar mucha importancia = put + a premium on.

* dar mucho en qué pensar = give + Nombre + much to think about, give + Nombre + a lot to think about.

* dar mucho valor a Algo = value + Nombre + highly.

* dar muestras de = show + signs of.

* dar + Nombre + una oportunidad = give + Nombre + a fair chance.

* dar notoriedad a = create + a high profile for, give + a high profile.

* dar nueva forma = reformat [re-format].

* dar nueva vida = give + Nombre + new life, give + a second life.

* dar opción = give + option.

* dar origen = mother.

* dar origen a = give + rise to, bring about, lead to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.

* dar otro paso muy importante = reach + another milestone.

* dar pábulo a = fuel, spark off.

* dar pábulo a rumores = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.

* dar palos de ciego = grope (for/toward).

* dar pánico = scare + the living daylights out of, frighten + the living daylights out of, dread, scare + the hell out of.

* dar parte de = report.

* dar paso (a) = give + way (to), yield to, make + way (for).

* dar patadas en el estómago = stick in + Posesivo + craw.

* dar pavor = be scared stiff, be frightened to death, be petrified of, be terrified, scare + the living daylights out of, frighten + the living daylights out of, scare + the hell out of.

* dar pecho = breast-feeding [breastfeeding].

* dar pereza = can't/couldn't be bothered.

* dar permiso = give + permission, give + time off, grant + Alguien + leave.

* dar permiso en el trabajo = give + time off work.

* dar pie a = spark off, give + rise to, bring about, lead to, cause, open + the door to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.

* dar pisotones = stomp.

* dar pistas = throw + hints.

* dar pistas falsas = throw out + false leads.

* dar placer = give + pleasure, give + enjoyment.

* dar poderes = give + powers.

* dar por = tickle + Posesivo + fancy.

* dar por concluido = put to + bed, close + the book on.

* dar por culo = piss + Nombre + off.

* dar por descontado = take for + granted, discount.

* dar por hecho = take for + granted.

* dar por perdido = be past praying for, write off.

* dar por saldado = close + the book on.

* dar por seguro que = rest + assured that.

* dar por sentado = take for + granted.

* dar por sentado Algo que realmente no lo está = beg + the question.

* dar + Posesivo + vida = give + Posesivo + all.

* dar preferencia = give + preference.

* dar prestigio = lend + authoritativeness.

* dar prioridad = award + priority, emphasise [emphasize, -USA], give + priority, give + precedence, assign + priority, give + preference.

* dar prioridad a = give + pride of place to, place + emphasis on, prioritise [prioritize, -USA].

* dar prioridad a algo = make + a priority.

* dar problemas = play up.

* dar propina = tipping.

* dar pruebas = provide + evidence.

* dar publicidad = publicise [publicize, -USA], give + publicity.

* dar puntapiés = kick + Posesivo + feet.

* dar punzadas = throb, twinge.

* dar quebraderos de cabeza = give + headaches.

* dar que hablar = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours, raise + eyebrows.

* dar quehacer = make + trouble.

* dar rabia = incense, gall, peeve.

* dar razón de ser = bring + purpose.

* dar recompensa = mete out + reward.

* dar registro = accession.

* dar relevancia = give + relevance.

* dar relevancia a = create + a high profile for, give + a high profile.

* dar relevancia a Algo = put + Algo + on the agenda.

* dar resoplidos = chug.

* dar respuesta = provide + answer, elicit + answer, develop + answer.

* dar resultado = be successful, give + result, work, pay off, be a success, pay.

* dar resultados = produce + results.

* dar rienda suelta = unleash.

* dar rienda suelta a = give + free rein to, allow + vent for, give + vent to, vent.

* dar rienda suelta a + Nombre = let + Nombre + run riot.

* dar riqueza a = add + richness to.

* dar risitas = giggle.

* dar sabor = spice up, add + spice.

* dar salida a = vent.

* dar saltitos = hop, skip.

* dar sangre = donate + Posesivo + blood.

* darse = appear, occur.

* darse a = lend + Reflexivo + to.

* darse aires = strut.

* darse aires de grandeza = give + Reflexivo + such airs, aggrandise + Reflexivo.

* darse a la fuga = flee, lam (it), go into + hiding, make + a quick getaway, take to + Posesivo + heels, run off.

* darse a los demás = give of + Reflexivo.

* darse con un canto en los dientes = count + Reflexivo + lucky, think + Reflexivo + lucky, consider + Reflexivo + lucky.

* darse cuenta = become + aware, dawn on, detect, perceive, find, note, make + aware, come to + realise, wise up, reach + understanding, eye + catch, strike + home, suss (out), hit + home.

* darse cuenta de = be aware of, be cognisant of, realise [realize, -USA], sense, wake up to, sink in, become + cognisant of, see through.

* darse cuenta del peligro que = see + the danger that.

* darse cuenta de un problema = alight on + problem.

* darse de baja de una suscripción = unsubscribe.

* darse el caso que + Indicativo = happen to + Infinitivo, chance to + Infinitivo.

* darse el gusto de = indulge in.

* darse el gusto de comprar = splurge on.

* darse el lote = snog, neck.

* darse el lujo de = splurge on.

* darse golpes de pecho = beat + Posesivo + breast.

* darse golpes en el pecho = beat + Posesivo + breast.

* darse la mano = join + hands, shake + hand.

* dárselas de = fancy + Reflexivo.

* dársele Algo bien a Uno = be good at.

* dársele a Uno bien las plantas = have + a green thumb, have + green fingers.

* dársele a Uno mejor Algo = be better at.

* dársele mejor a Uno = do + best.

* darse media vuelta = turn on + Posesivo + heel.

* darse (muchos) aires = give + Reflexivo + such airs, aggrandise + Reflexivo.

* dar sentido = make + sense (out) of, make + sense of life.

* dar sentido a = make + meaningful, give + meaning to.

* dar sentido a las cosas = sense-making, meaning making.

* dar sentido a la vida = give + meaning to life.

* dar sentido a + Posesivo + vida = make + sense of + Posesivo + life.

* dar señales de = show + signs of.

* dar señales de vida = show + signs of life.

* darse por afortunado = count + Reflexivo + lucky, think + Reflexivo + lucky, consider + Reflexivo + lucky.

* darse por aludido = take + things personally, take + a hint, take + things personally, get + a hint.

* darse por derrotado = sound + note of defeat.

* darse por vencido = throw in + the towel, throw in/up + the sponge.

* darse prisa = hurry, hurry up, get on + Posesivo + running shoes, shake + a leg, hot-foot it to, make + haste, rattle + Posesivo + dags, get + a wiggle on, put + Posesivo + skates on, get + Posesivo + skates on, get + a move on.

* darse prisa con calma = make + haste slowly.

* dar servicio = service.

* darse una comilona = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).

* darse una leche = come + a cropper.

* darse un apretón de manos = clasp + hands.

* darse una situación más esperanzadora = sound + a note of hope.

* darse un atracón = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on), stuff + Posesivo + face.

* darse una transacción económica = cash + change hands.

* darse una tripotada = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).

* darse una vacante = occur + vacancy.

* darse un baño de sol = sunbathe.

* darse un chapuzón = take + a dip.

* darse un descanso = give + Reflexivo + a break, rest on + Posesivo + oars.

* darse un festín de = feast on.

* darse un garbeo = mosey.

* darse un porrazo = come + a cropper.

* darse un respiro = lie on + Posesivo + oars, rest on + Posesivo + oars.

* darse un tortazo = come + a cropper.

* dar significado = imbue with + meaning.

* dar sombra = shade.

* dar su conformidad a = assent to.

* dar sugerencias = give + suggestions.

* dar terror = scare + the living daylights out of.

* dar testimonio = bear + witness, give + testimony.

* dar tiempo = give + time, donate + Posesivo + time.

* dar tiempo a Alguien = give + Nombre + some time.

* dar título = title.

* dar todo de Uno mismo = give of + Posesivo + best.

* dar todo el oro del mundo = give + Posesivo + right arm.

* dar tono = tone.

* dar trabajo = present + burden.

* dar una advertencia = raise + caveat, issue + warning.

* dar una apariencia de = provide + a semblance of, give + a semblance of.

* dar una azotaina = spank.

* dar una bofetada = cuff, slap.

* dar una bofetada a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.

* dar una buena paliza = whitewash, thrash.

* dar una cabezadita = nap, catching 10, napping.

* dar una carcajada = give + a laugh, let out + a laugh.

* dar una charla = give + address, give + a talk, give + a presentation, give + speech.

* dar una conferencia = deliver + talk, make + a speech, give + speech, deliver + lecture, give + a lecture.

* dar una contractura muscular = pull + a muscle.

* dar una cornada = gore.

* dar una excusa = give + excuse.

* dar una explicación = present + explanation.

* dar una falsa impresión = keep up + facade, put on + an act.

* dar una fiesta = give + a party.

* dar una galleta = slap.

* dar una guantada = slap.

* dar una idea = give + idea, give + glimpse, provide + an understanding.

* dar una idea de = give + a feel for, give + indication, provide + a glimpse of, give + a flavour of, be indicative of, provide + insight into, give + a picture, give + an insight into, give + an inkling of.

* dar una idea general = put in + the picture, give + a general picture, paint + a broad picture.

* dar una imagen = convey + image, present + picture, paint + a picture, present + an image, present + a picture.

* dar una imagen de = give + an impression of.

* dar una impresión = make + an impression, leave + an impression, present + an image.

* dar una impresión de = give + an impression of.

* dar una impresión equivocada = send + the wrong signals.

* dar una lección de humildad = humble.

* dar una llamada de atención = sound + a wake-up call.

* dar una norma = give + prescription.

* dar una opinión = offer + opinion.

* dar una oportunidad = give + opportunity, provide + opportunity, grant + opportunity, present + an opportunity, create + opportunity.

* dar una oportunidad a Alguien = give + Nombre + a head start.

* dar una orden = issue + command, issue + instruction.

* dar una paliza = clobber, pummel, slaughter, knock + the living daylights out of, knock + the hell out out of, whip, whitewash, thrash, wallop, lick, baste, take + a pounding, take + a beating, belt, trounce, beat + Nombre + (all) hollow.

* dar una paliza a Alguien = beat + Nombre + up, beat + Nombre + black and blue.

* dar una patada = kick, boot.

* dar una pista = give + a hint.

* dar una posibilidad = afford + opportunity.

* dar un apretón de manos = shake + hand.

* dar una rabieta = throw + a tantrum.

* dar una razón = give + reason.

* dar una respuesta = furnish + answer, frame + response.

* dar una sacudida = give + a shake, give + a jerk.

* dar una segunda oportunidad = give + a second chance.

* dar una segunda vida = give + a second life.

* dar una solución = provide + solution, develop + solution.

* dar una solución por buena que realmente no lo es = beg + the solution.

* dar un aspecto + Adjetivo = give + a + Adjetivo + look.

* dar un ataque de nervios = have + an attack of hysterics.

* dar una torta = slap.

* dar una torta a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.

* dar una tunda = trounce.

* dar una ventaja = give + Nombre + an edge.

* dar una ventaja a Alguien = give + Nombre + a head start.

* dar una visión = present + view, provide + an understanding.

* dar una visión general = give + a general picture.

* dar una visión global = give + overview, present + an overview, present + an overall picture, give + an overall picture, overview.

* dar una visión total = give + a complete picture.

* dar un aviso = make + warning.

* dar una voltereta = somersault, do + a somersault, summersault.

* dar una voz = holler.

* dar una vuelta de campana = capsize, somersault, do + a somersault, summersault.

* dar una vuelta en coche = go out for + a drive.

* dar un berrinche = throw + a tantrum.

* dar un beso de despedida = kiss + Nombre + goodbye.

* dar un bocado a = take + a bite out of.

* dar un bofetón = cuff, slap.

* dar un bofetón a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.

* dar un cachete = spank, cuff, slap.

* dar un cachete a Alguien = slap + Nombre + on the wrist.

* dar un calambre = cramp.

* dar un chillido = holler.

* dar un comienzo a = give + a start to.

* dar un coscorrón = cuff.

* dar un ejemplo = give + example.

* dar un empujón = give + a boost.

* dar un golpe = knock.

* dar un golpe por detrás = rear-end.

* dar un gran paso adelante = reach + milestone.

* dar un grito = holler.

* dar un guantazo = slap.

* dar un hachazo = hack.

* dar un hervor = parboil.

* dar un impulso = kick-start [kickstart].

* dar un lavado de cara = spruce up.

* dar un manotazo = swat at, cuff, slap.

* dar un manotazo a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.

* dar un nivel de prioridad alto = put + Nombre + high on + Posesivo + list of priorities.

* dar un nuevo acabado = refinish.

* dar un nuevo impulso = pep up.

* dar un nuevo nombre = rename.

* dar un ojo de la cara por Algo = give + an eye-tooth for/to.

* dar unos azotes = spank.

* dar un paseo = take + a stroll, t

* * *

dar [ A25 ]

GUIA DE BUSQUEDA

■ dar (verbo transitivo)

Sentido I

A entregar

B regalar, donar

C en naipes

D

1 proporcionar

2 Música

E conferir, aportar

F

1 aplicar capa de barniz etc

2 dar: inyección etc

G

1 conceder prórroga etc

2 atribuir

3 pronosticando duración

4 dar: edad, años

H

1 expresar, decir

2 señalar, indicar

Sentido II

A producir

B rendir, alcanzar hasta

C causar, provocar

D arruinar, fastidiar

Sentido III

A presentar

B ofrecer, celebrar

C dar: conferencia

Sentido IV

A realizar la acción indicada

B dar: limpiada etc

Sentido V considerar

■ dar (verbo intransitivo)

Sentido I

A

1 entregar

2 en naipes

B ser suficiente, alcanzar

C

1 dar a: puerta etc

2 llegar hasta

3 estar orientado hacia

D comunicar

E arrojar un resultado

F importar

Sentido II

A

1 pegar, golpear

2 darle a algo: tarea

3 darle a algo: hacer uso de

4 acertar

B

1 darle a algo: accionar

2 mover

C

1 indicando insistencia

2 instando a alguien a hacer algo

D dar con

Sentido III

A acometer, sobrevenir

B

1 darle a alguien por algo

2 darle a alguien con algo

C dar en

D dar: sol, viento, luz

E acabar

■ darse (verbo pronominal)

Sentido I

A producirse

B ocurrir

C resultar

Sentido II

A dedicarse, entregarse

B tratarse, ser sociable

Sentido III

A realizar la acción indicada

B

1 golpearse, pegarse

2 darse (de) golpes

3 darse (de) patadas etc

Sentido IV considerarse

vt

Sentido I

A (entregar) to give

dale las llaves a Jaime give the keys to Jaime, give Jaime the keys

se las di a Jaime I gave them to Jaime

dale esto a tu madre de mi parte give this to your mother from me

deme un kilo de peras can I have a kilo of pears?

500 dólares ¿quién da más? any advance on 500 dollars?

dar algo A + INF:

da toda la ropa a planchar/lavar she sends all her clothes to be ironed/washed, she has all her ironing/washing done for her

comer¹ vi A 2. (↑ comer (1)), conocer, entender¹ vt A 2. (↑ entender (1)), mamar

B (regalar, donar) to give

¿me lo prestas? — te lo doy, yo no lo necesito can I borrow it? — you can have it o keep it, I don't need it

a mí nunca nadie me dio nada nobody's ever given me anything

daría cualquier cosa por que así fuera I'd give anything o ( colloq) I'd give my right arm for that to be the case

donde las dan las toman two can play at that game

estarlas dando ( Chi fam): entremos sin pagar, aquí las están dando let's just walk in without paying, they're asking for it ( colloq)

con ese profesor las están dando they get away with murder with that teacher ( colloq)

para dar y tomar or vender: coge los que quieras, tengo para dar y tomar or vender take as many as you want, I have plenty to spare o ( colloq) I've stacks of them

C (en naipes) to deal

¡me has dado unas cartas horribles! you've dealt o given me a terrible hand

D

1 (proporcionar) ‹fuerzas/valor/esperanza› to give

sus elogios me han dado ánimos his praise has given me encouragement o has encouraged me

eso me dio la idea para el libro that's where I got the idea for the book, that's what gave me the idea for the book

me dio un buen consejo she gave me some useful advice

mi familia no pudo darme una carrera my family weren't in a position to send me to o put me through university o to give me a university education

es capaz de robar si le dan la ocasión given the chance he's quite capable of stealing

pide que te den un presupuesto/más información ask them to give you o supply you with an estimate/more information

2 ( Música) to give

¿me das el la? can you give me an A?

E (conferir, aportar) ‹sabor/color/forma› to give

las luces le daban un ambiente festivo a la plaza the lights gave the square a very festive atmosphere, the lights lent a very festive atmosphere to the square

les dio forma redondeada a las puntas he rounded off the ends

necesita algo que le dé sentido a su vida he needs something that will give his life some meaning

F

1 (aplicar) ‹capa de barniz/mano de pintura› to give

dale otra capa de barniz/otra mano de pintura give it another coat of varnish/paint

hay que darle cera al piso we have to wax the floor

dale una puntada para sujetarlo put a stitch in to hold it

2 ‹inyección/lavativa/sedante› to give, administer ( frml); ‹masaje› to give

G

1 (conceder) ‹prórroga/permiso› to give

te doy hasta el jueves I'll give you until Thursday

¿quién te ha dado permiso para entrar allí? who gave you permission to go in there?, who said you could go in there?

si usted nos da permiso with your permission, if you will allow us

el dentista me ha dado hora para el miércoles I have an appointment with the dentist on Wednesday

dan facilidades de pago they offer easy repayment facilities o terms

nos dieron el tercer premio we won o got third prize, we were awarded third prize

al terminar el cursillo te dan un diploma when you finish the course you get a diploma

2

(atribuir): no le des demasiada importancia don't attach too much importance to it

yo le doy otra interpretación a ese pasaje I see o interpret that passage in a different way

tuvieron que darme la razón they had to admit I was right

3 (pronosticando duración) to give

no le dan ni dos meses de vida they've given him less than two months to live

no le doy ni un mes a esa relación I don't think they'll last more than a month together

4

( RPl) ‹edad/años› ¿cuántos años or qué edad le das? how old do you think o reckon she is?

yo no le daba más de 28 I didn't think he was more than 28

H

1

(expresar, decir): ¿le diste las gracias? did you thank him?, did you say thank you?

no me dio ni los buenos días she didn't even say hello

dales recuerdos de mi parte give/send them my regards

darle la bienvenida a algn to welcome sb

tenemos que ir a darles el pésame we must go and offer our condolences

me gustaría que me dieras tu parecer or opinión I'd like you to give me your opinion

le doy mi enhorabuena I'd like to congratulate you

¿me da la hora, por favor? have you got the time, please?

me tocó a mí darle la noticia I was the one who had to break the news to him

te han dado una orden you've been given an order, that was an order

han dado orden de desalojar el edificio they've ordered that the building be vacated

2

(señalar, indicar): me da ocupado or ( Esp) comunicando the line's busy o ( BrE) engaged

el reloj dio las cinco the clock struck five

muestra

Sentido II

A

(producir): estos campos dan mucho grano these fields have a high grain yield

esta estufa da mucho calor this heater gives out a lot of heat

esta clase de negocio da mucho dinero there's a lot of money in this business

esos bonos dan un 7% those bonds give a yield of 7%

los árboles han empezado a dar fruto the trees have begun to bear fruit

no le pudo dar un hijo she was unable to bear o give him a child

B

(rendir, alcanzar hasta): ¿cuánto da ese coche? how fast can that car go?

da 150 kilómetros por hora it can do o go 150 kilometers an hour

ha dado todo lo que el público esperaba de él he has lived up to the public's expectations of him

el coche venía a todo lo que daba the car was traveling at full speed

ponen la radio a todo lo que da they turn the radio on full blast

C

(causar, provocar): la comida muy salada da sed salty food makes you thirsty

¡estos críos dan tanto trabajo! these kids are such hard work!

(+ me/te/le etc): ¿no te da calor esa camisa? aren't you too warm in that shirt?

el vino le había dado sueño the wine had made him sleepy

me da mucha pena verla tan triste I can't bear o it hurts me to see her so sad

¡qué susto me has dado! you gave me such a fright!

me da no sé qué que se tenga que quedar sola I feel a bit funny about leaving her on her own

este coche no me ha dado problemas this car hasn't given me any trouble

ver tb asco, hambre, miedo, etc dar QUE + INF:

el jardín da muchísimo que hacer there's always such a lot to do in the garden

los niños dan que hacer children are a lot of work

lo que dijo me dio que pensar what he said gave me plenty of food for thought o plenty to think about

ver tb dar vi Sense III A.

D ( Esp fam) (arruinar, fastidiar) to spoil, ruin

Isabelita nos dio la noche we had an awful night thanks to little Isabel

Sentido III

A

(presentar): ¿qué dan esta noche en la tele? what's on TV tonight? ( colloq)

en el cine Avenida dan una película buenísima there's a really good movie on at the Avenida, they're showing a really good movie at the Avenida

ayer fuimos al teatro, daban una obra de Calderón we went to the theater yesterday, it was a play by Calderón

va a dar un concierto el mes que viene he's giving a concert next month

deja de gritar así, estás dando un espectáculo stop shouting like that, you're making a spectacle of yourself

B (ofrecer, celebrar) ‹fiesta› to give; ‹baile/banquete› to hold

C ‹conferencia› to give

dar examen (CS); to take o ( BrE) sit an exam

ver tb clase¹ f E. (↑ clase (1))

Sentido IV

A

(realizar la acción indicada): dieron lectura al comunicado they read out the communiqué

estuvo dando cabezadas durante toda la película he kept nodding off all through the film

dio un grito/un suspiro she shouted/sighed, she gave a shout/heaved a sigh

dio un paso atrás/adelante he took a step back/forward

(+ me/te/le etc): dame un beso/abrazo give me a kiss/hug

me dio un tirón del pelo he pulled my hair

golpe, paseo, vuelta, etc

dársela a algn ( Esp fam); to take sb in, put one over on sb

dárselas a algn ( Chi fam); to beat sb up

B

‹limpiada/barrida/planchazo› con que le des una enjuagada alcanza just a quick rinse will do

hay que darle una barrida al suelo de la cocina the kitchen floor needs a sweep o needs sweeping

quiero darle otra leída a este capítulo ( AmL); I want to run o read through this chapter again

Sentido V (considerar) dar algo/a algn POR algo:

lo dieron por muerto they gave him up for dead

doy por terminada la sesión I declare the session closed

ese tema lo doy por sabido I'm assuming you've already covered that topic

si le has prestado dinero ya lo puedes dar por perdido if you've lent him money you can kiss it goodbye

¿eso es lo que quieres? ¡dalo por hecho! is that what you want? consider it done! o ( AmE colloq) you got it!

si apruebo daré el tiempo por bien empleado if I pass it will have been time well spent

sentado

■ dar

vi

Sentido I

A

1

(entregar): dame, yo te lo coso let me have it o give it here, I'll sew it for you

no puedes con todo, dame que te ayudo you'll never manage all that on your own, here, let me help you

¿me das para un helado? can I have some money for an ice cream?

2 (en naipes) to deal

te toca dar a ti it's your deal, it's your turn to deal

B (ser suficiente, alcanzar) dar PARA algo/algn:

este pollo da para dos comidas this chicken is enough o will do for two meals

con una botella no da para todos one bottle's not enough to go round

da para hablar horas y horas you could talk about it for hours

(+ me/te/le etc): eso no te da ni para un chicle you can't even buy a piece of chewing gum with that

no le da la cabeza para la física he hasn't much of a head for physics

no me dio (el) tiempo I didn't have time

dar de sí to stretch

me quedan un poco ajustados, pero ya darán de sí they're a bit tight on me, but they'll stretch o give

¡cuánto ha dado de sí esa botella de jerez! that bottle of sherry's gone a long way!

¡qué poco dan de sí seis euros! six euros don't go very far!

el pobre ya no da más de sí the poor guy's fit to drop

no dar para más: su inteligencia no da para más that's as much as his brain can cope with

yo me voy, esto ya no da para más I'm leaving, this is a waste of time

ya no da para más or (CS) ya no da más de tanto trabajar he's worked himself into the ground

estoy que no doy más I'm all in ( colloq), I'm shattered o dead beat ( colloq), I'm pooped ( AmE colloq)

C dar a

1 «puerta/habitación» (comunicar con) to give on to

la puerta trasera da a un jardín/a la calle Palmar the back door opens o gives onto a garden/onto Palmar Street

todas las habitaciones dan a un patio all the rooms look onto o give onto a courtyard

2 (llegar hasta) «río» to go o flow into; «camino/sendero» to lead to

la calle va a dar directamente a la playa the street goes right down o leads straight to the beach

3 «fachada/frente» (estar orientado hacia) to face

la fachada principal da al sur the main facade faces south

la terraza da al mar the balcony overlooks o faces the sea

D

( RPl) (comunicar) darle a algn CON algn: ¿me das con Teresa, por favor? can I speak to Teresa, please?

en seguida le doy con el señor Seco I'll just put you through to Mr Seco

E

(arrojar un resultado): ¿cuánto da la cuenta? what does it come to?

a mí me dio 247 ¿y a ti? I made it (to be) 247, how about you?

el análisis le dio positivo/negativo her test was positive/negative

F

(importar): ¿cuál prefieres? — da igual which do you prefer? — I don't mind

da lo mismo, ya iremos otro día it doesn't matter, we'll go another day

(+ me/te/le etc): ¿el jueves o el viernes? — a mí me da igual Thursday or Friday? — I don't mind o it doesn't matter o it doesn't make any difference to me o it's all the same to me

la sopa se ha enfriado un poco — ¡qué más da! the soup's gone a bit cold — never mind o it doesn't matter

¿qué más da un color que otro? surely one color is as good as another!, what difference does it make what color it is?

(+ me/te/le etc): ¡qué más le da a él que otros tengan que hacer su trabajo! what does he care if others have to do his work?

¿y a ti qué más te da si él viene? what difference does it make to you if he comes?, what's it to you if he comes? ( colloq)

no quiere venir — tanto da she doesn't want to come — it makes no difference o so what?

(+ me/te/le etc): ¿a qué hora quieren cenar? — tanto nos da what time do you want to have dinner? — it's all the same to us o whenever

Sentido II

A

1 (pegar, golpear) (+ me/te/le etc):

le dio en la cabeza it hit him on the head

dale al balón con fuerza kick the ball hard

¡te voy a dar yo a ti como no me obedezcas! you're going to get it from me if you don't do what I say ( colloq)

le dio con la regla en los nudillos she rapped his knuckles with the ruler

cuando te agarren te van a dar de palos when they get you they're going to give you a good beating

2 ( fam) (a una tarea, asignatura) darle A algo:

me pasé todo el verano dándole al inglés I spent the whole summer working on o studying my English ( colloq)

vas a tener que darle más fuerte si quieres aprobar you're going to have to push yourself harder o put more effort into it if you want to pass

quiero darle un poco más a esta traducción antes de irme I want to do a bit more work on this translation before I go

3 ( fam) (hacer uso de) darle A algo:

¡cómo le da al vino! he really knocks back o ( AmE) down the wine ( colloq)

¡cómo le han dado al queso! ¡ya casi no queda! they've certainly been at the cheese, there's hardly any left! ( colloq)

¡cómo les has dado a estos zapatos! you've really been hard on these shoes!, you've worn these shoes out quickly!

lengua

4 (acertar) to hit

dar en el blanco/el centro to hit the target/the bull's-eye

clavo

B

1 (accionar) darle A algo:

dale a esa palanca hacia arriba push that lever up

le dio al interruptor she flicked the switch

le di a la manivela I turned the handle

dale al pedal press the pedal

tienes que darle a este botón/esta tecla you have to press this button/key

2 (mover) (+ compl):

dale al volante hacia la derecha turn the wheel to the right

dale para atrás ( Auto) back up

C

1 ( fam)

(indicando insistencia): ¡y dale! ya te he dicho que no voy there you go again! I've told you I'm not going ( colloq)

estuvo todo el día dale que dale con el clarinete he spent the whole day blowing away on his clarinet

¡y dale con lo de la edad! ¿qué importa eso? stop going on about her age! what does it matter?

¡dale que te pego! ( fam): he estado toda la mañana dale que te pego con esto I've been slaving away at this all morning

yo quiero olvidarlo y él ¡dale que te pego con lo mismo! I want to forget about it and he keeps on and on about it o he keeps banging on about it

2

( RPl fam) (instando a algn a hacer algo): dale, metete, el agua está lindísima come on, get in, the water's lovely

dale, prestámelo come on o go on, lend it to me

D dar con (encontrar) to find

por mucho que buscaron no dieron con él although they searched high and low they couldn't find him

creo que ya he dado con la solución I think I've hit upon o found the solution

cuando uno no da con la palabra adecuada when you can't come up with o find the right word

Sentido III

A (acometer, sobrevenir) (+ me/te/le etc):

le dio un mareo she felt dizzy

le dio un infarto he had a heart attack

como no se calle, me va a dar algo ( fam); if you don't shut up, I'm going to have a fit ( colloq)

¡me da una indignación cuando hace esas cosas …! I feel so angry when he does those things!

me da que ya no vienen ( fam); I have a (funny o sneaky) feeling they're not coming ( colloq)

ver tb dar vt Sense II C., escalofrío, frío² m B. (↑ frío (2)), gana, impresión, etc

B (hablando de ocurrencias, manías)

1 darle a algn POR algo:

le ha dado por decir que ya no lo quiero he's started saying that I don't love him any more

le ha dado por beber he's taken to drink, he's started drinking

le ha dado por el yoga she's got into yoga

¡menos mal que me dio por preguntar por cuánto saldría! it's just as well it occurred to me to ask o I thought to ask how much it would be!

darle a algn por ahí ( fam): ¿ahora hace pesas? — sí, le ha dado por ahí is he doing weights now? — yes, that's his latest craze o that's what he's into now

¿por qué lo hiciste? — no sé, me dio por ahí why did you do it? — I don't know, I just felt like it

cualquier día le da por ahí y la deja one of these days he'll just up and leave her

2 darle a algn CON algo:

le ha dado con que me conoce he's got it into his head he knows me

C dar en

(tender a): ha dado en salir acompañada por galanes jóvenes she has taken to being escorted in public by handsome young men

ha dado en esta locura she has got this crazy idea into her head

lo que se ha dado en llamar `drogodependencia' what has come to be known as `drug-dependence'

D

«sol/viento/luz»: aquí da el sol toda la mañana you get the sun all morning here

siéntate aquí, donde da el sol sit down here in the sun

en esa playa da mucho el viento it's very windy on that beach

la luz le daba de lleno en los ojos the light was shining right in his eyes

E

(acabar): ir/venir a dar: la pelota había ido a dar al jardín de al lado the ball had ended up in the next door garden

¿cómo habrá venido a dar esto aquí? how on earth did this get here?

■ darse

v pron

Sentido I

A (producirse) to grow

en esta zona se da bien el trigo wheat grows well in this area

B

(ocurrir) «caso/situación»: bien podría darse una situación así this kind of situation could well arise o occur

se dio la circunstancia de que la alarma estaba desconectada the alarm happened to be disconnected

para esto se tienen que dar las siguientes circunstancias this requires the following conditions

¿qué se da? ( fam); what's going on o happening? ( colloq)

C (resultar) (+ me/te/le etc):

se le dan muy bien los idiomas she's very good at languages

¿cómo se te da a ti la costura? how are you at sewing?, how's your sewing?

Sentido II

A (dedicarse, entregarse) darse A algo:

se dio a la bebida she took to drink, she hit the bottle ( colloq)

se da a la buena vida he spends his time having fun o living it up

se ha dado por entero a su familia/a la causa she has devoted herself entirely to her family/to the cause

B

( RPl) (tratarse, ser sociable) darse CON algn: no se da con la familia del marido she doesn't have much to do with her husband's family

Sentido III

A ( refl)

(realizar la acción indicada): voy a darme una ducha I'm going to take o have a shower

vamos a darnos un banquete we're going to have a feast

dárselas de algo: se las da de que sabe mucho he likes to make out he knows a lot

va dándoselas de rico y no tiene un duro he makes out he's rich but he hasn't got a penny

¿pero ése de qué se las da? si es un obrero como tú y yo who does he think he is? he's just another worker like you and me

no te las des de listo don't act so smart

B

1

(golpearse, pegarse): se dio con el martillo en el dedo he hit his finger with the hammer

no te vayas a dar con la cabeza contra el techo don't hit o bang your head on the ceiling

se dieron contra un árbol they crashed o went into a tree

se va a dar un golpe en la cabeza/espalda he's going to hit o bump his head/hit his back

se dio con la nariz or de narices contra la puerta he ran/walked straight into the door, he went smack into the door ( colloq)

2 ( refl):

darse (de) golpes to hit oneself

¡podría darme (de) patadas! I could kick myself!

3 ( recípr):

se estaban dando (de) patadas/tortazos en plena calle they were kicking/punching each other right there on the street

Sentido IV (considerarse) darse POR algo:

con eso me daría por satisfecha I'd be quite happy with that

no se dará por vencida hasta que lo consiga she won't give up until she gets it

puedes darte por contento de haber salido con vida you can count yourself lucky you weren't killed

no quiere darse por enterado he doesn't want to know

aludir vi 1. (↑ aludir)

* * *

dar ( conjugate dar) verbo transitivo
1
a) ( entregar) to give;

◊ dale las llaves a Pedro give the keys to Pedro;

déme un kilo de peras can I have a kilo of pears?;
See Also→ conocer verbo transitivo 3 b, entender verbo transitivo
b) ‹cartas/mano› to give

2
a) (donar, regalar) ‹sangre/limosna› to give;

◊ me dio su reloj she gave me her watch

b) ( proporcionar) ‹fuerzas/valor/esperanza› to give;

‹información/idea› to give
3
a) (conferir, aportar) ‹sabor/color/forma› to give

b) ( aplicar) ‹mano de pintura/barniz› to give

c) ‹sedante/masaje› to give

4 ( conceder) ‹prórroga/permiso› to give;
◊ el dentista me dio hora para el miércoles I have an appointment with the dentist on Wednesday;

nos dieron un premio we won o got a prize
5
a) (expresar, decir) ‹parecer/opinón› to give;

◊ ¿le diste las gracias? did you thank him?, did you say thank you?;

dales saludos give/send them my regards;
tuve que darle la noticia I was the one who had to break the news to him
b) (señalar, indicar): me da ocupado or (Esp) comunicando the line's busy o (BrE) engaged;

◊ el reloj dio las cinco the clock struck five

1
a) ( producir) ‹fruto/flor› to bear;

‹ dividendos› to pay;
◊ un negocio que da mucho dinero a business which makes a lot of money

b) (AmL) ( alcanzar hasta):

◊ da 150 kilómetros por hora it can do o go 150 kilometres an hour;

venía a todo lo que daba it was travelling at full speed;
ponen la radio a todo lo que da they turn the radio on full blast
2 (causar, provocar) ‹placer/susto› to give;
‹ problemas› to cause;
◊ dar trabajo to be hard work;

el calor le dio sueño/sed the heat made him sleepy/thirsty
1 ( presentar) ‹ concierto› to give;
◊ ¿qué dan esta noche en la tele? what's on TV tonight? (colloq);

¿dónde están dando esa película? where's that film showing?
2
a) ‹fiesta/conferencia› to give;

‹baile/banquete› to hold;
‹ discurso› (AmL) to make
b) (CS) ‹ examen› to take o (BrE) sit;

ver tb clase 4
( realizar la accion que se indica) ‹ grito› to give;
◊ dar un paso atrás to take a step back;

dame un beso give me a kiss;
ver tb golpe, paseo, vuelta, etc
( considerar) dar algo/a algn por algo:
◊ lo dieron por muerto they gave him up for dead;

ese tema lo doy por sabido I'm assuming you've already covered that topic;
¡dalo por hecho! consider it done!
verbo intransitivo
1
◊ dar a [ puerta] to give onto, open onto;

[ventana/balcón] to look onto, give onto;
[fachada/frente] to face
2 (ser suficiente, alcanzar) dar para algo/algn to be enough for sth/sb;
◊ no me dio (el) tiempo I didn't have time;

dar de sí ‹zapatos/jersey› to stretch
3 ( arrojar un resultado):
◊ el análisis le dio positivo her test was positive;

¿cuánto da la cuenta? what does it come to?;
a mí me dio 247 I made it (to be) 247
4 ( importar):
◊ da lo mismo it doesn't matter;

¡qué más da! what does it matter!;
¿qué más da? what difference does it make?;
me da igual I don't mind
5 ( en naipes) to deal
1
a) (pegar, golpear): darle a algn to hit sb;

( como castigo) to smack sb;
◊ dale al balón kick the ball;

el balón dio en el poste the ball hit the post
b) ( acertar) to hit;

◊ dar en el blanco to hit the target

2 (accionar, mover) darle a algo ‹a botón/tecla› to press sth;
‹ a interruptor› to flick sth;
‹a manivela/volante› to turn sth
3
◊ dar con ( encontrar) ‹ persona› to find;

‹ solución› to hit upon, find;
‹ palabra› to come up with
4 (hablando de manías, ocurrencias) darle a algn por hacer algo ‹por pintar/cocinar› to take to doing sth;
◊ le ha dado por decir que … he's started saying that …

5 [sol/luz]:
◊ aquí da el sol toda la mañana you get the sun all morning here;

la luz le daba de lleno en los ojos the light was shining right in his eyes
darse verbo pronominal
1 ( producirse) [fruta/trigo] to grow
2 ( presentarse) [oportunidad/ocasión] to arise
3 ( resultar) (+ me/te/le etc):
◊ se le dan los idiomas she's good at languages

a) ( refl) ( realizar lo que se indica) ‹ducha/banquete› to have;

◊ dárselas de algo: se las da de valiente/de que sabe mucho he likes to make out he's brave/he knows a lot;

dárselas de listo to act smart
b) (golpearse, pegarse):

◊ se dio con el martillo en el dedo he hit his finger with the hammer;

se dieron contra un árbol they crashed into a tree;
se dio dar un golpe en la rodilla he hit his knee
( considerarse) darse por algo:
◊ con eso me daría por satisfecha I'd be quite happy with that;

ver tb aludir a, enterado 1
dar
I verbo transitivo
1 to give: dame la mano, hold my hand
2 (conceder) to give: mi padre me dio permiso, my father gave me permission
le doy toda la razón, I think he is quite right
3 (transmitir una noticia) to tell
(un recado, recuerdos) to pass on, give
dar las gracias, to thank
4 (retransmitir u ofrecer un espectáculo) to show, put on
5 (organizar una fiesta) to throw, give
6 (producir lana, miel, etc) to produce, yield
(fruto, flores) to bear
(beneficio, interés) to give, yield
7 (causar un dolor, malestar) dar dolor de cabeza, to give a headache
(un sentimiento) dar pena, to make sad
le da mucha vergüenza, he's very embarrassed
8 (proporcionar) to provide: su empresa da trabajo a cincuenta personas, his factory gives work to fifty people
9 (una conferencia, charla) to give
(impartir clases) to teach
(recibir una clase) to have
US to take
10 (presentir) me da (en la nariz/en el corazón) que eso va a salir bien, I have a feeling that everything is going to turn out well
11 (estropear) to ruin: me dio la noche con sus ronquidos, he spoilt my sleep with his snoring
12 (abrir el paso de la luz) to switch on
(del gas, agua) to turn on
13 (propinar una bofetada, un puntapié, etc) to hit, give
14 (aplicar una mano de pintura, cera) to apply, put on
(un masaje, medicamento) to give
15 (considerar) dar por, to assume, consider: lo dieron por muerto, he was given up for dead
ese dinero lo puedes dar por perdido, you can consider that money lost
dar por supuesto/sabido, to take for granted, to assume
16 (la hora, un reloj) to strike: aún no habían dado las ocho, it was not yet past eight o'clock
17 (realizar la acción que implica el objeto) dar un abrazo/susto, to give a hug/fright
dar un paseo, to go for a walk
dar una voz, to give a shout
II verbo intransitivo
1 (sobrevenir) le dio un ataque de nervios, she had an attack of hysterics
2 dar de comer/cenar, to provide with lunch/dinner 3 dar a, (mirar, estar orientado a) to look out onto, to overlook
(una puerta) to open onto, lead to: esa puerta da al jardín, this door leads out onto the garden 4 dar con, (una persona, objeto) to come across: no fuimos capaces de dar con la contraseña, we couldn't come up with the password
dimos con él, we found him 5 dar de sí, (una camiseta, bañador) to stretch, give 6 dar en, to hit: el sol me daba en los ojos, the sun was (shining) in my eyes 7 dar para, to be enough o sufficient for: ese dinero no me da para nada, this money isn't enough for me
♦ Locuciones: dar a alguien por: le dio por ponerse a cantar, she decided to start singing
le dio por nadar, he got it into his head to go swimming
dar a entender a alguien que..., to make sb understand that...
dar la mano a alguien, to shake hands with sb
dar para: el presupuesto no da para más, the budget will not stretch any further
dar que hablar, to set people talking
dar que pensar: el suceso dio que pensar, the incident gave people food for thought
dar a conocer, (noticia) to release
' dar' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abasto
- abrigar
- acelerón
- acertar
- acogerse
- acomodar
- acreditar
- admitir
- aflojar
- agradecer
- alarma
- albergue
- alcance
- alerta
- alimentar
- alojamiento
- alta
- amagar
- apetecer
- apurar
- armar
- asesorar
- atinar
- baño
- batalla
- blanca
- blanco
- bola
- bote
- brazo
- brinco
- buena
- bueno
- cabezada
- cabida
- cada
- calabaza
- calentar
- callar
- callada
- callo
- campanada
- cancha
- cante
- cara
- carpetazo
- carrete
- casar
- chivatazo
- citar
English:
about-face
- about-turn
- act up
- advance
- amplify
- announce
- around
- attach
- attest
- back
- backpedal
- barge into
- bear
- beat
- beat up
- beg
- begrudge
- birth
- block
- bluster
- bolster
- bop
- boss about
- boss around
- bother
- bounce
- bound
- breast-feed
- brief
- buff
- bull's-eye
- butt
- call
- chase down
- checkmate
- cheer
- chime
- circle
- clout
- coach
- come across
- credence
- day
- deal
- death
- deliver
- deposit
- direct
- discharge
- disgust

* * *

dar

♦ vt

1. [entregar, otorgar] to give;

dar algo a alguien to give sth to sb, to give sb sth;

da parte de sus ingresos a los necesitados she gives o donates part of her income to the poor;

dame el azúcar, por favor could you pass o give me the sugar, please?;

¡dámelo! give it to me!, give me it!;

se lo di a mi hermano I gave it to my brother;

daría cualquier cosa por saber lo que piensa I'd give anything to know what he's thinking

2. [pagar] to give;
[ofrecer en pago] to offer;
¿cuánto te dieron por la casa? how much did they give you for the house?;

el concesionario me da 2.000 euros por la moto vieja the dealer's offering 2,000 euros for my old motorbike;

300 dólares, ¿quién da más? [en subasta] is there any advance on 300 dollars?

3. [proporcionar] to give, to provide with;

la salsa le da un sabor muy bueno the sauce gives it a very pleasant taste, the sauce makes it taste very nice;

este color le da un aspecto diferente a la habitación this colour makes the room look different;

le di instrucciones de cómo llegar a casa I gave her directions for getting to my house;

no nos dio ninguna explicación sobre su ausencia he didn't give us o provide us with any explanation for his absence;

le dimos ánimos para que siguiera con su trabajo we encouraged her to continue with her work;

su familia hizo un gran esfuerzo por darle estudios universitarios his family went to a great deal of effort to enable him to go to university

4. [conceder] to give;

le han dado el Premio Nobel she has been awarded o given the Nobel Prize;

le dieron una beca he was awarded o given a grant;

yo no le daría demasiada importancia I wouldn't attach too much importance to it;

al final me dieron la razón in the end they accepted that I was right;

le dieron una semana más para presentar el informe they gave o allowed him one more week to hand in the report;

me dieron permiso para ir al médico I got o was allowed time off work to go to the doctor;

¿da su permiso para entrar? may I come in?;

nos dieron facilidades de pago they offered us easy payment terms;

los médicos no le dan más de seis meses de vida the doctors don't give him more than six months (to live);

¿qué interpretación das a este descubrimiento? how would you interpret this discovery?

5. [decir]
dar los buenos días to say hello;

dar la bienvenida a alguien to welcome sb;

le di las gracias por su ayuda I thanked her for her help;

fuimos a darles el pésame we went to offer them our condolences;

dale recuerdos de mi parte give him my regards, say hello to him from me;

dale la enhorabuena give her my congratulations;

me dio su opinión al respecto he gave me his opinion on the matter;

¿quién le dará la noticia? who's going to tell o give her the news?

6. [producir] to give, to produce;
[frutos, flores] to bear; [beneficios, intereses] to yield;
estas vacas dan mucha leche these cows produce a lot of milk;

esta cuenta da un 5 por ciento de interés this account offers a 5 percent interest rate, this account bears interest at 5 percent;

esta lámpara da mucha luz this light is very bright;

le dio tres hijos she bore him three children

7. [provocar] to give;

me da vergüenza/pena it makes me ashamed/sad;

me da risa it makes me laugh;

me da miedo it frightens me;

¡me da una rabia que me traten así! it infuriates me that they should treat me in this way!;

me dio un susto tremendo she gave me a real fright;

el viaje me dio mucho sueño the journey made me really sleepy;

da gusto leer un libro tan bien escrito it's a pleasure to read such a well-written book;

los cacahuetes dan mucha sed peanuts make you very thirsty;

este paseo me ha dado hambre this walk has made me hungry o given me an appetite;

estas botas dan mucho calor these boots are very warm

8. [luz, agua, gas] [encender] to turn o switch on;
[suministrar por primera vez] to connect; [suministrar tras un corte] to turn back on
9. [fiesta, cena] to have, to hold;

dar una cena en honor de alguien to hold o give a dinner in sb's honour;

darán una recepción después de la boda there will be a reception after the wedding

10. [en naipes] [repartir] to deal

11. [sujeto: reloj] to strike;

el reloj dio las doce the clock struck twelve

12. Cine, Teatro & TV to show;
[concierto, interpretación] to give;
¿qué dan esta noche en la tele? – dan una película del oeste what's on the TV tonight? – they're showing a western o there's a western on;

dieron la ceremonia en directo they broadcast the ceremony live

13. [propinar]
le di una bofetada I slapped him, I gave him a slap;

dio una patada a la pelota he kicked the ball;

darle un golpe/una puñalada a alguien to hit/stab sb

14. [untar con, aplicar]
dar una capa de pintura al salón to give the living-room a coat of paint;

dar barniz a una silla to varnish a chair

15. [señales, indicios] to show;

dar pruebas de sensatez to show good sense;

dar señales de vida to show signs of life

16. [enseñar] to teach;
[conferencia] to give;
dar inglés/historia to teach English/history;

dio una clase muy interesante she gave a very interesting class;

mañana no daremos clase there won't be a class tomorrow

17. Esp [recibir] [clase] to have;

doy clases de piano con una profesora francesa I have piano classes with a French piano teacher;

doy dos clases de francés a la semana I have two French classes a week

18. [expresa acción]
dar un grito to give a cry;

dar un suspiro to sigh, to give a sigh;

dar un vistazo a to have a look at;

dio lectura a los resultados de la elección she read out the election results;

cuando se enteró de la noticia, dio saltos de alegría when he heard the news, he jumped for joy;

voy a dar un paseo I'm going (to go) for a walk

19. Esp Fam [fastidiar] to ruin;

es tan pesado que me dio la tarde he's so boring that he ruined the afternoon for me;

el bebé nos da las noches con sus lloros the baby never lets us get a decent night's sleep

20. [considerar]
dar algo por to consider sth as;

eso lo doy por hecho I take that for granted;

doy por sentado que vendrás a la fiesta I take it for granted that o I assume you'll be coming to the party;

doy por explicado este periodo histórico that's all I want to say about this period of history;

doy esta discusión por terminada I consider this discussion to be over;

dar a alguien por muerto to give sb up for dead

21. Fam [presentir]
me da que no van a venir I have a feeling they're not going to come

22. RP [inyección] to give

23. Comp

donde las dan las toman you get what you deserve;

no dar una to get everything wrong

♦ vi

1. [en naipes] [repartir] to deal;

me toca dar a mí it's my deal

2. [entregar]
dame, que ya lo llevo yo give it to me, I'll carry it

3. [horas] to strike;

dieron las tres three o'clock struck

4. [golpear]
le dieron en la cabeza they hit him on the head;

la piedra dio contra el cristal the stone hit the window;

como no te portes bien, te voy a dar if you don't behave, I'll smack you

5. [accionar]
dar a [llave de paso] to turn;
[botón, timbre] to press;
dale al control remoto hit the remote control;

dale al pedal press down on the pedal;
Informát
dale a la tecla de retorno hit o press return;

dale a la manivela turn the handle

6. [estar orientado]
dar a [sujeto: ventana, balcón] to look out onto, to overlook;
[sujeto: pasillo, puerta] to lead to; [sujeto: casa, fachada] to face;
todas las habitaciones dan al mar all the rooms look out onto o face the sea

7. [sujeto: luz, viento]
el sol daba de lleno en la habitación the sunlight was streaming into the room;

la luz me daba directamente en la cara the light was shining directly in my face;

aquí da mucho viento it's very windy here

8. [encontrar]
dar con algo/alguien to find sth/sb;

he dado con la solución I've hit upon the solution

9. [proporcionar]
dar de beber a alguien to give sb something to drink;

da de mamar a su hijo she breast-feeds her son

10. [ser suficiente]
dar para to be enough for;

Comp

no dar ni para pipas: ¡eso no te da ni para pipas! that's not even enough to buy a bag of peanuts!

11. [motivar]
esta noticia va a dar mucho que hablar this news will set people talking;

aquello me dio que pensar that made me think

12. [importar]
¡y a ti qué más te da! what's it to you?;

me da igual o [m5] lo mismo it's all the same to me, I don't mind o care;

no vamos a poder ir al cine – ¡qué más da! we won't be able to go to the cinema – never mind!;

y si no lo conseguimos, ¿qué más da? if we don't manage it, so what?;

¡qué más da quién lo haga con tal de que lo haga bien! what does it matter o what difference does it make who does it as long as they do it properly?;

lo siento, no voy a poder ayudar – da igual, no te preocupes I'm sorry but I won't be able to help – it doesn't matter, don't worry;

¿vamos o nos quedamos? – da lo mismo should we go or should we stay? – it doesn't make any difference

13. [acertar]
dio en el blanco she hit the target;

diste en el blanco, hay que intentar reducir las pérdidas you hit the nail on the head, we have to try and reduce our losses

14. [tomar costumbre]
le ha dado por el yoga he's decided to go in for yoga;

ahora le ha dado por no comer fruta now she's decided not to eat fruit;

le dio por ponerse a cantar en medio de la clase he took it into his head to start singing in the middle of the class;

¿está aprendiendo ruso? – sí, le ha dado por ahí is she learning Russian? – yes, that's her latest thing;
Formal
dar en hacer algo to take to doing sth;

el viejo dio en leer libros de caballería the old man took to reading books on chivalry

15. [expresa repetición]
le dieron de palos they beat him repeatedly with sticks

16. [afectar]
le dio un infarto he had a heart attack

17.
dar de sí [ropa, calzado] to give, to stretch;

no dar más de sí o [m5] para más [persona, animal] not to be up to much any more;

este sueldo da mucho de sí this salary goes a long way;

estos zapatos no dan para más these shoes have had it;

es un poco tonto, no da para más he's a bit stupid, he's not up to anything else

18. [expresa enfado]
te digo que pares y tú, ¡dale (que dale)! I've told you to stop, but you just carry on and on!;

¡y dale con la música! there he goes again, playing loud music!;

te hemos dicho que no menciones el tema, y tú, dale que te pego we've told you not to mention the subject, but you just carry on regardless o but here you are, bringing it up again;

¡y dale! te lo he dicho bien claro, no voy a ir how many times do I have to tell you? o I've said it once and I'll say it again, I'm not going

19. RP [comunicar]
¿me darías con tu madre? could I speak to your mother?, could you put your mother on?;

le doy con el Sr. Hualde I'll put you through to Mr Hualde

20. Comp
Fam
para dar y tomar: había cerveza para dar y tomar there was loads of beer;
Fam
darle a: ¡cómo le da a la cerveza! he certainly likes his beer!;
Fam
darle algo a alguien: si no se calla me va a dar algo if he doesn't shut up soon, I'll go mad;

si sigues trabajando así te va a dar algo you can't go on working like that;
Esp muy Fam
¡que le den!: ¿que no quiere cooperar? ¡que le den! he doesn't want to co-operate? well, stuff him!

♦ See also the pronominal verb darse

* * *

dar

<part dado>

I v/t

1 give; fiesta give, have;

dar un salto/una patada jump/kick, give a jump/kick;

dar miedo a frighten;

el jamón me dio sed the ham made me thirsty;

dar de comer/beber a alguien give s.o. something to eat/drink

2 fruta bear; luz give off; beneficio yield

3 película show, screen

4

:

el reloj dio las tres the clock struck three

5

:

¡dale (que dale)! fam don’t keep on! fam ;

y siguió dale que te pego fam and he kept on and on

II v/i

1 give; de cartas en juego deal;

dame give it to me, give me it

2

:

dar a de ventana look onto

3

:

dar con algo/alguien come across sth/s.o., find sth/s.o.;

no di con el nombre I couldn’t think of the name

4

:

dar de sí de material stretch, give;

dar para be enough for;

no da para más it’s past its best

5

:

le dio por insultar a su madre fam she started insulting her mother

6

:

¡qué más da! what does it matter!;

da igual it doesn’t matter

7

:

dar contra o

en algo hit sth;

el sol le daba en la cara he had the sun in his eyes, the sun was in his eyes

8

:

dar por muerto a alguien give s.o. up for dead

9

:

dar que hablar give people something to talk about;

da que pensar it makes you think, it gives you something to think about

* * *

dar {22} vt

1) : to give

2) entregar: to deliver, to hand over

3) : to hit, to strike

4) : to yield, to produce

5) : to perform

6) : to give off, to emit

7)

dar como or

dar por : to regard as, to consider

dar vi

1) alcanzar: to suffice, to be enough

no me da para dos pasajes: I don't have enough for two fares

2)

dar a or

dar sobre : to overlook, to look out on

3)

dar con : to run into

4)

dar con : to hit upon (an idea)

5)

dar de sí : to give, to stretch

♦ See also the reflexive verb darse

* * *

dar vb

1. (en general) to give [pt. gave; pp. given]

dale esta carta a tu madre give this letter to your mother

me has dado una idea you've given me an idea

me dio permiso para ir a la excursión he gave me permission to go on the trip

¿cuánto me das por lavarte el coche? how much will you give me for washing your car?

2. (poner en las manos) to pass

me puedes ayudar dándome los libros you can help me by passing me the books

3. (pedir en una tienda)

¿me da un kilo de naranjas, por favor? could I have a kilo of oranges, please?

4. (poner en la televisión) to be on

esta noche dan una película estupenda en la tele there's a great film on TV tonight

5. (ofrecer fiesta) to have

los García dan una fiesta the Garcías are having a party

6. (impartir clases) to teach [pt. & pp. taught]

da clases de inglés she teaches English

7. (tener ataque, enfermedad) to have

le ha dado un ataque de asma she had an asthma attack

8. (producir fruto, flores) to bear [pt. bore; pp. borne]

el peral da peras the pear tree bears pears

9. (sonar las horas) to strike [pt. & pp. struck]

el reloj dio las ocho the clock struck eight

ya han dado las diez it's gone ten o'clock

10. (encender, conectar) to turn on

¿has dado el gas? have you turned the gas on?

11. (chocar, golpear) to hit [pt. & pp. hit]

la pelota dio contra el cristal the ball hit the window

12. (decir) to say [pt. & pp. said]

me dio las buenas noches he said goodnight to me / he wished me goodnight

le di las gracias I thanked him

dar a to overlook / to look onto

esta habitación da a la calle this room overlooks the street

dar a entender to imply [pt. & pp. implied]

dar a luz to give birth [pt. gave; pp. given]

dio a luz a una niña preciosa she gave birth to a beautiful little girl

dar de comer to feed [pt. & pp. fed]

dar igual not to matter / not to mind

da igual it doesn't matter

me da igual I don't mind

¿qué más da? what difference does it make?

Spanish-English dictionary > dar
6 passer

passer [pαse]

━━━━━━━━━

1. intransitive verb

2. transitive verb

3. reflexive verb

━━━━━━━━━

➭ TABLE 1

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► passer is conjugated with être unless it has an object, when the auxiliary is avoir.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque passer fait partie d'une locution comme passer sous le nez de qn, reportez-vous à l'autre mot.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

1. <

   a. (d'un endroit à un autre) to go

• l'autobus vient de passer the bus has just gone past

• passer en courant to run past

• faire passer les piétons to let the pedestrians cross

• la balle n'est pas passée loin the bullet didn't miss by much

• où passe la route ? where does the road go?

► passer à ( = passer par, aller à)

la Seine passe à Paris the Seine flows through Paris

• si nous passions au salon ? shall we go into the sitting room?

• passer à table to sit down to eat

• passer à l'ennemi to go over to the enemy

• passer d'un extrême à l'autre to go from one extreme to the other► passer après

• le confort, ça passe après comfort is less important► passer avant

• le travail passe avant tout work comes first► passer dans

• les camions ne passent pas dans notre rue lorries don't go along our street

• passer dans les mœurs to become the custom

• passer dans la langue to enter the language

• l'alcool passe dans le sang alcohol enters the bloodstream► passer derrière to go behind

► passer devant to go in front of

• passer devant la maison de qn to go past sb's house

• je passe devant vous pour vous montrer le chemin I'll go in front to show you the way

• passez donc devant ! you go first!

• passer devant Monsieur le maire to get married

• il est passé devant le conseil de discipline he came up before the disciplinary committee► passer par to go through

• pour y aller, je passe par Amiens I go there via Amiens

• par où êtes-vous passé ? (pour venir ici) which way did you come? ; (pour aller ailleurs) which way did you go?

• pour téléphoner, il faut passer par le standard you have to go through the switchboard to make a call

• il est passé par des moments difficiles he's been through some hard times

• passer par un lycée technique to go through technical college

• nous sommes tous passés par là we've all been through that

• il faudra bien en passer par là there's no way round it

• une idée m'est passée par la tête an idea occurred to me

• ça fait du bien par où ça passe ! (inf) that's just what the doctor ordered! (inf)► passer sous to go under

• il est passé sous l'autobus he was run over by the bus

• l'air passe sous la porte there's a draught from under the door► passer sur to go over ; ( = ignorer) to ignore

• passons sur les détails let's not worry about the details

• et je passe sur la saleté du lieu ! not to mention how dirty the place was!► laisser passer [+ air, lumière] to let in ; [+ personne, procession] to let through ; [+ erreur, occasion] to miss

• nous ne pouvons pas laisser passer ça we cannot let this pass

   b. ( = faire une halte rapide) passer au bureau to call in at the office

• passer chez un ami to call in at a friend's

• je ne fais que passer (chez qn) I can't stay long ; (dans une ville) I'm just passing through

• le facteur est passé the postman has been

► passer + infinitif

• passer prendre qn to call for sb

• passer chercher qn to call for sb

• passer voir qn to call on sb

• puis-je passer te voir en vitesse ? can I pop round?► en passant ( = sur le chemin) on the way ; ( = dans la conversation) in passing

• j'irai le voir en passant I'll call in and see him on the way

• il l'a dit en passant he mentioned it in passing

• il aime tous les sports, du football à la boxe en passant par le golf he likes all sports, from football to golf to boxing

   c. (Automobiles) les vitesses passent mal the gears are stiff

• passer en première to go into first

• passer en marche arrière to go into reverse

   d. ( = franchir un obstacle) [véhicule] to get through ; [cheval, sauteur] to get over

• ça passe ? (en manœuvrant) have I got enough room?

   e. ( = s'écouler) [temps] to go by

• comme le temps passe ! how time flies!

   f. ( = être digéré) to go down

• ça ne passe pas [repas] I've got indigestion

   g. ( = être accepté) [demande, proposition] to be accepted

• je ne pense pas que ce projet de loi passera I don't think this bill will be passed

• il est passé de justesse à l'examen he only just passed the exam

• il est passé dans la classe supérieure he's moved up to the next class (Brit) he's been promoted to the next grade (US)

• l'équipe est passée en 2^e division the team have moved up to the second division

• ça passe ou ça casse it's make or break time

   h. ( = devenir) to become

• passer directeur to become director

   i. ( = être montré) [film, émission, personne] to be on

• passer à la radio to be on the radio

• passer à la télévision to be on television

   j. ( = disparaître) [douleur] to pass ; [orage] to blow over ; [beauté, couleur] to fade ; [colère] to subside ; [mode] to die out

• faire passer à qn l'envie de faire qch to cure sb of doing sth

• cela fera passer votre rhume that will help get rid of your cold

• le plus dur est passé the worst is over

• il voulait être pompier mais ça lui est passé he wanted to be a fireman but he grew out of it

   k. (Cards) to pass

   l. (locutions) qu'il soit menteur, passe encore,... he may be a liar, that's one thing,...

► passer pour

• il pourrait passer pour un Allemand you could take him for a German

• il passe pour intelligent he's supposed to be intelligent

• se faire passer pour to pass o.s. off as

• tu veux me faire passer pour un idiot ! do you want to make me look stupid?► y passer (inf)

on a eu la grippe, tout le monde y est passé we've all had flu

• toute sa fortune y est passée he spent all his fortune on it

• si elle veut une promotion, il faudra bien qu'elle y passe (sexuellement) if she wants to be promoted, she'll have to sleep with the boss► passons let's say no more about it

2. <

   a. ( = franchir) [+ frontière] to cross ; [+ porte] to go through

• passer la douane to go through customs

• passer une rivière à la nage to swim across a river

   b. ( = donner, transmettre) to give ; [+ consigne, message] to pass on

• passer qch à qn to give sth to sb

• passe-moi une cigarette give me a cigarette

• passer le ballon à qn to pass the ball to sb

• tu fais passer pass it round

• il m'a passé un livre he's lent me a book

• je vous passe M. Duroy [standard] I'm putting you through to Mr Duroy ; ( = je lui passe l'appareil) here's Mr Duroy

• passer qch en fraude to smuggle sth

• passer sa mauvaise humeur sur qn to take one's bad temper out on sb

   c. ( = mettre) [+ vêtement] to put on

• passer la tête à la porte to poke one's head round the door

   d. ( = dépasser) [+ gare, maison] to pass

• tu as passé l'âge you're too old

• il ne passera pas la nuit he won't last the night

   e. ( = omettre) [+ mot, ligne] to leave out

• passer son tour to miss one's turn

• et j'en passe ! and that's not all!

   f. ( = permettre) passer un caprice à qn to humour sb

• on lui passe tout [+ bêtises] he gets away with anything ; [+ désirs] he gets everything he wants

• passez-moi l'expression if you'll pardon the expression

   g. [+ examen] to take

• passer son permis (de conduire) to take one's driving test

• passer une visite médicale to have a medical

   h. [+ temps, vacances] to spend

• passer sa vie à faire to spend one's life doing

• j'ai passé la soirée chez Luc I spent the evening at Luc's

• ça fait passer le temps it passes the time

   i. [+ film, diapositives] to show ; [+ disque] to play

   j. [+ commande] to place

• passer un accord avec qn to reach an agreement with sb

• passer un marché avec qn to do a deal with sb

   k. (à la passoire) to sieve ; (au mixer) to blend

   l. (locutions) passer la serpillière dans la cuisine to wash the kitchen floor

• passer le balai dans une pièce to sweep a room

• passer l'aspirateur dans une pièce to vacuum a room

• passer une couche de peinture sur qch to give sth a coat of paint

• passe-toi de l'eau sur le visage splash your face with water

• qu'est-ce qu'il lui a passé comme savon ! (inf) he gave him a really rough time! (inf)

3. <

► se passer

   a. ( = avoir lieu) to happen

• qu'est-ce qui s'est passé ? what happened?

• que se passe-t-il ? what's going on?

• tout s'est bien passé everything went off smoothly

• ça s'est mal passé it turned out badly

• ça ne se passera pas comme ça ! I won't stand for that!

   b. ( = se mettre à soi-même) elle s'est passé de la crème solaire sur les épaules she put some sun cream on her shoulders

• se passer les mains sous l'eau to rinse one's hands

   c. (se transmettre) [+ ballon] to pass to each other ; [+ notes de cours, livre, plat] to pass around

   d. ( = finir) il faut attendre que ça se passe you'll have to wait till it's over

   e. ► se passer de [+ chose] to do without ; [+ personne] to manage without

• je peux me passer de ta présence I can manage without you around

• on peut se passer d'aller au théâtre we can do without going to the theatre

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

+1! La traduction la plus courante de passer n'est pas to pass ; passer un examen se traduit par to take an exam.

* * *
pɑse
1.

verbe transitif

1) ( franchir) to cross [fleuve, frontière]; to go through [porte, douane]; to get over [obstacle]

ils ont fait passer la rivière au troupeau — they took the herd across the river

il m'a fait passer la frontière — he got me across the border

2) ( faire franchir)

passer quelque chose à la douane — to get something through customs

3) ( dépasser) to go past, to pass

quand vous aurez passé le feu, tournez à droite — turn right after the lights

j'ai passé l'âge — I'm too old

le malade ne passera pas la nuit — the patient won't last the night

4) ( mettre)

passer le doigt sur la table — to run one's finger over the table-top

passer la tête à la fenêtre — to stick one's head out of the window

elle m' a passé le bras autour des épaules — she put her arm around my shoulders

5) ( transmettre) to pass [objet] (à to); to pass [something] on [consigne, maladie] (à to); ( prêter) (colloq) to lend ( à quelqu'un to somebody); ( donner) (colloq) to give ( à quelqu'un to somebody)

fais passer la nouvelle à tes amis — pass the news on to your friends

passer sa colère sur ses collègues — to take one's anger out on one's colleagues

6) ( au téléphone)

tu peux me passer Chris? — can you put Chris on?

attends, je te la passe — hold on, here she is, I'll put her on

je vous le passe — ( sur un autre poste) I'm putting you through

pourriez-vous me passer le poste 4834? — could you put me through to extension 4834 please?

7) ( se présenter à) to take, to sit [examen scolaire, test]; to have [visite médicale, entretien]

faire passer un test à quelqu'un — to give somebody a test

c'est moi qui fais passer l'oral de français aux nouveaux — I'm taking the new pupils for the French oral

8) ( réussir) to pass [examen, test]

9) ( dans le temps) to spend [temps] ( à faire doing)

nous avons passé de bons moments ensemble — we've had some good times together

dépêche-toi, on ne va pas y passer la nuit! — (colloq) hurry up, or we'll be here all night!

10) ( pardonner)

elle leur passe tout — she lets them get away with murder

il passe tous ses caprices à sa fille — he indulges his daughter's every whim

passez-moi l'expression — if you'll pardon the expression

11) ( omettre) to skip [mot, page, paragraphe]

je vous passe les détails — I'll spare you the details

j'en passe et des meilleures — (colloq) ( après énumération) and so on and so forth, I could go on

12) ( utiliser)

passer un chiffon sur les meubles — to go over the furniture with a cloth

passer un coup de fer sur une chemise — to give a shirt a quick iron

passer l'aspirateur dans le salon — to hoover® GB ou vacuum the lounge

13) ( étendre)

passer un peu de baume sur une brûlure — to dab some ointment on a burn

passer une couche de peinture sur quelque chose — to give something a coat of paint

14) ( soumettre)

passer quelque chose à la flamme — to hold something over a flame

qu'est-ce qu'elle nous a passé! — (colloq) she really went for us! (colloq)

15) ( à travers une grille) to filter [café]; to strain [jus, sauce]; to purée [légumes]

16) ( enfiler) to slip [something] on [vêtement, anneau]; to slip into [robe]

ils ont essayé de me passer la camisole — they tried to put me in a straitjacket

17) ( faire jouer) to play [disque, cassette audio]; ( projeter) to show [film, diapositives, cassette vidéo]; ( diffuser) to place [annonce]

18) ( signer) to sign [contrat]; to enter into [accord]; to place [commande]; to pass [loi, décret]

passer un marché — (colloq) to make a deal

19) Automobile ( enclencher)

passer la troisième/la marche arrière — to go into third gear/into reverse

20) Jeux

passer son tour — to pass

2.

verbe intransitif

1) ( parcourir son chemin) [personne, animal, véhicule, ballon] to go past ou by, to pass

passer entre — to pass between

nous sommes passés près du lac — we went past the lake

passer sur un pont — to go over a bridge

l'autobus vient juste de passer — the bus has just gone

le facteur n'est pas encore passé — the postman hasn't come ou been yet

je suis passé à côté du monument — I passed the monument

nous sommes passés près de chez toi — we were near your house

passer à pied/à bicyclette — to walk/to cycle past

un avion est passé — a plane flew overhead

il est passé en courant — he ran past

le ballon est passé tout près des buts — the ball narrowly missed the goal

2) (se trouver, s'étendre)

la route passe à côté du lac — the road runs alongside the lake

ils ont fait passer la route devant chez nous — they built the road in front of our house

ligne qui passe par les centres de deux cercles — line that goes through the centres [BrE] of two circles

en faisant passer une ligne par ces deux villes — drawing a line through these two towns

3) ( faire un saut)

je ne fais que passer — I've just popped in GB ou dropped by for a minute

quand je suis passé au marché — when I went down to the market

il est passé déposer un dossier — he came to drop off a file

passer dans la matinée — to call in the morning GB, to come over in the morning

passe nous voir plus souvent! — come and see us more often!

passer prendre quelqu'un/qch — to pick somebody/sth up

4) ( se rendre) to go

les contrebandiers sont passés en Espagne — the smugglers have crossed into Spain

passez derrière moi — follow me

il est passé devant moi — ( dans une queue) he pushed in front of me

passer devant une commission — to come before a committee

5) ( aller au-delà) to get through

il est passé au rouge — he went through the red lights

il n'a pas attendu le feu vert pour passer — he didn't wait for the lights to turn green

il m'a fait signe de passer — he waved me on

vas-y, ça passe! — go on, there's plenty of room!

laisser passer une ambulance — to let an ambulance through

le volet laisse passer un peu de lumière — the shutter lets in a chink of light

la cloison laisse passer le bruit — the partition doesn't keep the noise out

passer par-dessus bord — to fall overboard

il est passé par la fenêtre — ( par accident) he fell out of the window; ( pour entrer) he got in through the window

il est passé sous un train — he was run over by a train

passer derrière la maison — to get round GB ou around US the back of the house

6) ( transiter)

passer par — [personne] lit to pass ou go through; fig to go through

nous sommes passés par Édimbourg — we went via Edinburgh

passer par quelqu'un pour faire quelque chose — to go through somebody to do

passer par de rudes épreuves — to go through the mill

passer par une rue — to go along a street

passer au bord de la faillite — to come very close to bankruptcy

la formation par laquelle il est passé — the training (that) he had

il dit tout ce qui lui passe par la tête — he always says the first thing that comes into his head

je ne sais jamais ce qui te passe par la tête — I never know what's going on in your head

une idée m'est passée par la tête — an idea occurred to me

qu'est-ce qui lui est passé par la tête? — what was he/she thinking of?

un sourire passa sur ses lèvres — he/she smiled briefly

des reptiles à l'homme, en passant par le singe — from reptiles to man, including apes

7) (colloq) ( avoir son tour)

il accuse le patron, ses collègues, bref, tout le monde y passe — he's accusing the boss, his colleagues - in other words, everyone in sight

que ça te plaise ou non, il va falloir y passer — whether you like it or not, there's no alternative

on ne peut pas faire autrement que d'en passer par là — there is no other way around it

je sais, j'en suis déjà passé par là — I know all about that, I've been there (colloq)

8) ( négliger)

je préfère passer sur ce point — I'd rather not dwell on that point

il est passé sur les détails — he didn't go into the details

si l'on passe sur les frais de déplacement — if we ignore the travel expenses

passons! — ( injonction) let's hear no more about it!

passer à côté d'une question — ( involontairement) to miss the point

laisser passer quelque chose — ( délibérément) to overlook something

laisser passer une occasion — to miss an opportunity

laisser passer plusieurs fautes — ( par inadvertance) to let several mistakes slip through

9) ( ne pas approfondir)

notons en passant que — we should note in passing that

soit dit en passer — incidentally

10) (être admis, supporté) [aliment, repas] to go down; [commentaires, discours, critiques] to go down well ( auprès de with); [loi, candidat] to get through; [attitude, pensée] to be accepted

ce doit être le concombre qui passe mal — it must be the cucumber

prends un peu de cognac, ça fait passer! — have a drop of brandy, it's good for the digestion

vos critiques sont mal passées — your criticism went down badly

ils n'ont jamais pu faire passer leurs idées — they never managed to get their ideas accepted

que je sois critiqué, passe encore, mais calomnié, non! — criticism is one thing, but I draw the line at slander

avec lui, la flatterie, ça ne passe pas — flattery won't work with him

passer au premier tour — Politique to be elected in the first round

passer dans la classe supérieure — to move up to the next year ou grade US

(ça) passe pour cette fois — (colloq) I'll let it go this time

11) ( se déplacer)

passer de France en Espagne — to leave France and enter Spain

passer de la salle à manger au salon — to move from the dining room to the lounge

passer à l'ennemi — to go over to the enemy

passer sous contrôle de l'ONU — to be taken over by the UN

passer sous contrôle ennemi — to fall into enemy hands

passer de main en main — to be passed around

passer constamment d'un sujet à l'autre — to flit from one subject to another

passer de la théorie à la pratique — to put theory into practice

leur nombre pourrait passer à 700 — their number could reach 700

passer à un taux supérieur — to go up to a higher rate

faire passer quelque chose de 200 à 300 — to increase something from 200 to 300

12) ( être pris)

passer pour un imbécile — to look a fool

il passe pour l'inventeur de l'ordinateur — he's supposed to have invented computers

il pourrait passer pour un Américain — he could be taken for an American

il veut passer pour un grand homme — he wants to be seen as a great man

faire passer quelqu'un/qch pour exceptionnel — to make somebody/sth out to be exceptional

se faire passer pour malade — to pretend to be ill

se faire passer pour mort — to fake one's own death

il se fait passer pour mon frère — he passes himself off as my brother

13) ( disparaître) [douleur, événement] to pass

quand l'orage sera or aura passé — lit when the storm is over; fig when the storm dies down

ça passera — ( sa mauvaise humeur) it'll pass; ( ton chagrin) you'll get over it

la première réaction passée — once we/they calmed down

nous avons dû attendre que sa colère soit passée — we had to wait for his/her anger to subside

passer de mode — to go out of fashion

cette mode est vite passée — that fashion was short-lived

faire passer à quelqu'un l'envie de faire — to cure somebody of the desire to do

je vais leur faire passer l'envie de tirer sur ma sonnette! — I'll teach them to ring my bell!

ce médicament fait passer les maux d'estomac — this medicine relieves stomach ache

cette mauvaise habitude te passera — it's a bad habit you'll grow out of

14) (apparaître, être projeté, diffusé) [artiste, groupe] ( sur une scène) to be appearing; (à la télévision, radio) to be on; [spectacle, film] to be on; [cassette, musique] to be playing

15) ( être placé)

passer avant/après — ( en importance) to come before/after

la santé passe avant tout — health comes first

il fait passer sa famille avant ses amis — he puts his family before his friends

16) (colloq) ( disparaître)

où étais-tu (encore) passé? — where (on earth) did you get to?

où est passé mon livre? — where has my book got to?

17) ( s'écouler) [temps] to pass, to go by

deux ans ont passé — two years have passed

je ne vois pas le temps passer — I don't know where the time goes

le week-end a passé trop vite — the weekend went too quickly

18) ( se mettre à) to turn to

passons aux choses sérieuses — let's turn to serious matters

passer à l'étape suivante — to move on to the next stage

passons à autre chose — let's change the subject

nous allons passer au vote — let's vote now

passer à l'offensive — to take the offensive

19) ( être transmis)

passer de père en fils — to be handed down from father to son

l'expression est passée dans la langue — the expression has become part of the language

ça finira par passer dans les mœurs — it'll eventually become common practice

il a fait passer son émotion dans la salle — he transmitted his emotion to the audience

20) ( être promu) to be promoted to

être passé maître dans l'art de faire — to be a past master at doing

elle est passée maître dans l'art de mentir — she's an accomplished liar

21) ( être dépensé) [argent, somme] to go on ou in ou into; [produit, matière] to go into

22) (colloq) ( mourir)

y passer — to die

si tu continues à conduire comme ça, tu vas finir par y passer — if you keep driving like that, you'll kill yourself

on y passera tous, mais le plus tard sera le mieux — we've all got to go sometime, the later the better

23) ( se décolorer) [teinte, tissu] to fade

passer au soleil — to fade in the sun

24) ( filtrer) [café] to filter

faire passer la soupe — to put the soup through a sieve

25) ( changer de vitesse)

passer en troisième/marche arrière — to go into third/reverse

la troisième passe mal or a du mal à passer — third gear is a bit stiff

26) Jeux (au bridge, poker) to pass

3.

se passer verbe pronominal

1) ( se produire) to happen

tout se passe comme si l'euro avait été dévalué — it's as if the euro had been devalued

2) ( être situé) to take place

la scène se passe au Viêt Nam — the scene is set in Vietnam

3) ( se dérouler) [opération, examen, négociations] to go

tout s'est passé très vite — it all happened very fast

ça va mal se passer pour toi — you're going to be in trouble

ça ne se passera pas comme ça! — I won't leave it at that!

4) ( s'écouler) [période] to go by, to pass

deux ans se sont passés depuis — that was two years ago

attendons que ça se passe — let's wait till it's over

nos soirées se passaient à regarder la télévision — we spent the evenings watching television

5) ( se dispenser)

se passer de — [personne] to do without [objet, activité, personne]; to go without [repas, nourriture, sommeil]

se passer de commentaires — to speak for itself

ne pas pouvoir se passer de faire — not to be able to help doing

6) ( se mettre)

se passer la langue sur les lèvres — to run one's tongue over one's lips

se passer la main sur le front — to put a hand to one's forehead

7) ( l'un à l'autre)

ils se sont passé des documents — they exchanged some documents

nous nous sommes passé le virus — we caught the virus from each other

* * *
pɒse
1. vi

1) (= aller) to go, to pass, to pass by, to go by

passer au salon — to go through to the sitting room

passer par — to go through

Ils sont passés par Paris. — They went through Paris.

passez devant! — go in front!

passez par ici! — go this way!

passer à table — to sit down to eat

2) (= faire une halte rapide) [facteur] to come, to call, (pour rendre visite) to call in, to drop in

Je passerai chez vous ce soir. — I'll call in this evening., I'll drop in this evening.

passer prendre qn — to come and collect sb

en passant — in passing

Je lui ai dit en passant que j'allais me marier. — I told him in passing that I was getting married.

3) CARTES to pass

4)

passe encore de le penser, mais de le dire! — it's one thing to think it, but to say it!

passons! — let's say no more about it!

passer sur qch [faute, détail inutile] — to pass over sth

5) (= s'écouler) [temps, jours] to go by, to pass

6) (= disparaître) [douleur] to pass, to go away, [mode] to die out, [couleur, papier] to fade

faire passer à qn le goût de qch [homme] — to cure sb of his taste for sth, [femme] to cure sb of her taste for sth

7) (= franchir un obstacle, traverser) [personne] to get through, [courant, air, lumière] to get through, [liquide, café] to go through

faire passer [message] — to get over, to get across

laisser passer [air, lumière, personne] — to let through, [occasion] to miss, [erreur] to overlook

Il m'a laissé passer. — He let me through.

8) (= être digéré, avalé) to go down

9) ÉDUCATION, [personne] to move up (to the next class)

10) (= être diffusé) [film, émission] to be on

passer à la télévision — to be on TV

"Titanic" passe à la télé ce soir. — "Titanic" is on TV tonight.

Mon père passe à la radio demain soir. — My father's on the radio tomorrow night.

11) (autres locutions)

passer à [ennemi, opposition] — to go over to

passer aux aveux — to confess, to make a confession

passer avant qch/qn fig — to come before sth/sb

passer dans les mœurs — to become the custom

passer dans l'usage — to become normal usage

passer en seconde AUTOMOBILES — to change into second

passer pour; Il passe pour riche. — He is thought to be rich.

il passait pour avoir — he was said to have

faire passer qn/qch pour — to make sb/sth out to be

2. vt

1) (= franchir) [frontière, rivière] to cross, [douane] to go through

Nous avons passé la frontière belge. — We crossed the Belgian border.

faire passer qch dans qch — to get sth into sth

faire passer qch par qch — to get sth through sth

2) (= transmettre, donner)

passer qch à qn — to pass sth to sb, to give sb sth

Passe-moi le sel, s'il te plaît. — Pass me the salt, please.

je vous passe M. Cousin (au téléphone) — I'm putting you through to Mr Cousin

passer qch en fraude (= faire entrer) — to smuggle sth in, (= faire sortir) to smuggle sth out

passer la parole à qn — to hand over to sb

3) [temps, journée] to spend

Elle a passé la journée à ne rien faire. — She spent the day doing nothing.

Ils passent toujours leurs vacances au Danemark. — They always spend their holidays in Denmark.

4) (= subir) [examen] to sit, to take, [visite médicale] to have

Gordon a passé ses examens la semaine dernière. — Gordon took his exams last week.

5) (= mettre) [vêtement] to slip on

passer la main par la portière — to stick one's hand out of the door

passer la seconde AUTOMOBILES — to change into second

6) (= faire passer) [thé, soupe] to strain

passer qch dans qch — to put sth into sth

passer qch par qch — to put sth through sth

passer l'aspirateur — to hoover

7) (= jouer) [film] to show, [disque, CD] to play, to put on

On passe "Le Kid" au cinéma cette semaine. — They're showing "The Kid" at the cinema this week.

8) (= conclure) [marché] to agree on, [accord] to reach

9) (= tolérer)

passer qch à qn — to let sb get away with sth

et j'en passe! — and that's not all!

10) (= devenir)

passer président — to become president

* * *

passer verb table: aimer

A vtr

1 ( franchir) to cross [fleuve, pont, frontière, col]; to go through [porte, douane]; to get over [haie, obstacle]; ils ont fait passer la rivière au troupeau they took the herd across the river; il m'a fait passer la frontière he got me across the border;

2 ( faire franchir) passer qch à la douane to get sth through customs; passer qch en fraude or contrebande to smuggle sth; passer qn en fraude ( vers l'intérieur) to smuggle sb in; ( vers l'extérieur) to smuggle sb out; ⇒ gauche;

3 ( dépasser) to go past, to pass; quand vous aurez passé le feu, tournez à droite turn right after the lights; passer la barre des dix euros to pass the ten-euro mark; on a passé l'heure it's too late; j'ai passé l'âge I'm too old; le malade ne passera pas la nuit the patient won't last the night;

4 ( mettre) passer le doigt sur la table to run one's finger over the table-top; passer la tête à la fenêtre to stick one's head out of the window; elle m'a passé le bras autour des épaules she put her arm around my shoulders; elle m'a passé la main dans les cheveux she ran her fingers through my hair;

5 ( transmettre) to pass [objet] (à to); to pass [sth] on [consigne, maladie] (à to); ( prêter)○ to lend (à qn to sb); ( donner)○ to give (à qn to sb); passer le ballon au gardien de but to pass the ball to the goalkeeper; passe-moi le sel pass me the salt; passe le vin à ton père pass your father the wine; faites passer le plat entre vous pass the dish around; fais passer la bonne nouvelle à tes amis pass the good news on to your friends; elle a attrapé la grippe et l'a passée à son mari she caught flu and gave it to her husband; il m'a passé son vélo○ ( prêté) he lent me his bike; ( donné) he gave me his bike; il m'a passé son rhume he's given me his cold;

6 ( au téléphone) tu peux me passer Chris? can you put Chris on?; attends, je te la passe hold on, here she is, I'll put her on; je vous le passe ( sur un autre poste) I'm putting you through; pourriez-vous me passer le poste 4834/le service de traduction? could you put me through to extension 4834/the translation department, please?; il est sorti, je vous passe sa secrétaire he's out, I'll put you through to his secretary;

7 ( se présenter à) to take, to sit [examen scolaire, test]; to have [visite médicale, entretien]; passer son permis de conduire to take one's driving test; faire passer un test à qn to give sb a test; c'est moi qui fais passer l'oral de français aux nouveaux I'm taking the new pupils for the French oral;

8 ( réussir) to pass [examen, test];

9 ( dans le temps) to spend [temps, jour, vie, vacances] (à faire doing); passer une nuit à l'hôtel to spend a night at a hotel; nous avons passé de bons moments ensemble we've had some good times together; dépêche-toi, on ne va pas y passer la nuit○! hurry up, or we'll be here all night!; passer sa colère sur son chat/ses collègues to take one's anger out on the cat/one's colleagues;

10 ( pardonner) passer qch à qn to let sb get away with sth; il ne me passe rien he doesn't let me get away with anything; elle leur passe tout she lets them get away with murder; passez-lui ses écarts de langage excuse his/her strong language; il passe tous ses caprices à sa fille he indulges his daughter's every whim; passez-moi l'expression/le terme if you'll pardon the expression/the word;

11 ( omettre) to skip [mot, page, paragraphe]; je vous passe les détails I'll spare you the details; j'en passe et des meilleures ( après énumération) and so on and so forth, I could go on;

12 ( utiliser) passer un chiffon humide sur les meubles to go over the furniture with a damp cloth; passer un coup de fer sur une chemise to give a shirt a quick press; n'oublie pas de passer l'aspirateur dans le salon don't forget to hoover® GB ou vacuum the lounge;

13 ( étendre) en passant un peu de cire, les rayures disparaîtront if you go over it with a bit of wax, the scratches will disappear; passer un peu de baume sur une brûlure to dab some ointment on a burn; passer une couche de peinture sur qch to give sth a coat of paint;

14 ( soumettre) passez le plat au four put the dish in the oven; passer la pointe d'une aiguille à la flamme to hold the point of a needle over a flame; passer le plancher à la cire to put some wax on the floor; passer qch à l'eau ( pour rincer) to give sth a rinse; ( pour obtenir une réaction) to soak sth briefly in water; qu'est-ce qu'elle nous a passé○! she really went for us○!; ⇒ peigne;

15 ( à travers une grille) to filter [café]; to strain [jus de fruit, sauce]; to purée [légumes]; passer des légumes au moulin à légumes to purée vegetables;

16 ( enfiler) to slip [sth] on [vêtement, anneau]; to slip into [robe]; ils ont essayé de me passer la camisole they tried to put me in a straitjacket;

17 ( faire jouer) to play [disque, cassette audio]; ( projeter) to show [film, diapositives, cassette vidéo]; ( diffuser) to place [annonce];

18 ( signer) to sign [contrat]; to enter into [accord]; to place [commande]; to pass [loi, décret]; passer un marché○ to make a deal;

19 Compta ( entrer) to enter, to post spéc [somme, dépense];

20 Aut ( enclencher) to go into [vitesse]; passer la troisième/la marche arrière to go into third gear/into reverse;

21 Jeux ( renoncer à) passer son tour to pass.

B vi

1 ( parcourir son chemin) [personne, animal, véhicule, ballon] to go past ou by, to pass; passer entre to pass between; regarder passer les trains to watch the trains go past ou by; nous sommes passés devant le palais/près du lac we went past the palace/the lake; passer sous/sur un pont to go under/over a bridge; l'autobus vient juste de passer the bus has just gone; le facteur n'est pas encore passé the postman hasn't been yet; quand passe le prochain car pour Caen? when is the next coach GB ou bus for Caen?; je suis passé à côté de lui/du monument I passed him/the monument; nous sommes passés près de chez toi ce matin we were near your house this morning; passer à pied/à cheval/en voiture/à bicyclette to walk/ride/drive/cycle past; un avion est passé a plane flew past overhead; il est passé en courant/boitant he ran/limped past; j'ai renversé le vase en passant I knocked over the vase as I went by; en passant, achète du lait buy some milk while you're out; le ballon est passé tout près des buts the ball narrowly missed the goal;

2 (se trouver, s'étendre) la route passe à côté du lac the road runs alongside the lake; le ruisseau passe derrière la maison the stream runs behind the house; ils ont fait passer la route devant chez nous/près de l'église/derrière le village they built the road in front of our house/near the church/behind the village; ligne qui passe par les centres de deux cercles line that connects the centres^GB of two circles; en faisant passer une ligne par ces deux villes drawing a line through these two towns;

3 ( faire un saut) je ne fais que passer I've just popped in GB ou dropped by for a minute; quand je suis passé au marché when I went down to the market; quand je suis passé à l'école when I dropped by the school; quand je suis passé chez lui when I called in to see him GB, when I dropped by his place; passer à la banque to call in at the bank GB, to drop by the bank; il est passé déposer un dossier he came to drop off a file; il est passé quelqu'un pour toi someone was looking for you; je passerai un de ces jours I'll drop by one of these days; passer dans la matinée [plombier, représentant] to call in the morning GB, to come over in the morning; passe nous voir plus souvent! come and see us more often!; passer prendre qn/qch to pick sb/sth up; je passerai te prendre à six heures I'll pick you up at six; je passerai prendre le gâteau dans une heure I'll pick up the cake in an hour;

4 ( se rendre) to go; passez au guichet numéro 3 go to counter 3; passons au salon let's go into ou through to the lounge; les contrebandiers sont passés en Espagne the smugglers have crossed into Spain; passez derrière moi, je vous montrerai le chemin follow me, I'll show you the way; il est passé devant moi, il m'est passé devant○ ( dans une queue) he pushed in front of me; passer à la visite médicale to go for a medical examination; passer devant une commission to come before a committee;

5 ( aller au-delà) to get through; tu ne passeras pas, c'est trop étroit you'll never get through, it's too narrow; on ne peut pas passer à cause de la neige we can't get through because of the snow; impossible de passer tant il y avait de monde you couldn't get through, there were so many people; il est passé au rouge he went through the red lights; il n'a pas attendu le feu vert pour passer he didn't wait for the lights to turn green; il m'a fait signe de passer he waved me on; il a fait passer la vieille dame devant lui he let the old lady go first; vas-y, ça passe! ( à un automobiliste) go on, there's plenty of room!; laisser passer qn to let sb through; laisser passer une ambulance to let an ambulance through; le volet laisse passer un peu de lumière the shutter lets in a chink of light; la cloison laisse passer le bruit the partition doesn't keep the noise out; passer par-dessus bord to fall overboard; il est passé par la fenêtre ( par accident) he fell out of the window; ( pour entrer) he got in through the window; il est passé sous un train he was run over by a train; nous n'avons pas pu faire passer l'armoire par la porte we couldn't get the wardrobe through the door; à cause des travaux, on ne peut pas passer derrière la maison because of the road works, we can't get round GB ou around US the back of the house; ⇒ caravane, casser;

6 ( transiter) passer par [personne] lit to pass ou go through; fig to go through; nous sommes passés par Édimbourg we went via Edinburgh; ça ira plus vite en passant par la Belgique it'll be quicker to go via Belgium; la manifestation passera dans cette avenue the demonstration will come along this avenue; passer par qn pour faire qch to do sth through sb; passer par de rudes épreuves to go through the mill, to have a rough time; passer par l'opératrice to go through the operator; passer par une rue to go along a street; passer par l'escalier de service to use the service stairs; nous sommes passés par une agence matrimoniale we met through a marriage bureau; il est passé par tous les stades de la formation he went through the various different stages of training; passer au bord de la faillite to come very close to bankruptcy; il est passé par une très bonne école he went to a very good school; la formation par laquelle il est passé the training (that) he had; il dit tout ce qui lui passe par la tête he always says the first thing that comes into his head; je ne sais jamais ce qui te passe par la tête I never know what's going on in your head; une idée m'est passée par la tête an idea occurred to me; mais qu'est-ce qui lui est passé par la tête? what on earth was he/she thinking of?; ça fait du bien par où ça passe○! [aliment, boisson] I needed that!; un éclair de malice passa dans ses yeux his/her eyes gleamed with mischief, he/she had a mischievous glint in his/her eyes; un sourire passa sur ses lèvres he/she smiled for a second; en passant par including; des reptiles à l'homme, en passant par le singe from reptiles to man, including apes; ⇒ maire;

7 ○( avoir son tour) il accuse le patron, ses collègues, le cuisinier, bref, tout le monde y passe he's accusing the boss, his colleagues, the cook-in other words, everyone in sight; le rock, le blues, la musique classique, tout y passe rock, blues, classical music, you name it; que ça te plaise ou non, il va falloir y passer whether you like it or not, there's no alternative; la nouvelle secrétaire va y passer aussi the new secretary will get it as well; on ne peut pas faire autrement que d'en passer par là there is no other way around it; je sais, j'en suis déjà passé par là I know all about that, I've been there○;

8 ( négliger) passer sur to pass over [question, défaut, erreur]; je préfère passer sur ce point pour l'instant I'd rather not dwell on that point for the moment; il est or a passé sur les détails he didn't go into the details; si l'on passe sur les frais de déplacement if we ignore the travel expenses; passons (là-dessus)! ( injonction) let's hear no more about it!; ( pardon) let's say no more about it!; passer à côté d'une question ( volontairement) to sidestep a question; ( involontairement) to miss the point; laisser passer qch ( délibérément) to let sth pass, to overlook sth; ( par inadvertance) to let sth slip through, to overlook sth; laisser passer une occasion, passer à côté d'une occasion to miss an opportunity, to let an opportunity slip ou go by; laisser passer quelques erreurs par gentillesse to overlook a few errors out of soft-heartedness; on ne peut pas laisser passer une telle erreur we cannot let a mistake like that through; le réviseur a laissé passer plusieurs fautes the proofreader let several mistakes slip through; il leur laisse passer tous leurs caprices he indulges their every whim;

9 ( ne pas approfondir) en passant in passing; notons en passant que we should note in passing that; en passant, il a ajouté que in passing, he added that; soit dit en passer incidentally;

10 (être admis, supporté) [aliment, repas] to go down; [commentaires, discours, critiques] to go down well (auprès de with); [loi, règlement, mesure] to get through; [attitude, pensée, doctrine] to be accepted; [candidat] to get through; je ne me sens pas bien, ce doit être le concombre qui passe mal I don't feel well, it must be the cucumber; prends un peu de cognac, ça fait passer! have a drop of brandy, it's good for the digestion; vos critiques sont mal passées/ne sont pas passées your criticism went down badly/didn't go down well; ils n'ont jamais pu faire passer leur réforme/leurs idées they never managed to get their reform through/their ideas accepted; que je sois critiqué, passe encore, mais calomnié, non! criticism is one thing, but I draw the line at slander; avec lui, la flatterie, ça ne passe pas flattery won't work with him; passer au premier tour Pol to be elected in the first round; passer dans la classe supérieure to move up to the next year ou grade US; (ça) passe pour cette fois○ this time, I'll let it go;

11 ( se déplacer) passer de France en Espagne to leave France and enter Spain; passer de la salle à manger au salon to move from the dining room to the lounge; passer à l'ennemi to go over to the enemy; passer dans le camp adverse to go over to the other side; passer sous contrôle de l'ONU/de l'État to be taken over by the UN/the government; passer sous contrôle ennemi to fall into enemy hands; passer de main en main to be passed around; passer constamment d'un sujet à l'autre to flit from one subject to another; passer d'un amant à un autre to go from one lover to the next; passer de l'opulence à la misère to go from extreme wealth to extreme poverty; passer de la théorie à la pratique to put theory into practice; leur nombre pourrait passer à 700 their number could reach 700; passer à un taux supérieur/inférieur to go up to a higher rate/down to a lower rate; faire passer qch de 200 à 300 to increase sth from 200 to 300; faire passer qch de 300 à 200 to decrease sth from 300 to 200; expression passée en proverbe expression that has become a proverb;

12 ( être pris) passer pour un imbécile/pour être une belle ville to be generally thought of as stupid/as a beautiful town (auprès de by); passer pour un génie to pass as a genius; son excentricité passe pour de l'intelligence his/her eccentricity passes for intelligence; il passe pour l'inventeur de l'ordinateur he's supposed to have invented computers; passer pour quelqu'un d'autre to be taken for someone else; il pourrait passer pour un Américain he could be taken for an American; il veut passer pour un grand homme he wants to be seen as a great man; faire passer qn/qch pour exceptionnel/exemplaire to make sb/sth out to be exceptional/a model of perfection; se faire passer pour malade to pretend to be ill; se faire passer pour mort to fake one's own death; il se fait passer pour mon frère he passes himself off as my brother; se faisant passer pour un agent d'assurance by passing himself off as ou by impersonating an insurance salesman; il m'a fait passer pour un imbécile he made me look like a fool;

13 ( disparaître) [douleur, événement] to pass; quand l'orage sera or aura passé lit when the storm is over; fig when the storm dies down; ça passera ( sa mauvaise humeur) it'll pass; ( ton chagrin) you'll get over it; la première réaction passée, il a été possible de faire once we/they calmed down it was possible to do; nous avons dû attendre que sa colère soit passée we had to wait for his/her anger to subside; passer de mode [vêtement, style, chanson, expression] to go out of fashion; cette mode est vite passée or a vite passé that fashion was short-lived; faire passer à qn l'envie or le goût de faire to cure sb of the desire to do; les sales gosses, je vais leur faire passer l'envie or l'habitude de tirer sur ma sonnette! those damn kids, I'll teach them to ring my bell!; ce médicament fait passer les maux d'estomac this medicine relieves stomach ache; cette mauvaise habitude te passera it's a bad habit you'll grow out of; ça lui passera avant que ça me reprenne○ it won't last;

14 (apparaître, être projeté, diffusé) [artiste, groupe] ( sur une scène) to be appearing; (à la télévision, radio) to be on; [spectacle, film] to be on; [cassette, musique] to be playing; mon ami passe à la télévision ce soir my friend is on television tonight; les films portugais qui passent à la télévision/au Rex/à Paris the Portuguese films (that are) on television/on at the Rex/on in Paris;

15 ( être placé) passer avant/après ( en importance) to come before/after; la santé passe avant tout health comes first; il fait passer sa famille avant ses amis he puts his family before his friends;

16 ○( disparaître) où étais-tu (encore) passé? where (on earth) did you get to?; où est passé mon livre/le chat? where has my book/the cat got to?;

17 ( s'écouler) [temps] to pass, to go by; deux ans ont passé depuis l'événement two years have passed since it happened; le temps a passé, et les gens ont oublié time has passed and people have forgotten; je ne vois pas le temps passer I don't know where the time goes; le week-end a or est passé trop vite the weekend went too quickly;

18 ( se mettre à) to turn to; passons aux choses sérieuses let's turn to serious matters; nous pouvons passer à l'étape suivante we can move on to the next stage; passons à autre chose let's change the subject; nous allons passer au vote let's vote now; passer à l'offensive to take the offensive;

19 ( être transmis) passer de père en fils/de génération en génération/à ses héritiers to be handed down from father to son/from generation to generation/to one's heirs; l'expression est passée dans la langue the expression has become part of the language; ça finira par passer dans les mœurs it'll eventually become common practice; il a fait passer son émotion dans la salle he transmitted his emotion to the audience;

20 ( être promu) to be promoted to; il est passé général he's been promoted to general; elle est passée maître dans l'art de mentir she's an accomplished liar;

21 ( être dépensé) [argent, somme] to go on ou in ou into; [produit, matière] to go into; la moitié de mon salaire passe en remboursement de mes dettes half my salary goes on paying off my debts; toutes mes économies y sont passées○ all my savings went into it;

22 ○( mourir) y passer to die; si tu continues à conduire comme ça, tu vas finir par y passer if you keep driving like that, you'll kill yourself; on y passera tous, mais le plus tard sera le mieux we've all got to go sometime, the later the better;

23 ( se décolorer) [teinte, tissu] to fade; passer au soleil to fade in the sun;

24 ( filtrer) [café] to brew; faire passer la soupe to put the soup through the vegetable mill;

25 ( changer de vitesse) passer en troisième/marche arrière to go into third/reverse; la troisième passe mal or a du mal à passer third gear is a bit stiff; passer de seconde en troisième to go from second into third;

26 Jeux (au bridge, poker) to pass.

C se passer vpr

1 ( se produire) to happen; ça s'est passé en Chine/à Pékin/le matin/au bon moment it happened in China/in Beijing/in the morning/at the right time; il ne se passe jamais rien dans ce village nothing ever happens in this village; que se passe-t-il?, qu'est-ce qui se passe? what's happening, what's going on?; tout se passe comme si le dollar avait été dévalué it's as if the dollar was devalued;

2 ( être situé) to take place; la scène se passe au Viêt Nam/dans les années trente/de nos jours the scene is set in Vietnam/in the thirties/in the present day;

3 ( se dérouler) [opération, examen, négociations] to go; comment s'est passée la réunion? how did the meeting go?; tout s'est bien passé everything went well; ça s'est mal passé it didn't go well; la réunion s'est très mal passée the meeting went very badly; tout s'est passé très vite it all happened very fast; ça va mal se passer pour toi si tu continues! you're going to be in trouble if you carry on GB ou continue doing that!; ça ne se passera pas comme ça! I won't leave it at that!;

4 ( s'écouler) [période] to go by, to pass; il s'est passé deux ans depuis, deux ans se sont passés depuis that was two years ago; il ne se passe guère de jour (sans) qu'elle ne trouve à se plaindre hardly a day goes by without her finding something to complain about; attendons que ça se passe let's wait till it's over; nos soirées se passaient à regarder la télévision we spent the evenings watching television; ⇒ jeunesse;

5 ( se dispenser) se passer de [personne] to do without [objet, activité, personne]; to go without [repas, nourriture, sommeil]; nous nous sommes passés de voiture we did without a car; nous nous passerons de lui we'll do without him; je me passerais bien de tes remarques I can do without your comments; se passer de commentaires to speak for itself; ne pas pouvoir se passer de faire not to be able to help oneself from doing; se passer des services de qn to do without sb's services;

6 ( se mettre) se passer la langue sur les lèvres/la main dans les cheveux to run one's tongue over one's lips/one's fingers through one's hair; se passer la main sur le front to put a hand to one's forehead;

7 ( l'un à l'autre) ils se sont passé des documents they exchanged some documents; nous nous sommes passé le virus we caught the virus from each other.

[pase] verbe intransitif (auxiliaire être)

A.[EXPRIME UN DÉPLACEMENT]

1. [se déplacer - personne, véhicule] to pass (by), to go ou to come past

regarder passer les coureurs to watch the runners go past

passer à: passer à droite/gauche to go right/left

passer au-dessus de: l'avion est passé au-dessus de la maison the plane flew over the house

passer dans: pour empêcher les poids lourds de passer dans le village to stop lorries from driving ou going through the village

passer devant quelque chose to go past something

passe devant si tu ne vois pas

a. [devant moi] go in front of me if you can't see

b. [devant tout le monde] go to the front if you can't see

passer sous: passer sous une échelle to go under a ladder

passer sous une voiture [se faire écraser] to get run over (by a car)

passer sur: passer sur un pont to go over ou to cross a bridge

des péniches passaient sur le canal barges were going past ou were sailing on the canal

[fugitivement]

j'ai vu un éclair de rage passer dans son regard I saw a flash of anger in his eyes

un sourire passa sur ses lèvres a smile played about her lips, she smiled briefly

elle dit tout ce qui lui passe par la tête she says the first thing that comes into her head

qu'est-ce qui a bien pu lui passer par la tête? whatever was he thinking of?

ne faire que passer: le pouvoir n'a fait que passer entre leurs mains they held power only briefly

2. [s'écouler - fluide] to flow, to run

il y a de l'air qui passe sous la porte there's a permanent draught coming under the door

3. [emprunter un certain itinéraire]

si vous passez à Paris, venez me voir come and see me if you're in Paris

passer par: le voleur est passé par la fenêtre the burglar got in through the window

passe par l'escalier de service use the service stairs

[fleuve, route] to go, to run

le tunnel passera sous la montagne the tunnel will go under the mountain

le pont passe au-dessus de l'avenue the bridge crosses the avenue

4. MATHÉMATIQUES to pass

soit une droite passant par deux points A et B given a straight line between two points A and B

5. [sur un parcours régulier - démarcheur, représentant] to call ; [ - bateau, bus, train] to come ou to go past

le facteur n'est pas encore passé the postman hasn't been yet

le facteur passe deux fois par jour the postman delivers ou comes twice a day

le bus passe toutes les sept minutes there's a bus every seven minutes

le bateau/train est déjà passé the boat/train has already gone ou left

le prochain bateau passera dans deux jours the next boat will call ou is due in two days

6. [faire une visite] to call

passer chez quelqu'un to call at somebody's place

j'ai demandé au médecin de passer I asked the doctor to call (in) ou to come ou to visit

j'essaierai de passer dans la soirée I'll try and call in the evening

je ne fais que passer I'm not stopping

(suivi de l'infinitif)

passer voir quelqu'un to call on somebody

je passerai te chercher I'll come and fetch you

7. [franchir une limite] to get through

ne laissez passer personne don't let anybody through

il est passé au rouge he went through a red light

ça passe ou ça casse it's make or break (time)

8. [s'infiltrer] to pass

passer dans le sang to pass into ou to enter the bloodstream

la lumière passe à travers les rideaux the light shines through the curtains

le café doit passer lentement [dans le filtre] the coffee must filter through slowly

9. [aller, se rendre] to go

où est-il passé? where's he gone (to)?

où sont passées mes lunettes? where have my glasses got ou disappeared to?

passons à table let's eat

passons au salon let's go through to the living room

passer de Suisse en France to cross over ou to go from Switzerland to France

passer à l'ennemi to go over to the enemy

10. CHASSE to pass, to go ou to come past

B.[EXPRIME UNE ACTION]

1. [se soumettre à]

passer à to go for

passer au scanner to go for a scan

ce matin, je suis passé au tableau I was asked to explain something at the blackboard this morning

y passer (familier) : je ne veux pas me faire opérer — il faudra bien que tu y passes, pourtant! I don't want to have an operation — you're going to have to!

avec lui, toutes les femmes du service y sont passées he's had all the women in his department

tout le monde a cru que tu allais y passer everybody thought you were a goner

2. [être accepté] to pass

elle est passée à l'écrit mais pas à l'oral she got through ou she passed the written exam but not the oral

j'ai mangé quelque chose qui ne passe pas I've eaten something that won't go down

sa dernière remarque n'est pas passée (figuré) his last remark stuck in my throat

ton petit discours est bien passé your little speech went down well ou was well received

la deuxième scène ne passe pas du tout the second scene doesn't work at all

le film passe mal sur le petit écran/en noir et blanc the film just isn't the same on TV/in black and white

passe (encore): l'injurier, passe encore, mais le frapper! it's one thing to insult him, but quite another to hit him!

3. [être transmis] to go

la ferme est passée de père en fils depuis cinq générations the farm has been handed down from father to son for five generations

la carafe passa de main en main the jug was passed around

la locution est passée du latin à l'anglais the phrase came ou passed into English from Latin

4. [entrer] to pass

c'est passé dans le langage courant it's passed into ou it's now part of everyday speech

c'est passé dans les moeurs it's become standard ou normal practice

5. [être utilisé, absorbé] to go

tout son salaire passe dans la maison all her salary goes on the house

y passer: les deux bouteilles y sont passées both bottles were drunk

toutes ses économies y passent all her savings go towards ou into it

6. POLITIQUE [être adopté - projet de loi, amendement] to pass, to be passed

la loi est passée the law was passed

[être élu - député] to be elected, to get in

si les socialistes passent if the socialists get in ou are elected

7. CINÉMA & THÉÂTRE to be on, to be showing

sa dernière pièce passe au Galatée her latest play is on at the Galatée

RADIO & TÉLÉVISION

les informations passent à 20 h the news is on at 8 pm

passer à la radio [émission, personne] to be on the radio ou the air

passer à la télévision

a. [personne] to be ou to appear on television

b. [film] to be on television

8. DROIT [comparaître]

passer devant le tribunal to come up ou to go before the court

passer en correctionnelle ≃ to go before the magistrate's court

l'affaire passera en justice le mois prochain the case will be heard next month

9. JEUX to pass

C.[EXPRIME UN CHANGEMENT D'ÉTAT]

1. [accéder - à un niveau]

passer dans la classe supérieure to move up to the next form (UK) ou grade (US)

passer en seconde ÉDUCATION to move up to the fifth form (UK) ou to tenth grade (US)

il est passé au grade supérieur he's been promoted

2. [devenir] to become

il est passé ailier he plays on the wing now

passer professionnel to turn professional

3. [dans des locutions verbales]

passer à [aborder]: passons à l'ordre du jour let us turn to the business on the agenda

passer à l'action to take action

passer de... à [changer d'état]: passer de l'état liquide à l'état gazeux to pass ou to change from the liquid to the gaseous state

quand on passe de l'adolescence à l'âge adulte when you pass from adolescence to adulthood

la production est passée de 20 à 30/de 30 à 20 tonnes output has gone (up) from 20 to 30/(down) from 30 to 20 tonnes

passer du français au russe to switch from French to Russian

comment êtes-vous passé du cinéma au théâtre? how did you move ou make the transition from the cinema to the stage?

il passe d'une idée à l'autre he jumps ou flits from one idea to another

4. AUTOMOBILE

passer en troisième to change ou go into third (gear)

la seconde passe mal second gear is stiff

D.[EXPRIME UNE ÉVOLUTION DANS LE TEMPS]

1. [s'écouler - temps] to pass, to go by

la journée est passée agréablement the day went off ou passed pleasantly

comme le temps passe! how time flies!

2. [s'estomper - douleur] to fade (away), to wear off ; [ - malaise] to disappear ; [ - mode, engouement] to die out ; [ - enthousiasme] to wear off, to fade ; [ - beauté] to fade, to wane ; [ - chance, jeunesse] to pass ; [ - mauvaise humeur] to pass, to vanish ; [ - rage, tempête] to die down ; [ - averse] to die down, to stop

mon envie est passée I don't feel like it anymore

cette habitude lui passera avec l'âge he'll grow out of the habit

faire passer: ce médicament fait passer la douleur très rapidement this medicine relieves pain very quickly

3. [s'altérer - fruit, denrées] to go off (UK), to spoil, to go bad

[se faner - fleur] to wilt

[pâlir - teinte]

le papier peint a passé au soleil the sun has faded the wallpaper

4. (auxiliaire avoir) (vieilli) [mourir]

il a passé cette nuit he passed on ou away last night

————————

[pase] verbe transitif (auxiliaire avoir)

A.[EXPRIME UN DÉPLACEMENT]

1. [traverser - pont, col de montagne] to go over (inseparable), to cross ; [ - écluse] to go through (inseparable)

passer une rivière à la nage to swim across a river

passer un ruisseau à gué to ford a stream

2. [franchir - frontière, ligne d'arrivée] to cross

3. [dépasser - point de repère] to pass, to go past (inseparable)

passer l'arrêt de l'autobus [le manquer] to miss one's bus stop

passer le cap Horn to (go) round Cape Horn, to round the Cape

quand on passe les 1 000 mètres d'altitude when you go over 1,000 metres high

l'or a passé les 400 dollars l'once gold has broken through the $ 400 an ounce mark

4. [transporter] to ferry ou to take across (separable)

5. [introduire]

passer de la drogue/des cigarettes en fraude to smuggle drugs/cigarettes

6. [engager - partie du corps] to put

passer son bras autour de la taille de quelqu'un to put ou to slip one's arm round somebody's waist

je n'arrive pas à passer ma tête dans l'encolure de cette robe my head won't go through the neck of the dress

il a passé la tête par l'entrebâillement de la porte he poked his head round the door

7. [faire aller - instrument] to run

passer un peigne dans ses cheveux to run a comb through one's hair

passer une éponge sur la table to wipe the table

passer un chiffon sur les meubles to dust the furniture

passer l'aspirateur to vacuum, to hoover (UK)

passer le balai to sweep up

passe le balai dans l'escalier give the stairs a sweep, sweep the stairs

8. ÉQUITATION [haie] to jump, to clear

9. SPORT [franchir - obstacle, haie] to jump (over)

passer la barre à deux mètres to clear the bar at two metres

passer tous les obstacles (figuré) to overcome ou to surmount all the obstacles

[transmettre - ballon] to pass

[dépasser - coureurs] to overtake, to pass

B.[EXPRIME UNE ACTION]

1. [se soumettre à - permis de conduire] to take ; [ - examen] to take, to sit (UK) ; [ - entretien] to have ; [ - scanner, visite médicale] to have, to go for (inseparable)

la voiture doit passer un contrôle technique the car has to go for its MOT

2. (vieilli) [réussir - examen] to pass ; [ - épreuve éliminatoire] to get through (inseparable)

il a passé l'écrit, mais attendons l'oral he's passed the written exam, but let's see what happens in the oral

3. [omettre] to miss ou to leave out (separable), to omit

je passe toutes les descriptions dans ses romans I miss out ou I skip all the descriptions in her novels

4. [tolérer]

elle lui passe tout she lets him get away with anything

passez-moi l'expression/le mot if you'll pardon the expression/excuse the term

5. [soumettre à l'action de]

passer les parquets à l'encaustique to polish the floors

passer des légumes au mixeur to put vegetables through the blender, to blend vegetables

passer quelque chose sous l'eau to rinse something ou to give something a rinse under the tap

passer quelque chose au four to put something in the oven

passer quelque chose à quelqu'un (familier) to give somebody a good dressing-down, to tick somebody off (UK)

se faire passer quelque chose (familier) to get a good ticking off (UK), to get a good chewing-out (US)

6. [donner, transmettre - généralement] to pass, to hand, to give ; [ - maladie] to give ; [ - au téléphone] to put through (separable)

passe(-moi) le couteau give me the knife

passe-moi le sel pass me the salt

fais passer à ton voisin pass it to your neighbour

passer ses pouvoirs à son successeur to hand over power to one's successor

je te passe Fred here's Fred, I'll hand you over to Fred

passe-moi Annie let me talk to Annie, put Annie on

7. [rendre public - annonce]

passer une petite annonce to place a small ad

il a passé une annonce dans le journal de cette semaine he put an ad in this week's paper

8. (familier) [prêter] to lend

9. [appliquer - substance] to apply, to put on (separable)

passer de la cire sur quelque chose to wax something

passer une couche de peinture sur un mur to paint a wall

il faudra passer une deuxième couche it needs a second coat

je vais te passer de la crème dans le dos I'm going to put ou to rub some cream on your back

10. [filtrer, tamiser - thé, potage] to strain ; [ - farine] to sieve

11. [enfiler - vêtement] to slip ou to put on (separable)

je passe une robe moins chaude et j'arrive I'll put on a cooler dress and I'll be with you

elle passa l'anneau à son doigt she slipped the ring on her finger

12. AUTOMOBILE

passer la marche arrière to go into reverse

passer la troisième to change ou to shift into third gear

13. CINÉMA & TÉLÉVISION [film] to show, to screen

[diapositive] to show

RADIO [émission] to broadcast

[cassette, disque] to play, to put on (separable)

on passe un western au Rex there's a western on at the Rex

14. COMMERCE [conclure - entente] to conclude, to come to (inseparable), to reach ; [ - marché] to agree on (inseparable), to strike, to reach ; [ - commande] to place

passez commande avant le 12 order before the 12th

15. [en comptabilité] to enter, to post

passer un article en compte to enter a sale into a ledger

16. DROIT [faire établir - acte juridique] to draw up (separable)

un acte passé par-devant notaire a deed drawn up in the presence of a notary

C.[EXPRIME UNE NOTION TEMPORELLE]

1. [employer - durée] to spend

j'ai passé un an en Angleterre I spent a year in England

passez un bon week-end/une bonne soirée! have a nice weekend/evening!

passer ses vacances à lire to spend one's holidays reading

il va venir passer quelques jours chez nous he's coming to stay with us for a few days

as-tu passé une bonne nuit? did you sleep well last night?, did you have a good night?

pour passer le temps to pass the time

2. [aller au-delà de - durée] to get through (inseparable), to survive

elle ne passera pas la nuit she won't see the night out, she won't last the night

3. [assouvir - envie] to satisfy

passer sa colère sur quelqu'un to take one's anger out on somebody

————————

passer après verbe plus préposition

il faut le faire libérer, le reste passe après we must get him released, everything else is secondary

————————

passer avant verbe plus préposition

to go ou to come before

ses intérêts passent avant tout his own interests come before anything else, he puts his own interests before everything else

————————

passer par verbe plus préposition

1. [dans une formation] to go through

il est passé par une grande école he studied at a Grande École

elle est passée par tous les échelons she rose through all the grades

2. [dans une évolution] to go through, to undergo

le pays est passé par toutes les formes de gouvernement the country has experienced every form of government

elle est passée par des moments difficiles she's been through some difficult times

3. [recourir à] to go through

je passe par une agence pour avoir des billets I get tickets through an agency

en passer par: il va falloir en passer par ses exigences we'll just have to do what he says

passer par là: je suis passé par là it's happened to me too, I've been through that too

pour comprendre, il faut être passé par là you have to have experienced it to understand

————————

passer pour verbe plus préposition

1. [avec nom] to be thought of as

dire qu'il passe pour un génie! to think that he's considered a genius!

je vais passer pour un idiot I'll be taken for ou people will take me for an idiot

se faire passer pour quelqu'un to pass oneself off as somebody

il se fait passer pour un professionnel he claims to be a professional

2. [avec adj]

son livre passe pour sérieux her book is considered to be serious

il s'est fait passer pour fou he pretended to be mad

3. [avec verbe]

elle passe pour descendre d'une famille noble she is said to be descended from an aristocratic family

————————

passer sur verbe plus préposition

[ne pas mentionner] to pass over, to skip

[excuser] to overlook

passons sur les détails let's pass over ou skip the details

il l'aime et passe sur tout he loves her and forgives everything

passons! let's say no more about it!, let's drop it!

tu me l'avais promis, mais passons! you promised me, but never mind!

————————

se passer verbe pronominal intransitif

1. [s'écouler - heures, semaines] to go by, to pass

la soirée s'est passée tranquillement the evening went by ou passed quietly

si la journée de demain se passe sans incident if everything goes off smoothly tomorrow

2. [survenir - événement] to take place, to happen

qu'est-ce qui se passe? what's happening?, what's going on?

(tournure impersonnelle)

il se passe que ton frère vient d'être arrêté, (voilà ce qui se passe)! your brother's just been arrested, that's what's!

il ne se passe pas une semaine sans qu'il perde de l'argent aux courses not a week goes by without him losing money on the horses

3. [se dérouler - dans certaines conditions] to go (off)

l'opération s'est bien/mal passée the operation went (off) smoothly/badly

si tout se passe bien, nous y serons demain if all goes well, we'll be there tomorrow

tout se passe comme prévu everything's going according to plan ou going as planned

ça ne se passera pas comme ça! it won't be as easy as that!

————————

se passer verbe pronominal transitif

[s'appliquer, se mettre - produit] to apply, to put on (separable)

il se passa un peigne/la main dans les cheveux he ran a comb/his fingers through his hair

elle se passait un mouchoir sur le front she was wiping her forehead with a handkerchief

————————

se passer de verbe pronominal plus préposition

1. [vivre sans] to do ou to go without

si tu crois pouvoir te passer de tout le monde! if you think you can manage all by yourself!

il ne peut pas se passer de télévision he can't live without the television

2. [s'abstenir]

je me passerais (volontiers) de ses réflexions! I can do very well without her remarks!

3. [ne pas avoir besoin de]

sa déclaration se passe de tout commentaire her statement needs no comment

————————

en passant locution adverbiale

1. [dans la conversation] in passing

faire une remarque en passant to remark in passing, to make a casual remark

soit dit en passer it must be said

2. [sur son chemin]

il s'arrête de temps à autre en passant he calls on his way by ou past from time to time

————————

en passant par locution prépositionnelle

————————

1. [dans l'espace] via

l'avion va à Athènes en passant par Londres the plane goes to Athens via London ou stops in London on its way to Athens

2. [dans une énumération] (and) including

toutes les romancières de Sand à Sarraute en passant par Colette every woman novelist from Sand to Sarraute including Colette

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > passer

7 πίστις

πίστις, εως, ἡ (Hes., Hdt.+; ranging in meaning from subjective confidence to objective basis for confidence).

① that which evokes trust and faith

ⓐ the state of being someone in whom confidence can be placed, faithfulness, reliability, fidelity, commitment (X., An. 1, 6, 3; 3, 3, 4; Aristot., Eth. Eud, 7, 2, 1237b, 12; Polyb. 7, 12, 9; 38, 1, 8 al.; Herodian 2, 14, 4 al.; SIG 675, 22; OGI 557, 16; PTebt 27, 6; 51 [II B.C.]; POxy 494, 9; 705, 32; other pap M-M. s.v.; Ps 32:4; Pr 12:22; Jos., Ant. 2, 61; TestAsh 7:7) w. κρίσις and ἔλεος Mt 23:23. (Opp. ἀπιστία as Hes., Op. 370) τὴν πίστιν τοῦ θεοῦ καταργεῖν nullify the faithfulness/commitment of God (cp. Ps 32:4; Hos 2:22) Ro 3:3. πᾶσαν π. ἐνδείκνυσθαι ἀγαθήν show all good faith(fulness) Tit 2:10 (cp. BGU 314, 19 μετὰ πίστεως ἀγαθῆς). W. other virtues Gal 5:22 (on πίστις, πραΰτης cp. Sir 45:4; 1:27). W. ὑπομονή 2 Th 1:4. τὴν πίστιν τετήρηκα I have remained faithful or loyal (πίστιν τηρεῖν as Polyb. 6, 56, 13; 10, 37, 5; Jos., Bell. 2, 121; 6, 345; OGI 339, 46f; IBM III, 587b, 5f [Dssm., LO 262=LAE 309, esp. note 3]) 2 Ti 4:7, though this would be classified by some under 3 below. S. also 1c below.

ⓑ a solemn promise to be faithful and loyal, assurance, oath, troth (X., Cyr. 7, 1, 44; 8, 8, 3, Hell. 1, 3, 12; Diod S 14, 9, 7; Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 86 §362 μεγάλας πίστεις ἔδωκεν=solemn assurances; 3 Macc 3:10; Jos., Ant. 12, 382) τὴν πρώτην πίστιν ἠθέτησαν 1 Ti 5:12 (s. also ἀθετέω 1 and cp. CIA app. [Wünsch, Praef. p. xv] of a woman who πρώτη ἠθέτησεν τὴν πίστιν to her husband). Cp. Rv 2:3.

ⓒ a token offered as a guarantee of someth. promised, proof, pledge (Pla., Phd. 70b; Isocr. 3, 8; Aristot., Rhet. 1, 1; 3, 13; Epicurus in Diog. L. 10, 63; 85: πίστις βεβαία=dependable proof; Polyb. 3, 100, 3; Περὶ ὕψους 39, 3=p. 74, 20 V.; Epict. 1, 28, 3; Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 119 §500; Jos., Ant. 15, 69) πίστιν παρασχὼν πᾶσιν ἀναστήσας αὐτόν (God has appointed a man [Jesus] to be judge of the world, and) he has furnished proof (of his fitness for this office) to all people by raising him (on πίστιν παρέχειν cp. Jos., Ant. 2, 218 πίστιν παρεῖχε; 15, 260; Polyb. 2, 52, 4 πίστιν παρέσχετο=gave a pledge, security; Vett. Val. 277, 29f) Ac 17:31. JBarton, Biblica 40, ’59, 878–84: π. in 2 Ti 4:7= bond deposited by an athlete. But see 3 below.—WSchmitz, ῾Η Πίστις in den Papyri, diss. Cologne, ’64.

② state of believing on the basis of the reliability of the one trusted, trust, confidence, faith in the active sense=‘believing’, in ref. to deity (Soph. Oed. R. 1445 νῦν γʼ ἂν τῷ θεῷ πίστιν φέροις; Pla., Leg. 12, 966de; Plut. Mor. 402e; 756b; Dio Chrys. 3, 51 παρὰ θεῶν τιμὴ κ. πίστις; Ael. Aristid. 13 p. 226 D.: πίστιν ἐν τ. θεοῖς ἔχειν; Appian, Liby. 57 §248 ἐς θεοὺς πίστις; Ep. 33 of Apollonius of Tyana [Philostrat. I 352, 14]; Herm. Wr. 9, 10 ἐπίστευσε καὶ ἐν τῇ καλῇ πίστει ἐπανεπαύσατο; Porphyr., Ad Marcellam 21 τῆς βεβαίας πίστεως, τὸ μεμαθηκέναι, ὅτι ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ προνοεῖται πάντα. The divinity Πίστις in Plut., Num. 70 [16, 1] and in magic [exx. in Rtzst., Mysterienrel.³ 234f, among them Aberciusins. 12; PGM 4, 1014 ἀλήθεια καὶ πίστις; 12, 228]; Wsd 3:14; 4 Macc 15:24; 16:22; 17:2; Philo, Abr. 270; 271; 273, Mut. Nom. 182, Migr. Abr. 43f, Conf. Lingu. 31, Poster. Cai. 13 [on faith in Philo s. the lit. given under πιστεύω 2aα]; Jos, C. Ap. 2, 163; 169; Just., A I, 52, 1 πίστιν ἔχειν; 53, 11 πειθὼ καὶ πίστιν … ἐμφορῆσαι), in our lit. directed toward God and Christ, their revelations, teachings, promises, their power and readiness to aid.

ⓐ God: πίστις θεοῦ (cp. Jos., Ant. 17, 179.—Cp. π. καὶ φόβος ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ Theoph. Ant. 1, 7 [p. 72, 26]) faith, trust, confidence in God Mk 11:22; cp. Ac 19:20 D; 1 Cl 3:4; 27:3. π. θείου πνεύμαπος faith in the divine spirit Hm 11:9. ἡ π. τοῦ κυρίου Hs 6, 3, 6. π. (καὶ ἐλπὶς) εἰς θεόν 1 Pt 1:21. π. ἐπὶ θεόν Hb 6:1. ἡ πίστις ἡ πρὸς τὸν θεόν 1 Th 1:8 (on the constr. w. πρὸς τ. θ. cp. Philo, Abr. 268; 271; 273; Just., D. 121, 2 διὰ τὴν πρὸς τὸν ἥλιον π.).—πίστις can also be characterized as faith in God by the context, without the addition of specific words; so in connection w. OT personalities: Abraham Ro 4:5, 9, 11–13, 16, 19f (s. also 2dα below); 1 Cl 10:7; 31:2; of Rahab 12:1, 8; of Esther 55:6 (ἡ τελεία κατὰ πίστιν). The OT heroes of faith Hb 11:4–33, 39 (w. this catalogue of heroes cp. Il. 4, 457–538; 2 Km 23:8–39; 1 Ch 11:10–12:18; CGordon, Homer, and the Bible: HUCA 26, ’55, 83).—But in Hb it is also true that God is specifically the object of the Christian’s faith, and Christ 12:2 is ὁ τῆς πίστεως ἀρχηγὸς καὶ τελειώτης. Cp. 10:38; 11:3; 13:7. (On faith in Hb s. Schlatter, Der Glaube im NT⁴ 1927, 520ff; BHeigl, Verfasser u. Adresse des Hb 1905, 109–18; GHoennicke, Die sittl. Anschauungen des Hb: ZWT 45, 1902, 26ff; Windisch, Hdb. exc. on Hb 11; Riggenbach and Michel on Hb 11; Strathmann on 10:38. S. ὑπόστασις end.)—ἐὰν ἔχητε πίστιν Mt 17:20. Opp. doubt 21:21. αἰτεῖν ἐν πίστει μηδὲν διακρινόμενος Js 1:6. ἡ εὐχὴ τῆς πίστεως 5:15 (εὐχή 1). ἡ πίστις τῆς ἐνεργείας τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ἐγείραντος αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν faith in the working of God, who raised him from the dead Col 2:12.

ⓑ Christ

α. of belief and trust in the Lord’s help in physical and spiritual distress; oft. in the synopt. gospels: Mt 8:10; 9:2, 22, 29 (κατὰ τὴν πίστιν ὑμῶν); 15:28; Mk 2:5; 4:40; 5:34; 10:52; Lk 5:20; 7:9, 50; 8:25, 48; 17:19; 18:42.—Cp. ἔχει πίστιν τοῦ σωθῆναι (the lame man) had faith that he would be cured Ac 14:9.

β. of faith in Christ, designated by the addition of certain words. By the obj. gen. (s. Just., D. 52, 4 διὰ τῆς πίστεως τῆς τοῦ χριστοῦ) πίστις Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ faith in Jesus Christ (and sim. exprs. On interp. as obj. gen. s. AHultgren, NovT 22, ’80, 248–63 [lit.]; response SWilliams, CBQ 49, ’87, 431–47.) Ro 3:22, 26; Gal 2:16ab, 20; 3:22; Eph 3:12; Phil 3:9a; Js 2:1; Rv 14:12; cp. 2:13 (ἡ πίστις μου=faith in me, the Human One [Son of Man]); IMg 1:1. (The πίστις Χριστοῦ in Paul is taken as a subj. gen. by JHaussleiter, Der Glaube Jesu Christi 1891, Was versteht Paulus unter christlichem Glauben?: Greifswalder Studien für HCremer 1895, 161–82 and GKittel, StKr 79, 1906, 419ff. See also Schläger, ZNW 7, 1906, 356–58; BLongenecker, NTS 39, ’93, 478–80 [lit. since ’81]; DCampbell, JBL 113, ’94, 265–85; response BDodd, 114, ’95, 470–73.—ADeissmann, Paulus² 1925, 125f [Paul, tr. WWilson, 1926, 162ff], speaks of the mystical gen., ‘faith in Christ’. Likew. HWeber, Die Formel ‘in Christo Jesu’: NKZ 31, 1920, 213ff, esp. 231, 3; WWeber, Christusmystik 1924, 82. S. also LAlbrecht, Der Glaube Jesu Christi 1921; OSchmitz, Die Christusgemeinschaft des Pls im Lichte seines Genetivgebr. 1924, 91–134; OHoltzmann, D. Glaube an Jes.: Stromata 1930, 11–25; GTaylor, JBL 85, ’66, 58–76: the passages in Gal=Christ’s reliability as a trustee. Cp. GHoward, HTR 60, ’67, 459–65; MHooker, NTS 35, ’89, 321–42.)—By prepositional phrases: πίστις εἰς Χριστόν (and sim. exprs.) faith in Christ Ac 20:21; 24:24; 26:18; Col 2:5 (Just., D. 40, 1).—Also πίστις ἐν Χριστῷ (and sim.) Gal 3:26; Eph 1:15; Col 1:4; 1 Ti 3:13; 2 Ti 3:15; 1 Cl 22:1. In ἱλαστήριον διὰ πίστεως ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ αἵματι Ro 3:25, ἐν κτλ. prob. goes not w. πίστις, but w. ἱλαστήριον (s. Ltzm., Hdb. ad loc.; W-S. §20, 5d).—πίστις, ἣν ἔχεις πρὸς τ. κύριον Ἰησοῦν Phlm 5.—πίστις διὰ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰ. Χριστοῦ Ac 20:21 D; sim. ἡ πίστις ἡ διʼ αὐτοῦ 3:16b (cp. 1 Pt 1:21).—Jesus Christ is called ἡ τελεία πίστις ISm 10:2.

ⓒ πίστις can also be characterized by an objective gen. of the thing: ἡ πίστις τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ faith in his (Jesus’) name Ac 3:16a. ἡ πίστις τοῦ εὐαγγελίου Phil 1:27. εὐαγγελίων πίστις Dg 11:6. πίστις ἀληθείας 2 Th 2:13.

ⓓ πίστις is found mostly without an obj., faith, firm commitment

α. as true piety, genuine devotion (Sextus 7a and 7; ParJer 6:7), which for our lit. means being a Christian (τὸ ἀληθινὸν πάσχα … πίστει νονούμενον Hippol., Ref. 8, 18, 1; Did., Gen. 54, 11) Lk 18:8 (s. Jülicher, Gleichn. 288); 22:32; Ac 6:5=vs. 8 v.l.; cp. 11:24.—6:7; 13:8; 14:22; 15:9; 16:5; Ro 1:5, 8, 12, 17ab (ἐκ πίστεως εἰς πίστιν does not mean a gradation [as, in a way, Appian, Mithrid. 40 §154: Sulla came upon ἕτερον ὅμοιον ἐξ ἑτέρου=one wall, i.e. fortification, after another similar one] or a transition from one kind to another [Himerius, Or.=Ecl. 10, 6 ἐκ ᾠδῆς εἰς ᾠδὴν ἄλλην μετέβαλον=they changed from one kind of song to another], but merely expresses in a rhetorical way that πίστις is the beginning and the end; s. Ltzm., Hdb. ad loc., and a grave-ins [ANock, Sallust. p. xxxiii, 94] ἐκ γῆς εἰς γῆν ὁ βίος οὗτοσ=‘dust is the beginning and the end of human life’.—AFridrichsen, ConNeot 12, ’48, 54); 17c (here and in Gal 3:11 the LXX of Hab 2:4 [DCampbell, JBL 116, ’97, 713–19] is not followed literally, since it has ἐκ πίστεώς μου=‘as a result of my faithfulness’; even in Hb 10:38, where μου does occur, it goes w. δίκαιος, not w. πίστεως); Ro 3:27f (Luther’s addition of the word ‘alone’ in vs. 28 is hard to contest linguistically. Cp., e.g., Diog. L. 9, 6: Heraclitus wrote his work in very obscure language ὅπως οἱ δυνάμενοι προσίοιεν αὐτῷ=in order that only the capable might approach it. S. also Fitzmyer, ABComm. 360–64), 30f; 4:5–20 (s. also 2a above); 5:1f; 9:30, 32; 10:6, 17; 11:20 (opp. ἀπιστία); 12:3, 6 (s. ἀναλογία; for a difft. view 3 below); 14:1, 22 (s. ἐνώπιον 2b; others would place in 2dε), 23ab (but s. ε below); 16:26; 1 Cor 2:5; 15:14, 17; 16:13; 2 Cor 1:24ab; 4:13; 10:15; 13:5; Gal 3:7–26; 5:5, 6 (s. ἐνεργέω 1b); 6:10 (οἱ οἰκεῖοι τῆς πίστεως, s. οἰκεῖος b); Eph 2:8; 3:17; 4:5, 13; 6:16; Phil 1:25 (χαρὰ τῆς πίστεως); 2:17; 3:9b; Col 1:23; 2:7; 1 Th 3:2, 5, 7, 10; 2 Th 1:3, 11; 3:2; 1 Ti 1:2, 4, 5 (π. ἀνυπόκριτος), 19ab; 4:1; 5:8; 6:10, 12, 21 (but s. 3 below); 2 Ti 1:5 (ἀνυπόκριτος π.); 2:18; 3:8; Tit 1:1, 4, 13; 3:15; Phlm 6 (s. κοινωνία 4); Hb 6:12; 10:22, 39 (opp. ὑποστολή); Js 1:3; 2:5; 1 Pt 1:5, 7, 9; 5:9; 2 Pt 1:1; 1J 5:4; 1 Cl 1:2 (ἡ πανάρετος κ. βεβαία π.); ISm 1:1 (ἀκίνητος π.); Hm 5, 2, 1; 12, 5, 4 (both πλήρης ἐν τῇ πίστει full of faith); 5, 2, 3 (π. ὁλόκληρος); 9:6 (ὁλοτελὴς ἐν τ. π.), 7 (opp. διψυχία), 12 (π. ἡ ἔχουσα δύναμιν); 12, 6, 1; Hs 9, 19, 2 (ἀπὸ τῆς π. κενοί); 9, 26, 8 (κολοβοὶ ἀπὸ τῆς π. αὐτῶν).—τὸ ῥῆμα τ. πίστεως Ro 10:8. οἱ λόγοι τῆς π. 1 Ti 4:6. τὸ μυστήριον τῆς π. 3:9. ὁ θεὸς ἤνοιξεν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν θύραν πίστεως God has opened the door of faith to the Gentiles, i.e. opened the way for them to participate in a new relationship w. God Ac 14:27 (s. also θύρα 1bγ). ἀκοὴ πίστεως Gal 3:2, 5 (s. ἀκοή 2 and 4b). (τὸ) ἔργον (τῆς) π. 1 Th 1:3; 2 Th 1:11 (s. ἔργον 1b). οἱ ἐκ πίστεως the people of faith (s. ἐκ 3b) Gal 3:7, 9. πῶς οὐν [πίστιν εὑρ]ίσκομεν; Ox 1081, 25f (but here [ταῦτα γιγν]ώ̣σκομεν is the preferable restoration w. Till after the Coptic SJCh 90, 2); 32. Of gnostics τοῦ ὄφεως πίστιν ἔχουσιν AcPlCor 2:20.—If the principal component of Christianity is faith, then π. can be understood as the Gospel in terms of the commitment it evokes (cp. SIG 932, 7 [II/I B.C.]) νῦν εὐαγγελίζεται τὴν πίστιν ἥν ποτε ἐπόρθει Gal 1:23 (s. 3 below). Perh. also Ro 1:5.

β. Hb 11:1 defines πίστις as ἐλπιζομένων ὑπόστασις, πραγμάτων ἔλεγχος οὐ βλεπομένων. There is here no qu. about the mng. of π. as confidence or assurance (s. 2a above), but on its relation to ὑπόστασις as its predication s. under that word.—(Ps.-Aristot., De Mundo 6, 18 interprets πιστεύειν in someth. as incapability to see someth. that is apparent only to God.) Paul contrasts walking διὰ εἴδους (εἶδος 3) as the lower degree, with διὰ πίστεως περιπατεῖν 2 Cor 5:7 (s. KDeissner, Pls. u. die Mystik seiner Zeit² 1921, 101ff). On the other hand πίστις is on a higher level than merely listening to Christian preaching Hb 4:2.

γ. πίστις abs., as a Christian virtue, is often coupled w. others of the same kind, esp. oft. w. ἀγάπη: 1 Th 3:6; 5:8; 1 Ti 1:14; 2 Ti 1:13; Phlm 5; B 11:8; IEph 1:1; 9:1; 14:1; 20:1; IMg 1:2; 13:1; IRo ins; ISm ins; 6:1; 13:2; AcPl Ha 8, 35. W. ἀγάπη and other abstracts 2 Cor 8:7; Gal 5:22; Eph 6:23; 1 Ti 2:15; 4:12; 6:11: 2 Ti 2:22; 3:10; Tit 2:2; Rv 2:19; IPhld 11:2; Pol 4:2; Hm 8:9; cp. v 3, 8, 2–5. The triad πίστις, ἐλπίς, ἀγάπη 1 Cor 13:13; cp. also Col 1:4f; 1 Th 1:3; 5:8; B 1:4 (on this triad see s.v. ἀγάπη 1aα). W. ἐλπίς only (cp. 1 Pt 1:21) 1 Cl 58:2. The ζωῆς ἐλπίς is called ἀρχὴ καὶ τέλος πίστεως ἡμῶν B 1:6.—W. ἀλήθεια (TestLevi 8:2) 1 Ti 2:7 (cp. the combination POxy 70, 4f [III A.D.]); 1 Cl 60:4. W. δικαιοσύνη Pol 9:2. W. ὑπομονή Rv 13:10; w. ὑπομ. and other abstracts 2 Pt 1:5f; Pol 13:2 (cp. also the following passages already referred to in this section: 1 Ti 6:11; 2 Ti 3:10; Tit 2:2 and Js 1:3 [α above]). W. γνῶσις (Just., D. 69, 1) et al. 2 Pt 1:5f [s. above]; D 10:2. ἵνα μετὰ τῆς πίστεως ὑμῶν τελείαν ἔχητε τὴν γνῶσιν B 1:5. W. φόβος and ἐγκράτεια Hm 6, 1, 1.—(Distinguished from θεία σοφία: Orig., C. Cels. 6, 13, 23.)

δ. faith as fidelity to Christian teaching. This point of view calls for ἔργα as well as the kind of πίστις that represents only one side of true piety: Js 2:14ab, 17, 18abc, 20, 22ab, 24, 26 (ἔργον 1a); Hv 3, 6, 5; Hs 8, 9, 1ab.

ε. Ro 14:22 and 23 π. as freedom or strength in faith, conviction (s. Ltzm., Hdb. ad loc.; but s. α above).

ζ. In addition to the πίστις that every Christian possesses (s. 2dα above) Paul speaks of a special gift of faith that belongs to a select few 1 Cor 12:9. Here he understands π. as an unquestioning belief in God’s power to aid people with miracles, the faith that ‘moves mountains’ 13:2 (cp. Mt 17:20.—21:21; s. 2a above). This special kind of faith may be what the disciples had in mind when they asked πρόσθες ἡμῖν πίστιν Lk 17:5; cp. vs. 6. τῇ πίστει φερόμενος ὁ Παυλος AcPl Ha 5, 1.

③ that which is believed, body of faith/belief/teaching (Diod S 1, 23, 8 ἰσχυρὰν πίστιν καὶ ἀμετάθετον=an article of faith that was firm and unshakable [concerning Orpheus and Dionysus]; Mel., HE 4, 26, 13; Ath. 8, 1; Iren., 1, 10, 2 [Harv. I, 92, 1]; Orig., C. Cels., 1, 42, 26; Did., Gen. 156, 23). So clearly Jd 3 (τῇ ἅπαξ παραδοθείσῃ τοῖς ἁγίοις πίστει), 20 (τῇ ἁγιωτάτῃ ὑμῶν πίστει.—ἅγιος 1aα). πίστις θεοῦ=that which, acc. to God’s will, is to be believed IEph 16:2.—This objectivizing of the term πίστις is found as early as Paul: Ro 1:5; Gal 1:23 (s. 2dα end) and perh. Gal 3:23–25 (s. Ltzm., Hdb. ad loc.). ASeeberg, D. Katechismus der Urchristenheit 1903, 110f, understands 1 Ti 1:19; 4:1, 6; 6:10, cp. 21; 2 Ti 2:18 in this manner. Ro 12:6 (but s. ἀναλογία) and 2 Ti 4:7 are also interpreted in this way by many.—EBurton, ICC Gal 1921, 475–86; ASchlatter, D. Glaube im NT⁴ 1927; APott, Das Hoffen im NT in seiner Beziehung zum Glauben1915; ANairne, The Faith of the NT 1920; RGyllenberg, Pistis 1922; WKümmel, D. Glaube im NT: ThBl 16, ’38, 209–21; Dodd 65–68; TTorrance, ET 68, ’57, 111–14; CMoule, ibid. 157.—Synoptics: TShearer, ET 69, ’57, 3–6.—Esp. for Paul: BBartmann, Pls, die Grundzüge seiner Lehre u. die moderne Religionsgeschichte 1914; WMorgan, The Religion and Theology of Paul 1917; WHatch, The Pauline Idea of Faith in Its Relation to Jewish and Hellenistic Religion 1917; Ltzm., Hdb. exc. after Ro 4:25; FKnoke, Der christl. Glaube nach Pls 1922; ERohde, Gottesglaube u. Kyriosglaube bei Pls: ZNW 22, 1923, 43–57; EWissmann, Das Verh. v. πίστις und Christusfrömmigkeit bei Pls 1926; MDibelius, Glaube u. Mystik b. Pls: Neue Jahrb. f. Wissensch. u. Jugendbildg. 7, ’31, 683–99; WMundle, D. Glaubensbegriff des Pls ’32 (p. xi–xvi extensive bibliog.); RGyllenberg, Glaube b. Pls: ZWT 13, ’37, 612–30; MHansen, Om Trosbegrebet hos Pls ’37; LMarshall, Challenge of NT Ethics, ’47, 270–77; 298–300; RBultmann, Theologie des NT ’48, 310–26 (Engl. tr. KGrobel I ’51, 314–30; for the Johannines II, 70–92, ’55); MMassinger, BiblSacra 107, ’50, 181–94 et al. S. also δικαιοσύνη 3a.—For the Fourth Gosp.: JBuswell, The Ethics of ‘Believe’ in the Fourth Gospel: BiblSacra 80, 1923, 28–37; JHuby, De la connaissance de foi chez S. Jean: RSR 21, ’31, 385–421; RSchnackenburg, D. Glaube im 4. Ev., diss. Breslau ’37; WHatch, The Idea of Faith in Christ. Lit. fr. the Death of St. Paul to the Close of the Second Century 1926.—EGraesser, D. Glaube im Hebräerbrief, ’65.—ABaumeister, D. Ethik des Pastor Hermae, 1912, 61–140.—ESeidl, π. in d. griech. Lit. (to Peripatetics), diss. Innsbruck, ’53; HLjungman, Pistis, ’64; DLührmann, Pistis im Judent., ZNW 64, ’73, 19–38. On faith in late Judaism s. Bousset, Rel.³ 534a (index); also DHay, JBL 108, ’89, 4611–76; DLindsay, Josephus and Faith ’93. On the Hellenistic concept πίστις Rtzst., Mysterienrel.³ 234–36.—DELG s.v. πείθομαι. M-M. EDNT. TW. Spicq. Sv.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > πίστις

8 ac

atque or āc (atque is used before vowels and consonants, ac, in class. lang., only before consonants; v. infra, I.), conj. [at has regularly in the compound atque a continuative, as in atqui it has an adversative force; pr. and further, and besides, and also; cf. in Gr. pros de, pros de eti, eti kai, eti de, and te kai; v. at init., and for the change of form atque, ac, cf. neque, nec; in MSS. and inscriptions sometimes written adque, and sometimes by confusion atqui ], a copulative particle, and also, and besides, and even, and (indicating a close internal connection between single words or whole clauses; while et designates an external connection of diff. objects with each other, v. et; syn.: et, -que, autem, praeterea, porro, ad hoc, ad haec).
I.
In joining single words, which is its most common use.
A.
In gen. (The following representation is based on a collection of all the instances of the use of atque and ac in Cic. Imp. Pomp., Phil. 2, Tusc. 1, and Off. 1; in Caes. B. G. 1 and 2; in Sall. C.; and in Liv. 21; and wherever in the account either author or work is not cited, there atque or ac does not occur.)
1.
The form atque.
a.
Before vowels and h. —Before a (very freq.):
sociorum atque amicorum,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6; 3, 7; id. Phil. 2, 13, 33; id. Tusc. 1, 34, 122; Caes. B. G. 1, 2; 1, 18; 1, 26; 2, 14; Sall. C. 5, 8; 7, 5; Liv. 21, 3; 21, 12.—Before e (very freq.):
deposci atque expeti,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 5; 6, 16; 10, 28; id. Phil, 2, 21, 51; 2, 21, 52; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; Caes. B. G. 1, 6; 1, 15; 1, 18; 2, 19; Sall. C. 14, 6; 49, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 37.—Before i (very freq.):
excitare atque inflammare,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6; 3, 7; 7, 18; id. Phil. 2, 15, 37; 2, 21, 50; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; 1, 40, 97; Caes. B. G. 1, 17; 1, 20; 1, 22; 2, 1 bis; Sall. C. 2, 3; 3, 5; 14, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 6; 21, 10.—Before o (freq. in Cic.):
honestissimus atque ornatissimus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 17; 8, 21; 11, 31; id. Off. 1, 25, 86; 1, 27, 94; Caes. B. G. 1, 40; 2, 14; Sall. C. 10, 6; Liv. 21, 8.—Before u (very rare), Cic. Imp. Pomp. 3, 7; 5, 11; 6, 15; Caes. B. G. 1, 26; 2, 20; Sall. C. 31, 6; 42, 1.—Before h (not infreq.):
Sertorianae atque Hispaniensis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 7, 19; id. Tusc. 1, 28, 69; id. Off. 1, 24, 87; Caes. B. G. 1, 19; 2, 9; 2, 10; Sall. C. 6, 1; 12, 2; Liv. 21, 37.—
b.
Before consonants.—Before b (very rare):
Gallorum atque Belgarum,
Caes. B. G. 1, 6; so,
Cassius atque Brutus,
Tac. A. 3, 76.—Before c (infreq. in Cic., freq. in Sall.):
in portubus atque custodiis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 16; 8, 21; id. Phil. 2, 8, 18; id. Tusc. 1, 18, 42; id. Off. 1, 25, 88; Sall. C. 2, 3; 7, 4; 16, 3; 26, 4; 29, 3.—Before d (infreq.):
superatam esse atque depressam,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 8, 21; id. Phil. 2, 44, 114: id. Off. 1, 6, 19; 1, 25, 85; 1, 33, 119; Sall. C. 4, 1; 20, 7; 20, 10.—Before f (infreq.):
vitiis atque flagitiis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 30, 72; id. Off. 1, 28, 98; 1, 28, 100; Caes. B. G. 1, 2; Sall. C. 1, 4; 2, 9; 11, 2.— Before g (very rare):
dignitate atque gloria,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 11; 5, 12:
virtute atque gloria,
Sall. C. 3, 2; 61, 9.—Before j (very rare):
labore atque justitia,
Sall. C. 10, 1; 29, 3.—Before l (rare):
hilari atque laeto,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 100; id. Off. 1, 19, 64; Sall. C. 14, 3; 21, 2; 28, 4.—Before m (infreq. in Cic., once in Caes.):
multae atque magnae,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 17, 50; id. Phil. 2, 39, 100; id. Off. 1, 29, 103; 1, 31, 110; Caes. B. G. 1, 34; Sall. C. 18, 4; 31, 7; 34, 1; 51, 1.—Before n (infreq.):
adventu atque nomine,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 13; 20, 60; id. Off. 1, 28, 101; Sall. C. 2, 2 bis. —Before p (infreq. in Cic.):
magna atque praeclara,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 11, 31; 16, 48; id. Off. 1, 44, 156; Sall. C. 4, 1; 4, 4; 16, 2; 20, 3.—Before q (does not occur).—Before r (rare):
se conlegit atque recreavit,
Cic. Phil. 2, 24, 58.— Before s (rare in Cic.):
provinciarum atque sociorum,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1, 24, 71; id. Off. 1, 9, 30; 1, 21, 72; Sall. C. 2, 5; 2, 7; 6, 1.— Before t (infreq.):
parietum atque tectorum,
Cic. Phil. 2, 28, 69; id. Tusc. 1, 24, 57; id. Off. 1, 35, 126; Sall. C. 42, 2; 50, 3; 51, 38.—Before v (infreq.):
gravis atque vehemens,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 9, 25; id. Tusc. 1, 23, 54; Sall. C. 1, 1; 12, 3; 45, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 30.—
2.
The form ac before consonants.—Before b (very rare):
sentientes ac bene meritos,
Cic. Off. 1, 41, 149:
feri ac barbari,
Caes. B. G. 1, 31 and 33.—Before c (very rare):
liberis ac conjugibus,
Liv. 21, 30:
Romae ac circa urbem,
id. 21, 62.—Before d (freq. in Cic.):
periculum ac discrimen,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 12; 9, 23; 12, 33; id. Tusc. 1, 17, 40; 1, 28, 69; id. Off. 1, 14, 42:
usus ac disciplina,
Caes. B. G. 1, 40; 2, 31; Sall. C. 5, 4; 5, 8; 28, 1; Liv. 21, 10; 21, 18; 21, 19.—Before f (infreq.):
opima est ac fertilis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 14; 7, 19; id. Tusc. 1, 1, 2; 1, 27, 66; id. Off. 1, 29, 103:
potentissimos ac firmissimos,
Caes. B. G. 1, 3; 1, 48; 2, 12;
2, 13: pessuma ac flagitiosissima,
Sall. C. 5, 9; Liv. 21, 17; 21, 20.—Before g (does not occur).—Before j (very rare):
nobilitatis ac juventutis,
Cic. Phil. 2, 15, 37.—Before l (not infreq. in Liv.), Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 9; 23, 66; id. Phil. 2, 22, 54; Caes. B. G. 1, 12; 1, 23; 2, 23; Liv. 21, 13; 21, 14; 21, 35.—Before m (not infreq. in Cic.):
terrore ac metu,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 18, 54 bis; 20, 59; id. Tusc. 1, 40, 95; id. Off. 1, 30, 106; Caes. B. G. 1, 39; 2, 14; Sall. C. 2, 4; 10, 1; Liv. 21, 8; 21, 60.—Before n (not infreq. in Cic.):
insedit ac nimis inveteravit,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 3, 7:
gentes ac nationes,
id. ib. 11, 31; 12, 35 bis; id. Phil. 2, 21, 50; id. Tusc. 1, 21, 48; Caes. B. G. 1, 20; 2, 28; Liv. 21, 32.—Before p (not infreq. in Cic., Caes., and Liv.):
celeberrimum ac plenissimum,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 12, 33; 12, 35; 13, 36; id. Phil. 2, 15, 39; id. Tusc. 1, 17, 41; id. Off. 1, 20, 68; Caes. B. G. 1, 18; 1, 20; 2, 13; 2, 19; Sall. C. 5, 9; Liv. 21, 25; 21, 34; 21, 35.—Before q (does not occur).—Before r (infreq.):
firmamenti ac roboris,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 8, 21; 15, 45; id. Off. 1, 5, 15; Caes. B. G. 1, 25; Liv. 21, 41; 21, 44.—Before s (freq. in Cic. and Liv., infreq. in Caes.):
vectigalibus ac sociis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 4; 4, 10; 11, 30; id. Phil. 2, 27, 66; Caes. B. G. 1, 25; 1, 31; 1, 33; 2, 24; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 33 bis; 21, 36.—Before t (infreq. in Cic., freq. in Liv.):
tantis rebus ac tanto bello,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 27 bis; 19, 56; 20, 59; Caes. B. G. 1, 26; 1, 39; 2, 6; Liv. 21, 7 ter; 21, 10; 21, 14; 21, 25.—Before v (not in Cic., only once in Caes. and Sall., but freq. in Liv.):
armatos ac victores,
Caes. B. G. 1, 40:
inconsulte ac veluti etc.,
Sall. C. 42, 2:
opera ac vineae,
Liv. 21, 7; 21, 22; 21, 40; 21, 43. —(So in the phrases treated below: atque adeo, atque alter or alius, atque eccum, atque eo, atque etiam, atque illuc, atque is or hic, atque iterum, atque omnia, atque ut, atque late, atque sic, atque velut, but ac ne, ac si, and ac tamen).—With simul:
Britannorum acies in speciem simul ac terrorem editioribus locis constiterat,
Tac. Agr. 35:
in se simul atque in Herculem,
id. G. 34:
suos prosequitur simul ac deponit,
id. ib. 30; so,
sociis pariter atque hostibus,
id. H. 4, 73:
innocentes ac noxios juxta cadere,
id. A. 1, 48.—Hence, sometimes syn. with et—et, ut—ita, aeque ac; both—and, as—so, as well—as, as well as: hodie sero ac nequiquam [p. 190] voles, Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 103 (cf. Cic. Quinct. 25, 79:
verum et sero et nequidquam pudet): copia sententiarum atque verborum,
Cic. Cael. 19, 45:
omnia honesta atque inhonesta,
Sall. C. 30, 4:
nobiles atque ignobiles,
id. ib. 20, 7:
caloris ac frigoris patientia par,
Liv. 21, 4; 6, 41; Vell. 2, 127:
vir bonus et prudens dici delector ego ac tu,
Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 32.—
B.
Esp.
a.
In a hendiadys:
utinam isto animo atque virtute in summa re publica versari quam in municipali maluisset,
with this virtuous feeling, Cic. Leg. 3, 16, 36:
de conplexu ejus ac sinu,
of his bosom embrace, id. Cat. 2, 10, 22:
me eadem, quae ceteros, fama atque invidia vexabat, i. e. invidiosa fama,
Sall. C. 3 fin.:
clamore atque adsensu,
shout of applause, Liv. 21, 3.—
b.
In joining to the idea of a preceding word one more important, and indeed, and even, and especially (v. Kritz ad Sall. J. 4, 3).
(α).
Absol.: Pa. Nempe tu istic ais esse erilem concubinam? Sc. Atque arguo me etc., yea and I maintain that I etc., Plaut. Mil. 2, 3, 66: Ph. Tun vidisti? Sc. Atque his quidem oculis, id. ib. 2, 4, 15: Ps. Ecquid habet is homo aceti in pectore? Ch. Atque acidissimi, id. Ps. 2, 4, 49; so id. Bacch. 3, 6, 9; id. Men. 1, 2, 40: Py. Cognoscitne (ea)? Ch. Ac memoriter, Ter. Eun. 5, 3, 6:
Faciam boni tibi aliquid pro ista re ac lubens,
and with a good will, id. Heaut. 4, 5, 15:
rem difficilem (dii immortales) atque omnium difficillimam,
and indeed, Cic. Or. 16, 52:
magna diis immortalibus habenda est gratia atque huic ipsi Jovi Statori, etc.,
and especially, id. Cat. 1, 5, 11:
hebeti ingenio atque nullo,
and in fact, id. Tusc. 5, 15, 45:
ex plurimis periculis et insidiis atque ex media morte,
and even, id. Cat. 4, 9:
fratre meo atque eodem propinquo suo interfecto,
and at the same time, Sall. J. 14, 11:
intra moenia atque in sinu urbis,
id. C. 52, 35.—
(β).
With adeo, and that too, and even:
intra moenia atque adeo in senatu,
Cic. Cat. 1, 2, 5:
qui in urbe remanserunt atque adeo qui contra urbis salutem etc.,
id. ib. 2, 12, 27:
insto atque urgeo, insector, posco atque adeo flagito crimen,
id. Planc. 19 fin.:
non petentem atque adeo etiam absentem,
Liv. 10, 5.—And with autem also added:
atque adeo autem quor etc.,
Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 42.—
(γ).
With etiam:
id jam populare atque etiam plausibile factum est,
and also, Cic. Div. in Caecil. 3, 8:
ne Verginio commeatum dent atque etiam in custodia habeant,
Liv. 3, 46.—
(δ).
With the dem. pron. hic, is:
negotium magnum est navigare atque id mense Quintili,
and besides, and that, and that too, Cic. Att. 5, 12; 1, 14:
maximis defixis trabibus atque eis praeacutis,
Caes. B. C. 1, 27:
Asseres pedum XII. cuspidibus praefixis atque hi maximis ballistis missi,
id. ib. 2, 2:
duabus missis subsidio cohortibus a Caesare, atque his primis legionum duarum,
id. B. G. 5, 15; id. B. C. 3, 70:
flumen uno omnino loco pedibus atque hoc aegre transiri potest,
id. B. G. 5, 18:
ad celeritatem onerandi subductionesque paulo facit humiliores... atque id eo magis, quod, etc.,
id. ib. 5, 1; cf. without id (perh. to avoid the repetition of the pron.): qua (sc. virtute) nostri milites facile superabant, atque eo magis, quod, etc., and that the more because etc., id. ib. 3, 8 fin.:
dicendi artem apta trepidatione occultans atque eo validior,
Tac. H. 1, 69; 2, 37; id. A. 4, 22; 4, 46.—
II.
In comparisons.
A.
Of equality (Rudd. II. p. 94; Zumpt, § 340); with par, idem, item, aequus, similis, juxta, talis, totidem, etc., as: et nota, quod ex hujus modi structura Graeca (sc. homoios kai, etc.) frequenter Latini ac et atque in significatione similitudinis accipiunt, Prisc. pp. 1192 and 1193 P.; cf. Gell. 10, 29; Lidd. and Scott, s. v. kai, III.:
si parem sententiam hic habet ac formam,
Plaut. Mil. 4, 6, 36: quom opulenti loquuntur pariter atque ignobiles, Enn. ap. Gell. 11, 4:
Ecastor pariter hoc atque alias res soles,
Plaut. Men. 5, 1, 52:
pariter nunc opera me adjuves ac re dudum opitulata es,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 3:
neque enim mihi par ratio cum Lucilio est ac tecum fuit,
Cic. N. D. 3, 1, 3:
parique eum atque illos imperio esse jussit,
Nep. Dat. 3, 5:
magistrum equitum pari ac dictatorem imperio fugavit,
id. Hann. 5, 3:
pariter patribus ac plebi carus,
Liv. 2, 33: nam et vita est eadem et animus te erga idem ac fuit, Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 24:
In hanc argumentationes ex eisdem locis sumendae sunt atque in causam negotialem,
Cic. Inv. 2, 23, 70:
equi quod alii sunt ad rem militarem idonei, alii ad vecturam... non item sunt spectandi atque habendi,
Varr. R. R. 2, 7, 15; id. L. L. 10, § 74 Mull.:
cum ex provincia populi Romani aequam partem tu tibi sumpseris atque populo Romano miseris,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 19:
Modo ne in aequo (jure) hostes apud vos sint ac nos socii,
Liv. 39, 37 (exs. with aeque; v. aeque, d); Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 83 fin.:
et simili jure tu ulcisceris patrui mortem atque ille persequeretur fratris sui, si, etc.,
id. Rab. Perd. 5; id. Phil. 1, 4; id. Agr. 1, 4 fin.:
similem pavorem inde ac fugam fore, ac bello Gallico fuerit,
Liv. 6, 28; Col. 5, 7, 3:
contendant, se juxta hieme atque aestate bella gerere posse,
Liv. 5, 6; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 1, 54, 9:
faxo eum tali mactatum, atque hic est, infortunio,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 9, 39; Cic. Vatin. 4, 10:
cum totidem navibus atque erat profectus,
Nep. Milt. 7, 4.—
B.
Of difference; with alius and its derivv., with dissimile, contra, contrarius, secus, etc., than:
illi sunt alio ingenio atque tu,
other than, different from, Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 35 al.; v. the passages under alius, I. B. a:
aliter tuum amorem atque est accipis,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 23 al.; v. the passages under aliter, 1. a.; cf.
also aliorsum, II., and aliusmodi: quod est non dissimile atque ire in Solonium,
Cic. Att. 2, 3:
simulacrum in excelso collocare et, contra atque ante fuerat, ad orientem convertere,
id. Cat. 3, 8, 20:
vides, omnia fere contra ac dicta sint evenisse,
id. Div. 2, 24 fin.; id. Verr. 2, 1, 46:
qui versantur retro, contrario motu atque caelum,
id. Rep. 6, 17, 17:
membra paulo secus a me atque ab illo partita,
id. de Or. 3, 30, 119:
cujus ego salutem non secus ac meam tueri debeo,
id. Planc. 1 fin. al.; v. contra, contrarius, secus, etc.—
C.
Sometimes, in cases of equality or difference, atque with ut or ac with si (with aliter affirm. Cic. appears to connect only atque ut, not ac si;
once, however, non aliter, ac si,
Cic. Att. 13, 51;
v. aliter, 1. b.): pariter hoc fit atque ut alia facta sunt,
Plaut. Am. 4, 1, 11:
nec fallaciam Astutiorem ullus fecit poeta atque Ut haec est fabre facta a nobis,
id. Cas. 5, 1, 6 sqq.:
quod iste aliter atque ut edixerat decrevisset,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 46:
et qui suos casus aliter ferunt atque ut auctores aliis ipsi fuerunt, etc.,
id. Tusc. 3, 30, 73:
si mentionem fecerint, quo aliter ager possideretur atque ut ex legibus Juliis,
id. Att. 2, 18, 2; 16, 13, c; cf. Wopk. Lect. Tull. 1, 15, p. 118; Dig. 43, 13, 11:
Egnatii absentis rem ut tueare, aeque a te peto ac si mea negotia essent,
just as if, Cic. Fam. 13, 43:
tu autem similiter facis ac si me roges, etc.,
id. N. D. 3, 3, 8:
reliquis officiis, juxta ac si meus frater esset, sustentavit,
id. Post. Red. in Sen. 8, 20:
quod dandum est amicitiae, large dabitur a me non secus ac si meus esset frater,
id. Mur. 4 fin.:
haec sunt, tribuni, consilia vestra, non, hercule, dissimilia, ac si quis, etc.,
Liv. 5, 5 fin. al. —
D.
More rare with nimis, in partem, pro eo, etc.;
in Plaut. also with mutare or demutare = aliud esse: nimis bellus, atque ut esse maxume optabam, locus,
Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 73:
haud centensumam Partem dixi atque, otium rei si sit, possim expromere,
id. Mil. 3, 1, 168: sane quam pro eo ac debui graviter molesteque tuli, just as was my duty, Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5:
debeo sperare, omnes deos, qui huic urbi praesident, pro eo mihi, ac mereor, relaturos gratiam esse,
Cic. Cat. 4, 2:
pro eo, ac si concessum sit, concludere oportebit argumentationem,
id. Inv. 1, 32, 54:
non possum ego non aut proxime atque ille aut etiam aeque laborare,
nearly the same as he, id. Fam. 9, 13, 2:
neque se luna quoquam mutat atque uti exorta est semel,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 118:
num quid videtur demutare atque ut quidem Dixi?
id. Mil. 4, 3, 37.—
E.
Sometimes the word indicating comparison (aeque, tantopere, etc.) is to be supplied from the connection (in the class. per. perh. used only once by Cassius in epist. style):
nebula haud est mollis atque hujus est,
Plaut. Cas. 4, 4, 21:
quem esse amicum ratus sum atque ipsus sum mihi,
id. Bacch. 3, 6, 20:
quae suco caret atque putris pumex,
Priap. 32, 7 (Mull., est putusque): digne ac mereor commendatus esse, Cass. ap. Cic. Fam. 12, 13; Dig. 2, 14, 4; 19, 2, 54.—
F.
Poet. or in post-Aug. prose with comparatives (for quam), than:
amicior mihi nullus vivit atque is est,
Plaut. Merc. 5, 2, 56:
non Apollinis magis verum atque hoc responsum est,
Ter. And. 4, 2, 15 Ruhnk.:
Illi non minus ac tibi Pectore uritur intimo Flamma,
Cat. 61, 172:
haud minus ac jussi faciunt,
Verg. A. 3, 561:
Non tuus hoc capiet venter plus ac meus,
Hor. S. 1, 1, 46 Bentl. and Heind. (cf. infra:
nihilo plus accipias quam Qui nil portarit): qui peccas minus atque ego,
id. ib. 2, 7, 96:
Artius atque hedera procera adstringitur ilex,
id. Epod. 15, 5; Suet. Caes. 14 Ruhnk. —
G.
In the comparison of two periods of time, most freq. with simul (v. examples under simul); ante- or post-class. with principio, statim:
principio Atque animus ephebis aetate exiit,
as soon as, Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 40:
judici enim, statim atque factus est, omnium rerum officium incumbit,
Dig. 21, 1, 25:
quamvis, statim atque intercessit, mulier competierat,
ib. 16, 1, 24.—
III.
To connect a negative clause which explains or corrects what precedes; hence sometimes with potius (class.; in Cic. very freq., but rare in the poets), and not, and not rather.
a.
Absol.:
Decipiam ac non veniam,
Ter. Heaut. 4, 4, 6:
si fidem habeat,... ac non id metuat, ne etc.,
id. Eun. 1, 2, 60:
perparvam vero controversiam dicis, ac non eam, quae dirimat omnia,
Cic. Leg. 1, 20, 54:
quasi nunc id agatur, quis ex tanta multitudine occiderit, ac non hoc quaeratur, eum, etc.,
id. Rosc. Am. 33:
si (mundum) tuum ac non deorum immortalium domicilium putes, nonne plane desipere videare?
id. N. D. 2, 6, 17:
nemo erat, qui illum reum ac non miliens condemnatum arbitraretur,
id. Att. 1, 16:
si hoc dissuadere est, ac non disturbare ac pervertere,
id. Agr. 2, 37, 101:
si res verba desideraret ac non pro se ipsa loqueretur,
id. Fam. 3, 2 fin.: hoc te exspectare tempus tibi turpe est ac non ei rei sapientia tua te occurrere, Serv. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 6:
velut destituti ac non qui ipsi destituissent,
Liv. 8, 27; 7, 3 fin.:
si mihi mea sententia proferenda ac non disertissimorum,
Tac. Or. 1.—
b.
With potius:
Quam ob rem scriba deducet, ac non potius mulio, qui advexit?
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 79 (B. and K., et):
quis (eum) ita aspexit, ut perditum civem, ac non potius ut importunissimum hostem?
id. Cat. 2, 6, 12.— Pliny the elder commonly employs in this sense atque non, not ac non:
concremasse ea (scrinia) optuma fide atque non legisse,
Plin. 7, 25, 26, § 94; 22, 24, 50, § 108; 29, 2, 9, § 29; 27, 9, 55, § 78; 31, 7, 39, § 73 et saep. —
IV.
In connecting clauses and beginning periods.
1.
In gen., and, and so, and even, and too: Pamph. Antiquam adeo tuam venustatem obtines. Bacch. Ac tu ecastor morem antiquom atque ingenium obtines, And you too, Ter. Hec. 5, 4, 20:
atque illi (philosopho) ordiri placet etc.,
Cic. de Or. 3, 47, 183: Africanus indigens mei? Minime hercle. Ac ne ego quidem illius, And I indeed not, etc., id. Lael. 9, 30; id. Fin. 5, 11, 33:
cum versus facias, te ipsum percontor, etc.... Atque ego cum Graecos facerem, natus mare citra, Versiculos, etc.,
Hor. S. 1, 10, 31:
multa quippe et diversa angebant: validior per Germaniam exercitus, etc.... quos igitur anteferret? ac (i. e. similiter angebat), ne postpositi contumelia incenderentur,
Tac. A. 1, 47:
Minime, minime, inquit Secundus, atque adeo vellem maturius intervenisses,
Tac. Or. 14:
ac similiter in translatione, etc.,
Quint. 3, 6, 77.—
2.
In adducing new arguments of similar force in favor of any assertion or making further statements about a subject, etc.; cf. Beier ad Cic. Off. 3, 11, 487.
a.
Absol.:
maxima est enim vis vetustatis et consuetudinis: atque in ipso equo, cujus modo mentionem feci, si, etc.,
and furthermore, and moreover, Cic. Lael. 19, 68: Atque, si natura confirmatura jus non erit, virtutes omnes tollentur, id. Leg. 1, 15, 42 B. and K. —
b.
Often with etiam:
Atque alias etiam dicendi virtutes sequitur,
Cic. Or. 40, 139:
Atque hoc etiam animadvertendum non esse omnia etc.,
id. de Or. 2, 61, 251; so id. Off. 1, 26, 90; id. N. D. 2, 11, 30; Col. 2, 2, 3.—
c.
Sometimes with quoque:
Atque occidi quoque Potius quam cibum praehiberem,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 133; so Cic. N. D. 2, 12, 32; Col. 2, 13, 3, and Cels. 2, 3; 3, 22.—
d.
And even with quoque etiam: Atque ego [p. 191] quoque etiam, qui Jovis sum filius, Contagione etc., Plaut. Am. prol. 30.—
3.
In narration:
aegre submoventes obvios intrare portam, qui adducebant Philopoemenem, potuerunt: atque conferta turba iter reliquum clauserat,
Liv. 39, 49; 5, 21 fin.:
completur caede, quantum inter castra murosque vacui fuit: ac rursus nova laborum facies,
Tac. H. 3, 30; cf. Caes. B. C. 2, 28 fin. and 2, 29 init. —
4.
In introducing comparisons, atque ut, atque velut (mostly poet., esp. in epic poetry):
Atque ut perspicio, profecto etc.,
Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 53:
ac veluti magno in populo cum saepe coorta est Seditio.... Sic cunctus pelagi cecidit fragor, etc.,
Verg. A. 1, 148; so id. G. 4, 170; id. A. 2, 626; 4, 402; 4, 441; 6, 707; 9, 59; 10, 405; 10, 707; 10, 803; 11, 809; 12, 365; 12, 521; 12, 684; 12, 715;
12, 908: Inclinare meridiem Sentis ac, veluti stet volucris dies, Parcis deripere etc.,
Hor. C. 3, 28, 6; Val. Fl. 6, 664;
and so, Ac velut in nigro jactatis turbine nautis, etc.... Tale fuit nobis Manius auxilium,
Cat. 68, 63 (for which Sillig and Muller read:
Hic velut, etc.): Atque ut magnas utilitates adipiscimur, etc.,
Cic. Off. 2, 5, 16:
Atque ut hujus mores veros amicos parere non potuerunt, sic etc.,
id. Lael. 15, 54.—
5.
In connecting two acts or events.
a.
In the order of time, and then; hence the ancient grammarians assume in it the notion of quick succession, and explain it, though improperly, as syn. with statim, ilico, without any accompanying copulative, v. Gell. 10, 29; Non. p. 530, 1 sq. (only in the poets and histt.): Atque atque accedit muros Romana juventus (the repetition of the atque represents the approach step by step), Enn. ap. Gell. and Non. l. l. (Ann. v. 527 Mull.): Quo imus una;
ad prandium? Atque illi tacent,
And then they are silent, Plaut. Capt. 3, 1, 19:
Ubi cenamus? inquam, atque illi abnuunt,
and upon this they shake their head, id. ib. 3, 1, 21; id. Ep. 2, 2, 33:
dum circumspecto atque ego lembum conspicor,
id. Bacch. 2, 3, 45; so id. Merc. 2, 1, 32; 2, 1, 35; id. Most. 5, 1, 9:
lucernam forte oblitus fueram exstinguere: Atque ille exclamat derepente maximum,
and then he suddenly exclaims, id. ib. 2, 2, 57: cui fidus Achates It comes... atque illi Misenum in litore sicco Ut venere, vident, etc., and as they thus came, etc., Verg. A. 6, 162:
dixerat, atque illi sese deus obtulit ultro,
Stat. Th. 9, 481; 12, 360; Liv. 26, 39, 16; Tac. H. 3, 17:
tum Otho ingredi castra ausus: atque illum tribuni centurionesque circumsistunt,
id. ib. 1, 82. —Sometimes with two imperatives, in order to indicate vividly the necessity of a quicker succession, or the close connection between two actions:
cape hoc argentum atque defer,
Ter. Heaut. 4, 7, 3:
abi domum ac deos comprecare,
id. Ad. 4, 5, 65:
tace modo ac sequere hac,
id. ib. 2, 4, 16:
Accipe carmina atque hanc sine tempora circum hederam tibi serpere,
Verg. E. 8, 12; id. G. 1, 40; 3, 65; 4, 330:
Da auxilium, pater, atque haec omina firma,
id. A. 2, 691; 3, 89; 3, 250; 3, 639; 4, 424; 9, 90; 10, 624; 11, 370.—
b.
In the order of thought, and so, and thus, and therefore.
(α).
Absol.:
si nunc de tuo jure concessisses paululum, Atque adulescenti morigerasses,
and so, Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 10.—
(β).
With ita or sic:
Ventum deinde ad multo angustiorem rupem, atque ita rectis saxis, etc.,
Liv. 21, 36; Plin. 10, 58, 79, § 158:
ac sic prope innumerabiles species reperiuntur,
Quint. 12, 10, 67.—
c.
Connecting conclusion and condition, so, then (cf. at, II. F.):
non aliter quam qui adverso vix flumine lembum Remigiis subigit, si bracchia forte remisit, Atque illum praeceps prono rapit alveus amni,
Verg. G. 1, 203 (here explained by statim by Gell. 10, 29, and by Servius, but thus its connective force is wholly lost; cf. also Forbig ad h. l. for still another explanation).—
6.
(As supra, I. c.) To annex a thought of more importance:
Satisne videtur declarasse Dionysius nihil esse ei beatum, cui semper aliqui terror impendeat? atque ei ne integrum quidem erat, ut ad justitiam remigraret,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 21, 62; id. Tull. 4:
hoc enim spectant leges, hoc volunt, incolumem esse civium conjunctionem, quam qui dirimunt, eos morte... coercent. Atque hoc multo magis efficit ipsa naturae ratio,
id. Off. 3, 5, 23; id. Fam. 6, 1, 4: hac spe lapsus Induciomarus... exsules damnatosque tota Gallia magnis praemiis ad se allicere coepit;
ac tantam sibi jam iis rebus in Gallia auctoritatem comparaverat, ut, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 5, 55 fin.; Nep. Hann. 13, 2; Quint. 1, 10, 16.—Hence also in answers, in order to confirm a question or assertion:
Sed videone ego Pamphilippum cum fratre Epignomo? Atque is est,
And he it is, Yes, it is he, Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 4; so id. Truc. 1, 2, 24: Th. Mihin malum minitare? Ca. Atque edepol non minitabor, sed dabo, id. Curc. 4, 4, 15: Ch. Egon formidulosus? nemost hominum, qui vivat, minus. Th. Atque ita opust, Ter. Eun. 4, 6, 20.—
7.
In expressing a wish, atque utinam:
Veritus sum arbitros, atque utinam memet possim obliscier! Att., Trag. Rel. p. 160 Rib.: videmus enim fuisse quosdam, qui idem ornate ac graviter, idem versute et subtiliter dicerent. Atque utinam in Latinis talis oratoris simulacrum reperire possemus!
Cic. Or. 7, 22; so id. Rep. 3, 5, 8:
Atque utinam pro decore etc.,
Liv. 21, 41, 13:
Atque utinam ex vobis unus etc.,
Verg. E. 10, 35; id. A. 1, 575:
Atque utinam... Ille vir in medio fiat amore lapis!
Prop. 2, 9, 47; 3, 6, 15; 3, 7, 25; 3, 8, 19 al.—
8.
To connect an adversative clause, and often fully with tamen, and yet, notwithstanding, nevertheless.
a.
Absol.: Mihi quidem hercle non fit veri simile;
atque ipsis commentum placet,
Ter. And. 1, 3, 20 Ruhnk. (atque pro tamen, Don.):
ego quia non rediit filius, quae cogito!... Atque ex me hic natus non est, sed ex fratre,
id. Ad. 1, 1, 15 (Quasi dicat, ex me non est, et sic afficior: quid paterer si genuissem? Don.; cf. Acron. ap. Charis. p. 204 P.); Cic. Off. 3, 11, 48 Beier; id. Mur. 34, 71 Matth.:
ceterum ex aliis negotiis, quae ingenio exercentur, in primis magno usui est memoria rerum gestarum... Atque ego credo fore qui, etc.,
and yet I believe, Sall. J. 4, 1 and 3 Corte; id. C. 51, 35:
observare principis egressum in publicum, insidere vias examina infantium futurusque populus solebat. Labor parentibus erat ostentare parvulos... Ac plerique insitis precibus surdas principis aures obstrepebant,
Plin. Pan. 26.—
b.
With tamen:
nihil praeterea est magnopere dicendum. Ac tamen, ne cui loco non videatur esse responsum, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 2, 27, 85:
discipulos dissimilis inter se ac tamen laudandos,
id. de Or. 3, 10, 35; id. Rep. 1, 7, 12:
Atque in his tamen tribus generibus etc.,
id. Off. 3, 33, 118; id. Pis. 1, 3; 13, 30; id. Prov. Cons. 7, 16; 7, 15 fin. (cf. in reference to the last four passages Wund. Varr. Lectt. p. lviii. sq.):
ac tamen initia fastigii etc.,
Tac. A. 3, 29; 3, 56; 12, 56;
14, 21: pauciores cum pluribus certasse, ac tamen fusos Germanos,
id. H. 5, 16.—
9.
To connect a minor affirmative proposition (the assumptio or propositio minor of logical lang.) in syllogisms, now, but, but now (while atqui is used to connect either an affirmative or negative minor premiss: v. atqui): Scaptius quaternas postulabat. Metui, si impetrasset, ne tu ipse me amare desineres;
... Atque hoc tempore ipso impingit mihi epistulam etc.,
Cic. Att. 6, 1, 6.—Sometimes the conclusion is to be supplied:
nisi qui naturas hominum, penitus perspexerit, dicendo, quod volet, perficere non poterit. Atque totus hic locus philosophorum putatur proprius (conclusion: ergo oratorem philosophiam cognoscere oportet),
Cic. de Or. 1, 12, 53 and 54.—
10.
In introducing a purpose (freq. in Cic.).
a.
A negative purpose, and esp. in anticipating an objection:
Ac ne sine causa videretur edixisse,
Cic. Phil. 3, 9, 24:
Ac ne forte hoc magnum ac mirabile esse videatur,
id. de Or. 2, 46, 191; so id. Fam. 5, 12, 30:
Ac ne saepius dicendum sit,
Cels. 8, 1:
Ac ne forte roges, quo me duce, quo lare tuter,
Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 13:
Ac ne forte putes,
id. ib. 2, 1, 208:
Ac ne forte putes etc.,
Ov. R. Am. 465 (Merkel, Et).—
b.
A positive purpose:
Atque ut ejus diversa studia in dissimili ratione perspicere possitis, nemo etc.,
Cic. Cat. 2, 5, 9:
Atque ut omnes intellegant me etc.... dico etc.,
id. Imp. Pomp. 8, 20; 2, 4; id. Clu. 14, 43; id. Sull. 2, 5; id. de Or. 3, 11, 40:
Atque ut C. Flaminium relinquam etc.,
id. Leg. 3, 9, 20; id. Fin. 3, 2, 4.—
11.
a.. In continuing a thought in assertions or narration, and, now, and now, Plaut. Aul. prol. 18: audistis, cum pro se diceret, genus orationis, etc.,... perspexistis. Atque in eo non solum ingenium ejus videbatis, etc., Cic. Cael. 19, 45; so id. de Or. 3, 32, 130; 2, 7, 27; 3, 10, 39 al.; Caes. B. G. 2, 29; Nep. Ages. 7, 3; 8, 1, Eum. 10, 3 Bremi; Tac. A. 14, 64; 15, 3; Verg. A. 9, 1; Sil. 4, 1 al.: ac si, sublato illo, depelli a vobis omne periculum judicarem, now if I, etc., Cic. Cat. 2, 2, 3:
atque si etiam hoc natura praescribit, etc.,
id. Off. 3, 6, 27; so Quint. 10, 1, 26; 10, 2, 8.—
b.
In introducing parentheses:
vulgo credere, Penino (atque inde nomen et jugo Alpium inditum) transgressum,
Liv. 21, 38:
omne adfectus genus (atque ea maxime jucundam et ornatam faciunt orationem) de luxuria, etc.,
Quint. 4, 3, 15 MSS., where Halm after Spalding reads et quae. —
c.
At the conclusion of a discourse (not infreq. in Cic.): Atque in primis duabus dicendi partibus qualis esset, summatim breviterque descripsimus, And thus have we, then, briefly described, etc., Cic. Or. 15, 50:
Ac de primo quidem officii fonte diximus,
id. Off. 1, 6, 19:
Ac de inferenda quidem injuria satis dictum est,
id. ib. 1, 8, 27; id. Inv. 2, 39, 115 al.—
V.
In particular connections and phrases.
A.
Unus atque alter, one and the other; alius atque alius, one and another; now this, now that:
unae atque alterae scalae,
Sall. J. 60, 7:
quarum (coclearum) cum unam atque alteram, dein plures peteret,
id. ib. 93, 2:
unum atque alterum lacum integer perfluit,
Tac. H. 5, 6:
dilatisque alia atque alia de causa comitiis,
Liv. 8, 23, 17; Col. 9, 8, 10:
alius atque alius,
Tac. H. 1, 46; 1, 50 (v. alius, II. D.).—Also separated by several words:
aliud ejus subinde atque aliud facientes initium,
Sen. Ep. 32, 2.—
B.
Etiam atque etiam. again and again:
temo Stellas cogens etiam atque etiam Noctis sublime iter, Enn., Trag. Rel. p. 39 Rib.: etiam atque etiam cogita,
Ter. Eun. 1, 1, 11:
etiam atque etiam considera,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 14, 46:
monitos eos etiam atque etiam volo,
id. Cat. 2, 12, 27.—So, semel atque iterum, Cic. Font. 26; id. Clu. 49; Tac. Or. 17; and:
iterum atque iterum,
Verg. A. 8, 527; Hor. S. 1, 10, 39.—
C.
Huc atque illuc, hither and thither, Cic. Q. Rosc. 37; id. de Or. 1, 40, 184; Verg. A. 9, 57; Ov. M. 2, 357; 10, 376; Tac. Agr. 10; id. H. 1, 85.—
D.
Longe atque late, far and wide, Cic. Marcell. 29:
atque eccum or atque eccum video, in colloquial lang.: Heus vocate huc Davom. Atque eccum,
but here he is, Ter. And. 3, 3, 48:
Audire vocem visa sum modo militis. Atque eccum,
and here he is, id. Eun. 3, 2, 2; so id. Hec. 4, 1, 8.—
E.
Atque omnia, in making an assertion general, and so generally:
Atque in eis omnibus, quae sunt actionis, inest quaedam vis a natura data,
Cic. de Or. 3, 59, 223:
quorum (verborum) descriptus ordo alias alia terminatione concluditur, atque omnia illa et prima et media verba spectare debent ad ultimum,
id. Or. 59, 200; id. de Or. 2, 64, 257: commoda civium non divellere, atque omnes aequitate eadem continere, and so rather, etc., id. Off. 2, 23, 83:
nihil acerbum esse, nihil crudele, atque omnia plena clementiae, humanitatis,
id. ad Q. Fr. 1, 1, 8:
Atque omnis vitae ratio sic constat, ut, quae probamus in aliis, facere ipsi velimus,
Quint. 10, 2, 2.—
F.
With other conjunctions.
1.
After et:
equidem putabam virtutem hominibus instituendo et persuadendo, non minis et vi ac metu tradi,
Cic. de Or. 1, 58, 247:
Magnifica vero vox et magno viro ac sapiente digna,
id. Off. 3, 1, 1; id. Cael. 13:
vanus aspectus et auri fulgor atque argenti,
Tac. Agr. 32.:
denuntiarent, ut ab Saguntinis abstineret et Carthaginem in Africam traicerent ac sociorum querimonias deferrent,
Liv. 21, 6, 4:
ubi et fratrem consilii ac periculi socium haberem,
id. 21, 41, 2:
et uti liter demum ac Latine perspicueque,
Quint. 8, 3, 3:
Nam et subtili plenius aliquid atque subtilius et vehementi remissius atque vehementius invenitur,
id. 12, 10, 67. —
2.
After que, as in Gr. te kai: litterisque ac laudibus aeternare, Varr. ap. Non. p. 75, 20:
submoverique atque in castra redigi,
Liv. 26, 10:
terrorem caedemque ac fugam fecere,
id. 21, 52:
mus Sub terris posuitque domos atque horrea fecit,
Verg. G. 1, 182; 3, 434; id. A. 8, 486.—
3.
Before et:
caelum ipsum ac mare et silvas circum spectantes,
Tac. Agr. 32.—
4.
After neque (only in the poets and post - Aug. prose):
nec clavis nec canis atque calix,
Mart. 1, 32, 4: naturam Oceani atque aestus [p. 192] neque quaerere hujus operis est, ac multi retulere, Tac. Agr. 10:
mediocritatem pristinam neque dissimulavit umquam ac frequenter etiam prae se tulit,
Suet. Vesp. 12.—
G.
Atque repeated, esp. in arch. Lat.: Scio solere plerisque hominibus in rebus secundis atque prolixis atque prosperis animum excellere atque superbiam atque ferociam augescere atque crescere, Cato ap. Gell. 7, 3: Dicere possum quibus villae atque aedes aedificatae atque expolitae maximo opere citro atque ebore atque pavimentis Poenicis stent, Cato ap. Fest. p. 242 Mull.:
atque ut C. Flamininum atque ea, quae jam prisca videntur, propter vetustatem relinquam,
Cic. Leg. 3, 9, 20:
omnem dignitatem tuam in virtute atque in rebus gestis atque in tua gravitate positam existimare,
id. Fam. 1, 5, 8.—Esp. freq. in enumerations in the poets:
Haec atque illa dies atque alia atque alia,
Cat. 68, 152:
Mavortia tellus Atque Getae atque Hebrus,
Verg. G. 4, 463:
Clioque et Beroe atque Ephyre Atque Opis et Asia,
id. ib. 4, 343.—And sometimes forming a double connective, both— and = et—et:
Multus ut in terras deplueretque lapis: Atque tubas atque arma ferunt crepitantia caelo Audita,
Tib. 2, 5, 73:
complexa sui corpus miserabile nati Atque deos atque astra vocat crudelia mater,
Verg. E. 5, 23; Sil. 1, 93; v. Forbig ad Verg. l. l.

► Atque regularly stands at the beginning of its sentence or clause or before the word it connects, but in poetry it sometimes, like et and at, stands:
a.
In the second place:
Jamque novum terrae stupeant lucescere solem, Altius atque cadant imbres,
Verg. E. 6, 38 Rib., ubi v. Forbig.:
Accipite ergo animis atque haec mea figite dicta,
id. A. 3, 250, and 10, 104 (animis may, however, here be taken with Accipite, as in id. ib. 5, 304):
Esto beata, funus atque imagines Ducant triumphales tuum,
Hor. Epod. 8, 11; id. S. 1, 5, 4; 1, 6, 111; 1, 7, 12 (ubi v. Fritzsche).—
b.
In the third place:
quod pubes hedera virente Gaudeant pulla magis atque myrto,
Hor. C. 1, 25, 18; cf. at fin. (Vid. more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 452-513.)

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ac

9 adque

atque or āc (atque is used before vowels and consonants, ac, in class. lang., only before consonants; v. infra, I.), conj. [at has regularly in the compound atque a continuative, as in atqui it has an adversative force; pr. and further, and besides, and also; cf. in Gr. pros de, pros de eti, eti kai, eti de, and te kai; v. at init., and for the change of form atque, ac, cf. neque, nec; in MSS. and inscriptions sometimes written adque, and sometimes by confusion atqui ], a copulative particle, and also, and besides, and even, and (indicating a close internal connection between single words or whole clauses; while et designates an external connection of diff. objects with each other, v. et; syn.: et, -que, autem, praeterea, porro, ad hoc, ad haec).
I.
In joining single words, which is its most common use.
A.
In gen. (The following representation is based on a collection of all the instances of the use of atque and ac in Cic. Imp. Pomp., Phil. 2, Tusc. 1, and Off. 1; in Caes. B. G. 1 and 2; in Sall. C.; and in Liv. 21; and wherever in the account either author or work is not cited, there atque or ac does not occur.)
1.
The form atque.
a.
Before vowels and h. —Before a (very freq.):
sociorum atque amicorum,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6; 3, 7; id. Phil. 2, 13, 33; id. Tusc. 1, 34, 122; Caes. B. G. 1, 2; 1, 18; 1, 26; 2, 14; Sall. C. 5, 8; 7, 5; Liv. 21, 3; 21, 12.—Before e (very freq.):
deposci atque expeti,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 5; 6, 16; 10, 28; id. Phil, 2, 21, 51; 2, 21, 52; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; Caes. B. G. 1, 6; 1, 15; 1, 18; 2, 19; Sall. C. 14, 6; 49, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 37.—Before i (very freq.):
excitare atque inflammare,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6; 3, 7; 7, 18; id. Phil. 2, 15, 37; 2, 21, 50; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; 1, 40, 97; Caes. B. G. 1, 17; 1, 20; 1, 22; 2, 1 bis; Sall. C. 2, 3; 3, 5; 14, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 6; 21, 10.—Before o (freq. in Cic.):
honestissimus atque ornatissimus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 17; 8, 21; 11, 31; id. Off. 1, 25, 86; 1, 27, 94; Caes. B. G. 1, 40; 2, 14; Sall. C. 10, 6; Liv. 21, 8.—Before u (very rare), Cic. Imp. Pomp. 3, 7; 5, 11; 6, 15; Caes. B. G. 1, 26; 2, 20; Sall. C. 31, 6; 42, 1.—Before h (not infreq.):
Sertorianae atque Hispaniensis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 7, 19; id. Tusc. 1, 28, 69; id. Off. 1, 24, 87; Caes. B. G. 1, 19; 2, 9; 2, 10; Sall. C. 6, 1; 12, 2; Liv. 21, 37.—
b.
Before consonants.—Before b (very rare):
Gallorum atque Belgarum,
Caes. B. G. 1, 6; so,
Cassius atque Brutus,
Tac. A. 3, 76.—Before c (infreq. in Cic., freq. in Sall.):
in portubus atque custodiis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 16; 8, 21; id. Phil. 2, 8, 18; id. Tusc. 1, 18, 42; id. Off. 1, 25, 88; Sall. C. 2, 3; 7, 4; 16, 3; 26, 4; 29, 3.—Before d (infreq.):
superatam esse atque depressam,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 8, 21; id. Phil. 2, 44, 114: id. Off. 1, 6, 19; 1, 25, 85; 1, 33, 119; Sall. C. 4, 1; 20, 7; 20, 10.—Before f (infreq.):
vitiis atque flagitiis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 30, 72; id. Off. 1, 28, 98; 1, 28, 100; Caes. B. G. 1, 2; Sall. C. 1, 4; 2, 9; 11, 2.— Before g (very rare):
dignitate atque gloria,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 11; 5, 12:
virtute atque gloria,
Sall. C. 3, 2; 61, 9.—Before j (very rare):
labore atque justitia,
Sall. C. 10, 1; 29, 3.—Before l (rare):
hilari atque laeto,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 100; id. Off. 1, 19, 64; Sall. C. 14, 3; 21, 2; 28, 4.—Before m (infreq. in Cic., once in Caes.):
multae atque magnae,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 17, 50; id. Phil. 2, 39, 100; id. Off. 1, 29, 103; 1, 31, 110; Caes. B. G. 1, 34; Sall. C. 18, 4; 31, 7; 34, 1; 51, 1.—Before n (infreq.):
adventu atque nomine,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 13; 20, 60; id. Off. 1, 28, 101; Sall. C. 2, 2 bis. —Before p (infreq. in Cic.):
magna atque praeclara,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 11, 31; 16, 48; id. Off. 1, 44, 156; Sall. C. 4, 1; 4, 4; 16, 2; 20, 3.—Before q (does not occur).—Before r (rare):
se conlegit atque recreavit,
Cic. Phil. 2, 24, 58.— Before s (rare in Cic.):
provinciarum atque sociorum,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1, 24, 71; id. Off. 1, 9, 30; 1, 21, 72; Sall. C. 2, 5; 2, 7; 6, 1.— Before t (infreq.):
parietum atque tectorum,
Cic. Phil. 2, 28, 69; id. Tusc. 1, 24, 57; id. Off. 1, 35, 126; Sall. C. 42, 2; 50, 3; 51, 38.—Before v (infreq.):
gravis atque vehemens,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 9, 25; id. Tusc. 1, 23, 54; Sall. C. 1, 1; 12, 3; 45, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 30.—
2.
The form ac before consonants.—Before b (very rare):
sentientes ac bene meritos,
Cic. Off. 1, 41, 149:
feri ac barbari,
Caes. B. G. 1, 31 and 33.—Before c (very rare):
liberis ac conjugibus,
Liv. 21, 30:
Romae ac circa urbem,
id. 21, 62.—Before d (freq. in Cic.):
periculum ac discrimen,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 12; 9, 23; 12, 33; id. Tusc. 1, 17, 40; 1, 28, 69; id. Off. 1, 14, 42:
usus ac disciplina,
Caes. B. G. 1, 40; 2, 31; Sall. C. 5, 4; 5, 8; 28, 1; Liv. 21, 10; 21, 18; 21, 19.—Before f (infreq.):
opima est ac fertilis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 14; 7, 19; id. Tusc. 1, 1, 2; 1, 27, 66; id. Off. 1, 29, 103:
potentissimos ac firmissimos,
Caes. B. G. 1, 3; 1, 48; 2, 12;
2, 13: pessuma ac flagitiosissima,
Sall. C. 5, 9; Liv. 21, 17; 21, 20.—Before g (does not occur).—Before j (very rare):
nobilitatis ac juventutis,
Cic. Phil. 2, 15, 37.—Before l (not infreq. in Liv.), Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 9; 23, 66; id. Phil. 2, 22, 54; Caes. B. G. 1, 12; 1, 23; 2, 23; Liv. 21, 13; 21, 14; 21, 35.—Before m (not infreq. in Cic.):
terrore ac metu,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 18, 54 bis; 20, 59; id. Tusc. 1, 40, 95; id. Off. 1, 30, 106; Caes. B. G. 1, 39; 2, 14; Sall. C. 2, 4; 10, 1; Liv. 21, 8; 21, 60.—Before n (not infreq. in Cic.):
insedit ac nimis inveteravit,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 3, 7:
gentes ac nationes,
id. ib. 11, 31; 12, 35 bis; id. Phil. 2, 21, 50; id. Tusc. 1, 21, 48; Caes. B. G. 1, 20; 2, 28; Liv. 21, 32.—Before p (not infreq. in Cic., Caes., and Liv.):
celeberrimum ac plenissimum,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 12, 33; 12, 35; 13, 36; id. Phil. 2, 15, 39; id. Tusc. 1, 17, 41; id. Off. 1, 20, 68; Caes. B. G. 1, 18; 1, 20; 2, 13; 2, 19; Sall. C. 5, 9; Liv. 21, 25; 21, 34; 21, 35.—Before q (does not occur).—Before r (infreq.):
firmamenti ac roboris,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 8, 21; 15, 45; id. Off. 1, 5, 15; Caes. B. G. 1, 25; Liv. 21, 41; 21, 44.—Before s (freq. in Cic. and Liv., infreq. in Caes.):
vectigalibus ac sociis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 4; 4, 10; 11, 30; id. Phil. 2, 27, 66; Caes. B. G. 1, 25; 1, 31; 1, 33; 2, 24; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 33 bis; 21, 36.—Before t (infreq. in Cic., freq. in Liv.):
tantis rebus ac tanto bello,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 27 bis; 19, 56; 20, 59; Caes. B. G. 1, 26; 1, 39; 2, 6; Liv. 21, 7 ter; 21, 10; 21, 14; 21, 25.—Before v (not in Cic., only once in Caes. and Sall., but freq. in Liv.):
armatos ac victores,
Caes. B. G. 1, 40:
inconsulte ac veluti etc.,
Sall. C. 42, 2:
opera ac vineae,
Liv. 21, 7; 21, 22; 21, 40; 21, 43. —(So in the phrases treated below: atque adeo, atque alter or alius, atque eccum, atque eo, atque etiam, atque illuc, atque is or hic, atque iterum, atque omnia, atque ut, atque late, atque sic, atque velut, but ac ne, ac si, and ac tamen).—With simul:
Britannorum acies in speciem simul ac terrorem editioribus locis constiterat,
Tac. Agr. 35:
in se simul atque in Herculem,
id. G. 34:
suos prosequitur simul ac deponit,
id. ib. 30; so,
sociis pariter atque hostibus,
id. H. 4, 73:
innocentes ac noxios juxta cadere,
id. A. 1, 48.—Hence, sometimes syn. with et—et, ut—ita, aeque ac; both—and, as—so, as well—as, as well as: hodie sero ac nequiquam [p. 190] voles, Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 103 (cf. Cic. Quinct. 25, 79:
verum et sero et nequidquam pudet): copia sententiarum atque verborum,
Cic. Cael. 19, 45:
omnia honesta atque inhonesta,
Sall. C. 30, 4:
nobiles atque ignobiles,
id. ib. 20, 7:
caloris ac frigoris patientia par,
Liv. 21, 4; 6, 41; Vell. 2, 127:
vir bonus et prudens dici delector ego ac tu,
Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 32.—
B.
Esp.
a.
In a hendiadys:
utinam isto animo atque virtute in summa re publica versari quam in municipali maluisset,
with this virtuous feeling, Cic. Leg. 3, 16, 36:
de conplexu ejus ac sinu,
of his bosom embrace, id. Cat. 2, 10, 22:
me eadem, quae ceteros, fama atque invidia vexabat, i. e. invidiosa fama,
Sall. C. 3 fin.:
clamore atque adsensu,
shout of applause, Liv. 21, 3.—
b.
In joining to the idea of a preceding word one more important, and indeed, and even, and especially (v. Kritz ad Sall. J. 4, 3).
(α).
Absol.: Pa. Nempe tu istic ais esse erilem concubinam? Sc. Atque arguo me etc., yea and I maintain that I etc., Plaut. Mil. 2, 3, 66: Ph. Tun vidisti? Sc. Atque his quidem oculis, id. ib. 2, 4, 15: Ps. Ecquid habet is homo aceti in pectore? Ch. Atque acidissimi, id. Ps. 2, 4, 49; so id. Bacch. 3, 6, 9; id. Men. 1, 2, 40: Py. Cognoscitne (ea)? Ch. Ac memoriter, Ter. Eun. 5, 3, 6:
Faciam boni tibi aliquid pro ista re ac lubens,
and with a good will, id. Heaut. 4, 5, 15:
rem difficilem (dii immortales) atque omnium difficillimam,
and indeed, Cic. Or. 16, 52:
magna diis immortalibus habenda est gratia atque huic ipsi Jovi Statori, etc.,
and especially, id. Cat. 1, 5, 11:
hebeti ingenio atque nullo,
and in fact, id. Tusc. 5, 15, 45:
ex plurimis periculis et insidiis atque ex media morte,
and even, id. Cat. 4, 9:
fratre meo atque eodem propinquo suo interfecto,
and at the same time, Sall. J. 14, 11:
intra moenia atque in sinu urbis,
id. C. 52, 35.—
(β).
With adeo, and that too, and even:
intra moenia atque adeo in senatu,
Cic. Cat. 1, 2, 5:
qui in urbe remanserunt atque adeo qui contra urbis salutem etc.,
id. ib. 2, 12, 27:
insto atque urgeo, insector, posco atque adeo flagito crimen,
id. Planc. 19 fin.:
non petentem atque adeo etiam absentem,
Liv. 10, 5.—And with autem also added:
atque adeo autem quor etc.,
Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 42.—
(γ).
With etiam:
id jam populare atque etiam plausibile factum est,
and also, Cic. Div. in Caecil. 3, 8:
ne Verginio commeatum dent atque etiam in custodia habeant,
Liv. 3, 46.—
(δ).
With the dem. pron. hic, is:
negotium magnum est navigare atque id mense Quintili,
and besides, and that, and that too, Cic. Att. 5, 12; 1, 14:
maximis defixis trabibus atque eis praeacutis,
Caes. B. C. 1, 27:
Asseres pedum XII. cuspidibus praefixis atque hi maximis ballistis missi,
id. ib. 2, 2:
duabus missis subsidio cohortibus a Caesare, atque his primis legionum duarum,
id. B. G. 5, 15; id. B. C. 3, 70:
flumen uno omnino loco pedibus atque hoc aegre transiri potest,
id. B. G. 5, 18:
ad celeritatem onerandi subductionesque paulo facit humiliores... atque id eo magis, quod, etc.,
id. ib. 5, 1; cf. without id (perh. to avoid the repetition of the pron.): qua (sc. virtute) nostri milites facile superabant, atque eo magis, quod, etc., and that the more because etc., id. ib. 3, 8 fin.:
dicendi artem apta trepidatione occultans atque eo validior,
Tac. H. 1, 69; 2, 37; id. A. 4, 22; 4, 46.—
II.
In comparisons.
A.
Of equality (Rudd. II. p. 94; Zumpt, § 340); with par, idem, item, aequus, similis, juxta, talis, totidem, etc., as: et nota, quod ex hujus modi structura Graeca (sc. homoios kai, etc.) frequenter Latini ac et atque in significatione similitudinis accipiunt, Prisc. pp. 1192 and 1193 P.; cf. Gell. 10, 29; Lidd. and Scott, s. v. kai, III.:
si parem sententiam hic habet ac formam,
Plaut. Mil. 4, 6, 36: quom opulenti loquuntur pariter atque ignobiles, Enn. ap. Gell. 11, 4:
Ecastor pariter hoc atque alias res soles,
Plaut. Men. 5, 1, 52:
pariter nunc opera me adjuves ac re dudum opitulata es,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 3:
neque enim mihi par ratio cum Lucilio est ac tecum fuit,
Cic. N. D. 3, 1, 3:
parique eum atque illos imperio esse jussit,
Nep. Dat. 3, 5:
magistrum equitum pari ac dictatorem imperio fugavit,
id. Hann. 5, 3:
pariter patribus ac plebi carus,
Liv. 2, 33: nam et vita est eadem et animus te erga idem ac fuit, Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 24:
In hanc argumentationes ex eisdem locis sumendae sunt atque in causam negotialem,
Cic. Inv. 2, 23, 70:
equi quod alii sunt ad rem militarem idonei, alii ad vecturam... non item sunt spectandi atque habendi,
Varr. R. R. 2, 7, 15; id. L. L. 10, § 74 Mull.:
cum ex provincia populi Romani aequam partem tu tibi sumpseris atque populo Romano miseris,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 19:
Modo ne in aequo (jure) hostes apud vos sint ac nos socii,
Liv. 39, 37 (exs. with aeque; v. aeque, d); Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 83 fin.:
et simili jure tu ulcisceris patrui mortem atque ille persequeretur fratris sui, si, etc.,
id. Rab. Perd. 5; id. Phil. 1, 4; id. Agr. 1, 4 fin.:
similem pavorem inde ac fugam fore, ac bello Gallico fuerit,
Liv. 6, 28; Col. 5, 7, 3:
contendant, se juxta hieme atque aestate bella gerere posse,
Liv. 5, 6; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 1, 54, 9:
faxo eum tali mactatum, atque hic est, infortunio,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 9, 39; Cic. Vatin. 4, 10:
cum totidem navibus atque erat profectus,
Nep. Milt. 7, 4.—
B.
Of difference; with alius and its derivv., with dissimile, contra, contrarius, secus, etc., than:
illi sunt alio ingenio atque tu,
other than, different from, Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 35 al.; v. the passages under alius, I. B. a:
aliter tuum amorem atque est accipis,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 23 al.; v. the passages under aliter, 1. a.; cf.
also aliorsum, II., and aliusmodi: quod est non dissimile atque ire in Solonium,
Cic. Att. 2, 3:
simulacrum in excelso collocare et, contra atque ante fuerat, ad orientem convertere,
id. Cat. 3, 8, 20:
vides, omnia fere contra ac dicta sint evenisse,
id. Div. 2, 24 fin.; id. Verr. 2, 1, 46:
qui versantur retro, contrario motu atque caelum,
id. Rep. 6, 17, 17:
membra paulo secus a me atque ab illo partita,
id. de Or. 3, 30, 119:
cujus ego salutem non secus ac meam tueri debeo,
id. Planc. 1 fin. al.; v. contra, contrarius, secus, etc.—
C.
Sometimes, in cases of equality or difference, atque with ut or ac with si (with aliter affirm. Cic. appears to connect only atque ut, not ac si;
once, however, non aliter, ac si,
Cic. Att. 13, 51;
v. aliter, 1. b.): pariter hoc fit atque ut alia facta sunt,
Plaut. Am. 4, 1, 11:
nec fallaciam Astutiorem ullus fecit poeta atque Ut haec est fabre facta a nobis,
id. Cas. 5, 1, 6 sqq.:
quod iste aliter atque ut edixerat decrevisset,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 46:
et qui suos casus aliter ferunt atque ut auctores aliis ipsi fuerunt, etc.,
id. Tusc. 3, 30, 73:
si mentionem fecerint, quo aliter ager possideretur atque ut ex legibus Juliis,
id. Att. 2, 18, 2; 16, 13, c; cf. Wopk. Lect. Tull. 1, 15, p. 118; Dig. 43, 13, 11:
Egnatii absentis rem ut tueare, aeque a te peto ac si mea negotia essent,
just as if, Cic. Fam. 13, 43:
tu autem similiter facis ac si me roges, etc.,
id. N. D. 3, 3, 8:
reliquis officiis, juxta ac si meus frater esset, sustentavit,
id. Post. Red. in Sen. 8, 20:
quod dandum est amicitiae, large dabitur a me non secus ac si meus esset frater,
id. Mur. 4 fin.:
haec sunt, tribuni, consilia vestra, non, hercule, dissimilia, ac si quis, etc.,
Liv. 5, 5 fin. al. —
D.
More rare with nimis, in partem, pro eo, etc.;
in Plaut. also with mutare or demutare = aliud esse: nimis bellus, atque ut esse maxume optabam, locus,
Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 73:
haud centensumam Partem dixi atque, otium rei si sit, possim expromere,
id. Mil. 3, 1, 168: sane quam pro eo ac debui graviter molesteque tuli, just as was my duty, Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5:
debeo sperare, omnes deos, qui huic urbi praesident, pro eo mihi, ac mereor, relaturos gratiam esse,
Cic. Cat. 4, 2:
pro eo, ac si concessum sit, concludere oportebit argumentationem,
id. Inv. 1, 32, 54:
non possum ego non aut proxime atque ille aut etiam aeque laborare,
nearly the same as he, id. Fam. 9, 13, 2:
neque se luna quoquam mutat atque uti exorta est semel,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 118:
num quid videtur demutare atque ut quidem Dixi?
id. Mil. 4, 3, 37.—
E.
Sometimes the word indicating comparison (aeque, tantopere, etc.) is to be supplied from the connection (in the class. per. perh. used only once by Cassius in epist. style):
nebula haud est mollis atque hujus est,
Plaut. Cas. 4, 4, 21:
quem esse amicum ratus sum atque ipsus sum mihi,
id. Bacch. 3, 6, 20:
quae suco caret atque putris pumex,
Priap. 32, 7 (Mull., est putusque): digne ac mereor commendatus esse, Cass. ap. Cic. Fam. 12, 13; Dig. 2, 14, 4; 19, 2, 54.—
F.
Poet. or in post-Aug. prose with comparatives (for quam), than:
amicior mihi nullus vivit atque is est,
Plaut. Merc. 5, 2, 56:
non Apollinis magis verum atque hoc responsum est,
Ter. And. 4, 2, 15 Ruhnk.:
Illi non minus ac tibi Pectore uritur intimo Flamma,
Cat. 61, 172:
haud minus ac jussi faciunt,
Verg. A. 3, 561:
Non tuus hoc capiet venter plus ac meus,
Hor. S. 1, 1, 46 Bentl. and Heind. (cf. infra:
nihilo plus accipias quam Qui nil portarit): qui peccas minus atque ego,
id. ib. 2, 7, 96:
Artius atque hedera procera adstringitur ilex,
id. Epod. 15, 5; Suet. Caes. 14 Ruhnk. —
G.
In the comparison of two periods of time, most freq. with simul (v. examples under simul); ante- or post-class. with principio, statim:
principio Atque animus ephebis aetate exiit,
as soon as, Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 40:
judici enim, statim atque factus est, omnium rerum officium incumbit,
Dig. 21, 1, 25:
quamvis, statim atque intercessit, mulier competierat,
ib. 16, 1, 24.—
III.
To connect a negative clause which explains or corrects what precedes; hence sometimes with potius (class.; in Cic. very freq., but rare in the poets), and not, and not rather.
a.
Absol.:
Decipiam ac non veniam,
Ter. Heaut. 4, 4, 6:
si fidem habeat,... ac non id metuat, ne etc.,
id. Eun. 1, 2, 60:
perparvam vero controversiam dicis, ac non eam, quae dirimat omnia,
Cic. Leg. 1, 20, 54:
quasi nunc id agatur, quis ex tanta multitudine occiderit, ac non hoc quaeratur, eum, etc.,
id. Rosc. Am. 33:
si (mundum) tuum ac non deorum immortalium domicilium putes, nonne plane desipere videare?
id. N. D. 2, 6, 17:
nemo erat, qui illum reum ac non miliens condemnatum arbitraretur,
id. Att. 1, 16:
si hoc dissuadere est, ac non disturbare ac pervertere,
id. Agr. 2, 37, 101:
si res verba desideraret ac non pro se ipsa loqueretur,
id. Fam. 3, 2 fin.: hoc te exspectare tempus tibi turpe est ac non ei rei sapientia tua te occurrere, Serv. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 6:
velut destituti ac non qui ipsi destituissent,
Liv. 8, 27; 7, 3 fin.:
si mihi mea sententia proferenda ac non disertissimorum,
Tac. Or. 1.—
b.
With potius:
Quam ob rem scriba deducet, ac non potius mulio, qui advexit?
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 79 (B. and K., et):
quis (eum) ita aspexit, ut perditum civem, ac non potius ut importunissimum hostem?
id. Cat. 2, 6, 12.— Pliny the elder commonly employs in this sense atque non, not ac non:
concremasse ea (scrinia) optuma fide atque non legisse,
Plin. 7, 25, 26, § 94; 22, 24, 50, § 108; 29, 2, 9, § 29; 27, 9, 55, § 78; 31, 7, 39, § 73 et saep. —
IV.
In connecting clauses and beginning periods.
1.
In gen., and, and so, and even, and too: Pamph. Antiquam adeo tuam venustatem obtines. Bacch. Ac tu ecastor morem antiquom atque ingenium obtines, And you too, Ter. Hec. 5, 4, 20:
atque illi (philosopho) ordiri placet etc.,
Cic. de Or. 3, 47, 183: Africanus indigens mei? Minime hercle. Ac ne ego quidem illius, And I indeed not, etc., id. Lael. 9, 30; id. Fin. 5, 11, 33:
cum versus facias, te ipsum percontor, etc.... Atque ego cum Graecos facerem, natus mare citra, Versiculos, etc.,
Hor. S. 1, 10, 31:
multa quippe et diversa angebant: validior per Germaniam exercitus, etc.... quos igitur anteferret? ac (i. e. similiter angebat), ne postpositi contumelia incenderentur,
Tac. A. 1, 47:
Minime, minime, inquit Secundus, atque adeo vellem maturius intervenisses,
Tac. Or. 14:
ac similiter in translatione, etc.,
Quint. 3, 6, 77.—
2.
In adducing new arguments of similar force in favor of any assertion or making further statements about a subject, etc.; cf. Beier ad Cic. Off. 3, 11, 487.
a.
Absol.:
maxima est enim vis vetustatis et consuetudinis: atque in ipso equo, cujus modo mentionem feci, si, etc.,
and furthermore, and moreover, Cic. Lael. 19, 68: Atque, si natura confirmatura jus non erit, virtutes omnes tollentur, id. Leg. 1, 15, 42 B. and K. —
b.
Often with etiam:
Atque alias etiam dicendi virtutes sequitur,
Cic. Or. 40, 139:
Atque hoc etiam animadvertendum non esse omnia etc.,
id. de Or. 2, 61, 251; so id. Off. 1, 26, 90; id. N. D. 2, 11, 30; Col. 2, 2, 3.—
c.
Sometimes with quoque:
Atque occidi quoque Potius quam cibum praehiberem,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 133; so Cic. N. D. 2, 12, 32; Col. 2, 13, 3, and Cels. 2, 3; 3, 22.—
d.
And even with quoque etiam: Atque ego [p. 191] quoque etiam, qui Jovis sum filius, Contagione etc., Plaut. Am. prol. 30.—
3.
In narration:
aegre submoventes obvios intrare portam, qui adducebant Philopoemenem, potuerunt: atque conferta turba iter reliquum clauserat,
Liv. 39, 49; 5, 21 fin.:
completur caede, quantum inter castra murosque vacui fuit: ac rursus nova laborum facies,
Tac. H. 3, 30; cf. Caes. B. C. 2, 28 fin. and 2, 29 init. —
4.
In introducing comparisons, atque ut, atque velut (mostly poet., esp. in epic poetry):
Atque ut perspicio, profecto etc.,
Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 53:
ac veluti magno in populo cum saepe coorta est Seditio.... Sic cunctus pelagi cecidit fragor, etc.,
Verg. A. 1, 148; so id. G. 4, 170; id. A. 2, 626; 4, 402; 4, 441; 6, 707; 9, 59; 10, 405; 10, 707; 10, 803; 11, 809; 12, 365; 12, 521; 12, 684; 12, 715;
12, 908: Inclinare meridiem Sentis ac, veluti stet volucris dies, Parcis deripere etc.,
Hor. C. 3, 28, 6; Val. Fl. 6, 664;
and so, Ac velut in nigro jactatis turbine nautis, etc.... Tale fuit nobis Manius auxilium,
Cat. 68, 63 (for which Sillig and Muller read:
Hic velut, etc.): Atque ut magnas utilitates adipiscimur, etc.,
Cic. Off. 2, 5, 16:
Atque ut hujus mores veros amicos parere non potuerunt, sic etc.,
id. Lael. 15, 54.—
5.
In connecting two acts or events.
a.
In the order of time, and then; hence the ancient grammarians assume in it the notion of quick succession, and explain it, though improperly, as syn. with statim, ilico, without any accompanying copulative, v. Gell. 10, 29; Non. p. 530, 1 sq. (only in the poets and histt.): Atque atque accedit muros Romana juventus (the repetition of the atque represents the approach step by step), Enn. ap. Gell. and Non. l. l. (Ann. v. 527 Mull.): Quo imus una;
ad prandium? Atque illi tacent,
And then they are silent, Plaut. Capt. 3, 1, 19:
Ubi cenamus? inquam, atque illi abnuunt,
and upon this they shake their head, id. ib. 3, 1, 21; id. Ep. 2, 2, 33:
dum circumspecto atque ego lembum conspicor,
id. Bacch. 2, 3, 45; so id. Merc. 2, 1, 32; 2, 1, 35; id. Most. 5, 1, 9:
lucernam forte oblitus fueram exstinguere: Atque ille exclamat derepente maximum,
and then he suddenly exclaims, id. ib. 2, 2, 57: cui fidus Achates It comes... atque illi Misenum in litore sicco Ut venere, vident, etc., and as they thus came, etc., Verg. A. 6, 162:
dixerat, atque illi sese deus obtulit ultro,
Stat. Th. 9, 481; 12, 360; Liv. 26, 39, 16; Tac. H. 3, 17:
tum Otho ingredi castra ausus: atque illum tribuni centurionesque circumsistunt,
id. ib. 1, 82. —Sometimes with two imperatives, in order to indicate vividly the necessity of a quicker succession, or the close connection between two actions:
cape hoc argentum atque defer,
Ter. Heaut. 4, 7, 3:
abi domum ac deos comprecare,
id. Ad. 4, 5, 65:
tace modo ac sequere hac,
id. ib. 2, 4, 16:
Accipe carmina atque hanc sine tempora circum hederam tibi serpere,
Verg. E. 8, 12; id. G. 1, 40; 3, 65; 4, 330:
Da auxilium, pater, atque haec omina firma,
id. A. 2, 691; 3, 89; 3, 250; 3, 639; 4, 424; 9, 90; 10, 624; 11, 370.—
b.
In the order of thought, and so, and thus, and therefore.
(α).
Absol.:
si nunc de tuo jure concessisses paululum, Atque adulescenti morigerasses,
and so, Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 10.—
(β).
With ita or sic:
Ventum deinde ad multo angustiorem rupem, atque ita rectis saxis, etc.,
Liv. 21, 36; Plin. 10, 58, 79, § 158:
ac sic prope innumerabiles species reperiuntur,
Quint. 12, 10, 67.—
c.
Connecting conclusion and condition, so, then (cf. at, II. F.):
non aliter quam qui adverso vix flumine lembum Remigiis subigit, si bracchia forte remisit, Atque illum praeceps prono rapit alveus amni,
Verg. G. 1, 203 (here explained by statim by Gell. 10, 29, and by Servius, but thus its connective force is wholly lost; cf. also Forbig ad h. l. for still another explanation).—
6.
(As supra, I. c.) To annex a thought of more importance:
Satisne videtur declarasse Dionysius nihil esse ei beatum, cui semper aliqui terror impendeat? atque ei ne integrum quidem erat, ut ad justitiam remigraret,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 21, 62; id. Tull. 4:
hoc enim spectant leges, hoc volunt, incolumem esse civium conjunctionem, quam qui dirimunt, eos morte... coercent. Atque hoc multo magis efficit ipsa naturae ratio,
id. Off. 3, 5, 23; id. Fam. 6, 1, 4: hac spe lapsus Induciomarus... exsules damnatosque tota Gallia magnis praemiis ad se allicere coepit;
ac tantam sibi jam iis rebus in Gallia auctoritatem comparaverat, ut, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 5, 55 fin.; Nep. Hann. 13, 2; Quint. 1, 10, 16.—Hence also in answers, in order to confirm a question or assertion:
Sed videone ego Pamphilippum cum fratre Epignomo? Atque is est,
And he it is, Yes, it is he, Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 4; so id. Truc. 1, 2, 24: Th. Mihin malum minitare? Ca. Atque edepol non minitabor, sed dabo, id. Curc. 4, 4, 15: Ch. Egon formidulosus? nemost hominum, qui vivat, minus. Th. Atque ita opust, Ter. Eun. 4, 6, 20.—
7.
In expressing a wish, atque utinam:
Veritus sum arbitros, atque utinam memet possim obliscier! Att., Trag. Rel. p. 160 Rib.: videmus enim fuisse quosdam, qui idem ornate ac graviter, idem versute et subtiliter dicerent. Atque utinam in Latinis talis oratoris simulacrum reperire possemus!
Cic. Or. 7, 22; so id. Rep. 3, 5, 8:
Atque utinam pro decore etc.,
Liv. 21, 41, 13:
Atque utinam ex vobis unus etc.,
Verg. E. 10, 35; id. A. 1, 575:
Atque utinam... Ille vir in medio fiat amore lapis!
Prop. 2, 9, 47; 3, 6, 15; 3, 7, 25; 3, 8, 19 al.—
8.
To connect an adversative clause, and often fully with tamen, and yet, notwithstanding, nevertheless.
a.
Absol.: Mihi quidem hercle non fit veri simile;
atque ipsis commentum placet,
Ter. And. 1, 3, 20 Ruhnk. (atque pro tamen, Don.):
ego quia non rediit filius, quae cogito!... Atque ex me hic natus non est, sed ex fratre,
id. Ad. 1, 1, 15 (Quasi dicat, ex me non est, et sic afficior: quid paterer si genuissem? Don.; cf. Acron. ap. Charis. p. 204 P.); Cic. Off. 3, 11, 48 Beier; id. Mur. 34, 71 Matth.:
ceterum ex aliis negotiis, quae ingenio exercentur, in primis magno usui est memoria rerum gestarum... Atque ego credo fore qui, etc.,
and yet I believe, Sall. J. 4, 1 and 3 Corte; id. C. 51, 35:
observare principis egressum in publicum, insidere vias examina infantium futurusque populus solebat. Labor parentibus erat ostentare parvulos... Ac plerique insitis precibus surdas principis aures obstrepebant,
Plin. Pan. 26.—
b.
With tamen:
nihil praeterea est magnopere dicendum. Ac tamen, ne cui loco non videatur esse responsum, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 2, 27, 85:
discipulos dissimilis inter se ac tamen laudandos,
id. de Or. 3, 10, 35; id. Rep. 1, 7, 12:
Atque in his tamen tribus generibus etc.,
id. Off. 3, 33, 118; id. Pis. 1, 3; 13, 30; id. Prov. Cons. 7, 16; 7, 15 fin. (cf. in reference to the last four passages Wund. Varr. Lectt. p. lviii. sq.):
ac tamen initia fastigii etc.,
Tac. A. 3, 29; 3, 56; 12, 56;
14, 21: pauciores cum pluribus certasse, ac tamen fusos Germanos,
id. H. 5, 16.—
9.
To connect a minor affirmative proposition (the assumptio or propositio minor of logical lang.) in syllogisms, now, but, but now (while atqui is used to connect either an affirmative or negative minor premiss: v. atqui): Scaptius quaternas postulabat. Metui, si impetrasset, ne tu ipse me amare desineres;
... Atque hoc tempore ipso impingit mihi epistulam etc.,
Cic. Att. 6, 1, 6.—Sometimes the conclusion is to be supplied:
nisi qui naturas hominum, penitus perspexerit, dicendo, quod volet, perficere non poterit. Atque totus hic locus philosophorum putatur proprius (conclusion: ergo oratorem philosophiam cognoscere oportet),
Cic. de Or. 1, 12, 53 and 54.—
10.
In introducing a purpose (freq. in Cic.).
a.
A negative purpose, and esp. in anticipating an objection:
Ac ne sine causa videretur edixisse,
Cic. Phil. 3, 9, 24:
Ac ne forte hoc magnum ac mirabile esse videatur,
id. de Or. 2, 46, 191; so id. Fam. 5, 12, 30:
Ac ne saepius dicendum sit,
Cels. 8, 1:
Ac ne forte roges, quo me duce, quo lare tuter,
Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 13:
Ac ne forte putes,
id. ib. 2, 1, 208:
Ac ne forte putes etc.,
Ov. R. Am. 465 (Merkel, Et).—
b.
A positive purpose:
Atque ut ejus diversa studia in dissimili ratione perspicere possitis, nemo etc.,
Cic. Cat. 2, 5, 9:
Atque ut omnes intellegant me etc.... dico etc.,
id. Imp. Pomp. 8, 20; 2, 4; id. Clu. 14, 43; id. Sull. 2, 5; id. de Or. 3, 11, 40:
Atque ut C. Flaminium relinquam etc.,
id. Leg. 3, 9, 20; id. Fin. 3, 2, 4.—
11.
a.. In continuing a thought in assertions or narration, and, now, and now, Plaut. Aul. prol. 18: audistis, cum pro se diceret, genus orationis, etc.,... perspexistis. Atque in eo non solum ingenium ejus videbatis, etc., Cic. Cael. 19, 45; so id. de Or. 3, 32, 130; 2, 7, 27; 3, 10, 39 al.; Caes. B. G. 2, 29; Nep. Ages. 7, 3; 8, 1, Eum. 10, 3 Bremi; Tac. A. 14, 64; 15, 3; Verg. A. 9, 1; Sil. 4, 1 al.: ac si, sublato illo, depelli a vobis omne periculum judicarem, now if I, etc., Cic. Cat. 2, 2, 3:
atque si etiam hoc natura praescribit, etc.,
id. Off. 3, 6, 27; so Quint. 10, 1, 26; 10, 2, 8.—
b.
In introducing parentheses:
vulgo credere, Penino (atque inde nomen et jugo Alpium inditum) transgressum,
Liv. 21, 38:
omne adfectus genus (atque ea maxime jucundam et ornatam faciunt orationem) de luxuria, etc.,
Quint. 4, 3, 15 MSS., where Halm after Spalding reads et quae. —
c.
At the conclusion of a discourse (not infreq. in Cic.): Atque in primis duabus dicendi partibus qualis esset, summatim breviterque descripsimus, And thus have we, then, briefly described, etc., Cic. Or. 15, 50:
Ac de primo quidem officii fonte diximus,
id. Off. 1, 6, 19:
Ac de inferenda quidem injuria satis dictum est,
id. ib. 1, 8, 27; id. Inv. 2, 39, 115 al.—
V.
In particular connections and phrases.
A.
Unus atque alter, one and the other; alius atque alius, one and another; now this, now that:
unae atque alterae scalae,
Sall. J. 60, 7:
quarum (coclearum) cum unam atque alteram, dein plures peteret,
id. ib. 93, 2:
unum atque alterum lacum integer perfluit,
Tac. H. 5, 6:
dilatisque alia atque alia de causa comitiis,
Liv. 8, 23, 17; Col. 9, 8, 10:
alius atque alius,
Tac. H. 1, 46; 1, 50 (v. alius, II. D.).—Also separated by several words:
aliud ejus subinde atque aliud facientes initium,
Sen. Ep. 32, 2.—
B.
Etiam atque etiam. again and again:
temo Stellas cogens etiam atque etiam Noctis sublime iter, Enn., Trag. Rel. p. 39 Rib.: etiam atque etiam cogita,
Ter. Eun. 1, 1, 11:
etiam atque etiam considera,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 14, 46:
monitos eos etiam atque etiam volo,
id. Cat. 2, 12, 27.—So, semel atque iterum, Cic. Font. 26; id. Clu. 49; Tac. Or. 17; and:
iterum atque iterum,
Verg. A. 8, 527; Hor. S. 1, 10, 39.—
C.
Huc atque illuc, hither and thither, Cic. Q. Rosc. 37; id. de Or. 1, 40, 184; Verg. A. 9, 57; Ov. M. 2, 357; 10, 376; Tac. Agr. 10; id. H. 1, 85.—
D.
Longe atque late, far and wide, Cic. Marcell. 29:
atque eccum or atque eccum video, in colloquial lang.: Heus vocate huc Davom. Atque eccum,
but here he is, Ter. And. 3, 3, 48:
Audire vocem visa sum modo militis. Atque eccum,
and here he is, id. Eun. 3, 2, 2; so id. Hec. 4, 1, 8.—
E.
Atque omnia, in making an assertion general, and so generally:
Atque in eis omnibus, quae sunt actionis, inest quaedam vis a natura data,
Cic. de Or. 3, 59, 223:
quorum (verborum) descriptus ordo alias alia terminatione concluditur, atque omnia illa et prima et media verba spectare debent ad ultimum,
id. Or. 59, 200; id. de Or. 2, 64, 257: commoda civium non divellere, atque omnes aequitate eadem continere, and so rather, etc., id. Off. 2, 23, 83:
nihil acerbum esse, nihil crudele, atque omnia plena clementiae, humanitatis,
id. ad Q. Fr. 1, 1, 8:
Atque omnis vitae ratio sic constat, ut, quae probamus in aliis, facere ipsi velimus,
Quint. 10, 2, 2.—
F.
With other conjunctions.
1.
After et:
equidem putabam virtutem hominibus instituendo et persuadendo, non minis et vi ac metu tradi,
Cic. de Or. 1, 58, 247:
Magnifica vero vox et magno viro ac sapiente digna,
id. Off. 3, 1, 1; id. Cael. 13:
vanus aspectus et auri fulgor atque argenti,
Tac. Agr. 32.:
denuntiarent, ut ab Saguntinis abstineret et Carthaginem in Africam traicerent ac sociorum querimonias deferrent,
Liv. 21, 6, 4:
ubi et fratrem consilii ac periculi socium haberem,
id. 21, 41, 2:
et uti liter demum ac Latine perspicueque,
Quint. 8, 3, 3:
Nam et subtili plenius aliquid atque subtilius et vehementi remissius atque vehementius invenitur,
id. 12, 10, 67. —
2.
After que, as in Gr. te kai: litterisque ac laudibus aeternare, Varr. ap. Non. p. 75, 20:
submoverique atque in castra redigi,
Liv. 26, 10:
terrorem caedemque ac fugam fecere,
id. 21, 52:
mus Sub terris posuitque domos atque horrea fecit,
Verg. G. 1, 182; 3, 434; id. A. 8, 486.—
3.
Before et:
caelum ipsum ac mare et silvas circum spectantes,
Tac. Agr. 32.—
4.
After neque (only in the poets and post - Aug. prose):
nec clavis nec canis atque calix,
Mart. 1, 32, 4: naturam Oceani atque aestus [p. 192] neque quaerere hujus operis est, ac multi retulere, Tac. Agr. 10:
mediocritatem pristinam neque dissimulavit umquam ac frequenter etiam prae se tulit,
Suet. Vesp. 12.—
G.
Atque repeated, esp. in arch. Lat.: Scio solere plerisque hominibus in rebus secundis atque prolixis atque prosperis animum excellere atque superbiam atque ferociam augescere atque crescere, Cato ap. Gell. 7, 3: Dicere possum quibus villae atque aedes aedificatae atque expolitae maximo opere citro atque ebore atque pavimentis Poenicis stent, Cato ap. Fest. p. 242 Mull.:
atque ut C. Flamininum atque ea, quae jam prisca videntur, propter vetustatem relinquam,
Cic. Leg. 3, 9, 20:
omnem dignitatem tuam in virtute atque in rebus gestis atque in tua gravitate positam existimare,
id. Fam. 1, 5, 8.—Esp. freq. in enumerations in the poets:
Haec atque illa dies atque alia atque alia,
Cat. 68, 152:
Mavortia tellus Atque Getae atque Hebrus,
Verg. G. 4, 463:
Clioque et Beroe atque Ephyre Atque Opis et Asia,
id. ib. 4, 343.—And sometimes forming a double connective, both— and = et—et:
Multus ut in terras deplueretque lapis: Atque tubas atque arma ferunt crepitantia caelo Audita,
Tib. 2, 5, 73:
complexa sui corpus miserabile nati Atque deos atque astra vocat crudelia mater,
Verg. E. 5, 23; Sil. 1, 93; v. Forbig ad Verg. l. l.

► Atque regularly stands at the beginning of its sentence or clause or before the word it connects, but in poetry it sometimes, like et and at, stands:
a.
In the second place:
Jamque novum terrae stupeant lucescere solem, Altius atque cadant imbres,
Verg. E. 6, 38 Rib., ubi v. Forbig.:
Accipite ergo animis atque haec mea figite dicta,
id. A. 3, 250, and 10, 104 (animis may, however, here be taken with Accipite, as in id. ib. 5, 304):
Esto beata, funus atque imagines Ducant triumphales tuum,
Hor. Epod. 8, 11; id. S. 1, 5, 4; 1, 6, 111; 1, 7, 12 (ubi v. Fritzsche).—
b.
In the third place:
quod pubes hedera virente Gaudeant pulla magis atque myrto,
Hor. C. 1, 25, 18; cf. at fin. (Vid. more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 452-513.)

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > adque

10 atque

atque or āc (atque is used before vowels and consonants, ac, in class. lang., only before consonants; v. infra, I.), conj. [at has regularly in the compound atque a continuative, as in atqui it has an adversative force; pr. and further, and besides, and also; cf. in Gr. pros de, pros de eti, eti kai, eti de, and te kai; v. at init., and for the change of form atque, ac, cf. neque, nec; in MSS. and inscriptions sometimes written adque, and sometimes by confusion atqui ], a copulative particle, and also, and besides, and even, and (indicating a close internal connection between single words or whole clauses; while et designates an external connection of diff. objects with each other, v. et; syn.: et, -que, autem, praeterea, porro, ad hoc, ad haec).
I.
In joining single words, which is its most common use.
A.
In gen. (The following representation is based on a collection of all the instances of the use of atque and ac in Cic. Imp. Pomp., Phil. 2, Tusc. 1, and Off. 1; in Caes. B. G. 1 and 2; in Sall. C.; and in Liv. 21; and wherever in the account either author or work is not cited, there atque or ac does not occur.)
1.
The form atque.
a.
Before vowels and h. —Before a (very freq.):
sociorum atque amicorum,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6; 3, 7; id. Phil. 2, 13, 33; id. Tusc. 1, 34, 122; Caes. B. G. 1, 2; 1, 18; 1, 26; 2, 14; Sall. C. 5, 8; 7, 5; Liv. 21, 3; 21, 12.—Before e (very freq.):
deposci atque expeti,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 5; 6, 16; 10, 28; id. Phil, 2, 21, 51; 2, 21, 52; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; Caes. B. G. 1, 6; 1, 15; 1, 18; 2, 19; Sall. C. 14, 6; 49, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 37.—Before i (very freq.):
excitare atque inflammare,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6; 3, 7; 7, 18; id. Phil. 2, 15, 37; 2, 21, 50; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; 1, 40, 97; Caes. B. G. 1, 17; 1, 20; 1, 22; 2, 1 bis; Sall. C. 2, 3; 3, 5; 14, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 6; 21, 10.—Before o (freq. in Cic.):
honestissimus atque ornatissimus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 17; 8, 21; 11, 31; id. Off. 1, 25, 86; 1, 27, 94; Caes. B. G. 1, 40; 2, 14; Sall. C. 10, 6; Liv. 21, 8.—Before u (very rare), Cic. Imp. Pomp. 3, 7; 5, 11; 6, 15; Caes. B. G. 1, 26; 2, 20; Sall. C. 31, 6; 42, 1.—Before h (not infreq.):
Sertorianae atque Hispaniensis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 7, 19; id. Tusc. 1, 28, 69; id. Off. 1, 24, 87; Caes. B. G. 1, 19; 2, 9; 2, 10; Sall. C. 6, 1; 12, 2; Liv. 21, 37.—
b.
Before consonants.—Before b (very rare):
Gallorum atque Belgarum,
Caes. B. G. 1, 6; so,
Cassius atque Brutus,
Tac. A. 3, 76.—Before c (infreq. in Cic., freq. in Sall.):
in portubus atque custodiis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 16; 8, 21; id. Phil. 2, 8, 18; id. Tusc. 1, 18, 42; id. Off. 1, 25, 88; Sall. C. 2, 3; 7, 4; 16, 3; 26, 4; 29, 3.—Before d (infreq.):
superatam esse atque depressam,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 8, 21; id. Phil. 2, 44, 114: id. Off. 1, 6, 19; 1, 25, 85; 1, 33, 119; Sall. C. 4, 1; 20, 7; 20, 10.—Before f (infreq.):
vitiis atque flagitiis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 30, 72; id. Off. 1, 28, 98; 1, 28, 100; Caes. B. G. 1, 2; Sall. C. 1, 4; 2, 9; 11, 2.— Before g (very rare):
dignitate atque gloria,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 11; 5, 12:
virtute atque gloria,
Sall. C. 3, 2; 61, 9.—Before j (very rare):
labore atque justitia,
Sall. C. 10, 1; 29, 3.—Before l (rare):
hilari atque laeto,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 100; id. Off. 1, 19, 64; Sall. C. 14, 3; 21, 2; 28, 4.—Before m (infreq. in Cic., once in Caes.):
multae atque magnae,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 17, 50; id. Phil. 2, 39, 100; id. Off. 1, 29, 103; 1, 31, 110; Caes. B. G. 1, 34; Sall. C. 18, 4; 31, 7; 34, 1; 51, 1.—Before n (infreq.):
adventu atque nomine,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 13; 20, 60; id. Off. 1, 28, 101; Sall. C. 2, 2 bis. —Before p (infreq. in Cic.):
magna atque praeclara,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 11, 31; 16, 48; id. Off. 1, 44, 156; Sall. C. 4, 1; 4, 4; 16, 2; 20, 3.—Before q (does not occur).—Before r (rare):
se conlegit atque recreavit,
Cic. Phil. 2, 24, 58.— Before s (rare in Cic.):
provinciarum atque sociorum,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1, 24, 71; id. Off. 1, 9, 30; 1, 21, 72; Sall. C. 2, 5; 2, 7; 6, 1.— Before t (infreq.):
parietum atque tectorum,
Cic. Phil. 2, 28, 69; id. Tusc. 1, 24, 57; id. Off. 1, 35, 126; Sall. C. 42, 2; 50, 3; 51, 38.—Before v (infreq.):
gravis atque vehemens,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 9, 25; id. Tusc. 1, 23, 54; Sall. C. 1, 1; 12, 3; 45, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 30.—
2.
The form ac before consonants.—Before b (very rare):
sentientes ac bene meritos,
Cic. Off. 1, 41, 149:
feri ac barbari,
Caes. B. G. 1, 31 and 33.—Before c (very rare):
liberis ac conjugibus,
Liv. 21, 30:
Romae ac circa urbem,
id. 21, 62.—Before d (freq. in Cic.):
periculum ac discrimen,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 12; 9, 23; 12, 33; id. Tusc. 1, 17, 40; 1, 28, 69; id. Off. 1, 14, 42:
usus ac disciplina,
Caes. B. G. 1, 40; 2, 31; Sall. C. 5, 4; 5, 8; 28, 1; Liv. 21, 10; 21, 18; 21, 19.—Before f (infreq.):
opima est ac fertilis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 14; 7, 19; id. Tusc. 1, 1, 2; 1, 27, 66; id. Off. 1, 29, 103:
potentissimos ac firmissimos,
Caes. B. G. 1, 3; 1, 48; 2, 12;
2, 13: pessuma ac flagitiosissima,
Sall. C. 5, 9; Liv. 21, 17; 21, 20.—Before g (does not occur).—Before j (very rare):
nobilitatis ac juventutis,
Cic. Phil. 2, 15, 37.—Before l (not infreq. in Liv.), Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 9; 23, 66; id. Phil. 2, 22, 54; Caes. B. G. 1, 12; 1, 23; 2, 23; Liv. 21, 13; 21, 14; 21, 35.—Before m (not infreq. in Cic.):
terrore ac metu,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 18, 54 bis; 20, 59; id. Tusc. 1, 40, 95; id. Off. 1, 30, 106; Caes. B. G. 1, 39; 2, 14; Sall. C. 2, 4; 10, 1; Liv. 21, 8; 21, 60.—Before n (not infreq. in Cic.):
insedit ac nimis inveteravit,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 3, 7:
gentes ac nationes,
id. ib. 11, 31; 12, 35 bis; id. Phil. 2, 21, 50; id. Tusc. 1, 21, 48; Caes. B. G. 1, 20; 2, 28; Liv. 21, 32.—Before p (not infreq. in Cic., Caes., and Liv.):
celeberrimum ac plenissimum,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 12, 33; 12, 35; 13, 36; id. Phil. 2, 15, 39; id. Tusc. 1, 17, 41; id. Off. 1, 20, 68; Caes. B. G. 1, 18; 1, 20; 2, 13; 2, 19; Sall. C. 5, 9; Liv. 21, 25; 21, 34; 21, 35.—Before q (does not occur).—Before r (infreq.):
firmamenti ac roboris,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 8, 21; 15, 45; id. Off. 1, 5, 15; Caes. B. G. 1, 25; Liv. 21, 41; 21, 44.—Before s (freq. in Cic. and Liv., infreq. in Caes.):
vectigalibus ac sociis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 4; 4, 10; 11, 30; id. Phil. 2, 27, 66; Caes. B. G. 1, 25; 1, 31; 1, 33; 2, 24; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 33 bis; 21, 36.—Before t (infreq. in Cic., freq. in Liv.):
tantis rebus ac tanto bello,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 27 bis; 19, 56; 20, 59; Caes. B. G. 1, 26; 1, 39; 2, 6; Liv. 21, 7 ter; 21, 10; 21, 14; 21, 25.—Before v (not in Cic., only once in Caes. and Sall., but freq. in Liv.):
armatos ac victores,
Caes. B. G. 1, 40:
inconsulte ac veluti etc.,
Sall. C. 42, 2:
opera ac vineae,
Liv. 21, 7; 21, 22; 21, 40; 21, 43. —(So in the phrases treated below: atque adeo, atque alter or alius, atque eccum, atque eo, atque etiam, atque illuc, atque is or hic, atque iterum, atque omnia, atque ut, atque late, atque sic, atque velut, but ac ne, ac si, and ac tamen).—With simul:
Britannorum acies in speciem simul ac terrorem editioribus locis constiterat,
Tac. Agr. 35:
in se simul atque in Herculem,
id. G. 34:
suos prosequitur simul ac deponit,
id. ib. 30; so,
sociis pariter atque hostibus,
id. H. 4, 73:
innocentes ac noxios juxta cadere,
id. A. 1, 48.—Hence, sometimes syn. with et—et, ut—ita, aeque ac; both—and, as—so, as well—as, as well as: hodie sero ac nequiquam [p. 190] voles, Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 103 (cf. Cic. Quinct. 25, 79:
verum et sero et nequidquam pudet): copia sententiarum atque verborum,
Cic. Cael. 19, 45:
omnia honesta atque inhonesta,
Sall. C. 30, 4:
nobiles atque ignobiles,
id. ib. 20, 7:
caloris ac frigoris patientia par,
Liv. 21, 4; 6, 41; Vell. 2, 127:
vir bonus et prudens dici delector ego ac tu,
Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 32.—
B.
Esp.
a.
In a hendiadys:
utinam isto animo atque virtute in summa re publica versari quam in municipali maluisset,
with this virtuous feeling, Cic. Leg. 3, 16, 36:
de conplexu ejus ac sinu,
of his bosom embrace, id. Cat. 2, 10, 22:
me eadem, quae ceteros, fama atque invidia vexabat, i. e. invidiosa fama,
Sall. C. 3 fin.:
clamore atque adsensu,
shout of applause, Liv. 21, 3.—
b.
In joining to the idea of a preceding word one more important, and indeed, and even, and especially (v. Kritz ad Sall. J. 4, 3).
(α).
Absol.: Pa. Nempe tu istic ais esse erilem concubinam? Sc. Atque arguo me etc., yea and I maintain that I etc., Plaut. Mil. 2, 3, 66: Ph. Tun vidisti? Sc. Atque his quidem oculis, id. ib. 2, 4, 15: Ps. Ecquid habet is homo aceti in pectore? Ch. Atque acidissimi, id. Ps. 2, 4, 49; so id. Bacch. 3, 6, 9; id. Men. 1, 2, 40: Py. Cognoscitne (ea)? Ch. Ac memoriter, Ter. Eun. 5, 3, 6:
Faciam boni tibi aliquid pro ista re ac lubens,
and with a good will, id. Heaut. 4, 5, 15:
rem difficilem (dii immortales) atque omnium difficillimam,
and indeed, Cic. Or. 16, 52:
magna diis immortalibus habenda est gratia atque huic ipsi Jovi Statori, etc.,
and especially, id. Cat. 1, 5, 11:
hebeti ingenio atque nullo,
and in fact, id. Tusc. 5, 15, 45:
ex plurimis periculis et insidiis atque ex media morte,
and even, id. Cat. 4, 9:
fratre meo atque eodem propinquo suo interfecto,
and at the same time, Sall. J. 14, 11:
intra moenia atque in sinu urbis,
id. C. 52, 35.—
(β).
With adeo, and that too, and even:
intra moenia atque adeo in senatu,
Cic. Cat. 1, 2, 5:
qui in urbe remanserunt atque adeo qui contra urbis salutem etc.,
id. ib. 2, 12, 27:
insto atque urgeo, insector, posco atque adeo flagito crimen,
id. Planc. 19 fin.:
non petentem atque adeo etiam absentem,
Liv. 10, 5.—And with autem also added:
atque adeo autem quor etc.,
Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 42.—
(γ).
With etiam:
id jam populare atque etiam plausibile factum est,
and also, Cic. Div. in Caecil. 3, 8:
ne Verginio commeatum dent atque etiam in custodia habeant,
Liv. 3, 46.—
(δ).
With the dem. pron. hic, is:
negotium magnum est navigare atque id mense Quintili,
and besides, and that, and that too, Cic. Att. 5, 12; 1, 14:
maximis defixis trabibus atque eis praeacutis,
Caes. B. C. 1, 27:
Asseres pedum XII. cuspidibus praefixis atque hi maximis ballistis missi,
id. ib. 2, 2:
duabus missis subsidio cohortibus a Caesare, atque his primis legionum duarum,
id. B. G. 5, 15; id. B. C. 3, 70:
flumen uno omnino loco pedibus atque hoc aegre transiri potest,
id. B. G. 5, 18:
ad celeritatem onerandi subductionesque paulo facit humiliores... atque id eo magis, quod, etc.,
id. ib. 5, 1; cf. without id (perh. to avoid the repetition of the pron.): qua (sc. virtute) nostri milites facile superabant, atque eo magis, quod, etc., and that the more because etc., id. ib. 3, 8 fin.:
dicendi artem apta trepidatione occultans atque eo validior,
Tac. H. 1, 69; 2, 37; id. A. 4, 22; 4, 46.—
II.
In comparisons.
A.
Of equality (Rudd. II. p. 94; Zumpt, § 340); with par, idem, item, aequus, similis, juxta, talis, totidem, etc., as: et nota, quod ex hujus modi structura Graeca (sc. homoios kai, etc.) frequenter Latini ac et atque in significatione similitudinis accipiunt, Prisc. pp. 1192 and 1193 P.; cf. Gell. 10, 29; Lidd. and Scott, s. v. kai, III.:
si parem sententiam hic habet ac formam,
Plaut. Mil. 4, 6, 36: quom opulenti loquuntur pariter atque ignobiles, Enn. ap. Gell. 11, 4:
Ecastor pariter hoc atque alias res soles,
Plaut. Men. 5, 1, 52:
pariter nunc opera me adjuves ac re dudum opitulata es,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 3:
neque enim mihi par ratio cum Lucilio est ac tecum fuit,
Cic. N. D. 3, 1, 3:
parique eum atque illos imperio esse jussit,
Nep. Dat. 3, 5:
magistrum equitum pari ac dictatorem imperio fugavit,
id. Hann. 5, 3:
pariter patribus ac plebi carus,
Liv. 2, 33: nam et vita est eadem et animus te erga idem ac fuit, Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 24:
In hanc argumentationes ex eisdem locis sumendae sunt atque in causam negotialem,
Cic. Inv. 2, 23, 70:
equi quod alii sunt ad rem militarem idonei, alii ad vecturam... non item sunt spectandi atque habendi,
Varr. R. R. 2, 7, 15; id. L. L. 10, § 74 Mull.:
cum ex provincia populi Romani aequam partem tu tibi sumpseris atque populo Romano miseris,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 19:
Modo ne in aequo (jure) hostes apud vos sint ac nos socii,
Liv. 39, 37 (exs. with aeque; v. aeque, d); Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 83 fin.:
et simili jure tu ulcisceris patrui mortem atque ille persequeretur fratris sui, si, etc.,
id. Rab. Perd. 5; id. Phil. 1, 4; id. Agr. 1, 4 fin.:
similem pavorem inde ac fugam fore, ac bello Gallico fuerit,
Liv. 6, 28; Col. 5, 7, 3:
contendant, se juxta hieme atque aestate bella gerere posse,
Liv. 5, 6; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 1, 54, 9:
faxo eum tali mactatum, atque hic est, infortunio,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 9, 39; Cic. Vatin. 4, 10:
cum totidem navibus atque erat profectus,
Nep. Milt. 7, 4.—
B.
Of difference; with alius and its derivv., with dissimile, contra, contrarius, secus, etc., than:
illi sunt alio ingenio atque tu,
other than, different from, Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 35 al.; v. the passages under alius, I. B. a:
aliter tuum amorem atque est accipis,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 23 al.; v. the passages under aliter, 1. a.; cf.
also aliorsum, II., and aliusmodi: quod est non dissimile atque ire in Solonium,
Cic. Att. 2, 3:
simulacrum in excelso collocare et, contra atque ante fuerat, ad orientem convertere,
id. Cat. 3, 8, 20:
vides, omnia fere contra ac dicta sint evenisse,
id. Div. 2, 24 fin.; id. Verr. 2, 1, 46:
qui versantur retro, contrario motu atque caelum,
id. Rep. 6, 17, 17:
membra paulo secus a me atque ab illo partita,
id. de Or. 3, 30, 119:
cujus ego salutem non secus ac meam tueri debeo,
id. Planc. 1 fin. al.; v. contra, contrarius, secus, etc.—
C.
Sometimes, in cases of equality or difference, atque with ut or ac with si (with aliter affirm. Cic. appears to connect only atque ut, not ac si;
once, however, non aliter, ac si,
Cic. Att. 13, 51;
v. aliter, 1. b.): pariter hoc fit atque ut alia facta sunt,
Plaut. Am. 4, 1, 11:
nec fallaciam Astutiorem ullus fecit poeta atque Ut haec est fabre facta a nobis,
id. Cas. 5, 1, 6 sqq.:
quod iste aliter atque ut edixerat decrevisset,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 46:
et qui suos casus aliter ferunt atque ut auctores aliis ipsi fuerunt, etc.,
id. Tusc. 3, 30, 73:
si mentionem fecerint, quo aliter ager possideretur atque ut ex legibus Juliis,
id. Att. 2, 18, 2; 16, 13, c; cf. Wopk. Lect. Tull. 1, 15, p. 118; Dig. 43, 13, 11:
Egnatii absentis rem ut tueare, aeque a te peto ac si mea negotia essent,
just as if, Cic. Fam. 13, 43:
tu autem similiter facis ac si me roges, etc.,
id. N. D. 3, 3, 8:
reliquis officiis, juxta ac si meus frater esset, sustentavit,
id. Post. Red. in Sen. 8, 20:
quod dandum est amicitiae, large dabitur a me non secus ac si meus esset frater,
id. Mur. 4 fin.:
haec sunt, tribuni, consilia vestra, non, hercule, dissimilia, ac si quis, etc.,
Liv. 5, 5 fin. al. —
D.
More rare with nimis, in partem, pro eo, etc.;
in Plaut. also with mutare or demutare = aliud esse: nimis bellus, atque ut esse maxume optabam, locus,
Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 73:
haud centensumam Partem dixi atque, otium rei si sit, possim expromere,
id. Mil. 3, 1, 168: sane quam pro eo ac debui graviter molesteque tuli, just as was my duty, Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5:
debeo sperare, omnes deos, qui huic urbi praesident, pro eo mihi, ac mereor, relaturos gratiam esse,
Cic. Cat. 4, 2:
pro eo, ac si concessum sit, concludere oportebit argumentationem,
id. Inv. 1, 32, 54:
non possum ego non aut proxime atque ille aut etiam aeque laborare,
nearly the same as he, id. Fam. 9, 13, 2:
neque se luna quoquam mutat atque uti exorta est semel,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 118:
num quid videtur demutare atque ut quidem Dixi?
id. Mil. 4, 3, 37.—
E.
Sometimes the word indicating comparison (aeque, tantopere, etc.) is to be supplied from the connection (in the class. per. perh. used only once by Cassius in epist. style):
nebula haud est mollis atque hujus est,
Plaut. Cas. 4, 4, 21:
quem esse amicum ratus sum atque ipsus sum mihi,
id. Bacch. 3, 6, 20:
quae suco caret atque putris pumex,
Priap. 32, 7 (Mull., est putusque): digne ac mereor commendatus esse, Cass. ap. Cic. Fam. 12, 13; Dig. 2, 14, 4; 19, 2, 54.—
F.
Poet. or in post-Aug. prose with comparatives (for quam), than:
amicior mihi nullus vivit atque is est,
Plaut. Merc. 5, 2, 56:
non Apollinis magis verum atque hoc responsum est,
Ter. And. 4, 2, 15 Ruhnk.:
Illi non minus ac tibi Pectore uritur intimo Flamma,
Cat. 61, 172:
haud minus ac jussi faciunt,
Verg. A. 3, 561:
Non tuus hoc capiet venter plus ac meus,
Hor. S. 1, 1, 46 Bentl. and Heind. (cf. infra:
nihilo plus accipias quam Qui nil portarit): qui peccas minus atque ego,
id. ib. 2, 7, 96:
Artius atque hedera procera adstringitur ilex,
id. Epod. 15, 5; Suet. Caes. 14 Ruhnk. —
G.
In the comparison of two periods of time, most freq. with simul (v. examples under simul); ante- or post-class. with principio, statim:
principio Atque animus ephebis aetate exiit,
as soon as, Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 40:
judici enim, statim atque factus est, omnium rerum officium incumbit,
Dig. 21, 1, 25:
quamvis, statim atque intercessit, mulier competierat,
ib. 16, 1, 24.—
III.
To connect a negative clause which explains or corrects what precedes; hence sometimes with potius (class.; in Cic. very freq., but rare in the poets), and not, and not rather.
a.
Absol.:
Decipiam ac non veniam,
Ter. Heaut. 4, 4, 6:
si fidem habeat,... ac non id metuat, ne etc.,
id. Eun. 1, 2, 60:
perparvam vero controversiam dicis, ac non eam, quae dirimat omnia,
Cic. Leg. 1, 20, 54:
quasi nunc id agatur, quis ex tanta multitudine occiderit, ac non hoc quaeratur, eum, etc.,
id. Rosc. Am. 33:
si (mundum) tuum ac non deorum immortalium domicilium putes, nonne plane desipere videare?
id. N. D. 2, 6, 17:
nemo erat, qui illum reum ac non miliens condemnatum arbitraretur,
id. Att. 1, 16:
si hoc dissuadere est, ac non disturbare ac pervertere,
id. Agr. 2, 37, 101:
si res verba desideraret ac non pro se ipsa loqueretur,
id. Fam. 3, 2 fin.: hoc te exspectare tempus tibi turpe est ac non ei rei sapientia tua te occurrere, Serv. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 6:
velut destituti ac non qui ipsi destituissent,
Liv. 8, 27; 7, 3 fin.:
si mihi mea sententia proferenda ac non disertissimorum,
Tac. Or. 1.—
b.
With potius:
Quam ob rem scriba deducet, ac non potius mulio, qui advexit?
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 79 (B. and K., et):
quis (eum) ita aspexit, ut perditum civem, ac non potius ut importunissimum hostem?
id. Cat. 2, 6, 12.— Pliny the elder commonly employs in this sense atque non, not ac non:
concremasse ea (scrinia) optuma fide atque non legisse,
Plin. 7, 25, 26, § 94; 22, 24, 50, § 108; 29, 2, 9, § 29; 27, 9, 55, § 78; 31, 7, 39, § 73 et saep. —
IV.
In connecting clauses and beginning periods.
1.
In gen., and, and so, and even, and too: Pamph. Antiquam adeo tuam venustatem obtines. Bacch. Ac tu ecastor morem antiquom atque ingenium obtines, And you too, Ter. Hec. 5, 4, 20:
atque illi (philosopho) ordiri placet etc.,
Cic. de Or. 3, 47, 183: Africanus indigens mei? Minime hercle. Ac ne ego quidem illius, And I indeed not, etc., id. Lael. 9, 30; id. Fin. 5, 11, 33:
cum versus facias, te ipsum percontor, etc.... Atque ego cum Graecos facerem, natus mare citra, Versiculos, etc.,
Hor. S. 1, 10, 31:
multa quippe et diversa angebant: validior per Germaniam exercitus, etc.... quos igitur anteferret? ac (i. e. similiter angebat), ne postpositi contumelia incenderentur,
Tac. A. 1, 47:
Minime, minime, inquit Secundus, atque adeo vellem maturius intervenisses,
Tac. Or. 14:
ac similiter in translatione, etc.,
Quint. 3, 6, 77.—
2.
In adducing new arguments of similar force in favor of any assertion or making further statements about a subject, etc.; cf. Beier ad Cic. Off. 3, 11, 487.
a.
Absol.:
maxima est enim vis vetustatis et consuetudinis: atque in ipso equo, cujus modo mentionem feci, si, etc.,
and furthermore, and moreover, Cic. Lael. 19, 68: Atque, si natura confirmatura jus non erit, virtutes omnes tollentur, id. Leg. 1, 15, 42 B. and K. —
b.
Often with etiam:
Atque alias etiam dicendi virtutes sequitur,
Cic. Or. 40, 139:
Atque hoc etiam animadvertendum non esse omnia etc.,
id. de Or. 2, 61, 251; so id. Off. 1, 26, 90; id. N. D. 2, 11, 30; Col. 2, 2, 3.—
c.
Sometimes with quoque:
Atque occidi quoque Potius quam cibum praehiberem,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 133; so Cic. N. D. 2, 12, 32; Col. 2, 13, 3, and Cels. 2, 3; 3, 22.—
d.
And even with quoque etiam: Atque ego [p. 191] quoque etiam, qui Jovis sum filius, Contagione etc., Plaut. Am. prol. 30.—
3.
In narration:
aegre submoventes obvios intrare portam, qui adducebant Philopoemenem, potuerunt: atque conferta turba iter reliquum clauserat,
Liv. 39, 49; 5, 21 fin.:
completur caede, quantum inter castra murosque vacui fuit: ac rursus nova laborum facies,
Tac. H. 3, 30; cf. Caes. B. C. 2, 28 fin. and 2, 29 init. —
4.
In introducing comparisons, atque ut, atque velut (mostly poet., esp. in epic poetry):
Atque ut perspicio, profecto etc.,
Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 53:
ac veluti magno in populo cum saepe coorta est Seditio.... Sic cunctus pelagi cecidit fragor, etc.,
Verg. A. 1, 148; so id. G. 4, 170; id. A. 2, 626; 4, 402; 4, 441; 6, 707; 9, 59; 10, 405; 10, 707; 10, 803; 11, 809; 12, 365; 12, 521; 12, 684; 12, 715;
12, 908: Inclinare meridiem Sentis ac, veluti stet volucris dies, Parcis deripere etc.,
Hor. C. 3, 28, 6; Val. Fl. 6, 664;
and so, Ac velut in nigro jactatis turbine nautis, etc.... Tale fuit nobis Manius auxilium,
Cat. 68, 63 (for which Sillig and Muller read:
Hic velut, etc.): Atque ut magnas utilitates adipiscimur, etc.,
Cic. Off. 2, 5, 16:
Atque ut hujus mores veros amicos parere non potuerunt, sic etc.,
id. Lael. 15, 54.—
5.
In connecting two acts or events.
a.
In the order of time, and then; hence the ancient grammarians assume in it the notion of quick succession, and explain it, though improperly, as syn. with statim, ilico, without any accompanying copulative, v. Gell. 10, 29; Non. p. 530, 1 sq. (only in the poets and histt.): Atque atque accedit muros Romana juventus (the repetition of the atque represents the approach step by step), Enn. ap. Gell. and Non. l. l. (Ann. v. 527 Mull.): Quo imus una;
ad prandium? Atque illi tacent,
And then they are silent, Plaut. Capt. 3, 1, 19:
Ubi cenamus? inquam, atque illi abnuunt,
and upon this they shake their head, id. ib. 3, 1, 21; id. Ep. 2, 2, 33:
dum circumspecto atque ego lembum conspicor,
id. Bacch. 2, 3, 45; so id. Merc. 2, 1, 32; 2, 1, 35; id. Most. 5, 1, 9:
lucernam forte oblitus fueram exstinguere: Atque ille exclamat derepente maximum,
and then he suddenly exclaims, id. ib. 2, 2, 57: cui fidus Achates It comes... atque illi Misenum in litore sicco Ut venere, vident, etc., and as they thus came, etc., Verg. A. 6, 162:
dixerat, atque illi sese deus obtulit ultro,
Stat. Th. 9, 481; 12, 360; Liv. 26, 39, 16; Tac. H. 3, 17:
tum Otho ingredi castra ausus: atque illum tribuni centurionesque circumsistunt,
id. ib. 1, 82. —Sometimes with two imperatives, in order to indicate vividly the necessity of a quicker succession, or the close connection between two actions:
cape hoc argentum atque defer,
Ter. Heaut. 4, 7, 3:
abi domum ac deos comprecare,
id. Ad. 4, 5, 65:
tace modo ac sequere hac,
id. ib. 2, 4, 16:
Accipe carmina atque hanc sine tempora circum hederam tibi serpere,
Verg. E. 8, 12; id. G. 1, 40; 3, 65; 4, 330:
Da auxilium, pater, atque haec omina firma,
id. A. 2, 691; 3, 89; 3, 250; 3, 639; 4, 424; 9, 90; 10, 624; 11, 370.—
b.
In the order of thought, and so, and thus, and therefore.
(α).
Absol.:
si nunc de tuo jure concessisses paululum, Atque adulescenti morigerasses,
and so, Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 10.—
(β).
With ita or sic:
Ventum deinde ad multo angustiorem rupem, atque ita rectis saxis, etc.,
Liv. 21, 36; Plin. 10, 58, 79, § 158:
ac sic prope innumerabiles species reperiuntur,
Quint. 12, 10, 67.—
c.
Connecting conclusion and condition, so, then (cf. at, II. F.):
non aliter quam qui adverso vix flumine lembum Remigiis subigit, si bracchia forte remisit, Atque illum praeceps prono rapit alveus amni,
Verg. G. 1, 203 (here explained by statim by Gell. 10, 29, and by Servius, but thus its connective force is wholly lost; cf. also Forbig ad h. l. for still another explanation).—
6.
(As supra, I. c.) To annex a thought of more importance:
Satisne videtur declarasse Dionysius nihil esse ei beatum, cui semper aliqui terror impendeat? atque ei ne integrum quidem erat, ut ad justitiam remigraret,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 21, 62; id. Tull. 4:
hoc enim spectant leges, hoc volunt, incolumem esse civium conjunctionem, quam qui dirimunt, eos morte... coercent. Atque hoc multo magis efficit ipsa naturae ratio,
id. Off. 3, 5, 23; id. Fam. 6, 1, 4: hac spe lapsus Induciomarus... exsules damnatosque tota Gallia magnis praemiis ad se allicere coepit;
ac tantam sibi jam iis rebus in Gallia auctoritatem comparaverat, ut, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 5, 55 fin.; Nep. Hann. 13, 2; Quint. 1, 10, 16.—Hence also in answers, in order to confirm a question or assertion:
Sed videone ego Pamphilippum cum fratre Epignomo? Atque is est,
And he it is, Yes, it is he, Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 4; so id. Truc. 1, 2, 24: Th. Mihin malum minitare? Ca. Atque edepol non minitabor, sed dabo, id. Curc. 4, 4, 15: Ch. Egon formidulosus? nemost hominum, qui vivat, minus. Th. Atque ita opust, Ter. Eun. 4, 6, 20.—
7.
In expressing a wish, atque utinam:
Veritus sum arbitros, atque utinam memet possim obliscier! Att., Trag. Rel. p. 160 Rib.: videmus enim fuisse quosdam, qui idem ornate ac graviter, idem versute et subtiliter dicerent. Atque utinam in Latinis talis oratoris simulacrum reperire possemus!
Cic. Or. 7, 22; so id. Rep. 3, 5, 8:
Atque utinam pro decore etc.,
Liv. 21, 41, 13:
Atque utinam ex vobis unus etc.,
Verg. E. 10, 35; id. A. 1, 575:
Atque utinam... Ille vir in medio fiat amore lapis!
Prop. 2, 9, 47; 3, 6, 15; 3, 7, 25; 3, 8, 19 al.—
8.
To connect an adversative clause, and often fully with tamen, and yet, notwithstanding, nevertheless.
a.
Absol.: Mihi quidem hercle non fit veri simile;
atque ipsis commentum placet,
Ter. And. 1, 3, 20 Ruhnk. (atque pro tamen, Don.):
ego quia non rediit filius, quae cogito!... Atque ex me hic natus non est, sed ex fratre,
id. Ad. 1, 1, 15 (Quasi dicat, ex me non est, et sic afficior: quid paterer si genuissem? Don.; cf. Acron. ap. Charis. p. 204 P.); Cic. Off. 3, 11, 48 Beier; id. Mur. 34, 71 Matth.:
ceterum ex aliis negotiis, quae ingenio exercentur, in primis magno usui est memoria rerum gestarum... Atque ego credo fore qui, etc.,
and yet I believe, Sall. J. 4, 1 and 3 Corte; id. C. 51, 35:
observare principis egressum in publicum, insidere vias examina infantium futurusque populus solebat. Labor parentibus erat ostentare parvulos... Ac plerique insitis precibus surdas principis aures obstrepebant,
Plin. Pan. 26.—
b.
With tamen:
nihil praeterea est magnopere dicendum. Ac tamen, ne cui loco non videatur esse responsum, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 2, 27, 85:
discipulos dissimilis inter se ac tamen laudandos,
id. de Or. 3, 10, 35; id. Rep. 1, 7, 12:
Atque in his tamen tribus generibus etc.,
id. Off. 3, 33, 118; id. Pis. 1, 3; 13, 30; id. Prov. Cons. 7, 16; 7, 15 fin. (cf. in reference to the last four passages Wund. Varr. Lectt. p. lviii. sq.):
ac tamen initia fastigii etc.,
Tac. A. 3, 29; 3, 56; 12, 56;
14, 21: pauciores cum pluribus certasse, ac tamen fusos Germanos,
id. H. 5, 16.—
9.
To connect a minor affirmative proposition (the assumptio or propositio minor of logical lang.) in syllogisms, now, but, but now (while atqui is used to connect either an affirmative or negative minor premiss: v. atqui): Scaptius quaternas postulabat. Metui, si impetrasset, ne tu ipse me amare desineres;
... Atque hoc tempore ipso impingit mihi epistulam etc.,
Cic. Att. 6, 1, 6.—Sometimes the conclusion is to be supplied:
nisi qui naturas hominum, penitus perspexerit, dicendo, quod volet, perficere non poterit. Atque totus hic locus philosophorum putatur proprius (conclusion: ergo oratorem philosophiam cognoscere oportet),
Cic. de Or. 1, 12, 53 and 54.—
10.
In introducing a purpose (freq. in Cic.).
a.
A negative purpose, and esp. in anticipating an objection:
Ac ne sine causa videretur edixisse,
Cic. Phil. 3, 9, 24:
Ac ne forte hoc magnum ac mirabile esse videatur,
id. de Or. 2, 46, 191; so id. Fam. 5, 12, 30:
Ac ne saepius dicendum sit,
Cels. 8, 1:
Ac ne forte roges, quo me duce, quo lare tuter,
Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 13:
Ac ne forte putes,
id. ib. 2, 1, 208:
Ac ne forte putes etc.,
Ov. R. Am. 465 (Merkel, Et).—
b.
A positive purpose:
Atque ut ejus diversa studia in dissimili ratione perspicere possitis, nemo etc.,
Cic. Cat. 2, 5, 9:
Atque ut omnes intellegant me etc.... dico etc.,
id. Imp. Pomp. 8, 20; 2, 4; id. Clu. 14, 43; id. Sull. 2, 5; id. de Or. 3, 11, 40:
Atque ut C. Flaminium relinquam etc.,
id. Leg. 3, 9, 20; id. Fin. 3, 2, 4.—
11.
a.. In continuing a thought in assertions or narration, and, now, and now, Plaut. Aul. prol. 18: audistis, cum pro se diceret, genus orationis, etc.,... perspexistis. Atque in eo non solum ingenium ejus videbatis, etc., Cic. Cael. 19, 45; so id. de Or. 3, 32, 130; 2, 7, 27; 3, 10, 39 al.; Caes. B. G. 2, 29; Nep. Ages. 7, 3; 8, 1, Eum. 10, 3 Bremi; Tac. A. 14, 64; 15, 3; Verg. A. 9, 1; Sil. 4, 1 al.: ac si, sublato illo, depelli a vobis omne periculum judicarem, now if I, etc., Cic. Cat. 2, 2, 3:
atque si etiam hoc natura praescribit, etc.,
id. Off. 3, 6, 27; so Quint. 10, 1, 26; 10, 2, 8.—
b.
In introducing parentheses:
vulgo credere, Penino (atque inde nomen et jugo Alpium inditum) transgressum,
Liv. 21, 38:
omne adfectus genus (atque ea maxime jucundam et ornatam faciunt orationem) de luxuria, etc.,
Quint. 4, 3, 15 MSS., where Halm after Spalding reads et quae. —
c.
At the conclusion of a discourse (not infreq. in Cic.): Atque in primis duabus dicendi partibus qualis esset, summatim breviterque descripsimus, And thus have we, then, briefly described, etc., Cic. Or. 15, 50:
Ac de primo quidem officii fonte diximus,
id. Off. 1, 6, 19:
Ac de inferenda quidem injuria satis dictum est,
id. ib. 1, 8, 27; id. Inv. 2, 39, 115 al.—
V.
In particular connections and phrases.
A.
Unus atque alter, one and the other; alius atque alius, one and another; now this, now that:
unae atque alterae scalae,
Sall. J. 60, 7:
quarum (coclearum) cum unam atque alteram, dein plures peteret,
id. ib. 93, 2:
unum atque alterum lacum integer perfluit,
Tac. H. 5, 6:
dilatisque alia atque alia de causa comitiis,
Liv. 8, 23, 17; Col. 9, 8, 10:
alius atque alius,
Tac. H. 1, 46; 1, 50 (v. alius, II. D.).—Also separated by several words:
aliud ejus subinde atque aliud facientes initium,
Sen. Ep. 32, 2.—
B.
Etiam atque etiam. again and again:
temo Stellas cogens etiam atque etiam Noctis sublime iter, Enn., Trag. Rel. p. 39 Rib.: etiam atque etiam cogita,
Ter. Eun. 1, 1, 11:
etiam atque etiam considera,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 14, 46:
monitos eos etiam atque etiam volo,
id. Cat. 2, 12, 27.—So, semel atque iterum, Cic. Font. 26; id. Clu. 49; Tac. Or. 17; and:
iterum atque iterum,
Verg. A. 8, 527; Hor. S. 1, 10, 39.—
C.
Huc atque illuc, hither and thither, Cic. Q. Rosc. 37; id. de Or. 1, 40, 184; Verg. A. 9, 57; Ov. M. 2, 357; 10, 376; Tac. Agr. 10; id. H. 1, 85.—
D.
Longe atque late, far and wide, Cic. Marcell. 29:
atque eccum or atque eccum video, in colloquial lang.: Heus vocate huc Davom. Atque eccum,
but here he is, Ter. And. 3, 3, 48:
Audire vocem visa sum modo militis. Atque eccum,
and here he is, id. Eun. 3, 2, 2; so id. Hec. 4, 1, 8.—
E.
Atque omnia, in making an assertion general, and so generally:
Atque in eis omnibus, quae sunt actionis, inest quaedam vis a natura data,
Cic. de Or. 3, 59, 223:
quorum (verborum) descriptus ordo alias alia terminatione concluditur, atque omnia illa et prima et media verba spectare debent ad ultimum,
id. Or. 59, 200; id. de Or. 2, 64, 257: commoda civium non divellere, atque omnes aequitate eadem continere, and so rather, etc., id. Off. 2, 23, 83:
nihil acerbum esse, nihil crudele, atque omnia plena clementiae, humanitatis,
id. ad Q. Fr. 1, 1, 8:
Atque omnis vitae ratio sic constat, ut, quae probamus in aliis, facere ipsi velimus,
Quint. 10, 2, 2.—
F.
With other conjunctions.
1.
After et:
equidem putabam virtutem hominibus instituendo et persuadendo, non minis et vi ac metu tradi,
Cic. de Or. 1, 58, 247:
Magnifica vero vox et magno viro ac sapiente digna,
id. Off. 3, 1, 1; id. Cael. 13:
vanus aspectus et auri fulgor atque argenti,
Tac. Agr. 32.:
denuntiarent, ut ab Saguntinis abstineret et Carthaginem in Africam traicerent ac sociorum querimonias deferrent,
Liv. 21, 6, 4:
ubi et fratrem consilii ac periculi socium haberem,
id. 21, 41, 2:
et uti liter demum ac Latine perspicueque,
Quint. 8, 3, 3:
Nam et subtili plenius aliquid atque subtilius et vehementi remissius atque vehementius invenitur,
id. 12, 10, 67. —
2.
After que, as in Gr. te kai: litterisque ac laudibus aeternare, Varr. ap. Non. p. 75, 20:
submoverique atque in castra redigi,
Liv. 26, 10:
terrorem caedemque ac fugam fecere,
id. 21, 52:
mus Sub terris posuitque domos atque horrea fecit,
Verg. G. 1, 182; 3, 434; id. A. 8, 486.—
3.
Before et:
caelum ipsum ac mare et silvas circum spectantes,
Tac. Agr. 32.—
4.
After neque (only in the poets and post - Aug. prose):
nec clavis nec canis atque calix,
Mart. 1, 32, 4: naturam Oceani atque aestus [p. 192] neque quaerere hujus operis est, ac multi retulere, Tac. Agr. 10:
mediocritatem pristinam neque dissimulavit umquam ac frequenter etiam prae se tulit,
Suet. Vesp. 12.—
G.
Atque repeated, esp. in arch. Lat.: Scio solere plerisque hominibus in rebus secundis atque prolixis atque prosperis animum excellere atque superbiam atque ferociam augescere atque crescere, Cato ap. Gell. 7, 3: Dicere possum quibus villae atque aedes aedificatae atque expolitae maximo opere citro atque ebore atque pavimentis Poenicis stent, Cato ap. Fest. p. 242 Mull.:
atque ut C. Flamininum atque ea, quae jam prisca videntur, propter vetustatem relinquam,
Cic. Leg. 3, 9, 20:
omnem dignitatem tuam in virtute atque in rebus gestis atque in tua gravitate positam existimare,
id. Fam. 1, 5, 8.—Esp. freq. in enumerations in the poets:
Haec atque illa dies atque alia atque alia,
Cat. 68, 152:
Mavortia tellus Atque Getae atque Hebrus,
Verg. G. 4, 463:
Clioque et Beroe atque Ephyre Atque Opis et Asia,
id. ib. 4, 343.—And sometimes forming a double connective, both— and = et—et:
Multus ut in terras deplueretque lapis: Atque tubas atque arma ferunt crepitantia caelo Audita,
Tib. 2, 5, 73:
complexa sui corpus miserabile nati Atque deos atque astra vocat crudelia mater,
Verg. E. 5, 23; Sil. 1, 93; v. Forbig ad Verg. l. l.

► Atque regularly stands at the beginning of its sentence or clause or before the word it connects, but in poetry it sometimes, like et and at, stands:
a.
In the second place:
Jamque novum terrae stupeant lucescere solem, Altius atque cadant imbres,
Verg. E. 6, 38 Rib., ubi v. Forbig.:
Accipite ergo animis atque haec mea figite dicta,
id. A. 3, 250, and 10, 104 (animis may, however, here be taken with Accipite, as in id. ib. 5, 304):
Esto beata, funus atque imagines Ducant triumphales tuum,
Hor. Epod. 8, 11; id. S. 1, 5, 4; 1, 6, 111; 1, 7, 12 (ubi v. Fritzsche).—
b.
In the third place:
quod pubes hedera virente Gaudeant pulla magis atque myrto,
Hor. C. 1, 25, 18; cf. at fin. (Vid. more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 452-513.)

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > atque

11 пример

example, instance, model
• Безусловно, это пример (чего-л). - This is, of course, an example of...

• Более интригующим примером является... - A more intriguing example is...

• Более сложный пример доставляется (из рассмотрения и т. п.)... - A more complex example is afforded by...

• Будет полезен другой пример. - Another example will be helpful.

• Было бы легко привести значительно больше примеров... - It would be easy to give many more examples of...

• В [2] приводятся несколько примеров. - Several examples are given in [2].

• В данном параграфе мы обсуждаем некоторые простые свойства и примеры (чего-л). - In this section we discuss some simple properties and examples of...

• В каждом из этих примеров рассматривается... - Each of these examples is concerned with...

• В качестве другого примера мы можем проверить... - As a further example we may examine...

• В качестве последнего примера в этой главе рассмотрим... - As a final example in this chapter we consider...

• В качестве последнего примера мы возьмем... - As a last example, we take...

• В качестве практически важного примера рассмотрим... - As an example of practical importance we consider...

• В качестве примера описанного выше метода мы показываем, что... - As an example of the method described above we show that...

• В качестве примера рассмотрим теперь... - By way of example, let us now consider...

• В качестве слегка более сложного примера мы докажем, что... - As a slightly harder example we prove that...

• В качестве специального примера предположим... - As a specific illustration, suppose that...

• В качестве тривиального примера рассмотрим... - As a trivial example of this, consider...

• В качестве частного примера рассмотрим следующий. - As a particular example take the following.

• В нескольких следующих примерах мы будем предполагать для удобства, что... - In the next few examples we will assume for convenience that...

• В следующем параграфе мы обсудим примеры... - In the next section we discuss examples of...

• В следующем примере мы используем этот метод, чтобы определить... - In the following examples we use this method to determine...

• В этих примерах получается, что... - In these examples it happens that...

• В этом примере мы имеем дело с... - In this example we work with...

• Важно отметить, что этот пример указывает на
(
что-л)... - It is important to note from this example that...

• Возможно, основной урок, который мы извлекаем из этих трех примеров, состоит в том, что... - Probably the main lesson to be gained from these three examples is that...

• Вышесказанное является хорошим примером... - The foregoing is a good example of...

• Главной характерной чертой предыдущего примера является... - A central feature of the previous example is...

• Давайте рассмотрим этот вопрос, используя специальные примеры. - Let us approach this question by means of specific examples.

• Данные примеры должны прояснить... - These examples should make it clear that...

• Данный пример имеет некоторый интерес в связи с... - This example is of some interest in connection with...

• Данный пример является типичным во многих (случаях и т. п.)... - This example is typical of many...

• Данный процесс может быть проиллюстрирован несколькими примерами. - The process may be illustrated by a few examples.

• Действительный смысл этого примера состоит в том, что... - The real point of this illustration is that...

• Другие примеры... упоминаются во втором параграфе. - Other examples of... are mentioned in Section 2.

• Другой важный пример этого принципа встречается, когда... - Another important example of this principle occurs when...

• Другой пример мог бы быть взят из... - Another example might be taken from...

• Еще более удивительным является обнаруженный/предложенный Смитом пример [11], который показывает, что... - Even more startling is an example due to Smith [11], which shows that...

• Заключение, вытекающее из следующих двух примеров, состоит в том, что... - The conclusion to be drawn from these two examples is that...

• Здесь мы описываем некоторые ранние примеры... - Here we describe some early examples of...

• Здесь мы приводим другой пример (чего-л). - We give here another example of...

• Знакомые примеры предоставляются
(
чем-л/где-л)... - Familiar examples are provided by...

• Из этого частного примера мы можем заключить, что... - We may infer from this particular example that...

• Имеется много других примеров, иллюстрирующих основную идею (чего-л). - There are many other examples which illustrate the basic idea of...

• История изобилует примерами (чего-л)... - The history of... provides many examples of cases where...; The history of... abounds in cases where...

• К примеру, давайте рассмотрим взаимодействие... - Let us, for example, consider the interaction of...

• К примеру, можно было бы предположить, что... - It might, for example, be conjectured that...

• К примеру, оценивается, что... - It is estimated, for example, that...

• К примеру, предположим, что... - For instance, suppose that...

• К примеру, это особенно верно в случае... - This is particularly so, for example, in the case of...

• Как показывает следующий пример, это не обязательно выполнено. - This is not necessarily the case, as the following example illustrates.

• Легко понятный, но все еще не слишком тривиальный пример - это... - An easily understood, yet not too trivial, example is that of...

• Менее тривиальным примером является... - A less trivial example is...

• Мы заключаем (наше изложение и т. п.) примером, иллюстрирующим... - We conclude by giving an example to illustrate...

• Мы заключаем этот пример замечанием, что... - We conclude this example with the observation that...

• Мы могли бы, к примеру, решить, что... - We might, for example, decide that...

• Мы можем показать это на простом примере. - We can demonstrate this with a simple example.

• Мы начинаем с рассмотрения трех конкретных примеров. - We begin by looking at three concrete examples.

• Мы увидим, что это пример (чего-л). - We shall see that this is an example of...

• Наиболее значимые примеры должны быть найдены (в)... - The most conspicuous examples are to be found in...

• Наиболее значимой чертой этого примера является то, что... - The most significant feature of this example is that...

• Наиболее известными примерами являются... - The most familiar examples are...

• Наш простой пример показывает, что... - Our simple example demonstrates that...

• Более сложный пример предоставляется... - A more difficult example is provided by...

• Несколько решенных примеров представлены в следующем параграфе. - Several worked out examples are presented in the next section.

• Ниже приводится пример, который иллюстрирует... - An example is used below to illustrate...

• Нижеследующее является хорошим примером (чего-л). - The following is a good example of...

• Нижеследующий пример показывает, что... - The following example shows that...

• Объяснить это наилучшим образом можно с помощью примеров. - This is best made clear by means of examples.

• Один из наиболее впечатляющих примеров это... - One of the most striking examples is...

• Одна интересная вариация последнего примера вытекает из... - An interesting variation on the last example is provided by...

• Однако имеет смысл проиллюстрировать данную технику следующим примером. - It is, however, worthwhile to illustrate the technique by the following example.

• Однако, как указывает Смит [1], безусловно существуют примеры... - But, as Smith [1] points out, there are certainly examples of...

• Перед тем, как продолжить давать примеры, мы приведем важное замечание, что... - Before proceeding to give examples, we make the important observation that...

• Поучительно решить этот пример, используя... - It is instructive to solve this example by means of...

• Предыдущие примеры иллюстрируют общий факт, что... - The preceding examples illustrate the general fact that...

• Предыдущий пример демонстрирует, что много проще... - The above problems show that it is much easier to...

• Прежде чем представить больше примеров, давайте... - Before presenting more examples, let us...

• Приведем пример, как это происходит. - Let us see how that works in an example.

• Приведем теперь пример, в котором... - We now give an example in which...

• Приведенный выше пример 2 показывает, что... - Example 2 above shows that...

• Пример 3 иллюстрирует основной принцип, что... - Example 3 illustrates the general principle that...

• Пример должен разъяснить это. - An example should make this clear.

• Пример его использования уже приведен в главе 2. - An example of its use has already been given in Chapter 2.

• Пример послужит для демонстрации выполнения этого вычисления. - An example will serve to show how the calculation is carried out.

• Пример такой структуры можно встретить (в)... - An example of such a structure occurs in...

• Примеры будут найдены в стандартных описаниях... - Examples will be found in standard accounts of...

• Проиллюстрируем это с помощью численного примера. - A numerical example will illustrate this.

• Простейший пример (для) этого дается... - The simplest example of this is given by...

• Простейший пример предоставляется (чем-л). - The simplest example is afforded by...; The simplest example is furnished by...

• Простейший пример такой ситуации дается специальным случаем... - The simplest example of such a situation is the special case of...

• Простейшим примером подобной операции является... - The simplest example of such an operation is...

• Рассмотрим численный пример. - Let us take a numerical example.

• Руководствуясь более ранним примером, полученным нами, мы... - Guided by our earlier example, we...

• С помощью этого примера становится очевидно, что... - On the basis of this example, it is evident that...

• Сейчас мы построим некоторые примеры, чтобы проиллюстрировать... - We now work out some examples to illustrate...

• Следующая серия примеров (= иллюстраций) показывает... - The following series of illustrations shows...

• Следующий пример дает иллюстрацию этой техники. - The following example illustrates the technique.

• Следующий пример демонстрирует этот тип решения. - The next example demonstrates this type of solution.

• Следующий пример может помочь объяснению этого момента (= пункта). - The following example may help to clarify this point.

• Следующий пример может сделать это утверждение яснее. - The following example may make this point clearer.

• Следующий пример показывает недостаток этой схемы. - A shortcoming of this scheme is shown by the following example.

• Следующий пример предоставляет введение (в)... - The following example provides an introduction to...

• Смит [1] приводит убедительный пример существования... - Smith [l] makes a persuasive case for the existence of...

• Сначала рассмотрим (один) пример. - First we consider an example.

• Совершенно другого типа пример предоставляется (чем-л). - An example of an entirely different kind is provided by...

• Существует много примеров... - There are many examples of...

• Таким образом, мы пришли к первому примеру (чего-л). - Thus we arrive at our first instance of...

• Теперь мы возвращаемся к примеру, рассмотренному во втором параграфе. - We now return to the example treated in Section 2.

• Теперь мы обратимся к некоторым примерам... - We now turn to some examples of...

• Теперь приведем несколько конкретных примеров. - A few concrete examples are in order.

• Только что приведенный пример является специальным случаем... - The example just given is a special case of...

• Следующие три примера иллюстрируют эту возможность. - The next three examples illustrate this possibility

• У нас есть здесь другой пример... - We have here another example of...

• Часто упоминаемым простым примером является случай... - A simple example, often quoted, is the case of...

• Численный пример проиллюстрирует относительную важность... - A numerical example will illustrate the relative importance of...

• Читатель должен тщательно изучить этот пример. - The reader should study this example carefully.

• Чтобы..., мы ограничимся лишь простым примером. - We restrict ourselves to a simple example in order to...

• Чтобы привести еще более простой пример, мы можем рассмотреть... - То take an even simpler example, we can consider...

• Чтобы проиллюстрировать это наиболее простым примером, предположим, что... - То take the simplest possible illustration, suppose that...

• Эта техника иллюстрируется следующим примером. - The technique is illustrated in the next example.

• Эта точка зрения будет объяснена примерами при изучении метода... - This point will be clarified by examples when we study the method of...

• Эти два примера иллюстрируют некоторые из проблем... - These two examples illustrate some of the problems of...

• Эти и другие примеры показывают, что... - These and many other examples show that...

• Эти примеры предназначены в качестве (некоторого) руководства для... - These examples are intended as a guide for...

• Эти примеры типичные, но не исчерпывающие. - These examples are typical but not exhaustive.

• Эти соотношения можно было бы приложить, к примеру, к... - These expressions may be applied, for example, to... ,

• Это было достаточно хорошо проиллюстрировано предыдущими примерами. - This has been sufficiently illustrated in the preceding examples.

• Это другой пример (чего-л). - This is another example of...

• Это еще один пример... - This is a further example of...

• Это можно лучше всего понять, используя специальный пример. - This is best understood through a specific example.

• Это пример того, что называется... - This is an example of what is called...

• Это хороший пример (чего-л). - This is a good example of...

• Этот метод лучше всего иллюстрируется примером. - The procedure is best illustrated by an example.

• Этот очень простой пример типичен для... - This very simple example is typical of...

• Этот пример демонстрирует один способ... - This example demonstrates one way of...

• Этот пример иллюстрирует общий факт, что... - This example illustrates the general fact that...

• Этот пример интересен в связи с... - This example is of interest in connection with...

• Этот пример показывает, что может быть необходимым... - This example shows that it may be necessary to...

• Этот пример представляет лишь академический интерес. - This example is of academic interest only.

• Этот случай дает прекрасный пример (чего-л). - This case provides an excellent example of...

Русско-английский словарь научного общения > пример

12 ὄνομα

ὄνομα, ατος, τό (Hom.+).

① proper name of an entity, name

ⓐ gener. τῶν ἀποστόλων τὰ ὀνόματα ἐστιν ταῦτα Mt 10:2; cp. Rv 21:14. τῶν παρθένων τὰ ὀν. Hs 9, 15, 1. τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ πατρός Lk 1:59. ὄν. μοι, sc. ἐστίν, my name is (Od. 9, 366) Mk 5:9b. τί ὄν. σοι; what is your name? vs. 9a; w. copula Lk 8:30.—The expressions ᾧ (ᾗ) ὄν., οὗ τὸ ὄν., καὶ τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ (αὐτῆς), ὄν. αὐτῷ (parenthetic) are almost always without the copula (B-D-F §128, 3; Rob. 395): ᾧ (ᾗ) ὄν. (Sb 7573, 13 [116 A.D.]; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 5 Jac.; Just., A I, 53, 8 ᾧ ὄν. Λώτ) Lk 1:26, 27a; 2:25; 8:41; 24:13, 18 v.l.; Ac 13:6.—οὗ τὸ ὄν. (without a verb as BGU 344, 1) Mk 14:32. Cp. ὧν τὰ ὀνόματα ἐν βίβλῳ ζωῆς Phil 4:3 (ὧν τὰ ὀν. is a formula [Dssm., LO 95=LAE 121]. S. esp. BGU 432 II, 3 ὧν τὰ ὀν. τῷ βιβλιδίῳ δεδήλωται).—καὶ τὸ ὄν. αὐτῆς Lk 1:5b. καὶ τὸ ὄν. τῆς παρθένου Μαριάμ vs. 27b.—ὄν. αὐτῷ (Demosth. 32, 11 Ἀριστοφῶν ὄνομʼ αὐτῷ; Dionys. Hal. 8, 89, 4; Aelian, NA 8, 2 γυνὴ … Ἡρακληὶς ὄν. αὐτῇ; LXX) J 1:6; 3:1. ὁ καθήμενος ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ (i.e. τοῦ ἵππου), ὄν. αὐτῷ (ὁ) θάνατος Rv 6:8; cp. 9:11a.—W. the copula ἦν δὲ ὄν. τῷ δούλῳ Μάλχος J 18:10 (POxy 465, 12 ὁ δὲ κραταιὸς αὐτοῦ, ὄν. αὐτῷ ἐστιν Νεβύ, μηνύει; Jos., Ant. 19, 332). ἄγγελος …, οὗ τὸ ὄν. ἐστιν Θεγρί Hv 4, 2, 4.—The dat. is quite freq. ὀνόματι named, by name (X., Hell. 1, 6, 29 Σάμιος ὀνόματι Ἱππεύς; Tob 6:11 BA; 4 Macc 5:4; Just., D. 85, 6; 115, 3; B-D-F §160; 197; Rob. 487) ἄνθρωπον ὀν. Σίμωνα Mt 27:32; cp. Mk 5:22; Lk 1:5a; 5:27; 10:38; 16:20; 23:50; 24:18; Ac 5:1, 34; 8:9; 9:10–12, 33, 36; 10:1; 11:28; 12:13; 16:1, 14; 17:34; 18:2, 7, 24; 19:24; 20:9; 21:10; 27:1; 28:7; MPol 4. Also the acc. τοὔνομα (on the crasis s. B-D-F §18; Mlt-H. 63; FPreisigke, Griech. Urkunden des ägypt. Mus. zu Kairo [1911] 2, 6 γυνὴ Ταμοῦνις τοὔνομα; Diod S 2, 45, 4 πόλιν τοὔνομα Θ.; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 3; Philo, Leg. All. 1, 68; Jos., Ant. 7, 344, Vi. 382) named, by name (the acc. as X. et al., also 2 Macc 12:13; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 5 Jac. υἱὸν ὄ. Δάν.—B-D-F §160; Rob. 487) Mt 27:57. (Cp. ὄν. gener. as ‘mode of expression’ εἰ καὶ διάφορα ὀνόματα ἐστιν, ἀλλʼ … οἰκείαν … δέχεται τὴν νόησιν although there are various ways of expressing it, it nevertheless has a definite sense Did., Gen. 86, 22 [of various metaphors and images for the soul].)

ⓑ used w. verbs

α. as their obj.: ὄν. ἔχειν Did., Gen. 29, 6 bear the name or as name, be named ὄν. ἔχει Ἀπολλύων Rv 9:11b (in this case the name Ἀ. stands independently in the nom.; B-D-F §143; Rob. 458). καλεῖν τὸ ὄν. τινος w. the name foll. in the acc. (after the Hb.; B-D-F §157, 2; Rob. 459) καλέσεις τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦν you are to name him Jesus Mt 1:21; Lk 1:31.—Mt 1:25. καλέσεις τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἰωάννην Lk 1:13. καλέσουσιν τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἐμμανουήλ Mt 1:23 (Is 7:14). διδόναι GJs 6:2. Pass. w. the name in the nom. (cp. GrBar 6:10 Φοῖνιξ καλεῖται τὸ ὄν. μου) ἐκλήθη τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦς Lk 2:21; cp. Rv 19:13. Also τὸ ὄν. τοῦ ἀστέρος λέγεται ὁ ῎ Αψινθος Rv 8:11.—ἐπιθεῖναι ὄν. τινι w. acc. of the name Mk 3:16f; cp. 12:8f; κληρονομεῖν ὄν. receive a name Hb 1:4=1 Cl 36:2. κληροῦσθαι τὸ αὐτὸ ὄν. obtain the same name (s. κληρόω 2) MPol 6:2.—τὰ ὀν. ὑμῶν ἐγγέγραπται ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς Lk 10:20.—Rv 13:8; 17:8. ἐξαλείψω τὸ ὄν. αὐτῶν 1 Cl 53:3 (Dt 9:14); Rv 3:5a (perh. to be placed in 4 below); s. ἐξαλείφω.

β. in another way (εἰ δέ τις ὀνόματι καλέσει but if anyone is so named Hippol., Ref. 6, 20, 2): ὸ̔ς καλεῖται τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ who is so named Lk 1:61. ἀνὴρ ὀνόματι καλούμενος Ζακχαῖος a man whose name was Zacchaeus 19:2. καλεῖν τι (i.e. παιδίον) ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί τινος name someone after someone 1:59. Cp. IMg 10:1. This leads to

ⓒ used w. prepositions: ἐξ ὀνόματος (Ctesias, Ind. p. 105 M.: Diod S 13, 15, 1; 37, 15, 2; Appian, Mithrid. 59, §243, Bell. Civ. 3, 21 §77; 4, 73 §310; PGM 4, 2973; Jos., Ant. 2, 275) by name, individually, one by one (so that no one is lost in the crowd) ἐξ ὀν. πάντας ζήτει IPol 4:2. ἀσπάζομαι πάντας ἐξ ὀνόματος 8:2. πάντες ἐξ ὀν. συνέρχεσθε (parallel to κατʼ ἄνδρα) IEph 20:2.—κατʼ ὄν. by name, individually (Diod S 16, 44, 2; Gen 25:13; EpArist 247; Jos., Bell. 7, 14) J 10:3 (New Docs 3, 77f; animals called individually by name: Ps.-Aristot., Mirabil. 118.—HAlmqvist, Plut. u. das NT ’46, 74). Esp. in greetings (BGU 27, 18 [II A.D.] ἀσπάζομαι πάντας τοὺς φιλοῦντάς σε κατʼ ὄν.; POxy 1070, 46; pap in Dssm., LO 160/1, ln. 14f [LAE 193, ln. 15, note 21]; New Docs 3, 77f) 3J 15; ISm 13:2b. ῥάβδους ἐπιγεγραμμένας ἑκάστης φυλῆς κατʼ ὄν. staffs, each one inscribed with the name of a tribe 1 Cl 43:2b.

ⓓ used in combination with God and Jesus. On the significance of the Divine Name in history of religions s. FGiesebrecht, Die atl. Schätzung des Gottesnamens 1901; Bousset, Rel.³ 309ff; ADieterich, Eine Mithrasliturgie 1903, 110ff; FConybeare, JQR 8, 1896; 9, 1897, esp. 9, 581ff; JBoehmer, Das bibl. ‘im Namen’ 1898, BFCT V 6, 1901, 49ff, Studierstube 2, 1904, 324ff; 388ff; 452ff; 516ff; 580ff; BJacob, Im Namen Gottes 1903;WHeitmüller, ‘Im Namen Jesu’ 1903; WBrandt, TT 25, 1891, 565ff; 26, 1892, 193ff; 38, 1904, 355ff; RHirzel, Der Name: ASG 36, 2, 1918; Schürer III⁴ 409–11; HObbink, De magische betekenis van den naam inzonderheid in het oude Egypte 1925; OGrether, Name u. Wort Gottes im AT ’34; HHuffman, Name: 1148–52.—The belief in the efficacy of the name is extremely old; its origin goes back to the most ancient times and the most primitive forms of intellectual and religious life. It has exhibited an extraordinary vitality. The period of our lit. also sees—within as well as without the new community of believers—in the name someth. real, a piece of the very nature of the personality whom it designates, expressing the person’s qualities and powers. Accordingly, names, esp. holy names, are revered and used in customary practices and ritual (σέβεσθαι θεῶν ὀνόματα Theoph. Ant., 1, 9 [p. 76, 7]), including magic. In Israelite tradition the greatest reverence was paid to the holy name of God and to its numerous paraphrases or substitutes; the names of angels and patriarchs occupied a secondary place. The syncretistic practices of the period revered the names of gods, daemons, and heroes, or even magic words that made no sense at all, but had a mysterious sound. The Judeo-Christians revere and use the name of God and, of course, the name of Jesus. On magic in Jewish circles, s. Schürer III 342–79; for the NT period in general s. MSmith, Clement of Alexandria and a Secret Gospel of Mark ’73, 195–230.—The names of God and Jesus

α. in combination w. attributes: διαφορώτερον ὄν. a more excellent name Hb 1:4=1 Cl 36:2 (διάφορος 2). ἅγιον τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Lk 1:49 (cp. Ps 110:9; Lev 18:21; 22:2; PGM 3, 570; 627; 4, 1005; 3071; 5, 77; 13, 561 μέγα κ. ἅγιον). τὸ μεγαλοπρεπὲς καὶ ἅγιον ὄν. αὐτοῦ 1 Cl 64; τὸ μέγα καὶ ἔνδοξον ὄν. Hv 4, 1, 3; 4, 2, 4 (on ἔνδοξον ὄν., cp. EPeterson, Εἷ θεός 1926, 282.—ὄν. μέγα κ. ἅγ. κ. ἔνδ.: PGM 13, 183f; 504f). τὸ μέγα καὶ θαυμαστὸν καὶ ἔνδοξον ὄν. Hs 9, 18, 5; τὸ πανάγιον καὶ ἔνδοξον ὄν. 1 Cl 58:1a; τοῦ παντοκράτορος καὶ ἐνδόξου ὄν. Hv 3, 3, 5; τὸ πανάρετον ὄν. 1 Cl 45:7; τῷ παντοκράτορι καὶ ἐνδόξῳ ὀνόματι 60:4; τὸ ὁσιώτατον τῆς μεγαλωσύνης αὐτοῦ ὄν. 58:1b. τὸ ὄν. μου θαυμαστὸν ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσι D 14:3 (cp. Mal 1:14). The words ὄν. θεοπρεπέστατον IMg 1:2 are difficult to interpret (s. Hdb. ad loc.; θεοπρεπής b).

β. in combination w. verbs: ἁγιάζειν τὸ ὄν. Mt 6:9 (AFridrichsen, Helligt vorde dit naun: DTT 8, 1917, 1–16). Lk 11:2; D 8:2 (ἁγιάζω 3). βλασφημεῖν (q.v. bγ) τὸ ὄν. Rv 13:6; 16:9; pass. βλασφημεῖται τὸ ὄν. (Is 52:5) Ro 2:24; 2 Cl 13:1f, 4; ITr 8:2. βλασφημίας ἐπιφέρεσθαι τῷ ὀν. κυρίου bring blasphemy upon the name of the Lord 1 Cl 47:7. πφοσέθηκαν κατὰ ὄν. τοῦ κυρίου βλασφημίαν Hs 6, 2, 3; βεβηλοῦν τὸ ὄν. 8, 6, 2 (s. βεβηλόω). ἀπαγγελῶ τὸ ὄν. τ. ἀδελφοῖς μου Hb 2:12 (cp. Ps 21:23). ὅπως διαγγελῇ τὸ ὄν. μου ἐν πάσῃ τῇ γῇ Ro 9:17 (Ex 9:16). δοξάζειν τὸ ὄν. (σου, τοῦ κυρίου, τοῦ θεοῦ etc.) Rv 15:4; 1 Cl 43:6; IPhld 10:1; Hv 2, 1, 2; 3, 4, 3; 4, 1, 3; Hs 9, 18, 5 (s. δοξάζω 1; cp. GJs 7:2; 12:1[w. ref. to name of Mary]). ὅπως ἐνδοξασθῇ τὸ ὄν. τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ 2 Th 1:12. ἐλπίζειν τῷ ὀν. Mt 12:21 (vv.ll. ἐν or ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν.; the pass. on which it is based, Is 42:4, has ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν.). ἐπικαλεῖσθαι τὸ ὄν. κυρίου (as PsSol 6:1) or αὐτοῦ, σου etc. (w. ref. to God or Christ) call on the name of the Lord Ac 2:21 (Jo 3:5); 9:14, 21; 22:16; Ro 10:13 (Jo 3:5); 1 Cor 1:2. ψυχὴ ἐπικεκλημένη τὸ μεγαλοπρεπὲς καὶ ἅγιον ὄν. αὐτοῦ a person who calls upon his exalted and holy name 1 Cl 64.—Pass. πάντα τὰ ἔθνη ἐφʼ οὓς ἐπικέκληται τὸ ὄν. μου ἐπʼ αὐτούς Ac 15:17 (Am 9:12). τὸ καλὸν ὄν. τὸ ἐπικληθὲν ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς Js 2:7 (on καλὸν ὄν. cp. Sb 343, 9 and the Pompeian graffito in Dssm., LO 237 [LAE 276]). πάντες οἱ ἐπικαλούμενοι τῷ ὀν. αὐτοῦ all those who are called by (the Lord’s) name Hs 9, 14, 3; cp. οἱ κεκλημένοι τῷ ὀν. κυρίου those who are called by the name of the Lord 8, 1, 1. ἐπαισχύνεσθαι τὸ ὄν. κυρίου τὸ ἐπικληθὲν ἐπʼ αὐτούς be ashamed of the name that is named over them 8, 6, 4. ὁμολογεῖν τῷ ὀν. αὐτοῦ praise his name Hb 13:15 (cp. PsSol 15:2 ἐξομολογήσασθαι τῷ ὀνόματι σου). ὀνομάζειν τὸ ὄν. κυρίου 2 Ti 2:19 (Is 26:13). ψάλλειν τῷ ὀν. σου Ro 15:9 (Ps 17:50). οὐ μὴ λάβῃς ἐπὶ ματαίῳ τὸ ὄν. κυρίου 19:5 (Ex 20:7; Dt 5:11).—Although in the preceding examples the name is oft. practically inseparable fr. the being that bears it, this is perh. even more true of the foll. cases, in which the name appears almost as the representation of the Godhead, as a tangible manifestation of the divine nature (Quint. Smyrn. 9, 465 Polidarius, when healing, calls on οὔνομα πατρὸς ἑοῖο ‘the name of his father’ [Asclepius]; τοσοῦτον … δύναται τὸ ὄ. τοῦ Ἰησοῦ κατὰ τῶν δαιμόνων Orig., C. Cels. 1, 56, 11; Dt 18:7; 3 Km 8:16; Ps 68:37; Zech 13:2 ἐξολεθρεύσω τὰ ὀν. τῶν εἰδώλων; Zeph 1:4; PsSol 7:6; Just., D. 121, 3 ὑποτάσσεσθαι αὐτοῦ ὀν.): the ‘name’ of God is ἀρχέγονον πάσης κτίσεως 1 Cl 59:3. Sim. τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ μέγα ἐστὶ καὶ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον βαστάζει Hs 9, 14, 5. λατρεύειν τῷ παναρέτῳ ὀν. αὐτοῦ worship the most excellent name (of the Most High) 1 Cl 45:7. ὑπακούειν τῷ παναγίῳ καὶ ἐνδόξῳ ὀν. αὐτοῦ be obedient to his most holy and glorious name 58:1a. ὑπήκοον γενέσθαι τῷ παντοκρατορικῷ καὶ παναρέτῳ ὀν. 60:4. κηρύσσειν τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ Hs 9, 16, 5. ἐπιγινώσκειν τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ 9, 16, 7. φοβεῖσθαι τὸ ὄν. σου Rv 11:18. φανεροῦν τινι τὸ ὄν. σου J 17:6. γνωρίζειν τινὶ τὸ ὄν. σου vs. 26. πιστεύειν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ believe in the name of (God’s) son 1J 3:23. Also πιστεύειν εἰς τὸ ὄν. (s. γב below and s. πιστεύω 2aβ).—Of the name borne by followers of Jesus Christ (cp. Theoph. Ant. 1, 1 [p. 58, 13]): κρατεῖς τὸ ὄν. μου you cling to my name Rv 2:13. The same mng. also holds for the expressions: λαμβάνειν τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ Hs 9, 12, 4; 8; 9, 13, 2a; 7. τοῦ βαστάσαι τὸ ὄν. μου ἐνώπιον ἐθνῶν to bear my name before (the) Gentiles Ac 9:15. τὸ ὄν. ἡδέως βαστάζειν bear the name gladly Hs 8, 10, 3; cp. 9, 28, 5b. τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ φορεῖν 9, 13, 3; 9, 14, 5f; 9, 15, 2; cp. 9, 13, 2b. Christians receive this name at their baptism: πρὶν φορέσαι τὸν ἄνθρωπον τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ νεκρός ἐστιν before a person bears the name of God’s Son (which is given the candidate at baptism), he is dead 9, 16, 3. Of dissemblers and false teachers ὄν. μὲν ἔχουσιν, ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς πίστεως κενοί εἰσιν they have the (Christian) name, but are devoid of faith 9, 19, 2. Of Christians in appearance only ἐν ὑποκρίσει φέροντες τὸ ὄν. τοῦ κυρίου who bear the Lord’s name in pretense Pol 6:3. δόλῳ πονηρῷ τὸ ὄν. περιφέρειν carry the name about in wicked deceit (evidently of wandering preachers) IEph 7:1. τὸ ὄν. ἐπαισχύνονται τοῦ κυρίου αὐτῶν they are ashamed of their Lord’s name Hs 9, 21, 3. More fully: ἐπαισχύνονται τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ φορεῖν 9, 14, 6.

γ. used w. prepositions

א. w. διά and the gen. διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματός μου πιστεύειν PtK 3 p. 15 ln. 12; σωθῆναι διὰ τοῦ μεγάλου καὶ ἐνδόξου ὀν. be saved through the great and glorious name Hv 4, 2, 4. εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ εἰσελθεῖν διὰ τοῦ ὀν. τοῦ υἱοῦ (τοῦ θεοῦ) Hs 9, 12, 5. ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν λαβεῖν διὰ τοῦ ὀν. αὐτοῦ Ac 10:43 (cp. Just., D. 11, 4 al.). σημεῖα … γίνεσθαι διὰ τοῦ ὀν. … Ἰησοῦ by the power of the name 4:30. Differently παρακαλεῖν τινα διὰ τοῦ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου appeal to someone by the name (= while calling on the name) of the Lord 1 Cor 1:10.—W. διά and the acc. μισούμενοι … διὰ τὸ ὄν. μου hated on account of my name (i.e., because you bear it) Mt 10:22; 24:9; Mk 13:13; Lk 21:17 (Just., A I, 4, 2 al.). ποιεῖν τι εἴς τινα διὰ τὸ ὄν. μου J 15:21. ἀφέωνται ὑμῖν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι διὰ τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ your sins are forgiven on account of (Jesus’) name 1J 2:12. βαστάζειν διὰ τὸ ὄν. μου bear (hardship) for my name’s sake Rv 2:3 (s. βαστάζω 2bβ). πάσχειν διὰ τὸ ὄν. (also w. a gen. like αὐτοῦ) Pol 8:2; Hv 3, 2, 1b; Hs 9, 28, 3.

ב. w. εἰς: somet. evidently as rendering of rabb. לְשֵׁם with regard to, in thinking of δέχεσθαί τινα εἰς ὄν. Ἰ. Χρ. receive someone in deference to Jesus Christ IRo 9:3. δύο ἢ τρεῖς συνηγμένοι εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν ὄν. two or three gathered and thinking of me, i.e., so that I am the reason for their assembling Mt 18:20; but here the other mng. (s. ג below) has had some influence: ‘while naming’ or ‘calling on my name’. τῆς ἀγάπης ἧς ἐνεδείξασθε εἰς τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ (i.e. θεοῦ) Hb 6:10 is either the love that you have shown with regard to him, i.e. for his sake, or we have here the frequently attested formula of Hellenistic legal and commercial language (s. Mayser II/2 p. 415; Dssm. B 143ff, NB 25, LO 97f [BS 146f; 197; LAE 121]; Heitmüller, op. cit. 100ff; FPreisigke, Girowesen im griech. Ägypt. 1910, 149ff. On the LXX s. Heitmüller 110f; JPsichari, Essai sur le Grec de la Septante 1908, 202f): εἰς (τὸ) ὄν. τινος to the name=to the account (over which the name stands). Then the deeds of love, although shown to humans, are dedicated to God.—The concept of dedication is also highly significant, in all probability, for the understanding of the expr. βαπτίζειν εἰς (τὸ) ὄν. τινος. Through baptism εἰς (τὸ) ὄν. τ. those who are baptized become the possession of and come under the dedicated protection of the one whose name they bear. An additional factor, to a degree, may be the sense of εἰς τὸ ὄν.=‘with mention of the name’ (cp. Herodian 2, 2, 10; 2, 13, 2 ὀμνύναι εἰς τὸ ὄν. τινος; Cyranides p. 57, 1 εἰς ὄν. τινος; 60, 18=εἰς τὸ ὄν. τ.; 62, 13. Another ex. in Heitmüller 107): Mt 28:19; Ac 8:16; 19:5; D 7:1, (3); 9:5; Hv 3, 7, 3; cp. 1 Cor 1:13, 15. S. βαπτίζω 2c and Silva New, Beginn. I/5, ’33, 121–40.—πιστεύειν εἰς τὸ ὄν. τινος believe in the name of someone i.e. have confidence that the person’s name (rather in the sense of a title, cp. Phil 2:9) is rightfully borne and encodes what the person really is J 1:12; 2:23; 3:18; 1J 5:13.

ג. with ἐν: ἐν ὀνόματι of God or Jesus means in the great majority of cases with mention of the name, while naming or calling on the name (PsSol 11:8; JosAs 9:1; Just., D. 35, 2 al.; no corresponding use has been found in gener. Gk. lit.; but cp. ἐν ὀν. τοῦ μεγάλου καὶ ὑψίστου θεοῦ Hippol., Ref. 9, 15, 6.—Heitmüller p. 13ff, esp. 44; 49). In many pass. it seems to be a formula. ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ ἐκβάλλειν δαιμόνια Mk 9:38; 16:17; Lk 9:49. τὰ δαιμόνια ὑποτάσσεται ἡμῖν ἐν τῷ ὀν. σου the demons are subject to us at the mention of your name 10:17. ποιεῖν τι ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ac 4:7; cp. Col 3:17. Perh. J 10:25 (but s. below). ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ … οὗτος παρέστηκεν ὑγιής Ac 4:10. ὄν. … ἐν ᾧ δεῖ σωθῆναι ἡμᾶς vs. 12. παραγγέλλω σοι ἐν ὀν. Ἰ. Χρ. 16:18; cp. 2 Th 3:6; IPol 5:1. σοὶ λέγω ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου Ac 14:10 D. Peter, in performing a healing, says ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ Χρ. περιπάτει 3:6 (s. Heitmüller 60). The elders are to anoint the sick w. oil ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου while calling on the name of the Lord Js 5:14.—Of prophets λαλεῖν ἐν τῷ ὀν. κυρίου 5:10. παρρησιάζεσθαι ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ speak out boldly in proclaiming the name of Jesus Ac 9:27f. βαπτίζεσθαι ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰ. Χ. be baptized or have oneself baptized while naming the name of Jesus Christ Ac 2:38 v.l.; 10:48. At a baptism ἐν ὀν. χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ AcPl Ha 3, 32. αἰτεῖν τὸν πατέρα ἐν τῷ ὀν. μου (=Ἰησοῦ) ask the Father, using my name J 15:16; cp. 14:13, 14; 16:24, 26. W. the latter pass. belongs vs. 23 (ὁ πατὴρ) δώσει ὑμῖν ἐν τῷ ὀν. μου (the Father) will give you, when you mention my name. τὸ πνεῦμα ὸ̔ πέμψει ὁ πατὴρ ἐν τῷ ὀν. μου the Spirit, whom the Father will send when my name is used 14:26. To thank God ἐν ὀν. Ἰησοῦ Χρ. while naming the name of Jesus Christ Eph 5:20. ἵνα ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ πᾶν γόνυ κάμψῃ that when the name of Jesus is mentioned every knee should bow Phil 2:10. χαίρετε, υἱοί, ἐν ὀν. κυρίου greetings, my sons, as we call on the Lord’s name 1:1. ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀν. κυρίου whoever comes, naming the Lord’s name (in order thereby to give evidence of being a Christian) D 12:1. ἀσπάζεσθαι ἐν ὀν. Ἰ. Χρ. greet, while naming the name of J. Chr. w. acc. of pers. or thing greeted IRo ins; ISm 12:2. Receive a congregation ἐν ὀν. θεοῦ IEph 1:3. συναχθῆναι ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου Ἰ. meet and call on the name of the Lord Jesus=as a Christian congregation 1 Cor 5:4. μόνον ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰ. Χρ. only (it is to be) while calling on the name of J. Chr. ISm 4:2.—Not far removed fr. these are the places where we render ἐν τῷ ὀν. with through or by the name (s. ἐν 4c); the effect brought about by the name is caused by its utterance ἀπελούσασθε, ἡγιάσθητε, ἐδικαιώθητε ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου Ἰ. Χρ. 1 Cor 6:11. ζωὴν ἔχειν ἐν τῷ ὀν. αὐτοῦ (=Ἰησοῦ) J 20:31. τηρεῖν τινα ἐν τῷ ὀν. (θεοῦ) 17:11f.—ἐν τῷ ὀν. at the command (of), commissioned by ἔργα ποιεῖν ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ πατρός J 10:25 (but s. above). ἔρχεσθαι ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ πατρός 5:43a; in contrast ἔρχ. ἐν τῷ ὀν. τῷ ἰδίῳ vs. 43b. εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀν. κυρίου 12:13 (Ps 117:26). The Ps-passage prob. has the same sense (despite Heitmüller 53f) in Mt 21:9; 23:39; Mk 11:9; Lk 13:35; 19:38.—OMerlier, Ὄνομα et ἐν ὀνόματι dans le quatr. Év.: RevÉtGr 47, ’34, 180–204; RBratcher, BT 14, ’63, 72–80.

ד. w. ἕνεκα (and the other forms of this word; s. ἕνεκα 1): of persecutions for one’s Christian faith ἀπάγεσθαι ἐπὶ βασιλεῖς ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀν. μου Lk 21:12. πάσχειν or ὑποφέρειν εἵνεκα τοῦ ὀνόματος Hv 3, 1, 9; 3, 2, 1; Hs 9, 28, 5. ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀν. (τοῦ) κυρίου v 3, 5, 2; Hs 9, 28, 6. ἀφιέναι οἰκίας … ἕνεκεν τοῦ ἐμοῦ ὀν. for my name’s sake Mt 19:29. ἔκτισας τὰ πάντα ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀν. σου you created all things for your name’s sake, i.e. that God’s name might be praised for the benefits which the works of creation bring to humankind D 10:3.

ה. w. ἐπί and the dat.: ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. τινος when someone’s name is mentioned or called upon, or mentioning someone’s name (LXX; En 10:2; Just., D. 39, 6; Ath. 23, 1; s. Heitmüller 19ff; 43ff; s. also 47ff; 52ff; 87ff) in the NT only of the name of Jesus, and only in the synoptics and Ac. ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. μου they will come using my name Mt 24:5; Mk 13:6; Lk 21:8. κηρύσσειν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. αὐτοῦ μετάνοιαν 24:47. λαλεῖν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. τούτῳ to speak using this name Ac 4:17; 5:40. διδάσκειν 4:18; 5:28. ποιεῖν δύναμιν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. μου Mk 9:39. ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. σου ἐκβάλλειν δαιμόνια Lk 9:49 v.l. ἐπὶ τῷ σῷ ὀν. τὰς θεραπείας ἐπετέλουν GJs 20:2 (codd.). Of the (spiritual) temple of God: οἰκοδομηθήσεται ναὸς θεοῦ ἐνδόξως ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. κυρίου the temple of God will be gloriously built with the use of the Lord’s name 16:6f, 8 (quot. of uncertain orig.). βαπτίζεσθαι ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. Ἰ. Χρ. Ac 2:38. Baptism is also referred to in καλεῖσθαι ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ receive a name when the name of God’s son is named Hs 9, 17, 4. The words δέχεσθαι (παιδίον) ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. μου can also be classed here receive (a child) when my name is confessed, when I am called upon Mt 18:5; Mk 9:37; Lk 9:48 (s. Heitmüller 64); but s. also 3 below.—ἐπί w. acc.: πεποιθέναι ἐπὶ τὸ ὁσιώτατον τῆς μεγαλωσύνης αὐτοῦ ὄν. have confidence in (the Lord’s) most sacred and majestic name 1 Cl 58:1b; ἐλπίζειν ἐπὶ τὸ ὄν. hope in the name (of the Lord) 16:8b.

ו. w. περί and the gen.: εὐαγγελίζεσθαι περὶ τοῦ ὀν. Ἰ. Χ. bring the good news about the name of J. Chr. Ac 8:12.—(W. acc.: ἔχομεν δέος τὸ ὄ. τοῦ θεοῦ Orig., C. Cels. 4, 48, 34).

ז. w. πρός and acc.: πρὸς τὸ ὄν. Ἰησοῦ … πολλὰ ἐναντία πρᾶξαι do many things in opposing the name of Jesus Ac 26:9.

ח. w. ὑπέρ and gen.: ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀν. (Ἰησοῦ) ἀτιμασθῆναι Ac 5:41. πάσχειν 9:16; Hs 9, 28, 2. Cp. Ac 15:26; 21:13. The activity of the apostles takes place ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀν. αὐτοῦ to the honor of (Jesus’) name Ro 1:5. Cp. 3J 7. Of thankful praying at the Lord’s Supper εὐχαριστοῦμεν σοι … ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἁγίου ὀν. σου, οὗ κατεσκήνωσας ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν we thank you … for your holy name, which you caused to dwell in our hearts D 10:2.

δ. ὄν. w. ref. to God or Christ not infreq. stands quite alone, simply the Name: Ac 5:41; Phil 2:9 (cp. Diod S 3, 61, 6); 3J 7; 2 Cl 13:1, 4; IEph 3:1; 7:1; IPhld 10:1; Hv 3, 2, 1; Hs 8, 10, 3; 9, 13, 2; 9, 28, 3; 5.

② a person (Phalaris, Ep. 128; POxy 1188, 8 [13 A.D.]; BGU 113, 11; Jos., Ant. 14, 22; other exx. in Dssm., NB 24f [BS 196f]; LXX) τὸ ποθητόν μοι ὄν. my dear friend: Alce ISm 13:2; IPol 8:3; Crocus IRo 10:1. Pl. (PThéad 41, 10; PSI 27, 22; Num 1:18 al.) people Ac 1:15; Rv 3:4. ὀνόματα ἀνθρώπων 11:13 (cp. Ael. Aristid. 50, 72 K.=26 p. 523 D.: ὀνόματα δέκα ἀνδρῶν). This is prob. the place for περὶ λόγου καὶ ὀνομάτων καὶ νόμου about teaching and persons and (the) law Ac 18:15.

③ the classification under which one belongs, noted by a name or category, title, category (cp. Cass. Dio 38, 44; 42, 24 καὶ ὅτι πολλῷ πλείω ἔν τε τῷ σχήματι καὶ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τῷ τῆς στρατηγίας ὢν καταπράξειν ἤλπιζε=he hoped to effect much more by taking advantage of his praetorial apparel and title; ins: Sb 7541, 5 [II A.D.] Νύμφη ὄνομʼ ἐστί σοι; POxy 37 I, 17 [49 A.D.] βούλεται ὀνόματι ἐλευθέρου τὸ σωμάτιον ἀπενέγκασθαι=she claims to have carried off the infant on the basis of its being free-born; Jos., Ant. 12, 154 φερνῆς ὀνόματι; 11, 40; Just., A II, 6, 4 καὶ ἀνθρώπου καὶ σωτῆρος ὄνομα. Other exx. in Heitmüller 50); the possibility of understanding ὄν. as category made it easier for Greeks to take over rabb. לְשֵׁם (s. 1dγב above) in the sense with regard to a particular characteristic, then simply with regard to, for the sake of ὁ δεχόμενος προφήτην εἰς ὄν. προφήτου whoever receives a prophet within the category ‘prophet’, i.e. because he is a prophet, as a prophet Mt 10:41a; cp. vss. 41b, 42.—ὸ̔ς ἂν ποτίσῃ ὑμᾶς ἐν ὀνόματι, ὄτι Χριστοῦ ἐστε whoever gives you a drink under the category that you belong to Christ, i.e. in your capacity as a follower of Christ Mk 9:41. εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε ἐν ὀν. Χριστοῦ if you are reviled for the sake of Christ 1 Pt 4:14. δοξαζέτω τὸν θεὸν ἐν τῷ ὀν. τούτῳ let the person praise God in this capacity (=ὡς Χριστιανός) vs. 16. δέδεμαι ἐν τῷ ὀν. I am imprisoned for the sake of the Name IEph 3:1.—δέχεσθαι (παιδίον) ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. μου for my (name’s) sake Mt 18:5; Mk 9:37; Lk 9:48 (cp. Heitmüller 113. But s. 1dγה above).

④ recognition accorded a person on the basis of performance, (well-known) name, reputation, fame (Hom. et al.; 1 Ch 14:17; 1 Macc 8:12) φανερὸν ἐγένετο τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ his fame was widespread Mk 6:14. ὄν. ἔχειν (Pla., Apol. 38c, Ep. 2, 312c) w. ὅτι foll. have the reputation of Rv 3:1 perh. also 3:5 (s. 1bα; JFuller, JETS 26, ’83, 297–306).

⑤ name in terms of office held, office (POxy 58, 6) στασιαζουσῶν τ. φυλῶν, ὁποία αὐτῶν εἴη τῷ ἐνδόξῳ ὀνόματι κεκοσμημένη when the tribes were quarreling as to which one of them was to be adorned with that glorious office 1 Cl 43:2. τὸ ὄν. τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς the office of supervision 44:1.—B. 1263f. OEANE IV 91–96 on Mesopotamian practices. Schmidt, Syn. I 113–24. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ὄνομα

13 ὁ

ὁ, ἡ, τό pl. οἱ, αἱ, τά article, derived fr. a demonstrative pronoun, ‘the’. Since the treatment of the inclusion and omission of the art. belongs to the field of grammar, the lexicon can limit itself to exhibiting the main features of its usage. It is difficult to set hard and fast rules for the employment of the art., since the writer’s style had special freedom of play here—Kühner-G. I p. 589ff; B-D-F §249–76; Mlt. 80–84; Rob. 754–96; W-S. §17ff; Rdm.² 112–18; Abel §28–32; HKallenberg, RhM 69, 1914, 642ff; FVölker, Syntax d. griech. Papyri I, Der Artikel, Progr. d. Realgymn. Münster 1903; FEakin, AJP 37, 1916, 333ff; CMiller, ibid. 341ff; EColwell, JBL 52, ’33, 12–21 (for a critique s. Mlt-H.-Turner III 183f); ASvensson, D. Gebr. des bestimmten Art. in d. nachklass. Epik ’37; RFink, The Syntax of the Greek Article ’53; JRoberts, Exegetical Helps, The Greek Noun with and without the Article: Restoration Qtly 14, ’71, 28–44; HTeeple, The Greek Article with Personal Names in the Synoptic Gospels: NTS 19, ’73, 302–17; Mussies 186–97.

① this one, that one, the art. funct. as demonstrative pronoun

ⓐ in accordance w. epic usage (Hes., Works 450: ἡ=this [voice]) in the quot. fr. Arat., Phaenom. 5 τοῦ γὰρ καὶ γένος ἐσμέν for we are also his (lit. this One’s) offspring Ac 17:28.

ⓑ ὁ μὲν … ὁ δέ the one … the other (Polyaenus 6, 2, 1 ὁ μὲν … ὁ δὲ … ὁ δε; PSI 512, 21 [253 B.C.]); pl. οἱ μὲν … οἱ δέ (PSI 341, 9 [256 B.C.]; TestJob 29:1) some … others w. ref. to a noun preceding: ἐσχίσθη τὸ πλῆθος … οἱ μὲν ἦσαν σὺν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις, οἱ δὲ σὺν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις Ac 14:4; 17:32; 28:24; 1 Cor 7:7; Gal 4:23; Phil 1:16f. Also without such a relationship expressed τοὺς μὲν ἀποστόλους, τοὺς δὲ προφήτας, τοὺς δὲ εὐαγγελιστάς Eph 4:11. οἱ μὲν … ὁ δέ Hb 7:5f, 20f. οἱ μὲν … ἄλλοι (δέ) J 7:12. οἱ μὲν … ἄλλοι δὲ … ἕτεροι δέ Mt 16:14. τινὲς … οἱ δέ Ac 17:18 (cp. Pla., Leg. 1, 627a; 2, 658 B.; Aelian, VH 2, 34; Palaeph. 6, 5).—Mt 26:67; 28:17 οἱ δέ introduces a second class; just before this, instead of the first class, the whole group is mentioned (cp. X., Hell. 1, 2, 14, Cyr. 3, 2, 12; KMcKay, JSNT 24, ’85, 71f)= but some (as Arrian, Anab. 5, 2, 7; 5, 14, 4; Lucian, Tim. 4 p. 107; Hesych. Miles. [VI A.D.]: 390 Fgm. 1, 35 end Jac.).

ⓒ To indicate the progress of the narrative, ὁ δέ, οἱ δέ but he, but they (lit. this one, they) is also used without ὁ μέν preceding (likew. Il. 1, 43; Pla., X.; also Clearchus, Fgm. 76b τὸν δὲ εἰπεῖν=but this man said; pap examples in Mayser II/1, 1926, 57f) e.g. Mt 2:9, 14; 4:4; 9:31; Mk 14:31 (cp. Just., A II, 2, 3). ὁ μὲν οὖν Ac 23:18; 28:5. οἱ μὲν οὖν 1:6; 5:41; 15:3, 30.—JO’Rourke, Paul’s Use of the Art. as a Pronoun, CBQ 34, ’72, 59–65.

② the, funct. to define or limit an entity, event, or state

ⓐ w. nouns

α. w. appellatives, or common nouns, where, as in Pla., Thu., Demosth. et al., the art. has double significance, specific or individualizing, and generic.

א. In its individualizing use it focuses attention on a single thing or single concept, as already known or otherwise more definitely limited: things and pers. that are unique in kind: ὁ ἥλιος, ἡ σελήνη, ὁ οὐρανός, ἡ γῆ, ἡ θάλασσα, ὁ κόσμος, ἡ κτίσις, ὁ θεός (BWeiss [s. on θεός, beg.]), ὁ διάβολος, ὁ λόγος (J 1:1, 14), τὸ φῶς, ἡ σκοτία, ἡ ζωή, ὁ θάνατος etc. (but somet. the art. is omitted, esp. when nouns are used w. preps.; B-D-F §253, 1–4; Rob. 791f; Mlt-Turner 171). ἐν συναγωγῇ καὶ ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ J 18:20.—Virtues, vices, etc. (contrary to Engl. usage): ἡ ἀγάπη, ἡ ἀλήθεια, ἡ ἁμαρτία, ἡ δικαιοσύνη, ἡ σοφία et al.—The individualizing art. stands before a common noun that was previously mentioned (without the art.): τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους Lk 9:16 (after πέντε ἄρτοι vs. 13). τὸ βιβλίον 4:17b (after βιβλίον, vs. 17a), τοὺς μάγους Mt 2:7 (after μάγοι, vs. 1). J 4:43 (40); 12:6 (5); 20:1 (19:41); Ac 9:17 (11); Js 2:3 (2); Rv 15:6 (1).—The individ. art. also stands before a common noun which, in a given situation, is given special attention as the only or obvious one of its kind (Hipponax [VI B.C.] 13, 2 West=D.³ 16 ὁ παῖς the [attending] slave; Diod S 18, 29, 2 ὁ ἀδελφός=his brother; Artem. 4, 71 p. 245, 19 ἡ γυνή=your wife; ApcEsdr 6:12 p. 31, 17 μετὰ Μωσῆ … ἐν τῷ ὄρει [Sinai]; Demetr. (?): 722 fgm 7 Jac. [in Eus., PE 9, 19, 4] ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος [Moriah]) τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ to the attendant (who took care of the synagogue) Lk 4:20. εἰς τὸν νιπτῆρα into the basin (that was there for the purpose) J 13:5. ἰδοὺ ὁ ἄνθρωπο here is this (wretched) man 19:5. ἐκ τῆς παιδίσκης or ἐλευθέρας by the (well-known) slave woman or the free woman (Hagar and Sarah) Gal 4:22f. τὸν σῖτον Ac 27:38. ἐν τῇ ἐπιστολῇ 1 Cor 5:9 (s. ἐπιστολή) τὸ ὄρος the mountain (nearby) Mt 5:1; 8:1; 14:23; Mk 3:13; 6:46; Lk 6:12; 9:28 al.; ἡ πεισμονή this (kind of) persuasion Gal 5:8. ἡ μαρτυρία the (required) witness or testimony J 5:36.—The art. takes on the idea of κατʼ ἐξοχήν ‘par excellence’ (Porphyr., Abst. 24, 7 ὁ Αἰγύπτιος) ὁ ἐρχόμενος the one who is (was) to come or the coming one par excellence=The Messiah Mt 11:3; Lk 7:19. ὁ προφήτης J 1:21, 25; 7:40. ὁ διδάσκαλος τ. Ἰσραήλ 3:10 (Ps.-Clem., Hom. 5, 18 of Socrates: ὁ τῆς Ἑλλάδος διδάσκαλος); cp. MPol 12:2. With things (Stephan. Byz. s.v. Μάρπησσα: οἱ λίθοι=the famous stones [of the Parian Marble]) ἡ κρίσις the (last) judgment Mt 12:41. ἡ ἡμέρα the day of decision 1 Cor 3:13; (cp. Mi 4:6 Mt); Hb 10:25. ἡ σωτηρία (our) salvation at the consummation of the age Ro 13:11.

ב. In its generic use it singles out an individual who is typical of a class, rather than the class itself: ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος Mt 12:35. κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον 15:11. ὥσπερ ὁ ἐθνικός 18:17. ὁ ἐργάτης Lk 10:7. ἐγίνωσκεν τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ J 2:25. τὰ σημεῖα τοῦ ἀποστόλου 2 Cor 12:12. ὁ κληρονόμος Gal 4:1. So also in parables and allegories: ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης Mt 24:43. Cp. J 10:11b, 12. The generic art. in Gk. is often rendered in Engl. by the indef. art. or omitted entirely.

β. The use of the art. w. personal names is varied; as a general rule the presence of the art. w. a personal name indicates that the pers. is known; without the art. focus is on the name as such (s. Dssm., BPhW 22, 1902, 1467f; BWeiss, D. Gebr. des Art. b. d. Eigennamen [im NT]: StKr 86, 1913, 349–89). Nevertheless, there is an unmistakable drift in the direction of Mod. Gk. usage, in which every proper name has the art. (B-D-F §260; Rob. 759–61; Mlt-Turner 165f). The ms. tradition varies considerably. In the gospels the art. is usu. found w. Ἰησοῦς; yet it is commonly absent when Ἰ. is accompanied by an appositive that has the art. Ἰ. ὁ Γαλιλαῖος Mt 26:69; Ἰ. ὁ Ναζωραῖος vs. 71; Ἰ. ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός 27:17, 22. Sim. Μαριὰμ ἡ μήτηρ τοῦ Ἰ. Ac 1:14. The art. somet. stands before oblique cases of indecl. proper names, apparently to indicate their case (B-D-F §260, 2; Rob. 760). But here, too, there is no hard and fast rule.—HTeeple, NTS 19, ’73, 302–17 (synopt.).

γ. The art. is customarily found w. the names of countries (B-D-F §261, 4; W-S. § 18, 5 d; Rob. 759f); less freq. w. names of cities (B-D-F §261, 1; 2; Rob. 760; Mlt-Turner 170–72). W. Ἰερουσαλήμ, Ἱεροσόλυμα it is usu. absent (s. Ἱεροσόλυμα); it is only when this name has modifiers that it must have the art. ἡ νῦν Ἰ. Gal 4:25; ἡ ἄνω Ἰ. vs. 26; ἡ καινὴ Ἰ. Rv 3:12. But even in this case it lacks the art. when the modifier follows: Hb 12:22.—Names of rivers have the art. ὁ Ἰορδάνης, ὁ Εὐφράτης, ὁ Τίβερις Hv 1, 1, 2 (B-D-F §261, 8; Rob. 760; Mlt-Turner 172). Likew. names of seas ὁ Ἀδρίας Ac 27:27.

δ. The art. comes before nouns that are accompanied by the gen. of a pronoun (μοῦ, σοῦ, ἡμῶν, ὑμῶν, αὐτοῦ, ἑαυτοῦ, αὐτῶν) Mt 1:21, 25; 5:45; 6:10–12; 12:49; Mk 9:17; Lk 6:27; 10:7; 16:6; Ro 4:19; 6:6 and very oft. (only rarely is it absent: Mt 19:28; Lk 1:72; 2:32; 2 Cor 8:23; Js 5:20 al.).

ε. When accompanied by the possessive pronouns ἐμός, σός, ἡμέτερος, ὑμέτερος the noun always has the art., and the pron. stands mostly betw. art. and noun: Mt 18:20; Mk 8:38; Lk 9:26; Ac 26:5; Ro 3:7 and oft. But only rarely so in John: J 4:42; 5:47; 7:16. He prefers to repeat the article w. the possessive following the noun ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμή J 5:30; cp. 7:6; 17:17; 1J 1:3 al.

ζ. Adjectives (or participles), when they modify nouns that have the art., also come either betw. the art. and noun: ἡ ἀγαθὴ μερίς Lk 10:42; τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα 12:10; Ac 1:8; ἡ δικαία κρίσις J 7:24 and oft., or after the noun w. the art. repeated τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον Mk 3:29; J 14:26; Ac 1:16; Hb 3:7; 9:8; 10:15. ἡ ζωὴ ἡ αἰώνιος 1J 1:2; 2:25. τὴν πύλην τὴν σιδηρᾶν Ac 12:10. Only rarely does an adj. without the art. stand before a noun that has an art. (s. B-D-F §270, 1; Rob. 777; Mlt-Turner 185f): ἀκατακαλύπτῳ τῇ κεφαλῇ 1 Cor 11:5. εἶπεν μεγάλῃ τῇ φωνῇ Ac 14:10 v.l.; cp. 26:24. κοιναῖς ταῖς χερσίν Mk 7:5 D.—Double modifier τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον τὸ ἡτοιμασμένον τῷ διαβόλῳ Mt 25:41. τὸ θυσιαστήριον τὸ χρυσοῦν τὸ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου Rv 8:3; 9:13. ἡ πόρνη ἡ μεγάλη ἡ καθημένη 17:1.—Mk 5:36 τὸν λόγον λαλούμενον is prob. a wrong rdg. (B has τὸν λαλ., D τοῦτον τὸν λ. without λαλούμενον).—On the art. w. ὅλος, πᾶς, πολύς s. the words in question.

η. As in the case of the poss. pron. (ε) and adj. (ζ), so it is w. other expressions that can modify a noun: ἡ κατʼ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις Ro 9:11. ἡ παρʼ ἐμοῦ διαθήκη 11:27. ὁ λόγος ὁ τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 Cor 1:18. ἡ ἐντολὴ ἡ εἰς ζωήν Ro 7:10. ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν ἡ πρὸς τὸν θεόν 1 Th 1:8. ἡ διακονία ἡ εἰς τοὺς ἁγίους 2 Cor 8:4.

θ. The art. precedes the noun when a demonstrative pron. (ὅδε, οὗτος, ἐκεῖνος) belonging with it comes before or after; e.g.: οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος Lk 14:30; J 9:24. οὗτος ὁ λαός Mk 7:6. οὗτος ὁ υἱός μου Lk 15:24. οὗτος ὁ τελώνης 18:11 and oft. ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος Mk 14:71; Lk 2:25; 23:4, 14, 47. ὁ λαὸς οὗτος Mt 15:8. ὁ υἱός σου οὗτος Lk 15:30 and oft.—ἐκείνη ἡ ἡμέρα Mt 7:22; 22:46. ἐκ. ἡ ὥρα 10:19; 18:1; 26:55. ἐκ. ὁ καιρός 11:25; 12:1; 14:1. ἐκ. ὁ πλάνος 27:63 and oft. ἡ οἰκία ἐκείνη Mt 7:25, 27. ἡ ὥρα ἐκ. 8:13; 9:22; ἡ γῆ ἐκ. 9:26, 31; ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκ. 13:1. ὁ ἀγρὸς ἐκ. vs. 44 and oft.—ὁ αὐτός s. αὐτός 3b.

ι. An art. before a nom. noun makes it a vocative (as early as Hom.; s. KBrugman⁴-AThumb, Griech. Gramm. 1913, 431; Schwyzer II 63f; B-D-F §147; Rob. 769. On the LXX Johannessohn, Kasus 14f.—ParJer 1:1 Ἰερεμία ὁ ἐκλεκτός μου; 7:2 χαῖρε Βαρούχι ὁ οἰκονόμος τῆς πίστεως) ναί, ὁ πατήρ Mt 11:26. τὸ κοράσιον, ἔγειρε Mk 5:41. Cp. Mt 7:23; 27:29 v.l.; Lk 8:54; 11:39; 18:11, 13 (Goodsp, Probs. 85–87); J 19:3 and oft.

ⓑ Adjectives become substantives by the addition of the art.

α. ὁ πονηρός Eph 6:16. οἱ σοφοί 1 Cor 1:27. οἱ ἅγιοι, οἱ πλούσιοι, οἱ πολλοί al. Likew. the neut. τὸ κρυπτόν Mt 6:4. τὸ ἅγιον 7:6. τὸ μέσον Mk 3:3. τὸ θνητόν 2 Cor 5:4. τὰ ἀδύνατα Lk 18:27. τὸ ἔλαττον Hb 7:7. Also w. gen. foll. τὰ ἀγαθά σου Lk 16:25. τὸ μωρόν, τὸ ἀσθενὲς τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 1:25; cp. vs. 27f. τὸ γνωστὸν τοῦ θεοῦ Ro 1:19. τὰ ἀόρατα τοῦ θεοῦ vs. 20. τὸ ἀδύνατον τοῦ νόμου 8:3. τὰ κρυπτὰ τῆς αἰσχύνης 2 Cor 4:2.

β. Adj. attributes whose noun is customarily omitted come to have substantive force and therefore receive the art. (B-D-F §241; Rob. 652–54) ἡ περίχωρος Mt 3:5; ἡ ξηρά 23:15 (i.e. γῆ). ἡ ἀριστερά, ἡ δεξιά (sc. χείρ) 6:3. ἡ ἐπιοῦσα (sc. ἡμέρα) Ac 16:11. ἡ ἔρημος (sc. χώρα) Mt 11:7.

γ. The neut. of the adj. w. the art. can take on the mng. of an abstract noun (Thu. 1, 36, 1 τὸ δεδιός=fear; Herodian 1, 6, 9; 1, 11, 5 τὸ σεμνὸν τῆς παρθένου; M. Ant. 1, 1; Just., D. 27, 2 διὰ τὸ σκληροκάρδιον ὑμῶν καὶ ἀχάριστον εἰς αὐτόν) τὸ χρηστὸν τοῦ θεοῦ God’s kindness Ro 2:4. τὸ δυνατόν power 9:22. τὸ σύμφορον benefit 1 Cor 7:35. τὸ γνήσιον genuineness 2 Cor 8:8. τὸ ἐπιεικές Phil 4:5 al.

δ. The art. w. numerals indicates, as in Il. 5, 271f; X. et al. (HKallenberg, RhM 69, 1914, 662ff), that a part of a number already known is being mentioned (Diod S 18, 10, 2 τρεῖς μὲν φυλὰς … τὰς δὲ ἑπτά=‘but the seven others’; Plut., Cleom. 804 [8, 4] οἱ τέσσαρες=‘the other four’; Polyaenus 6, 5 οἱ τρεῖς=‘the remaining three’; Diog. L. 1, 82 Βίας προκεκριμένος τῶν ἑπτά=Bias was preferred before the others of the seven [wise men]. B-D-F §265): οἱ ἐννέα the other nine Lk 17:17. Cp. 15:4; Mt 18:12f. οἱ δέκα the other ten (disciples) 20:24; Mk 10:41; lepers Lk 17:17. οἱ πέντε … ὁ εἷς … ὁ ἄλλος five of them … one … the last one Rv 17:10.

ⓒ The ptc. w. the art. receives

α. the mng. of a subst. ὁ πειράζων the tempter Mt 4:3; 1 Th 3:5. ὁ βαπτίζων Mk 6:14. ὁ σπείρων Mt 13:3; Lk 8:5. ὁ ὀλεθρεύων Hb 11:28. τὸ ὀφειλόμενον Mt 18:30, 34. τὸ αὐλούμενον 1 Cor 14:7. τὸ λαλούμενον vs. 9 (Just., D. 32, 3 τὸ ζητούμενον). τὰ γινόμενα Lk 9:7. τὰ ἐρχόμενα J 16:13. τὰ ἐξουθενημένα 1 Cor 1:28. τὰ ὑπάρχοντα (s. ὑπάρχω 1). In Engl. usage many of these neuters are transl. by a relative clause, as in β below. B-D-F §413; Rob. 1108f.

β. the mng. of a relative clause (Ar. 4, 2 al. οἱ νομίζοντες) ὁ δεχόμενος ὑμᾶς whoever receives you Mt 10:40. τῷ τύπτοντί σε Lk 6:29. ὁ ἐμὲ μισῶν J 15:23. οὐδὲ γὰρ ὄνομά ἐστιν ἕτερον τὸ δεδομένον (ὸ̔ δέδοται) Ac 4:12. τινές εἰσιν οἱ ταράσσοντες ὑμᾶς Gal 1:7. Cp. Lk 7:32; 18:9; J 12:12; Col 2:8; 1 Pt 1:7; 2J 7; Jd 4 al. So esp. after πᾶς: πᾶς ὁ ὀργιζόμενος everyone who becomes angry Mt 5:22. πᾶς ὁ κρίνων Ro 2:1 al. After μακάριος Mt 5:4, 6, 10. After οὐαὶ ὑμῖν Lk 6:25.

ⓓ The inf. w. neut. art. (B-D-F §398ff; Rob. 1062–68) is used in a number of ways.

α. It stands for a noun (B-D-F §399; Rob. 1062–66) τὸ (ἀνίπτοις χερσὶν) φαγεῖν Mt 15:20. τὸ (ἐκ νεκρῶν) ἀναστῆναι Mk 9:10. τὸ ἀγαπᾶν 12:33; cp. Ro 13:8. τὸ ποιῆσαι, τὸ ἐπιτελέσαι 2 Cor 8:11. τὸ καθίσαι Mt 20:23. τὸ θέλειν Ro 7:18; 2 Cor 8:10.—Freq. used w. preps. ἀντὶ τοῦ, διὰ τό, διὰ τοῦ, ἐκ τοῦ, ἐν τῷ, ἕνεκεν τοῦ, ἕως τοῦ, μετὰ τό, πρὸ τοῦ, πρὸς τό etc.; s. the preps. in question (B-D-F §402–4; Rob. 1068–75).

β. The gen. of the inf. w. the art., without a prep., is esp. frequent (B-D-F §400; Mlt. 216–18; Rob. 1066–68; DEvans, ClQ 15, 1921, 26ff). The use of this inf. is esp. common in Lk and Paul, less freq. in Mt and Mk, quite rare in other writers. The gen. stands

א. dependent on words that govern the gen.: ἄξιον 1 Cor 16:4 (s. ἄξιος 1c). ἐξαπορηθῆναι τοῦ ζῆν 2 Cor 1:8. ἔλαχε τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι Lk 1:9 (cp. 1 Km 14:47 v.l. Σαοὺλ ἔλαχεν τοῦ βασιλεύειν).

ב. dependent on a noun (B-D-F §400, 1; Rob. 1066f) ὁ χρόνος τοῦ τεκεῖν Lk 1:57. ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ τεκεῖν αὐτήν 2:6. ἐξουσία τοῦ πατεῖν 10:19. εὐκαιρία τοῦ παραδοῦναι 22:6. ἐλπὶς τοῦ σῴζεσθαι Ac 27:20; τοῦ μετέχειν 1 Cor 9:10. ἐπιποθία τοῦ ἐλθεῖν Ro 15:23. χρείαν ἔχειν τοῦ διδάσκειν Hb 5:12. καιρὸς τοῦ ἄρξασθαι 1 Pt 4:17. τ. ἐνέργειαν τοῦ δύνασθαι the power that enables him Phil 3:21. ἡ προθυμία τοῦ θέλειν zeal in desiring 2 Cor 8:11.

ג. Somet. the connection w. the noun is very loose, and the transition to the consecutive sense (=result) is unmistakable (B-D-F §400, 2; Rob. 1066f): ἐπλήσθησαν ἡμέραι ὀκτὼ τοῦ περιτεμεῖν αὐτόν Lk 2:21. ὀφειλέται … τοῦ κατὰ σάρκα ζῆν Ro 8:12. εἰς ἀκαθαρσίαν τοῦ ἀτιμάζεσθαι 1:24. ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ μὴ βλέπειν 11:8. τὴν ἔκβασιν τοῦ δύνασθαι ὑπενεγκεῖν 1 Cor 10:13.

ד. Verbs of hindering, ceasing take the inf. w. τοῦ μή (s. Schwyzer II 372 for earlier Gk; PGen 16, 23 [207 A.D.] κωλύοντες τοῦ μὴ σπείρειν; LXX; ParJer 2:5 φύλαξαι τοῦ μὴ σχίσαι τὰ ἱμάτιά σου): καταπαύειν Ac 14:18. κατέχειν Lk 4:42. κρατεῖσθαι 24:16. κωλύειν Ac 10:47. παύειν 1 Pt 3:10 (Ps 33:14). ὑποστέλλεσθαι Ac 20:20, 27. Without μή: ἐγκόπτεσθαι τοῦ ἐλθεῖν Ro 15:22.

ה. The gen. of the inf. comes after verbs of deciding, exhorting, commanding, etc. (1 Ch 19:19; ParJer 7:37 διδάσκων αὐτοὺ τοῦ ἀπέχεσθαι) ἐγένετο γνώμης Ac 20:3. ἐντέλλεσθαι Lk 4:10 (Ps 90:11). ἐπιστέλλειν Ac 15:20. κατανεύειν Lk 5:7. κρίνειν Ac 27:1. παρακαλεῖν 21:12. προσεύχεσθαι Js 5:17. τὸ πρόσωπον στηρίζειν Lk 9:51. συντίθεσθαι Ac 23:20.

ו. The inf. w. τοῦ and τοῦ μή plainly has final (=purpose) sense (ParJer 5:2 ἐκάθισεν … τοῦ ἀναπαῆναι ὀλίγον; Soph., Lex. I 45f; B-D-F §400, 5 w. exx. fr. non-bibl. lit. and pap; Rob. 1067): ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρων τοῦ σπείρειν a sower went out to sow Mt 13:3. ζητεῖν τοῦ ἀπολέσαι = ἵνα ἀπολέσῃ 2:13. τοῦ δοῦναι γνῶσιν Lk 1:77. τοῦ κατευθῦναι τοὺς πόδας vs. 79. τοῦ σινιάσαι 22:31. τοῦ μηκέτι δουλεύειν Ro 6:6. τοῦ ποιῆσαι αὐτά Gal 3:10. τοῦ γνῶναι αὐτόν Phil 3:10. Cp. Mt 3:13; 11:1; 24:45; Lk 2:24, 27; 8:5; 24:29; Ac 3:2; 20:30; 26:18; Hb 10:7 (Ps 39:9); 11:5; GJs 2:3f; 24:1.—The apparently solecistic τοῦ πολεμῆσαι Ro 12:7 bears a Semitic tinge, cp. Hos 9:13 et al. (Mussies 96).—The combination can also express

ז. consecutive mng. (result): οὐδὲ μετεμελήθητε τοῦ πιστεῦσαι αὐτῷ you did not change your minds and believe him Mt 21:32. τοῦ μὴ εἶναι αὐτὴν μοιχαλίδα Ro 7:3. τοῦ ποιεῖν τὰ βρέφη ἔκθετα Ac 7:19. Cp. 3:12; 10:25.

ⓔ The art. is used w. prepositional expressions (Artem. 4, 33 p. 224, 7 ὁ ἐν Περγάμῳ; 4, 36 ὁ ἐν Μαγνησίᾳ; 4 [6] Esdr [POxy 1010 recto, 8–12] οἱ ἐν τοῖς πεδίοις … οἱ ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσι καὶ μετεώροις; Tat. 31, 2 οἱ μὲν περὶ Κράτητα … οἱ δὲ περὶ Ἐρατοσθένη) τῆς ἐκκλησίας τῆς ἐν Κεγχρεαῖς Ro 16:1. ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις ταῖς ἐν τῇ Ἀσίᾳ Rv 1:4. τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν (w. place name) ἐκκλησίας 2:1, 8, 12, 18; 3:1, 7, 14 (on these pass. RBorger, TRu 52, ’87, 42–45). τοῖς ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ to those in the house Mt 5:15. πάτερ ἡμῶν ὁ ἐν τ. οὐρανοῖς 6:9. οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰταλίας Hb 13:24. οἱ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ Ro 8:1. οἱ ἐξ ἐριθείας 2:8. οἱ ἐκ νόμου 4:14; cp. vs. 16. οἱ ἐκ τῆς Καίσαρος οἰκίας Phil 4:22. οἱ ἐξ εὐωνύμων Mt 25:41. τὸ θυσιαστήριον … τὸ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου Rv 8:3; cp. 9:13. On 1:4 s. ref in B-D-F §136, 1 to restoration by Nestle. οἱ παρʼ αὐτοῦ Mk 3:21. οἱ μετʼ αὐτοῦ Mt 12:3. οἱ περὶ αὐτόν Mk 4:10; Lk 22:49 al.—Neut. τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ πλοίου pieces of wreckage fr. the ship Ac 27:44 (difft. FZorell, BZ 9, 1911, 159f). τὰ περί τινος Lk 24:19, 27; Ac 24:10; Phil 1:27 (Tat. 32, 2 τὰ περὶ θεοῦ). τὰ περί τινα 2:23. τὰ κατʼ ἐμέ my circumstances Eph 6:21; Phil 1:12; Col 4:7. τὰ κατὰ τὸν νόμον what (was to be done) according to the law Lk 2:39. τὸ ἐξ ὑμῶν Ro 12:18. τὰ πρὸς τὸν θεόν 15:17; Hb 2:17; 5:1 (X., Resp. Lac. 13, 11 ἱερεῖ τὰ πρὸς τοὺς θεούς, στρατηγῷ δὲ τὰ πρὸς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους). τὰ παρʼ αὐτῶν Lk 10:7. τὸ ἐν ἐμοί the (child) in me GJs 12:2 al.

ⓕ w. an adv. or adverbial expr. (1 Macc 8:3) τὸ ἔμπροσθεν Lk 19:4. τὸ ἔξωθεν Mt 23:25. τὸ πέραν Mt 8:18, 28. τὰ ἄνω J 8:23; Col 3:1f. τὰ κάτω J 8:23. τὰ ὀπίσω Mk 13:16. τὰ ὧδε matters here Col 4:9. ὁ πλησίον the neighbor Mt 5:43. οἱ καθεξῆς Ac 3:24. τὸ κατὰ σάρκα Ro 9:5. τὸ ἐκ μέρους 1 Cor 13:10.—Esp. w. indications of time τό, τὰ νῦν s. νῦν 2b. τὸ πάλιν 2 Cor 13:2. τὸ λοιπόν 1 Cor 7:29; Phil 3:1. τὸ πρῶτον J 10:40; 12:16; 19:39. τὸ πρότερον 6:62; Gal 4:13. τὸ καθʼ ἡμέραν daily Lk 11:3.—τὸ πλεῖστον at the most 1 Cor 14:27.

ⓖ The art. w. the gen. foll. denotes a relation of kinship, ownership, or dependence: Ἰάκωβος ὁ τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου Mt 10:2 (Thu. 4, 104 Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου [sc. υἱός]; Plut., Timol. 3, 2; Appian, Syr. 26 §123 Σέλευκος ὁ Ἀντιόχου; Jos., Bell. 5, 5; 11). Μαρία ἡ Ἰακώβου Lk 24:10. ἡ τοῦ Οὐρίου the wife of Uriah Mt 1:6. οἱ Χλόης Chloë’s people 1 Cor 1:11. οἱ Ἀριστοβούλου, οἱ Ναρκίσσου Ro 16:10f. οἱ αὐτοῦ Ac 16:33. οἱ τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Cor 15:23; Gal 5:24. Καισάρεια ἡ Φιλίππου Caesarea Philippi i.e. the city of Philip Mk 8:27.—τό, τά τινος someone’s things, affairs, circumstances (Thu. 4, 83 τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου; Parthenius 1, 6; Appian, Syr. 16 §67 τὰ Ῥωμαίων) τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, τῶν ἀνθρώπων Mt 16:23; 22:21; Mk 8:33; cp. 1 Cor 2:11. τὰ τῆς σαρκός, τοῦ πνεύματος Ro 8:5; cp. 14:19; 1 Cor 7:33f; 13:11. τὰ ὑμῶν 2 Cor 12:14. τὰ τῆς ἀσθενείας μου 11:30. τὰ τοῦ νόμου what the law requires Ro 2:14. τὸ τῆς συκῆς what has been done to the fig tree Mt 21:21; cp. 8:33. τὰ ἑαυτῆς its own advantage 1 Cor 13:5; cp. Phil 2:4, 21. τὸ τῆς παροιμίας what the proverb says 2 Pt 2:22 (Pla., Theaet. 183e τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου; Menand., Dyscolus 633 τὸ τοῦ λόγου). ἐν τοῖς τοῦ πατρός μου in my Father’s house (so Field, Notes 50–56; Goodsp. Probs. 81–83; difft., ‘interests’, PTemple, CBQ 1, ’39, 342–52.—In contrast to the other synoptists, Luke does not elsewhere show Jesus ‘at home’.) Lk 2:49 (Lysias 12, 12 εἰς τὰ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ; Theocr. 2, 76 τὰ Λύκωνος; pap in Mayser II [1926] p. 8; POxy 523, 3 [II A.D.] an invitation to a dinner ἐν τοῖς Κλαυδίου Σαραπίωνος; PTebt 316 II, 23 [99 A.D.] ἐν τοῖς Ποτάμωνος; Esth 7:9; Job 18:19; Jos., Ant. 16, 302. Of the temple of a god Jos., C. Ap. 1, 118 ἐν τοῖς τοῦ Διός). Mt 20:15 is classified here by WHatch, ATR 26, ’44, 250–53; s. also ἐμός b.

ⓗ The neut. of the art. stands

α. before whole sentences or clauses (Epict. 4, 1, 45 τὸ Καίσαρος μὴ εἶναι φίλον; Prov. Aesopi 100 P. τὸ Οὐκ οἶδα; Jos., Ant. 10, 205; Just., D. 33, 2 τὸ γὰρ … [Ps 109:4]) τὸ Οὐ φονεύσεις, οὐ μοιχεύσεις κτλ. (quot. fr. the Decalogue) Mt 19:18; Ro 13:9. τὸ Καὶ μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη (quot. fr. Is 53:12) Lk 22:37. Cp. Gal 5:14. τὸ Εἰ δύνῃ as far as your words ‘If you can’ are concerned Mk 9:23. Likew. before indirect questions (Vett. Val. 291, 14 τὸ πῶς τέτακται; Ael. Aristid. 45, 15 K. τὸ ὅστις ἐστίν; ParJer 6:15 τὸ πῶς ἀποστείλης; GrBar 8:6 τὸ πῶς ἐταπεινώθη; Jos., Ant. 20, 28 ἐπὶ πείρᾳ τοῦ τί φρονοῖεν; Pel.-Leg. p. 20, 32 τὸ τί γένηται; Mel., Fgm. 8, 2 [Goodsp. p. 311] τὸ δὲ πῶς λούονται) τὸ τί ἂν θέλοι καλεῖσθαι αὐτό Lk 1:62. τὸ τίς ἂν εἴη μείζων αὐτῶν 9:46. τὸ πῶς δεῖ ὑμᾶς περιπατεῖν 1 Th 4:1. Cp. Lk 19:48; 22:2, 4, 23f; Ac 4:21; 22:30; Ro 8:26; Hs 8, 1, 4.

β. before single words which are taken fr. what precedes and hence are quoted, as it were (Epict. 1, 29, 16 τὸ Σωκράτης; 3, 23, 24; Hierocles 13 p. 448 ἐν τῷ μηδείς) τὸ ‘ἀνέβη’ Eph 4:9. τὸ ‘ἔτι ἅπαξ’ Hb 12:27. τὸ ‘Ἁγάρ’ Gal 4:25.

ⓘ Other notable uses of the art. are

α. the elliptic use, which leaves a part of a sentence accompanied by the art. to be completed fr. the context: ὁ τὰ δύο the man with the two (talents), i.e. ὁ τὰ δύο τάλαντα λαβών Mt 25:17; cp. vs. 22. τῷ τὸν φόρον Ro 13:7. ὁ τὸ πολύ, ὀλίγον the man who had much, little 2 Cor 8:15 after Ex 16:18 (cp. Lucian, Bis Accus. 9 ὁ τὴν σύριγγα [sc. ἔχων]; Arrian, Anab. 7, 8, 3 τὴν ἐπὶ θανάτῳ [sc. ὁδόν]).

β. Σαῦλος, ὁ καὶ Παῦλος Ac 13:9; s. καί 2h.

γ. the fem. art. is found in a quite singular usage ἡ οὐαί (ἡ θλῖψις or ἡ πληγή) Rv 9:12; 11:14. Sim. ὁ Ἀμήν 3:14 (here the masc. art. is evidently chosen because of the alternate name for Jesus).

ⓙ One art. can refer to several nouns connected by καί

α. when various words, sing. or pl., are brought close together by a common art.: τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ γραμματεῖς Mt 2:4; cp. 16:21; Mk 15:1. ἐν τοῖς προφήταις κ. ψαλμοῖς Lk 24:44. τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ καὶ Σαμαρείᾳ Ac 1:8; cp. 8:1; Lk 5:17 al.—Even nouns of different gender can be united in this way (Aristoph., Eccl. 750; Ps.-Pla., Axioch. 12 p. 37a οἱ δύο θεοί, of Apollo and Artemis; Ps.-Demetr., Eloc. c. 292; PTebt 14, 10 [114 B.C.]; En 18:14; EpArist 109) κατὰ τὰ ἐντάλματα καὶ διδασκαλίας Col 2:22. Cp. Lk 1:6. εἰς τὰς ὁδοὺς καὶ φραγμούς 14:23.

β. when one and the same person has more than one attribute applied to him: πρὸς τὸν πατέρα μου καὶ πατέρα ὑμῶν J 20:17. ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατὴρ τοῦ κυρίου Ἰ. Ro 15:6; 2 Cor 1:3; 11:31; Eph 1:3; 1 Pt 1:3. ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατὴρ (ἡμῶν) Eph 5:20; Phil 4:20; 1 Th 1:3; 3:11, 13. Of Christ: τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ σωτῆρος 2 Pt 1:11; cp. 2:20; 3:18. τοῦ μεγάλου θεοῦ καὶ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Tit 2:13 (PGrenf II, 15 I, 6 [139 B.C.] of the deified King Ptolemy τοῦ μεγάλου θεοῦ εὐεργέτου καὶ σωτῆρος [ἐπιφανοῦς] εὐχαρίστου).

γ. On the other hand, the art. is repeated when two different persons are named: ὁ φυτεύων καὶ ὁ ποτίζων 1 Cor 3:8. ὁ βασιλεὺς καὶ ὁ ἡγεμών Ac 26:30.

ⓚ In a fixed expression, when a noun in the gen. is dependent on another noun, the art. customarily appears twice or not at all: τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 3:16; πνεῦμα θεοῦ Ro 8:9. ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ 2 Cor 2:17; λόγος θεοῦ 1 Th 2:13. ἡ ἡμέρα τοῦ κυρίου 2 Th 2:2; ἡμ. κ. 1 Th 5:2. ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου Mt 8:20; υἱ. ἀ. Hb 2:6. ἡ ἀνάστασις τῶν νεκρῶν Mt 22:31; ἀ. ν. Ac 23:6. ἡ κοιλία τῆς μητρός J 3:4; κ. μ. Mt 19:12.—APerry, JBL 68, ’49, 329–34; MBlack, An Aramaic Approach³, ’67, 93–95.—DELG. M-M.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ὁ

14 ἐν

ἐν prep. w. dat. (Hom.+). For lit. s. ἀνά and εἰς, beg. For special NT uses s. AOepke, TW II 534–39. The uses of this prep. are so many and various, and oft. so easily confused, that a strictly systematic treatment is impossible. It must suffice to list the main categories, which will help establish the usage in individual cases. The earliest auditors/readers, not being inconvenienced by grammatical and lexical debates, would readily absorb the context and experience little difficulty.

① marker of a position defined as being in a location, in, among (the basic idea, Rob. 586f)

ⓐ of the space or place within which someth. is found, in: ἐν τῇ πόλει Lk 7:37. ἐν Βηθλέεμ Mt 2:1. ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 3:1 (Just., D. 19, 5, cp. A I, 12, 6 ἐν ἐρημίᾳ) ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ Ac 5:42. ἐν οἴκῳ 1 Ti 3:15 and very oft. ἐν τοῖς τοῦ πατρός μου in my Father’s house Lk 2:49 and perh. Mt 20:15 (cp. Jos., Ant. 16, 302, C. Ap. 1, 118 ἐν τοῖς τοῦ Διός; PTebt 12, 3; POxy 523, 3; Tob 6:11 S; Goodsp., Probs. 81–83). ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ Mt 20:3. ἐν (τῷ) οὐρανῷ in heaven (Arat., Phaen. 10; Diod S 4, 61, 6; Plut., Mor. 359d τὰς ψυχὰς ἐν οὐρανῷ λάμπειν ἄστρα; Tat. 12, 2 τὰ ἄστρα τὰ ἐν αὐτῷ) Ac 2:19 (Jo 3:3); Rv 12:1; IEph 19:2.—W. quotations and accounts of the subject matter of literary works: in (Ps.-Demetr. c. 226 ὡς ἐν τῷ Εὐθυδήμῳ; Simplicius in Epict. p. 28, 37 ἐν τῷ Φαίδωνι; Ammon. Hermiae in Aristot. De Interpret. c. 9 p. 136, 20 Busse ἐν Τιμαίῳ παρειλήφαμεν=we have received as a tradition; 2 Macc 2:4; 1 Esdr 1:40; 5:48; Sir 50:27; Just., A I, 60, 1 ἐν τῷ παρὰ Πλάτωνι Τιμαίῳ) ἐν τῇ ἐπιστολῇ 1 Cor 5:9. ἐν τῷ νόμῳ Lk 24:44; J 1:45. ἐν τοῖς προφήταις Ac 13:40. ἐν Ἠλίᾳ in the story of Elijah Ro 11:2 (Just., D. 120, 3 ἐν τῷ Ἰούδα). ἐν τῷ Ὡσηέ 9:25 (Just., D. 44, 2 ἐν τῷ Ἰεζεκιήλ). ἐν Δαυίδ in the Psalter ( by David is also prob.: s. 6) Hb 4:7. ἐν ἑτέρῳ προφήτῃ in another prophet B 6:14. Of inner life φανεροῦσθαι ἐν ταῖς συνειδήσεσι be made known to (your) consciences 2 Cor 5:11. ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ Mt 5:28; 13:19; 2 Cor 11:12 et al.

ⓑ on ἐν τῷ ὄρει (X., An. 4, 3, 31; Diod S 14, 16, 2 λόφος ἐν ᾧ=a hill on which; Jos., Ant. 12, 259; Just., D. 67, 9 ἐν ὄρει Χωρήβ) J 4:20f; Hb 8:5 (Ex 25:40). ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ in the market Mt 20:3. ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ on the way Mt 5:25. ἐν πλαξίν on tablets 2 Cor 3:3. ἐν ταῖς γωνίαις τῶν πλατειῶν on the street corners Mt 6:5.

ⓒ within the range of, at, near (Soph., Fgm. 37 [34 N.²] ἐν παντὶ λίθῳ=near every stone; Artem. 4, 24 p. 217, 19 ἐν Τύρῳ=near Tyre; Polyaenus 8, 24, 7 ἐν τῇ νησῖδι=near the island; Diog. L. 1, 34; 85; 97 τὰ ἐν ποσίν=what is before one’s feet; Jos., Vi. 227 ἐν Χαβωλώ) ἐν τῷ γαζοφυλακείῳ (q.v.) J 8:20. ἐν τῷ Σιλωάμ near the pool of Siloam Lk 13:4. καθίζειν ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ τινος sit at someone’s right hand (cp. 1 Esdr 4:29) Eph 1:20; Hb 1:3; 8:1.

ⓓ among, in (Hom.+; PTebt 58, 41 [111 B.C.]; Sir 16:6; 31:9; 1 Macc 4:58; 5:2; TestAbr B 9 p. 13, 27 [Stone p. 74]; Just., A I, 5, 4 ἐν βαρβάροις) ἐν τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ in the generation now living Mk 8:38. ἐν τῷ γένει μου among my people Gal 1:14 (Just., D. 51, 1 al. ἐν τῷ γένει ὑμῶν). ἐν ἡμῖν Hb 13:26. ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ in the crowd Mk 5:30 (cp. Sir 7:7). ἐν ἀλλήλοις mutually (Thu. 1, 24, 4; Just., D. 101, 3) Ro 1:12; 15:5. ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν (=among the commanding officers: Diod S 18, 61, 2; Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 21 §84) Ἰούδα Mt 2:6 et al. ἐν ἀνθρώποις among people (as Himerius, Or. 48 [14], 11; Just., A I, 23, 3, D. 64, 7) Lk 2:14; cp. Ac 4:12.

ⓔ before, in the presence of, etc. (cp. Od. 2, 194; Eur., Andr. 359; Pla., Leg. 9, 879b; Demosth. 24, 207; Polyb. 5, 39, 6; Epict. 3, 22, 8; Appian, Maced. 18 §2 ἐν τοῖς φίλοις=in the presence of his friends; Sir 19:8; Jdth 6:2; PPetr. II, 4 [6], 16 [255/254 B.C.] δινὸν γάρ ἐστιν ἐν ὄχλῳ ἀτιμάζεσθαι=before a crowd) σοφίαν λαλοῦμεν ἐν τοῖς τελείοις in the presence of mature (i.e. spiritually sophisticated) adults 1 Cor 2:6 (cp. Simplicius in Epict. p. 131, 20 λέγειν τὰ θεωρήματα ἐν ἰδιώταις). ἐν τ. ὠσὶν ὑμῶν in your hearing Lk 4:21 (cp. Judg 17:2; 4 Km 23:2; Bar 1:3f), where the words can go linguistically just as well w. πεπλήρωται as w. ἡ γραφὴ αὕτη (this passage of scripture read in your hearing). ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς τινος in someone’s eyes, i.e. judgment (Wsd 3:2; Sir 8:16; Jdth 3:4; 12:14; 1 Macc 1:12) Mt 21:42 (Ps 117:23). ἔν τινι in the same mng. as early as Trag. (Soph., Oed. C. 1213 ἐν ἐμοί=in my judgment, Ant. 925 ἐν θεοῖς καλά; also Pla., Prot. 337b; 343c) ἐν ἐμοί 1 Cor 14:11; possibly J 3:21 (s. 4c below) and Jd 1 belong here.—In the ‘forensic’ sense ἔν τινι can mean in someone’s court or forum (Soph., Ant. 459; Pla., Gorg. 464d, Leg. 11, 916b; Ael. Aristid. 38, 3 K.=7 p. 71 D.; 46 p. 283, 334 D.; Diod S 19, 51, 4; Ps.-Heraclit., Ep. 4, 6; but in several of these pass. the mng. does not go significantly beyond ‘in the presence of’ [s. above]) ἐν ὑμῖν 1 Cor 6:2 ( by you is also tenable; s. 6 below).

ⓕ esp. to describe certain processes, inward: ἐν ἑαυτῷ to himself, i.e. in silence, διαλογίζεσθαι Mk 2:8; Lk 12:17; διαπορεῖν Ac 10:17; εἰδέναι J 6:61; λέγειν Mt 3:9; 9:21; Lk 7:49; εἰπεῖν 7:39 al.; ἐμβριμᾶσθαι J 11:38.

② marker of a state or condition, in

ⓐ of being clothed and metaphors assoc. with such condition in, with (Hdt. 2, 159; X., Mem. 3, 11, 4; Diod S 1, 12, 9; Herodian 2, 13, 3; Jdth 10:3; 1 Macc 6:35; 2 Macc 3:33) ἠμφιεσμένον ἐν μαλακοῖς dressed in soft clothes Mt 11:8. περιβάλλεσθαι ἐν ἱματίοις Rv 3:5; 4:4. ἔρχεσθαι ἐν ἐνδύμασι προβάτων come in sheep’s clothing Mt 7:15. περιπατεῖν ἐν στολαῖς walk about in long robes Mk 12:38 (Tat. 2, 1 ἐν πορφυρίδι περιπατῶν); cp. Ac 10:30; Mt 11:21; Lk 10:13. ἐν λευκοῖς in white (Artem. 2, 3; 4, 2 ἐν λευκοῖς προϊέναι; Epict. 3, 22, 1) J 20:12; Hv 4, 2, 1. Prob. corresp. ἐν σαρκί clothed in flesh (cp. Diod S 1, 12, 9 deities appear ἐν ζῴων μορφαῖς) 1 Ti 3:16; 1J 4:2; 2J 7. ἐν πάσῃ τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ in all his glory Mt 6:29 (cp. 1 Macc 10:86). ἐν τ. δόξῃ τοῦ πατρός clothed in his Father’s glory 16:27; cp. 25:31; Mk 8:38; Lk 9:31.

ⓑ of other states and conditions (so freq. w. γίνομαι, εἰμί; Attic wr.; PPetr II, 11 [1], 8 [III B.C.] γράφε, ἵνα εἰδῶμεν ἐν οἷς εἶ; 39 [g], 16; UPZ 110, 176 [164 B.C.] et al.; LXX; Just., A I, 13, 2 πάλιν ἐν ἀφθαρσίᾳ γενέσθαι; 67, 6 τοῖς ἐν χρείᾳ οὖσι; Tat. 20, 1f οὐκ ἔστι γὰρ ἄπειρος ὁ οὐρανός, … πεπερασμένος δὲ καὶ ἐν τέρματι; Mel., HE 4, 26, 6 ἐν … λεηλασίᾳ ‘plundering’): ὑπάρχων ἐν βασάνοις Lk 16:23. ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ 1J 3:14. ἐν ζωῇ Ro 5:10. ἐν τοῖς δεσμοῖς Phlm 13 (Just., A II, 2, 11 ἐν δ. γενέσθαι). ἐν πειρασμοῖς 1 Pt 1:6; ἐν πολλοῖς ὢν ἀστοχήμασι AcPlCor 2:1. ἐν ὁμοιώματι σαρκός Ro 8:3. ἐν πολλῷ ἀγῶνι 1 Th 2:2. ἐν φθορᾷ in a state of corruptibility 1 Cor 15:42. ἐν ἑτοίμῳ ἔχειν 2 Cor 10:6 (cp. PEleph 10, 7 [223/222 B.C.] τ. λοιπῶν ἐν ἑτοίμῳ ὄντων; PGen 76, 8; 3 Macc 5:8); ἐν ἐκστάσει in a state of trance Ac 11:5 (opp. Just., D, 115, 3 ἐν καταστάσει ὤν). Of qualities: ἐν πίστει κ. ἀγάπῃ κ. ἁγιασμῷ 1 Ti 2:15; ἐν κακίᾳ καὶ φθόνῳ Tit 3:3; ἐν πανουργίᾳ 2 Cor 4:2; ἐν εὐσεβείᾳ καὶ σεμνότητι 1 Ti 2:2; ἐν τῇ ἀνοχῇ τοῦ θεοῦ Ro 3:26; ἐν μυστηρίῳ 1 Cor 2:7; ἐν δόξῃ Phil 4:19.

③ marker of extension toward a goal that is understood to be within an area or condition, into: ἐν is somet. used w. verbs of motion where εἰς would normally be expected (Diod S 23, 8, 1 Ἄννων ἐπέρασε ἐν Σικελίᾳ; Hero I 142, 7; 182, 4; Paus. 7, 4, 3 διαβάντες ἐν τῇ Σάμῳ; Epict. 1, 11, 32; 2, 20, 33; Aelian, VH 4, 18; Vett. Val. 210, 26; 212, 6 al., s. index; Pel.-Leg. 1, 4; 5; 2, 1; PParis 10, 2 [145 B.C.] ἀνακεχώρηκεν ἐν Ἀλεξανδρείᾳ; POxy 294, 4; BGU 22, 13; Tob 5:5 BA; 1 Macc 10:43; TestAbr B 2 p. 106, 23=Stone p. 60 [s. on the LXX Thackeray 25]; πέμψον αὐτοὺς ἐν πολέμῳ En 10:9; TestAbr A 6 p. 83, 22 [Stone p. 14] δάκρυα … ἐν τῷ νιπτῆρι πίπτοντα): εἰσέρχεσθαι Lk 9:46; Rv 11:11; ἀπάγειν GJs 6:1; ἀνάγειν 7:1; εἰσάγειν 10:1; καταβαίνειν J 5:3 (4) v.l.; ἀναβαίνειν GJs 22:13; ἀπέρχεσθαι (Diod S 23, 18, 5) Hs 1:6; ἥκειν GJs 5:1; ἀποστέλλειν 25:1. To be understood otherwise: ἐξῆλθεν ὁ λόγος ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ the word went out = spread in all Judaea Lk 7:17; likew. 1 Th 1:8. The metaphorical expr. ἐπιστρέψαι ἀπειθεῖς ἐν φρονήσει δικαίων turn the disobedient to the wisdom of the righteous Lk 1:17 is striking but consistent w. the basic sense of ἐν. S. also γίνομαι, δίδωμι, ἵστημι, καλέω, and τίθημι. ἐν μέσῳ among somet. answers to the question ‘whither’ (B-D-F §215, 3) Mt 10:16; Lk 10:3; 8:7.

④ marker of close association within a limit, in

ⓐ fig., of pers., to indicate the state of being filled w. or gripped by someth.: in someone=in one’s innermost being ἐν αὐτῷ κατοικεῖ πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα in him dwells all the fullness Col 2:9. ἐν αὐτῷ ἐκτίσθη τὰ πάντα (prob. to be understood as local, not instrumental, since ἐν αὐ. would otherwise be identical w. διʼ αὐ. in the same vs.) everything was created in association with him 1:16 (cp. M. Ant. 4, 23 ἐν σοὶ πάντα; Herm. Wr. 5, 10; AFeuillet, NTS 12, ’65, 1–9). ἐν τῷ θεῷ κέκρυπται ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν your life is hid in God 3:3; cp. 2:3. Of sin in humans Ro 7:17f; cp. κατεργάζεσθαι vs. 8. Of Christ who, as a spiritual being, fills people so as to be in charge of their lives 8:10; 2 Cor 13:5, abides J 6:56, lives Gal 2:20, and takes form 4:19 in them. Of the divine word: οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν 1J 1:10; μένειν ἔν τινι J 5:38; ἐνοικεῖν Col 3:16. Of God’s spirit: οἰκεῖν (ἐνοικεῖν) ἔν τινι Ro 8:9, 11; 1 Cor 3:16; 2 Ti 1:14. Of spiritual gifts 1 Ti 4:14; 2 Ti 1:6. Of miraculous powers ἐνεργεῖν ἔν τινι be at work in someone Mt 14:2; Mk 6:14; ποιεῖν ἔν τινι εὐάρεστον Hb 13:21. The same expr. of God or evil spirits, who somehow work in people: 1 Cor 12:6; Phil 2:13; Eph 2:2 al.

ⓑ of the whole, w. which the parts are closely joined: μένειν ἐν τῇ ἀμπέλῳ remain in the vine J 15:4. ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι μέλη πολλὰ ἔχομεν in one body we have many members Ro 12:4. κρέμασθαι ἔν τινι depend on someth. Mt 22:40.

ⓒ esp. in Paul. or Joh. usage, to designate a close personal relation in which the referent of the ἐν-term is viewed as the controlling influence: under the control of, under the influence of, in close association with (cp. ἐν τῷ Δαυιδ εἰμί 2 Km 19:44): of Christ εἶναι, μένειν ἐν τῷ πατρί (ἐν τῷ θεῷ) J 10:38; 14:10f (difft. CGordon, ‘In’ of Predication or Equivalence: JBL 100, ’81, 612f); and of Christians 1J 3:24; 4:13, 15f; be or abide in Christ J 14:20; 15:4f; μένειν ἐν τῷ υἱῷ καὶ ἐν τῷ πατρί 1J 2:24. ἔργα ἐν θεῷ εἰργασμένα done in communion with God J 3:21 (but s. 1e above).—In Paul the relation of the individual to Christ is very oft. expressed by such phrases as ἐν Χριστῷ, ἐν κυρίῳ etc., also vice versa (FNeugebauer, NTS 4, ’57/58, 124–38; AWedderburn, JSNT 25, ’85, 83–97) ἐν ἐμοὶ Χριστός Gal 2:20, but here in the sense of a above.—See, e.g., Dssm., D. ntl. Formel ‘in Christo Jesu’ 1892; EWeber, D. Formel ‘in Chr. Jesu’ u. d. paul. Christusmystik: NKZ 31, 1920, 213ff; LBrun, Zur Formel ‘in Chr. Jesus’ im Phil: Symbolae Arctoae 1, 1922, 19–37; MHansen, Omkring Paulus-Formeln ‘i Kristus’: TK 4/10, 1929, 135–59; HBöhlig, ʼΕν κυρίῳ: GHeinrici Festschr. 1914, 170–75; OSchmitz, D. Christusgemeinschaft d. Pls² ’56; AWikenhauser, D. Christusmystik d. Pls² ’56; KMittring, Heilswirklichkeit b. Pls; Beitrag z. Verständnis der unio cum Christo in d. Plsbriefen 1929; ASchweitzer, D. Mystik d. Ap. Pls 1930 (Eng. tr., WMontgomery, The Myst. of Paul the Ap., ’31); WSchmauch, In Christus ’35; BEaston, Pastoral Ep. ’47, 210f; FBüchsel, ‘In Chr.’ b. Pls: ZNW 42, ’49, 141–58. Also HKorn, D. Nachwirkungen d. Christusmystik d. Pls in den Apost. Vätern, diss. Berlin 1928; EAndrews, Interpretation 6, ’52, 162–77; H-LParisius, ZNW 49, ’58, 285–88 (10 ‘forensic’ passages); JAllan, NTS 5, ’58/59, 54–62 (Eph), ibid. 10, ’63, 115–21 (pastorals); FNeugebauer, In Christus, etc. ’61; MDahl, The Resurrection of the Body ( 1 Cor 15) ’62, 110–13.—Paul has the most varied expressions for this new life-principle: life in Christ Ro 6:11, 23; love in Christ 8:39; grace, which is given in Christ 1 Cor 1:4; freedom in Chr. Gal 2:4; blessing in Chr. 3:14; unity in Chr. vs. 28. στήκειν ἐν κυρίῳ stand firm in the Lord Phil 4:1; εὑρεθῆναι ἐν Χ. be found in Christ 3:9; εἶναι ἐν Χ. 1 Cor 1:30; οἱ ἐν Χ. Ro 8:1.—1 Pt 5:14; κοιμᾶσθαι ἐν Χ., ἀποθνῄσκειν ἐν κυρίῳ 1 Cor 15:18.—Rv 14:13; ζῳοποιεῖσθαι 1 Cor 15:22.—The formula is esp. common w. verbs that denote a conviction, hope, etc. πεποιθέναι Gal 5:10; Phil 1:14; 2 Th 3:4. παρρησίαν ἔχειν Phlm 8. πέπεισμαι Ro 14:14. ἐλπίζειν Phil 2:19. καύχησιν ἔχειν Ro 15:17; 1 Cor 15:31. τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖν Phil 4:2. ὑπακούειν Eph 6:1. λαλεῖν 2 Cor 2:17; 12:19. ἀλήθειαν λέγειν Ro 9:1. λέγειν καὶ μαρτύρεσθαι Eph 4:17. But also apart fr. such verbs, in numerous pass. it is used w. verbs and nouns of the most varied sort, often without special emphasis, to indicate the scope within which someth. takes place or has taken place, or to designate someth. as being in close assoc. w. Christ, and can be rendered, variously, in connection with, in intimate association with, keeping in mind ἁγιάζεσθαι 1 Cor 1:2, or ἅγιος ἐν Χ. Phil 1:1; ἀσπάζεσθαί τινα 1 Cor 16:19. δικαιοῦσθαι Gal 2:17. κοπιᾶν Ro 16:12. παρακαλεῖν 1 Th 4:1. προσδέχεσθαί τινα Ro 16:2; Phil 2:29. χαίρειν 3:1; 4:4, 10. γαμηθῆναι ἐν κυρίῳ marry in the Lord=marry a Christian 1 Cor 7:39. προϊστάμενοι ὑμῶν ἐν κυρίῳ your Christian leaders (in the church) 1 Th 5:12 (but s. προί̈στημι 1 and 2).—εὐάρεστος Col 3:20. νήπιος 1 Cor 3:1. φρόνιμος 4:10. παιδαγωγοί vs. 15. ὁδοί vs. 17. Hence used in periphrasis for ‘Christian’ οἱ ὄντες ἐν κυρίῳ Ro 16:11; ἄνθρωπος ἐν Χ. 2 Cor 12:2; αἱ ἐκκλησίαι αἱ ἐν Χ. Gal 1:22; 1 Th 2:14; νεκροὶ ἐν Χ. 4:16; ἐκλεκτός Ro 16:13. δόκιμος vs. 10. δέσμιος Eph 4:1. πιστὸς διάκονος 6:21; ἐν Χ. γεννᾶν τινα become someone’s parent in the Christian life 1 Cor 4:15. τὸ ἔργον μου ὑμεῖς ἐστε ἐν κυρίῳ 9:1.—The use of ἐν πνεύματι as a formulaic expression is sim.: ἐν πν. εἶναι be under the impulsion of the spirit, i.e. the new self, as opposed to ἐν σαρκί under the domination of the old self Ro 8:9; cp. ἐν νόμῳ 2:12. λαλεῖν speak under divine inspiration 1 Cor 12:3. ἐγενόμην ἐν πνεύματι I was in a state of inspiration Rv 1:10; 4:2; opp. ἐν ἑαυτῷ γενόμενος came to himself Ac 12:11 (cp. X., An. 1, 5, 17 et al.).—The expr. ἐν πν. εἶναι is also used to express the idea that someone is under the special infl. of a good or even an undesirable spirit: Mt 22:43; Mk 12:36; Lk 2:27; 1 Cor 12:3; Rv 17:3; 21:10. ἄνθρωπος ἐν πν. ἀκαθάρτῳ (ὤν) Mk 1:23 (s. GBjörck, ConNeot 7, ’42, 1–3).—ἐν τῷ πονηρῷ κεῖσθαι be in the power of the evil one 1J 5:19. οἱ ἐν νόμῳ those who are subject to the law Ro 3:19. ἐν τῷ Ἀδὰμ ἀποθνῄσκειν die because of a connection w. Adam 1 Cor 15:22.—On the formula ἐν ὀνόματι (Χριστοῦ) s. ὄνομα 1, esp. dγג. The OT is the source of the expr. ὀμνύναι ἔν τινι swear by someone or someth. (oft. LXX) Mt 5:34ff; 23:16, 18ff; Rv 10:6; παραγγέλλομέν σοι ἐν Ἰησοῦ Ac 19:14 v.l. The usage in ὁμολογεῖν ἔν τινι acknowledge someone Mt 10:32; Lk 12:8 (s. ὁμολογέω 4b) is Aramaic.

⑤ marker introducing means or instrument, with, a construction that begins w. Homer (many examples of instrumental ἐν in Radermacher’s edition of Ps.-Demetr., Eloc. p. 100; Reader, Polemo p. 258) but whose wide currency in our lit. is partly caused by the infl. of the LXX, and its similarity to the Hebr. constr. w. בְּ (B-D-F §219; Mlt. 104; Mlt-H. 463f; s. esp. M-M p. 210).

ⓐ it can serve to introduce persons or things that accompany someone to secure an objective: ‘along with’

α. pers., esp. of a military force, w. blending of associative (s. 4) and instrumental idea (1 Macc 1:17; 7:14, 28 al.): ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν ὑπαντῆσαι meet, w. 10,000 men Lk 14:31 (cp. 1 Macc 4:6, 29 συνήντησεν αὐτοῖς Ἰούδας ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν ἀνδρῶν). ἦλθεν ἐν μυριάσιν αὐτοῦ Jd 14 (cp. Jdth 16:3 ἦλθεν ἐν μυριάσι δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ).

β. impers. (oft. LXX; PTebt 41, 5 [c. 119 B.C.]; 16, 14 [114 B.C.]; 45, 17 al., where people rush into the village or the house ἐν μαχαίρῃ, ἐν ὅπλοις). (Just., D. 86, 6 τῆς ἀξίνης, ἐν ἧ πεπορευμένοι ἦσαν … κόψαι ξύλα) ἐν ῥάβδῳ ἔρχεσθαι come with a stick (as a means of discipline) 1 Cor 4:21 (cp. Lucian, Dial. Mort. 23, 3 Ἑρμῆν καθικόμενον ἐν τῇ ῥάβδῳ; Gen 32:11; 1 Km 17:43; 1 Ch 11:23; Dssm., B 115f [BS 120]). ἐν πληρώματι εὐλογίας with the full blessing Ro 15:29. ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ Mt 16:28. ἐν αἵματι Hb 9:25 (cp. Mi 6:6). ἐν τῷ ὕδατι καὶ ἐν τῷ αἵματι 1J 5:6. ἐν πνεύματι καὶ δυνάμει τοῦ Ἠλίου equipped w. the spirit and power of Elijah Lk 1:17. φθάνειν ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ come with the preaching of the gospel 2 Cor 10:14. μὴ ἐν ζύμῃ παλαιᾷ not burdened w. old leaven 1 Cor 5:8.

ⓑ it can serve to express means or instrumentality in terms of location for a specific action (cp. TestAbr A 12 p. 91, 5f [Stone p. 30] κρατῶν ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ ζυγόν; Tat. 9, 2 οἱ ἐν τοῖς πεσσοῖς ἀθύροντες ‘those who play w. gaming pieces’ [as, e.g., in backgammon]): κατακαίειν ἐν πυρί Rv 17:16 (cp. Bar 1:2; 1 Esdr 1:52; 1 Macc 5:5 al.; as early as Il. 24, 38; cp. POxy 2747, 74; Aelian, HA 14, 15. Further, the ἐν Rv 17:16 is not textually certain). ἐν ἅλατι ἁλίζειν, ἀρτύειν Mt 5:13; Mk 9:50; Lk 14:34 (s. M-M p. 210; WHutton, ET 58, ’46/47, 166–68). ἐν τῷ αἵματι λευκαίνειν Rv 7:14. ἐν αἵματι καθαρίζειν Hb 9:22. ἐν ῥομφαίᾳ ἀποκτείνειν kill with the sword Rv 6:8 (1 Esdr 1:50; 1 Macc 2:9; cp. 3:3; Jdth 16:4; ἀπολεῖ ἐν ῥομφαίᾳ En 99:16; 4 [6] Esdr [POxy 1010] ἐν ῥ. πεσῇ … πεσοῦνται ἐν μαχαίρῃ; cp. Lucian, Hist. Conscrib. 12 ἐν ἀκοντίῳ φονεύειν). ἐν μαχαίρῃ πατάσσειν Lk 22:49 (διχοτομήσατε … ἐν μ. GrBar 16:3); ἐν μ. ἀπόλλυσθαι perish by the sword Mt 26:52. ποιμαίνειν ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ Rv 2:27; 12:5; 19:15 (s. ποιμαίνω 2aγ and cp. PGM 36, 109). καταπατεῖν τι ἐν τοῖς ποσίν tread someth. w. the feet Mt 7:6 (cp. Sir 38:29). δύο λαοὺς βλέπω ἐν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς μου I see two peoples with my eyes GJs 17:2 (ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖσιν ὀρᾶν=see with the eyes: cp. Il. 1, 587; Od. 8, 459; Callinus [VII B.C.], Fgm. 1, 20 Diehl²). ποιεῖν κράτος ἐν βραχίονι do a mighty deed w. one’s arm Lk 1:51 (cp. Sir 38:30); cp. 11:20. δικαιοῦσθαι ἐν τῷ αἵματι be justified by the blood Ro 5:9. ἐν ἁγιασμῷ πνεύματος 2 Th 2:13; 1 Pt 1:2; ἐν τ. παρακλήσει 2 Cor 7:7. εὐλογεῖν ἐν εὐλογίᾳ Eph 1:3. λαλοῦντες ἑαυτοῖς ἐν ψάλμοις 5:19. ἀσπάσασθαι … ἐν εὐχῇ greet w. prayer GJs 24:1. Of intellectual process γινώσκειν ἔν τινι know or recognize by someth. (cp. Thuc. 7, 11, 1 ἐν ἐπιστολαῖς ἴστε; Sir 4:24; 11:28; 26:29) J 13:35; 1J 3:19; cp. ἐν τῇ κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου in the breaking of bread Lk 24:35 (s. 10c).—The ἐν which takes the place of the gen. of price is also instrumental ἠγόρασας ἐν τῷ αἵματί σου Rv 5:9 (cp. 1 Ch 21:24 ἀγοράζω ἐν ἀργυρίῳ).—ἐν ᾧ whereby Ro 14:21.—The idiom ἀλλάσσειν, μεταλλάσσειν τι ἔν τινι exchange someth. for someth. else Ro 1:23, 25 (cp. Ps 105:20) is not un-Greek (Soph., Ant. 945 Danaë had to οὐράνιον φῶς ἀλλάξαι ἐν χαλκοδέτοις αὐλαῖς=change the heavenly light for brass-bound chambers).

⑥ marker of agency: with the help of (Diod S 19, 46, 4 ἐν τοῖς μετέχουσι τοῦ συνεδρίου=with the help of the members of the council; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 7, 9 p. 259, 31 ἐν ἐκείνῳ ἑαλωκότες) ἐν τῷ ἄρχοντι τ. δαιμονίων ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια Mt 9:34. ἐν ἑτερογλώσσοις λαλεῖν 1 Cor 14:21. κρίνειν τ. οἰκουμένην ἐν ἀνδρί Ac 17:31 (cp. SIG² 850, 8 [173/172 B.C.] κριθέντω ἐν ἄνδροις τρίοις; Synes., Ep. 91 p. 231b ἐν ἀνδρί); perh. 1 Cor 6:2 (s. 1e); ἀπολύτρωσις ἐν Χρ. redemption through Christ Ro 3:24 (cp. ἐν αὐτῷ σωθήσεσθε Just., A I, 60, 3).

⑦ marker of circumstance or condition under which someth. takes place: ἐν ᾧ κρίνεις Ro 2:1 (but s. B-D-F §219, 2); ἐν ᾧ δοκιμάζει 14:22; ἐν ᾧ καυχῶνται 2 Cor 11:12; ἐν ᾧ τις τολμᾷ 11:21; ἐν ᾧ καταλαλοῦσιν whereas they slander 1 Pt 2:12, cp. 3:16 (on these Petrine pass. s. also ὅς 1k); ἐν ᾧ ξενίζονται in view of your changed attitude they consider it odd 4:4. ἐν ᾧ in 3:19 may similarly refer to a changed circumstance, i.e. from death to life (WDalton, Christ’s Proclamation to the Spirits, ’65, esp. 135–42: ‘in this sphere, under this influence’ [of the spirit]). Other possibilities: as far as this is concerned: πνεῦμα• ἐν ᾧ spirit; as which (FZimmermann, APF 11, ’35, 174 ‘meanwhile’ [indessen]; BReicke, The Disobedient Spirits and Christian Baptism, ’46, 108–15: ‘on that occasion’=when he died).—Before a substantive inf. (oft. LXX; s. KHuber, Unters. über den Sprachchar. des griech. Lev., diss. Zürich 1916, 83): in that w. pres. inf. (POxy 743, 35 [2 B.C.] ἐν τῷ δέ με περισπᾶσθαι οὐκ ἠδυνάσθην συντυχεῖν Ἀπολλωνίῳ; Just., D. 10, 3 ἐν τῷ μήτε σάββατα τηρεῖν μήτε …) βασανιζομένους ἐν τῷ ἐλαύνειν as they were having rough going in the waves=having a difficult time making headway Mk 6:48. ἐθαύμαζον ἐν τῷ χρονίζειν … αὐτόν they marveled over his delay Lk 1:21. ἐν τῷ τὴν χεῖρα ἐκτείνειν σε in that you extend your hand Ac 4:30; cp. 3:26; Hb 8:13. W. aor. inf. ἐν τῷ ὑποτάξαι αὐτῷ τὰ πάντα Hb 2:8. Somet. the circumstantial and temporal (s. 7 and 10) uses are so intermingled that it is difficult to decide between them; so in some of the pass. cited above, and also Hv 1, 1, 8 et al. (B-D-F §404, 3; Rob. 1073).—WHutton, Considerations for the Translation of ἐν, Bible Translator 9, ’58, 163–70; response by NTurner, ibid. 10, ’59, 113–20.—On ἐν w. article and inf. s. ISoisalon-Soininen, Die Infinitive in der LXX, ’65, 80ff.

⑧ marker denoting the object to which someth. happens or in which someth. shows itself, or by which someth. is recognized, to, by, in connection with: ζητεῖν τι ἔν τινι require someth. in the case of someone 1 Cor 4:2; cp. ἐν ἡμῖν μάθητε so that you might learn in connection w. us vs. 6. Cp. Phil 1:30. ἵνα οὕτως γένηται ἐν ἐμοί that this may be done in my case 1 Cor 9:15 (Just., D. 77, 3 τοῦτο γενόμενον ἐν τῷ ἡμετέρῳ Χριστῷ). ἐδόξαζον ἐν ἐμοὶ τὸν θεόν perh. they glorified God in my case Gal 1:24, though because of me and for me are also possible. μήτι ἐν ἐμοὶ ἀνεκεφαλαιώθη ἡ ἱστορία GJs 13:1 (s. ἀνακεφαλαιόω 1). ποιεῖν τι ἔν τινι do someth. to (with) someone (Epict., Ench. 33, 12; Ps.-Lucian, Philopatr. 18 μὴ ἑτεροῖόν τι ποιήσῃς ἐν ἐμοί; Gen 40:14; Jdth 7:24; 1 Macc 7:23) Mt 17:12; Lk 23:31. ἐργάζεσθαί τι ἔν τινι Mk 14:6. ἔχειν τι ἔν τινι have someth. in someone J 3:15 (but ἐν αὐτῷ is oft. constr. w. πιστεύων, cp. v.l.); cp. 14:30 (s. BNoack, Satanas u. Soteria ’48, 92). ἵνα δικαιοσύνης ναὸν ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ σώματι ἀναδείξῃ AcPlCor 2:17 (s. ἀναδείκνυμι 1).—For the ordinary dat. (Diod S 3, 51, 4 ἐν ἀψύχῳ ἀδύνατον=it is impossible for a lifeless thing; Ael. Aristid. 49, 15 K.=25 p. 492 D.: ἐν Νηρίτῳ θαυμαστὰ ἐνεδείξατο=[God] showed wonderful things to N.; 53 p. 629 D.: οὐ γὰρ ἐν τοῖς βελτίστοις εἰσὶ παῖδες, ἐν δὲ πονηροτάτοις οὐκέτι=it is not the case that the very good have children, and the very bad have none [datives of possession]; 54 p. 653 D.: ἐν τ. φαύλοις θετέον=to the bad; EpJer 66 ἐν ἔθνεσιν; Aesop, Fab. 19, 8 and 348a, 5 v.l. Ch.) ἀποκαλύψαι τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ ἐν ἐμοί Gal 1:16. φανερόν ἐστιν ἐν αὐτοῖς Ro 1:19 (Aesop 15c, 11 Ch. τ. φανερὸν ἐν πᾶσιν=evident to all). ἐν ἐμοὶ βάρβαρος (corresp. to τῷ λαλοῦντι βάρβ.) 1 Cor 14:11 (Amphis Com. [IV B.C.] 21 μάταιός ἐστιν ἐν ἐμοί). δεδομένον ἐν ἀνθρώποις Ac 4:12. θεῷ … ἐν ἀνθρώποις Lk 2:14.—Esp. w. verbs of striking against: προσκόπτω, πταίω, σκανδαλίζομαι; s. these entries.

⑨ marker of cause or reason, because of, on account of (PParis 28, 13=UPZ 48, 12f [162/161 B.C.] διαλυόμενοι ἐν τῷ λιμῷ; Ps 30:11; 1 Macc 16:3 ἐν τῷ ἐλέει; 2 Macc 7:29; Sir 33:17)

ⓐ gener. ἁγιάζεσθαι ἔν τινι Hb 10:10; 1 Cor 7:14. ἐν τ. ἐπιθυμίαις τῶν καρδιῶν Ro 1:24; perh. ἐν Ἰσαὰκ κληθήσεταί σοι σπέρμα 9:7; Hb 11:18 (both Gen 21:12). ἐν τῇ πολυλογίᾳ αὐτῶν because of their many words Mt 6:7. ἐν τούτῳ πιστεύομεν this is the reason why we believe J 16:30; cp. Ac 24:16; 1 Cor 4:4 (Just., D. 68, 7 οὐχὶ καὶ ἐν τούτῳ δυσωπήσω ὑμᾶς μὴ πείθεσθαι τοῖς διδασκάλοις ὑμῶν=‘surely you will be convinced by this [argument] to lose confidence in your teachers, won’t you?’); perh. 2 Cor 5:2. Sim., of the occasion: ἔφυγεν ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ at this statement Ac 7:29; cp. 8:6. W. attraction ἐν ᾧ = ἐν τούτῳ ὅτι for the reason that = because Ro 8:3; Hb 2:18; 6:17.

ⓑ w. verbs that express feeling or emotion, to denote that toward which the feeling is directed; so: εὐδοκεῖν (εὐδοκία), εὐφραίνεσθαι, καυχᾶσθαι, χαίρειν et al.

⑩ marker of a period of time, in, while, when

ⓐ indicating an occurrence or action within which, at a certain point, someth. occurs Mt 2:1. ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις 3:1. ἐν τῷ ἑξῆς afterward Lk 7:11. ἐν τῷ μεταξύ meanwhile (PTebt 72, 190; PFlor 36, 5) J 4:31. in the course of, within ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις (X., Ages. 1, 34; Diod S 13, 14, 2; 20, 83, 4; Arrian, Anab. 4, 6, 4 ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις; Aelian, VH 1, 6; IPriene 9, 29; GDI 1222, 4 [Arcadia] ἰν ἁμέραις τρισί; EpArist 24; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1:3 Jac.) Mt 27:40; J 2:19f.

ⓑ point of time when someth. occurs ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως Mt 11:22 (En 10:6; Just., D. 38, 2; Tat. 12, 4). ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ J 6:44; 11:24; 12:48; cp. 7:37. ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ Mt 8:13; 10:19; cp. 7:22; J 4:53. ἐν σαββάτῳ 12:2; J 7:23. ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ J 11:9 (opp. ἐν τῇ νυκτί vs. 10). ἐν τῷ δευτέρῳ on the second visit Ac 7:13. ἐν τῇ παλιγγενεσίᾳ in the new age Mt 19:28. ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ 1 Cor 15:23; 1 Th 2:19; 3:13; Phil 2:12 (here, in contrast to the other pass., there is no reference to the second coming of Christ.—Just., D. 31, 1 ἐν τῇ ἐνδόξῳ γινομένῃ αὐτοῦ παρουσίᾳ; 35, 8; 54, 1 al.); 1J 2:28. ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει in the resurrection Mt 22:28; Mk 12:23; Lk 14:14; 20:33; J 11:24 (Just., D. 45, 2 ἐν τῇ τῶν νεκρῶν ἀναστάσει). ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ σάλπιγγι at the last trumpet-call 1 Cor 15:52. ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει at the appearance of Jesus/Christ (in the last days) 2 Th 1:7; 1 Pt 1:7, 13; 4:13.

ⓒ to introduce an activity whose time is given when, while, during (Diod S 23, 12, 1 ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις=in the case of this kind of behavior) ἐν τῇ προσευχῇ when (you) pray Mt 21:22. ἐν τῇ στάσει during the revolt Mk 15:7. ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ in the course of his teaching Mk 4:2; 12:38. If Lk 24:35 belongs here, the sense would be on the occasion of, when (but s. 5b). ἐν αὐτῷ in it (the preaching of the gospel) Eph 6:20. γρηγοροῦντες ἐν αὐτῇ (τῇ προσευχῇ) while you are watchful in it Col 4:2. Esp. w. the pres. inf. used substantively: ἐν τῷ σπείρειν while (he) sowed Mt 13:4; Mk 4:4; cp. 6:48 (s. 7 above and βασανίζω); ἐν τῷ καθεύδειν τοὺς ἀνθρώπους while people were asleep Mt 13:25; ἐν τῷ κατηγορεῖσθαι αὐτόν during the accusations against him 27:12. W. the aor. inf. the meaning is likewise when. Owing to the fundamental significance of the aor. the action is the focal point (s. Rob. 1073, opp. B-D-F §404) ἐν τῷ γενέσθαι τὴν φωνήν Lk 9:36. ἐν τῷ ἐπανελθεῖν αὐτόν 19:15. ἐν τῷ εἰσελθεῖν αὐτούς 9:34.—W. ἐν ᾦ while, as long as (Soph., Trach. 929; Cleanthes [IV/III B.C.] Stoic. I p. 135, 1 [Diog. L. 7, 171]; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 11 Jac.; Plut., Mor. 356c; Arrian, Anab. 6, 12, 1; Pamprepios of Panopolis [V A.D.] 1, 22 [ed. HGerstinger, SBWienAk 208/3, 1928]) Mk 2:19; Lk 5:34; 24:44 D; J 5:7.

⑪ marker denoting kind and manner, esp. functioning as an auxiliary in periphrasis for adverbs (Kühner-G. I 466): ἐν δυνάμει w. power, powerfully Mk 9:1; Ro 1:4; Col 1:29; 2 Th 1:11; ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ justly Ac 17:31; Rv 19:11 (cp. Just., A II, 4, 3 and D. 16, 3; 19, 2 ἐν δίκῃ). ἐν χαρᾷ joyfully Ro 15:32. ἐν ἐκτενείᾳ earnestly Ac 26:7. ἐν σπουδῇ zealously Ro 12:8. ἐν χάριτι graciously Gal 1:6; 2 Th 2:16. ἐν (πάσῃ) παρρησίᾳ freely, openly J 7:4; 16:29; Phil 1:20. ἐν πάσῃ ἀσφαλείᾳ Ac 5:23. ἐν τάχει (PHib 47, 35 [256 B.C.] ἀπόστειλον ἐν τάχει) Lk 18:8; Ro 16:20; Rv 1:1; 22:6. ἐν μυστηρίῳ 1 Cor 2:7 (belongs prob. not to σοφία, but to λαλοῦμεν: in the form of a secret; cp. Polyb. 23, 3, 4; 26, 7, 5; Just., D. 63, 2 Μωυσῆς … ἐν παραβολῇ λέγων; 68, 6 εἰρήμενον … ἐν μυστηρίῳ; Diod S 17, 8, 5 ἐν δωρεαῖς λαβόντες=as gifts; 2 Macc 4:30 ἐν δωρεᾷ=as a gift; Sir 26:3; Polyb. 28, 17, 9 λαμβάνειν τι ἐν φερνῇ). Of the norm: ἐν μέτρῳ ἑνὸς ἑκάστου μέρους acc. to the measure of each individual part Eph 4:16. On 1 Cor 1:21 s. AWedderburn, ZNW 64, ’73, 132–34.

⑫ marker of specification or substance: w. adj. πλούσιος ἐν ἐλέει Eph 2:4; cp. Tit 2:3; Js 1:8.—of substance consisting in (BGU 72, 11 [191 A.D.] ἐξέκοψαν πλεῖστον τόπον ἐν ἀρούραις πέντε) τὸν νόμον τῶν ἐντολῶν ἐν δόγμασιν Eph 2:15. ἐν μηδενὶ λειπόμενοι Js 1:4 (contrast Just., A I, 67, 6 τοῖς ἐν χρείᾳ οὖσι). Hb 13:21a.— amounting to (BGU 970, 14=Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 242, 14f [177 A.D.] προσηνενκάμην αὐτῷ προοῖκα ἐν δραχμαῖς ἐννακοσίαις) πᾶσαν τὴν συγγένειαν ἐν ψυχαῖς ἑβδομήκοντα πέντε Ac 7:14.—Very rarely for the genitive (Philo Mech. 75, 29 τὸ ἐν τῷ κυλίνδρῳ κοίλασμα; EpArist 31 ἡ ἐν αὐτοῖς θεωρία = ἡ αὐτῶν θ.; cp. 29; Tat. 18, 1 πᾶν τὸ ἐν αὐτῇ εἶδος) ἡ δωρεὰ ἐν χάριτι the free gift in beneficence or grace Ro 5:15.—DELG. LfgrE s.v. ἐν col. 569 (lit. esp. early Greek). M-M. TW.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἐν

15 un

un, une [œ̃, yn]

━━━━━━━━━

1. indefinite article

2. pronoun

3. adjective

4. invariable masculine noun

5. feminine noun

━━━━━━━━━

1. <

a

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► a devient an devant une voyelle.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• un chien a dog

• une poupée a doll

• une idée an idea

• un chien sent tout de suite si quelqu'un a peur de lui dogs know straight away when you're afraid of them

• un certain M. Legrand a Mr Legrand

• elle a fait une de ces scènes ! (inf) she made a dreadful scene!

• j'ai une de ces faims ! (inf) I'm so hungry!

2. <

one

• un seul just one

• pas un seul not one

• prêtez-moi un de vos livres lend me one of your books

• c'est un de ces enfants qui s'ennuient partout he's one of those children who gets bored wherever he goes(PROV) un de perdu, dix de retrouvés there are plenty more fish in the sea

► comme pas un (inf)

il est arrogant comme pas un he's as arrogant as they come► et d'une ! (inf) for a start!

• personne ne t'a forcé de venir, et d'une ! for a start no one forced you to come!► un à un, un par un one by one

• il a examiné les photos une à une he examined the photos one by one

• ajouter les œufs un par un add the eggs one at a time► en... un

• en voilà un qui ne se gêne pas ! well, he's got a nerve!

• j'en connais un qui sera content ! I know someone who'll be pleased!

• prête-m'en un lend me one

• il n'en reste qu'une there's only one left

• il m'en a raconté une drôle sur le directeur he told me a really funny one about the manager► l'un d'eux, l'un d'entre eux one of them

► l'un de

• l'une de nos idées one of our ideas

• l'une des meilleures chanteuses one of the best singers► les uns... les autres... some people... others...

► l'un après l'autre one after the other

► l'un contre l'autre

• serrés l'un contre l'autre huddled together► l'un dans l'autre ( = tout bien considéré) all in all

► l'un l'autre, les uns les autres one another each other

• aimez-vous les uns les autres love one another

3. <

(numéral) one

• vingt et un ans twenty-one years

• il reviendra dans un an ou deux he'll come back in a year or two

• chapitre un chapter one

• en deux mille un in two thousand and one

• ils ont gagné deux à un they won two-one

• prenez un gros oignon ou deux petits take one large onion or two small ones

• nous n'avons pas vu une seule voiture we didn't see a single car

• un jour, il m'a téléphoné one day he phoned me

• passez un soir drop in one evening

4. <

( = nombre) one

• un et un font deux one and one are two

• compter de un à cent to count from one to a hundred

• le cavalier ne faisait qu'un avec son cheval horse and rider were as one

5. <

une

   a. ( = nombre) une, deux ! une, deux ! left, right! left, right!

• à la une, à la deux, à la trois ! (inf) with a one and a two and a three!

• il n'a fait ni une ni deux, il a accepté (inf) he accepted like a shot (inf)

   b. (Press) cet accident fait la une des journaux the accident made the headlines

* * *

1.

une œ̃(n), yn article indéfini (pl des)

1) ( au singulier) a, an

avec un sang-froid remarquable — with remarkable self-control

il n'a pas dit un mot — he didn't say a ou one word

il n'y avait pas un arbre — there wasn't a single tree

un chien est plus docile qu'un chat — dogs are more docile than cats

un jour, je t'en parlerai — I'll tell you about it one day

2) ( au pluriel)

il y avait des mille-pattes et des scorpions — there were millipedes and scorpions

il y a des gens qui ne comprennent jamais rien — there are some people who never understand anything

des invités avaient déjà défait leur cravate — some guests had already loosened their ties

3) ( en emphase)

il fait un froid or un de ces froids! — it's so cold!

elle m'a donné une de ces gifles! — she gave me such a slap!

2.

pronom (pl uns, unes) gén one

(l')un d'entre or de nous — one of us

(l')un des meilleurs — one of the best

un de ces jours or quatre — (colloq) one of these days

les uns pensent que... — some think that...

3.

adjectif one, a (devant une consonne), an (devant une voyelle)

trente et une personnes ont été blessées — thirty-one people were injured

ici, il pleut un jour sur deux — it rains every other day here

4.

nom masculin, féminin one

il y en a un par personne — there's one each

les deux villes n'en font plus qu'une — the two cities have merged into one

un à ou par un — one by one

5.

(colloq) adverbe firstly, for one thing

un, je fais ce que je veux et deux ça ne te regarde pas! — firstly, I do what I like and secondly it's none of your business!

6.

nom masculin

1) ( nombre) one

un, deux, trois, partez! — one, two, three, go!

2) ( valeur ordinale)

page/scène un — page/scene one

3) fig

elle ne faisait qu'un avec sa machine — she and her machine were as one

••

s'en jeter un (derrière la cravate) — (colloq) to knock back a drink (colloq)

il est menteur comme pas un — he's the biggest liar

un pour tous et tous pour un — all for one and one for all; dix

••

Emploi et prononciation de a et an

- On emploie a ə devant les consonnes, les h aspirés et les semi-consonnes j, w (dans a university, a one-eyed man), et an ən devant les voyelles et h muets (hour, honest, heir)

Un = pronom

- L'emploi de un en corrélation avec autre est traité sous autre. Voir aussi chose, comme, ainsi que les verbes avec lesquels le pronom se substitue familièrement à un groupe nominal comme coller - en coller une, placer - en placer une etc)

Un = adjectif numéral

En général, un, adjectif numéral, se traduit indifféremment par a ou one: j'ai un garçon et deux filles = I have a ou one boy and two girls

En revanche un se traduit par one quand on veut insister sur le nombre. Ainsi, on dira: il ne reste qu'une pomme ( pas deux) = there's only one apple left; mais: il ne reste qu'une pomme ( pas d'autres fruits) = there's only an apple left; j'ai un frère et deux soeurs ( nous sommes quatres enfants) = I have one brother and two sisters; mais: j'ai un frère qui est informaticien ( j'ai d'autres frères) = I have a brother who is a computer scientist; ça coûte une livre = it costs a ou one pound; mais: ça coûte une livre cinquante = it costs one pound fifty; cela a pris une heure = it took an ou one hour; mais: il est une heure = it is one o'clock

••

Emploi et prononciation de a et an

- On emploie a ə devant les consonnes, les h aspirés et les semi-consonnes j, w (dans a university, a one-eyed man), et an ən devant les voyelles et h muets (hour, honest, heir)

Un = pronom

- L'emploi de un en corrélation avec autre est traité sous autre. Voir aussi chose, comme, ainsi que les verbes avec lesquels le pronom se substitue familièrement à un groupe nominal comme coller - en coller une, placer - en placer une etc)

Un = adjectif numéral

En général, un, adjectif numéral, se traduit indifféremment par a ou one: j'ai un garçon et deux filles = I have a ou one boy and two girls

En revanche un se traduit par one quand on veut insister sur le nombre. Ainsi, on dira: il ne reste qu'une pomme ( pas deux) = there's only one apple left; mais: il ne reste qu'une pomme ( pas d'autres fruits) = there's only an apple left; j'ai un frère et deux soeurs ( nous sommes quatres enfants) = I have one brother and two sisters; mais: j'ai un frère qui est informaticien ( j'ai d'autres frères) = I have a brother who is a computer scientist; ça coûte une livre = it costs a ou one pound; mais: ça coûte une livre cinquante = it costs one pound fifty; cela a pris une heure = it took an ou one hour; mais: il est une heure = it is one o'clock

* * *
œ̃, yn (une)
1. art indéf

1) (généralement) a, an devant voyelle

une fille — a girl

un garçon — a boy

un œuf — an egg

une pomme — an apple

2) (avec valeur intensive)

Il fait une chaleur! — It's so hot!

Il y avait une foule! — It was so crowded!, There was such a crowd!

Il est d'un bête! — He's so stupid!

un de ces... — such a...

J'ai eu une de ces migraines. — I had such a headache.

2. pron

one

Il n'y en a pas un de bon. — Not one of them is any good.

un par un — one by one

Ils entraient un par un. — They went in one by one.

l'un des meilleurs — one of the best

pas un seul — not a single one

l'un..., l'autre — the one..., the other

L'un est grand, l'autre est petit. — One is tall, the other is short.

l'un et l'autre — both of them, both

les uns..., les autres — some..., others

Les uns marchaient, les autres couraient. — Some were walking, others were running.

l'un ou l'autre — either of them, either

Prends l'un ou l'autre, ça m'est égal. — Take either of them, I don't mind.

l'un l'autre; les uns les autres — each other, one another

3. num

one

un citron et deux oranges — one lemon and two oranges

Combien de timbres? - Un. — How many stamps? - One.

Elle a un an. — She's one year old.

une pomme seulement — one apple only

4. nm inv

(chiffre)

le un — number one, one

5. nf

la une PRESSE — the front page

* * *

un ⇒ Note d'usage, une ⇒ Les nombres, L'heure

A art indéf (pl des)

1 ( au singulier) a, an; une pomme an apple; une femme vous demande a woman is asking for you; un ciel couvert an overcast sky; avec un sang-froid remarquable with remarkable self-control; il n'a pas dit un mot he didn't say a ou one word; il n'y avait pas un arbre there wasn't a single tree; c'est un Paul furieux que j'ai vu sortir du bureau it was an angry Paul that I saw coming out of the office; leur mère était une Montagut their mother was a Montagut; un chien est plus docile qu'un chat dogs are more docile than cats, a dog is more docile than a cat; un accident est vite arrivé accidents soon happen; un jour, je t'en parlerai I'll tell you about it one day;

2 ( au pluriel) il y avait des mille-pattes et des scorpions there were millipedes and scorpions; il y a des gens qui ne comprennent jamais rien there are some people who never understand anything; des invités avaient déjà défait leur cravate some guests had already loosened their ties;

3 ( en emphase) il fait un froid or un de ces froids! it's so cold!; j'ai une soif or une de ces soifs! I'm so thirsty!; elle marchait avec une grâce! she was walking so gracefully!; elle m'a donné une de ces gifles! she gave me such a slap!; il y a un monde aujourd'hui! there are so many people today!; il travaille jusqu'à des deux heures du matin he works up until two in the morning; il y en a des qui vont bien rire○! some people are going to have a good laugh!

B pron (pl uns, unes) gén one; (l')un de or d'entre nous one of us; (l')un des meilleurs one of the best; un de ces jours or quatre○ one of these days; l'un est diplomate one is a diplomat; les uns pensent que… some think that…; pas un n'a dit merci not one of them said thank you; un qui sera surpris, c'est… one person who will be surprised is…; t'en as un, de bateau, toi○? have YOU got a boat?

C adj one, a ( devant une consonne), an ( devant une voyelle); j'y suis resté un jour I stayed there for a ou one day; trente et une personnes ont été blessées thirty-one people were injured; ici, il pleut un jour sur deux it rains every other day here.

D nm,f one; il n'en reste qu'un there's only one left ; il y en a un par personne there's one each; j'en ai déjà mangé un I've already eaten one; les deux villes n'en font plus qu'une the two cities have merged into one; un à ou par un [cueillir, ramasser, laver] one by one; [arriver, entrer, partir] one by one, one after the other; traiter les problèmes un à ou par un to deal with the problems one by one.

E ○adv firstly, for one thing; un, je fais ce que je veux et deux ça ne te regarde pas! firstly, I do what I like and secondly it's none of your business!, for one thing I do what I like, for another thing it's none of your business!

F nm

1 ( nombre) one; il y a trois uns dans cent onze there are three ones in one hundred and eleven; un, deux, trois, partez! one, two, three, go!; faire un un ( aux dés) to throw a one;

2 ( valeur ordinale) page/scène un page/scene one;

3 fig elle ne faisait qu'un avec sa machine she and her machine were as one; dans l'adversité ils ne font qu'un they are united in the face of adversity.

G une nf la une the front page; être à la une to be in the headlines, to be on the front page.

Idiomes

tu peux me prêter 20 euros? je suis sans un○ could you lend me 20 euros? I'm broke○; s'en jeter un (derrière la cravate)○ to knock back a drink○; elle est fière comme pas une she's extremely proud; il est menteur comme pas un he's the greatest liar; c'est tout un it's all one to me; un pour tous et tous pour un all for one and one for all.

( féminin une, pluriel masculin uns [œ̃], pluriel féminin unes [yn], pluriel des [de]) [œ̃, devant nm commençant par voyelle ou h muet œ̃n, yn ] déterminant (article indéfini)

1. [avec une valeur indéterminée] a, an (devant une voyelle)

un homme a appelé ce matin a man called this morning

il doit y avoir une erreur there must be a ou some mistake

un jour, ce sera permis one day ou someday, it will be allowed

il y a des enfants qui jouent dans la rue there are (some) children playing in the street

as-tu des livres à me prêter? do you have any books you can lend me?

2. [avec une valeur particularisante] a, an (devant une voyelle)

j'irai plutôt un mardi I'll go on a Tuesday instead

c'est avec un grand plaisir que... it's with great pleasure that...

tu es une idiote you're an idiot

elle a fait preuve d'une réelle gentillesse she showed real kindness

un grand voyage se prépare des mois à l'avance a ou any long journey needs months of preparation

3. [avec une valeur emphatique]

il est d'une bêtise/d'un drôle! he's so stupid/funny!

j'ai eu une frousse, mais une frousse! (familier) I was absolutely terrified!

il y avait une foule! there was such a crowd!

j'ai une de ces migraines! I've got a splitting headache!

j'ai attendu des heures! I waited for hours!

il travaille jusqu'à des trois heures du matin he works as late as three in the morning

il gagne des 2 000 ou 3 000 euros par mois he makes up to 2,000 or 3,000 euros a month

4. [avec un nom propre]

un M. Baloi vous demande au téléphone there's a Mr Baloi for you (on the phone)

tout le monde ne peut pas être un Rimbaud we can't all be Rimbauds

c'est une future Callas she will be another ou she's the next Callas

c'est un Apollon he's a real Adonis

[désignant une œuvre]

faire l'acquisition d'un Picasso/d'un Van Gogh to acquire a Picasso/a Van Gogh

————————

( féminin une, pluriel masculin uns [œ̃], pluriel féminin unes [yn], pluriel des [de]) [œ̃, devant nm commençant par voyelle ou h muet œ̃n, yn ] pronom indéfini

1. [dans un ensemble] one

[en corrélation avec 'de']

un des seuls one of the few

appelle-le un de ces jours give him a call one of these days

un des événements qui a le plus retenu mon attention one of the events that really grabbed my attention

[avec l'article défini]

c'est l'un des concerts les plus réussis de ma carrière it's one of the most successful concerts of my career

l'un de mes amis one of my friends, a friend of mine

l'un des deux one of the two

l'un de vous deux est de trop one of you is not needed

2. [en corrélation avec 'en'] one

on demanda un médecin, il y en avait un dans la salle they called for a doctor, there was one in the room

parmi les enfants, il y en a un qui... one of the children...

mais bien sûr que j'en ai une, de voiture! (familier) of course I've got a car!

3. (emploi nominal) [quelqu'un] one person, someone

j'en connais une qui va être surprise! I know someone who's going to get a surprise!

————————

( féminin une, pluriel masculin uns [œ̃], pluriel féminin unes [yn], pluriel des [de]) [œ̃, devant nm commençant par voyelle ou h muet œ̃n, yn ] déterminant (adjectif numéral)

1. one

les enfants de un à sept ans children (aged) from one to seven

une femme sur cinq one woman out of ou in five

il y a un problème, un seul there's just one problem

ils n'ont même pas marqué un (seul) but they didn't even score one ou a single goal

je ne resterai pas une minute de plus ici I won't stay here another minute

j'ai fait plus d'une erreur dans ma jeunesse I made many mistakes ou more than one mistake in my youth

une à une, les lumières s'éteignaient the lights were going out one by one ou one after the other

avale les cachets un par un swallow the tablets one by one ou one at a time

vingt et un ans twenty one years

deux heures une one minute past two

la cuisine ne fait qu'un avec le salon there is an open-plan kitchen cum living-room

il ne faisait qu'un avec sa monture horse and rider were as one

et d'un, et de deux! that's one, and another (one)!

2. [dans des séries] one

page un ou une page one

il est une heure it's one o'clock

le trente et un mars on March the thirty-first (UK), March thirty-first (US)

une, deux! une, deux! left, right! left, right!

et d'une (familier) firstly, first of all, for a start

————————

( féminin une, pluriel masculin uns [œ̃], pluriel féminin unes [yn], pluriel des [de]) [œ̃, devant nm commençant par voyelle ou h muet œ̃n, yn ] adjectif qualificatif

(soutenu)

Dieu est un God is one

un nom masculin invariable

donnez-moi deux chiffres entre un et dix give me two numbers between one and ten

tu fais mal tes un your ones don't look right

la clef du un est perdue the key for number one has been lost

on répète la dernière scène du un THÉÂTRE we're rehearsing the last scene of act one

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > un

16 Е-25

ЕЩЁ БЫ! coll AdvP Invar used as affirm particle may be foil. by не + a relevant word or phrase from the preceding context: ещё бы я не знал, ещё бы (мне) не знать, ещё бы не серьёзно etc)
1. used as an emphatic affirmative response to a question or rejoinder to a statement: (but) of course (I do ( he was etc))!
and how! I'll say! I should say so! you said it! you bet!
«Но по сравнению с общими работами ведь здесь и вправду лучше вам?» - «Ещё бы!» (Гинзбург 2). "But compared to manual labor outside, you really are better off here, aren't you?""Andhow!"(2a).

(Букин:) Итак, на свадьбе будет ректор. Ты рада? (Маша:) Ещё бы (Вампилов 3). (В.:) And so the Provost is coming to the wedding. Are you glad? (M.:) I'll say (3b).

Городничий:) Как ты думаешь, Анна Андреевна: можно влезть в генералы? (Анна Андреевна:) Ешё бы! конечно, можно (Гоголь 4). (Mayor:) What do you think, Anna Andreyevna? Could I become a general? (A.A.:J I should say so! Indeed you can (4f).

(Катя:) Мне не нравится в Москве... У нас лучше, верно? (Алексей:) Еще бы! (Розов 1). (К.:) I don't like it here, in Moscow. Where we live, it's better-true? (A.:) You said it! (1a).

Марджи, ну а вы, конечно, знаете, кто такой Макс Огородников?» — «Ешё бы!» (Аксенов 12). "Margie, of course, you know who Mr. Ogorodnikov is?" "You bet!" (12a).

«Ты это серьёзно?» - тихо спросил Малькольмов. «Ещё бы не серьезно» (Аксёнов 6). ( context transl) "Do you mean that seriously?" Mal-kolmov asked quietly. "Never been more serious" (6a).

2. there is nothing unusual (in what has been stated), nothing different could be expected ( usu. foil. by an explanation as to why): (therefe) nothing surprising about (in) that
no wonder of course (not) (in limited contexts) how could s.o. not (do sth.) ( sth. not (happen) etc).
...Никто не молчал, все сразу говорили, гудели, галдели, и общий рокот как волнами бил по комнате. Ну, ещё бы! -российская любовь излить душу (Солженицын 5)....Not one of them (was) silent, all (were) talking at once, babbling and bawling, so that the general din swept across the room in waves. Nothing surprising in that! The Russian loves to pour out his heart (5a).

Уходя, он скользнул взглядом по моей офицерской шашке «за храбрость» с анненским красным темляком, одиноко висевшей на пустой летней вешалке, и, как мне показалось, болезненно усмехнулся. Ещё бы: город занят неприятелем, а в квартире на виду у всех вызывающе висит русское офицерское оружие! (Катаев 3). When about to leave, he let his eye rest for a moment on my officer's sword, with its red St Anne sword-knot "for bravery," which hung forlornly on the empty summer hat-stand, and, so it seemed to me, a pained smile crossed his lips. No wonder. The city was occupied by enemy troops, and here, hung up challengingly for all to see, were the arms of a Russian officer! (3a).

Впрочем, мы друг друга понять не можем я по крайней мере не имею чести вас понимать». - «Ещё бы! — воскликнул Базаров. - Человек всё в состоянии понять - и как трепещет эфир и что на солнце происходит а как другой человек может иначе сморкаться, чем он сам сморкается, этого он понять не в состоянии» (Тургенев 2). "We cannot understand one another, or, at least, I have not the honour of understanding you." "Of course not!" exclaimed Bazarov. "Man is capable of understanding everything-the vibration of ether and what's going on in the sun

but why another person should blow his nose differently from him-that, he's incapable of understanding" (2c).

Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > Е-25

17 еще бы!

• ЕЩЕ БЫ! coll

[AdvP; Invar; used as affirm particle; may be foll. by не + a relevant word or phrase from the preceding context: ещё бы я не знал, ещё бы (мне) не знать, ещё бы не серьёзно etc]

=====

1. used as an emphatic affirmative response to a question or rejoinder to a statement:

- (but) of course (I do <he was etc>)!;

- and how!;

- I'll say!;

- I should say so!;

- you said it!;

- you bet!

     ♦ "Но по сравнению с общими работами ведь здесь и вправду лучше вам?" - "Ещё бы!" (Гинзбург 2). "But compared to manual labor outside, you really are better off here, aren't you?""Andhow!"(2a).

     ♦ [Букин:] Итак, на свадьбе будет ректор. Ты рада? [Маша:] Ещё бы (Вампилов 3). [В.:] And so the Provost is coming to the wedding. Are you glad? [M.:] I'll say (3b).

     ♦ [Городничий:] Как ты думаешь, Анна Андреевна: можно влезть в генералы? [Анна Андреевна:] Ещё бы! конечно, можно (Гоголь 4). [Mayor:] What do you think, Anna Andreyevna? Could I become a general? [A.A.:] I should say so! Indeed you can (4f).

     ♦ [Катя:] Мне не нравится в Москве... У нас лучше, верно? [Алексей:] Ешё бы! (Розов 1). [К.:] I don't like it here, in Moscow. Where we live, it's better - true? [A.:] You said it! (1a).

     ♦ "Марджи, ну а вы, конечно, знаете, кто такой Макс Огородников?" - "Ешё бы!" (Аксенов 12). "Margie, of course, you know who Mr. Ogorodnikov is?" "You bet!" (12a).

     ♦ "Ты это серьёзно?" - тихо спросил Малькольмов. "Ещё бы не серьезно" (Аксёнов 6). [context transl] "Do you mean that seriously?" Malkolmov asked quietly. "Never been more serious" (6a).

2. there is nothing unusual (in what has been stated), nothing different could be expected (usu. foll. by an explanation as to why):

- (thertfs) nothing surprising about <in> that;

- no wonder;

- of course (not);

- [in limited contexts] how could s.o. not (do sth.) < sth. not (happen) etc>.

     ♦...Никто не молчал, все сразу говорили, гудели, галдели, и обший рокот как волнами бил по комнате. Ну, ешё бы! российская любовь излить душу (Солженицын 5) Not one of them [was] silent, all [were] talking at once, babbling and bawling, so that the general din swept across the room in waves. Nothing surprising in that! The Russian loves to pour out his heart (5a).

     ♦ Уходя, он скользнул взглядом по моей офицерской шашке "за храбрость" с анненским красным темляком, одиноко висевшей на пустой летней вешалке, и, как мне показалось, болезненно усмехнулся. Ещё бы: город занят неприятелем, а в квартире на виду у всех вызывающе висит русское офицерское оружие! (Катаев 3). When about to leave, he let his eye rest for a moment on my officer's sword, with its red St Anne sword-knot "for bravery," which hung forlornly on the empty summer hat-stand, and, so it seemed to me, a pained smile crossed his lips. No wonder. The city was occupied by enemy troops, and here, hung up challengingly for all to see, were the arms of a Russian officer! (3a).

     ♦ "Впрочем, мы друг друга понять не можем; я по крайней мере не имею чести вас понимать". - "Ещё бы! - воскликнул Базаров. - Человек всё в состоянии понять - и как трепещет эфир и что на солнце происходит; а как другой человек может иначе сморкаться, чем он сам сморкается, этого он понять не в состоянии" (Тургенев 2). "We cannot understand one another; or, at least, I have not the honour of understanding you." "Of course not!" exclaimed Bazarov. "Man is capable of understanding everything-the vibration of ether and what's going on in the sun; but why another person should blow his nose differently from him-that, he's incapable of understanding" (2c).

Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > еще бы!

18 ὁ

ὁ, [full] ἡ, τό, is, when thus written,

A demonstr. Pronoun.

B in [dialect] Att., definite or prepositive Article.

C in [dialect] Ep., the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nom. masc. and fem. sg. and pl., ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codd. and most printed books, exc. when used as the relative ; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, αἳ ; the nom. forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by A.D.Pron.8.7 not to be enclitic. The forms τῶν, τοῖς, ταῖς were barytone (i. e. τὼν, τοὶς, ταὶς ) in [dialect] Aeol. acc. to Aristarch. ap. A.D.Synt.51.26. For οἱ, αἱ some dialects (not Cypr., cf. Inscr.Cypr.135.30H., nor Cret., cf.Leg.Gort. 5.28, nor Lesbian, cf. Alc.81, Sapph.Supp.5.1 ) and Hom. have τοί, ταί (though οἱ, αἱ are also found in Hom.): other Homeric forms are gen. sg. τοῖο, gen. and dat. dual τοῖιν Od.18.34
, al.: gen. pl. fem. τάων [pron. full] [ᾱ], dat. τοῖσι, τῇς and τῇσι, never ταῖσι or ταῖς in Hom.— In [dialect] Dor. and all other dialects exc. [dialect] Att. and [dialect] Ion. the fem. forms preserve the old [pron. full] ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence [dialect] Dor. etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶς ; the gen. pl. τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶν ; the gen. sg. is in many places τῶ, acc. pl. τώς, but Cret., etc., τόνς (Leg.Gort.7.7, al.) or τός (ib.3.50, al.) ; in Lesbian [dialect] Aeol. the acc. pl. forms are τοὶς, ταὶς, IG12(2).645 A13, B62 ; dat. pl. τοῖς, ταῖς (or τοὶς, ταὶς, v. supr.), ib.645 A8, ib.1.6 ; ταῖσι as demonstr., Sapph. 16. The [dialect] Att. Poets also used the [dialect] Ion. and [dialect] Ep. forms τοῖσι, ταῖσι ; and in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν.., τοὶ δέ.., for οἱ μέν.., οἱ δέ.., not only in lyr., as A.Pers. 584, Th. 295, 298 ; οἱ μέν.. τοὶ δ' S.Aj. 1404
(anap.) ; but even in a trimeter, A.Pers. 424. In [dialect] Att. the dual has usu. only one gender, τὼ θεώ (for τὰ θεά) And.1.113 sq. ; τὼ πόλεε Foed. ap. Th.5.23 ; τὼ ἡμέρα X.Cyr.1.2.11
; τὼ χεῖρε Id.Mem.2.3.18
; τοῖν χεροῖν Pl.Tht. 155e
; τοῖν γενεσέοιν Id.Phd. 71e
; τοῖν πολέοιν Isoc.4.75
(τά S.Ant. 769, Ar.Eq. 424, 484, ταῖν Lys.19.17
, Is.5.16, etc. have been corrected) ; in Arc. the form τοῖς functions as gen. dual fem., μεσακόθεν τοῖς κράναιυν Schwyzer664.8
(Orchom., iv B.C.):—in Elean and [dialect] Boeot. ὁ, ἡ (ἁ), τό, with the addition of -ί, = ὅδε, ἥδε, τόδε, nom.pl. masc. τυΐ the following men, Schwyzer485.14 (Thespiae, iii B.C.), al., cf. infr. VIII. 5. (With ὁ, ἁ, cf. Skt. demonstr. pron. sa, sā, Goth. sa, sō, ONorse sá, sú, Old Lat. acc. sum, sam (Enn.): —with τό [from Τόδ] cf. Skt. tat (tad), Lat. is-tud, Goth. pata: —with τοί cf. Skt. te, Lith. tĩe, OE. pá, etc.:—with τάων cf. Skt. tāsām, Lat. is-tarum:— the origin of the relative ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (q. v.) is different.)

A ὁ, ἡ, τό, DEMONSTR. PRONOUN, that, the oldest and in Hom. the commonest sense: freq. also in Hdt. (1.86,5.35,al.), and sts. in Trag. (mostly in lyr., A.Supp. 1047, etc.; in trimeters, Id.Th. 197, Ag.7, Eu. 174 ; τῶν γάρ.., τῆς γάρ.., Id.Supp. 358, S.OT 1082 ; seldom in [dialect] Att. Prose, exc. in special phrases, v. infr. VI, VII):

I joined with a Subst., to call attention to it, ὁ Τυδεΐδης he—Tydeus' famous son, Il. 11.660; τὸν Χρύσην that venerable man Chryses, I.II: and so with Appellat., Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων N.— thataged man, 7.324 ; αἰετοῦ.. τοῦ θηρητῆρος the eagle, that which is called hunter, 21.252, al. ; also to define and give emphasis, τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, 20.181 ; οἴχετ' ἀνὴρ ὤριστος a man is gone, and he the best, 11.288, cf. 13.433, al.: sts. with words between the Pron. and Noun, αὐτὰρ ὁ αὖτε Πέλοψ 2.105
; τὸν Ἕκτορι μῦθον ἐνίσπες 11.186
, cf. 703, al.:—different from this are cases like Il.1.409 αἴ κέν πως ἐθέλῃσιν ἐπὶ Τρώεσσιν ἀρῆξαι, τοὺς δὲ κατὰ πρύμνας τε καὶ ἀμφ' ἅλα ἔλσαι Ἀχαιούς if he would help the Trojans, but drive those back to the ships— I mean the Achaeans, where Ἀχ. is only added to explain τούς, cf. 1.472, 4.20, 329, al.

II freq. without a Subst., he, she, it, ὁ γὰρ ἦλθε Il.1.12
, al.

III placed after its Noun, before the Relat. Prons., ἐφάμην σὲ περὶ φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων, τῶν ὅσσοι Λυκίην ναιετάουσι far above the rest, above those to wit who, etc., Il.17.172 ; οἷ' οὔ πώ τιν' ἀκούομεν οὐδὲ παλαιῶν, τάων αἳ πάρος ἦσαν.. Ἀχαιαί such as we have not heard tell of yet even among the women of old, those women to wit who.., Od.2.119, cf. Il.5.332 ; θάλαμον τὸν ἀφίκετο, τόν ποτε τέκτων ξέσσεν Od.21.43
, cf. 1.116, 10.74 :—for the [dialect] Att. usage v. infr.

IV before a Possessive Pron. its demonstr. force is sts. very manifest, φθίσει σε τὸ σὸν μένος that spirit of thine, Il.6.407, cf. 11.608 ; but in 15.58, 16.40, and elsewh. it is merely the Art.

V for cases in which the Homeric usage approaches most nearly to the Attic, v. infr. B. init.

VI ὁ μέν.., ὁ δέ.. without a Subst., in all cases, genders, and numbers, Hom., etc.: sts. in Opposition, where ὁ μέν prop. refers to the former, ὁ δέ to the latter ; more rarely ὁ μέν the latter,
ὁ δέ
the former, Pl.Prt. 359e
, Isoc.2.32,34: sts. in Partition, the one.., the other.., etc.—The Noun with it is regularly in gen. pl., being divided by the ὁ μέν.., ὁ δέ.., into parts, ἠΐθεοι καὶ παρθένοι.., τῶν δ' αἱ μὲν λεπτὰς ὀθόνας ἔχον, οἱ δὲ χιτῶνας εἵατο Il.18.595
; τῶν πόλεων αἱ μὲν τυραννοῦνται, αἱ δὲ δημοκρατοῦνται, αἱ δὲ ἀριστοκρατοῦνται Pl.R. 338d
, etc.: but freq. the Noun is in the same case, by a kind of apposition, ἴδον υἷε Δάρητος, τὸν μὲν ἀλευάμενον τὸν δὲ κτάμενον Il.5.28
, cf. Od.12.73, etc.: so in Trag. and [dialect] Att., S.Ant. 22, etc. ; πηγὴ ἡ μὲν εἰς αὐτὸν ἔδυ, ἡ δὲ ἔξω ἀπορρεῖ Pl.Phdr. 255c
; if the Noun be collective, it is in the gen. sg., ὁ μὲν πεπραμένος ἦν τοῦ σίτου, ὁ δὲ ἔνδον ἀποκείμενος D.42.6
: sts. a Noun is added in apposition with ὁ μέν or ὁ δέ, ὁ μὲν οὔτασ' Ἀτύμνιον ὀξέϊ δουρὶ Ἀντίλοχος.., Μάρις δὲ.. Il.16.317
-19, cf. 116 ; τοὺς μὲν τὰ δίκαια ποιεῖν ἠνάγκασα, τοὺς πλουσίους, τοὺς δὲ πένητας κτλ. D.18.102
, cf. Pl.Grg. 501a, etc.

2 when a neg. accompanies ὁ δέ, it follows δέ, e.g. τὰς γοῦν Ἀθήνας οἶδα τὸν δὲ χῶρον οὔ S.OC24
; τὸν φιλόσοφον σοφίας ἐπιθυμητὴν εἶναι, οὐ τῆς μὲν τῆς δ' οὔ, ἀλλὰ πάσης Pl.R. 475b
; οὐ πάσας χρὴ τὰς δόξας τιμᾶν, ἀλλὰ τὰς μὲν τὰς δ' οὔ· οὐδὲ πάντων, ἀλλὰ τῶν μὲν τῶν δ' οὔ Id.Cri. 47a
, etc.

3 ὁ μέν τις.., ὁ δέ τις.. is used in Prose, when the Noun to which ὁ refers is left indefinite, ἔλεγον ὁ μέν τις τὴν σοφίαν, ὁ δὲ τὴν καρτερίαν.., ὁ δέ τις καὶ τὸ κάλλος X.Cyr.3.1.41
; νόμους.. τοὺς μὲν ὀρθῶς τιθέασιν τοὺς δέ τινας οὐκ ὀρθῶς Pl.R. 339c
, cf. Phlb. 13c.

4 on τὸ μέν.., τὸ δέ.., or τὰ μέν.., τὰ δέ.., v. infr. VIII.4.

5 ὁ μέν is freq. used without a corresponding ὁ δέ, οἱ μὲν ἄρ' ἐσκίδναντο.., Μυρμιδόνας δ' οὐκ εἴα ἀποσκίδνασθαι Il.23.3
, cf. 24.722, Th.8.12, etc.: also folld. by ἀλλά, ἡ μὲν γάρ μ' ἐκέλευε.., ἀλλ' ἐγὼ οὐκ ἔθελον Od.7.304
; by ἄλλος δέ, Il.6.147, etc. ; τὸν μὲν.., ἕτερον δέ Ar.Av. 843
, etc. ; ὁ μέν.., ὃς δέ.. Thgn.205
(v.l. οὐδέ): less freq. ὁ δέ in the latter clause without ὁ μέν preceding, τῇ ῥα παραδραμέτην φεύγων, ὁ δ' ὄπισθε διώκων (for ὁ μὲν φεύγων) Il.22.157 ; σφραγῖδε.. χρυσοῦν ἔχουσα τὸν δακτύλιον, ἡ δ' ἑτέρα ἀργυροῦν IG22.1388.45
, cf. μέν D.
III ; γεωργὸς μὲν εἷς, ὁ δὲ οἰκοδόμος, ἄλλος δέ τις ὑφαντής Pl.R. 369d
, cf. Tht. 181d.

6 ὁ δέ following μέν sts. refers to the subject of the preceding clause, τοῦ μὲν ἅμαρθ', ὁ δὲ Λεῦκον.. βεβλήκει Il. 4.491
; τὴν μὲν γενομένην αὐτοῖσι αἰτίην οὐ μάλα ἐξέφαινε, ὁ δὲ ἔλεγέ σφι Hdt.6.3
, cf. 1.66,6.9, 133,7.6 : rare in [dialect] Att. Prose, ἐπεψήφιζεν αὐτὸς ἔφορος ὤν· ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἔφη διαγιγνώσκειν τὴν βοήν Th.1.87
; ἔμενον ὡς κατέχοντες τὸ ἄκρον· οἱ δ' οὐ κατεῖχον X.An.4.2.6
: this is different from ὁ δέ in apodosi, v. infr. 7 ; also from passages in which both clauses have a common verb, v. ὅ γε 11.

7 ὁ δέ is freq. used simply in continuing a narrative, Il.1.43, etc.; also used by Hom. in apodosi after a relat., v. ὅδε 111.3.

8 the opposition may be expressed otherwise than by μέν and δέ, οὔθ' ὁ.. οὔθ' ὁ Il.15.417
; ἢ τοῖσιν ἢ τοῖς A.Supp. 439
; οὔτε τοῖς οὔτε τοῖς Pl.Lg. 701e
.

VII the following usages prevailed in [dialect] Att. Prose,

1 in dialogue, after καί, it was usual to say in nom. sg. masc. καὶ ὅς ; in the other cases the usual forms of the Art. were used (v. ὅς A.
II.I and cf. Skt. sas, alternat. form of sa) ; so, in acc., καὶ τὸν εἰπεῖν Pl.Smp. 174a
, cf. X.Cyr.1.3.9, etc.; also in Hdt., καὶ τὴν φράσαι 6.61
, al.

2 ὁ καὶ ὁ such and such, τῇ καὶ τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ Pl.Lg. 721b
: but mostly in acc., καί μοι κάλει τὸν καὶ τόν Lys.1.23
, cf. Pl.Lg. 784d ; τὰ καὶ τὰ πεπονθώς D.21.141
, cf. 9.68 ; τὸ καὶ τό Id.18.243
; ἀνάγκη ἄρα τὸ καὶ τό it must then be so and so, Arist.Rh. 1401a4, cf. 1413a22 ; but τὰ καὶ τά now one thing, now another, of good and bad, τὸν δ' ἀγαθὸν τολμᾶν χρὴ τά τε καὶ τὰ φέρειν Thgn.398
, cf. Pi.P.5.55,7.20, al.; τῶν τε καὶ τῶν καιρόν Id.O. 2.53
; so πάντα τοῦ μετρίου μεταβαλλόμενα ἐπὶ τὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τά, of excess and defect, Hp.Acut.46 ; cf. A. VI.8.

VIII abs. usages of single cases,

1 fem. dat. τῇ, of Place, there, on that spot, here, this way, that way, Il.5.752, 858, al.: folld. by ᾗ, 13.52, etc.: also in Prose, τὸ μὲν τῇ, τὸ δὲ τῇ X.Ath.2.12
.

b with a notion of motion towards, that way, in that direction, Il.10.531,11.149, 12.124 ; τῇ ἴμεν ᾗ.. 15.46
; δελφῖνες τῇ καὶ τῇ ἐθύνεον ἰχθυάοντες Hes.Sc. 210
:—only poet.

c of Manner,
τῇ περ τελευτήσεσθαι ἔμελλεν
in this way, thus, Od.8.510
.

d repeated, τῇ μέν.., τῇ δέ.., in one way.., in another.., or partly.., partly.., E.Or. 356, Pl.Smp. 211a, etc.: without μέν, τῇ μᾶλλον, τῇ δ' ἧσσον Parm.8.48
.

e relat., where, by which way, only [dialect] Ep., as Il.12.118, Od.4.229.

2 neut. dat. τῷ, therefore, on this account, freq. in Hom., Il.1.418, 2.254, al. (v. infr.): also in Trag., A.Pr. 239, S.OT 510 (lyr.) ; in Prose, τῷ τοι.. Pl.Tht. 179d
, Sph. 230b.

b thus, so, Il.2.373, 13.57, etc.: it may also, esp. when εἰ precedes, be translated, then, if this be so, on this condition, Od.1.239,3.224, 258,al., Theoc.29.11.—In Hom. the true form is prob. τῶ, as in cod. A, or τώ, cf. A.D.Adv.199.2.

3 neut. acc. τό, wherefore, Il.3.176, Od.8.332, al., S.Ph. 142(lyr.) ; also τὸ δέ abs., but the fact is.., Pl.Ap. 23a, Men. 97c, Phd. 109d, Tht. 157b, R. 340d, Lg. 967a ; even when the τό refers to what precedes, the contrast may lie not in the thing referred to, but in another part of the sentence (cf. supr. VI. 6), τὸ δ' ἐπὶ κακουργίᾳ.. ἐπετήδευσαν Th.1.37
; τὸ δὲ.. ἡμῖν μᾶλλον περιέσται Id.2.89
; φασὶ δέ τινες αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν γεγονέναι· τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἦν but he was not, Nic.Dam.58J.

4 τὸ μέν.., τὸ δέ.., partly.., partly.., or on the one hand.., on the other.., Th.7.36, etc., cf.Od.2.46 ; more freq. τὰ μέν.., τὰ δέ.., Hdt.1.173, S.Tr. 534, etc.; also τὰ μέν τι.., τὰ δέ τι.. X.An.4.1.14
; τὸ μέν τι.., τὸ δέ τι.. Luc.Macr.14
; τὰ μέν.., τὸ δὲ πλέον.. Th.1.90
: sts. without τὸ μέν.. in the first clause, τὸ δέ τι Id.1.107
,7.48 : rarely of Time, τὰ μὲν πολλὰ.., τέλος δέ several times.. and finally, Hdt.3.85.

5 of Time, sts. that time, sts. this (present) time, συνμαχία κ' ἔα ἑκατὸν ϝέτεα, ἄρχοι δέ κα τοΐ (where it is possible, but not necessary, to supply ϝέτος) SIG9.3 (Olympia, vi B.C.): so with Preps., ἐκ τοῦ, [dialect] Ep. τοῖο, from that time, Il.1.493,15.601.

b πρὸ τοῦ, sts. written προτοῦ, before this, aforetime, Hdt.1.103, 122,5.55, A.Ag. 1204, Ar.Nu.5, etc.; ἐν τῷ πρὸ τοῦ χρόνῳ Th.1.32
, cf. A.Eu. 462 ; τὸ πρὸ τοῦ D.S.20.59
.

c in Thess. Prose, ὑππρὸ τᾶς yesterday, τὰ ψαφίσματα τό τε ὑππρὸ τᾶς γενόμενον καὶ τὸ τᾶμον the decree which was passed yesterday (lit. before this [day]), and to-day's, IG9(2).517.43 (Larissa, iii B.C.).

6 ἐν τοῖς is freq. used in Prose with Superlatives, ἐν τοῖσι θειότατον a most marvellous thing, Hdt.7.137 ; ἐν τοῖς πρῶτοι the very first, Th.1.6, etc.; ἐν τοῖσι πρῶτος ( πρώτοις codd.) Pherecr.145.4 ; [Ζεὺς] Ἔρωτά τε καὶ Ἀνάγκην ἐν τοῖς πρῶτα ἐγέννησεν first of all, Aristid. Or.43(1).16, cf. 37(2).2: when used with fem. Nouns, ἐν τοῖς remained without change of gender, ἐν τοῖς πλεῖσται δὴ νῆες the greatest number of ships, Th.3.17; ἐν τοῖς πρώτη ἐγένετο (sc. ἡ στάσις) ib.82 : also with Advbs., ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα Id.8.90
, Pl.Cri. 52a, Plu.2.74e, 421d, 723e, Brut.6, 11,al., Paus.1.16.3, etc.; ἐν τοῖς χαλεπώτατα Th.7.71
; τὴν Αἴγυπτον ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα μελάγγειον οὖσαν Plu.2.364c
: in late Prose, also with Positives, ἐν τοῖς παράδοξον Aristid.Or.48(24).47
codd.; with πάνυ, ἐν τοῖς πάνυ D.H.1.19
, cf. 66 ( ἐν ταῖς πάνυ f.l. 4.14,15).

B ὁ, ἡ, τό, THE DEFINITE ARTICLE, the, to specify individuals: rare in this signf. in the earliest Gr., becoming commoner later. In Hom. the demonstr. force can generally be traced, v. supr. A. I, but the definite Art. must be recognized in places like Il.1.167,7.412, 9.309, 12.289, Od.19.372 : also when joined to an Adj. to make it a Subst.,
αἰὲν ἀποκτείνων τὸν ὀπίστατον
the hindmost man, Il.11.178
; τὸν ἄριστον 17.80
; τὸν δύστηνον 22.59
; τὸν προὔχοντα 23.325
; τῷ πρώτῳ.., τῷ δευτέρῳ.., etc., ib. 265sq. ; also in τῶν ἄλλων 2.674
, al.: with Advs., τὸ πρίν 24.543
, al.; τὸ πάρος περ 17.720
; τὸ πρόσθεν 23.583
; also τὸ τρίτον ib. 733 ; τὰ πρῶτα 1.6
,al.; τὸ μὲν ἄλλο for the rest, 23.454 ; ἀνδρῶν τῶν τότε 9.559
.—The true Art., however, is first fully established in fifth-cent. [dialect] Att., whilst the demonstr. usage disappears, exc. in a few cases, V. A. VI-VIII.—Chief usages, esp. in [dialect] Att.

I not only with common Appellats., Adjs., and Parts., to specify them as present to sense or mind, but also freq. where we use the Possessive Pron., τὸ κέαρ ηὐφράνθην Ar.Ach.5
; τὴν κεφαλὴν κατεάγην my head was broken, And.1.61, etc. ; τοὺς φίλους ποιούμεθα we make our friends, S.Ant. 190 ; τὰς πόλεις ἔκτιζον they began founding their cities, Th.1.12; οὐχ ὑπὲρ τὴν οὐσίαν ποιούμενοι τοὺς παῖδας Pl.R. 372b
.

b omitted with pr.nn.and freq. with Appellats. which require no specification, as θεός, βασιλεύς, v. θεός 1.1, βασιλεύς III ; ἐμ πόλει in the Acropolis, IG12.4.1, al.: but added to pr. nn., when attention is to be called to the previous mention of the person, as Th. (3.70 ) speaks first of Πειθίας and then refers to him repeatedly as ὁ Π.; cf. Θράσυλος in Id.8.104, with ὁ Θ. ib. 105 ; or when the person spoken of is to be specially distinguished, Ζεύς, ὅστις ὁ Ζεύς whoever this Zeus is, E.Fr. 480 ; and therefore properly omitted when a special designation follows, as Σωκράτης ὁ φιλόσοφος: seldom in Trag. with pr. nn., save to give pecul. emphasis, like Lat. ille, ὁ Λάϊος, ὁ Φοῖβος, S.OT 729, El.35, etc.: later, however, the usage became very common (the Homeric usage of ὁ with a pr. n. is different, v. A.I).

c Aristotle says Σωκράτης meaning the historical Socrates, as in SE183b7, PA642a28, al., but ὁ Σωκράτης when he means the Platonic Socrates, as Pol.1261a6, al.: so with other pr.nn., EN1145a21, 1146a21, al.

d for Σαῦλος ὁ καὶ Παῦλος, etc., v. καί B.2.

2 in a generic sense, where the individual is treated as a type, οἷς ὁ γέρων μετέῃσιν.. λεύσσει Il.3.109
; πονηρὸν ὁ συκοφάντης D.18.242
, etc.

b freq. with abstract Nouns, ἥ τε ἐλπὶς καὶ ὁ ἔρως Th.3.45
, etc.

3 of outstanding members of a class, ὁ γεωγράφος, ὁ κωμικός, ὁ ποιητής, ὁ τεχνικός, v. γεωγράφος, κωμικός, ποιητής, τεχνικός.

4 with infs., which thereby become Substs., τὸ εἴργειν prevention, Pl.Grg. 505b ; τὸ φρονεῖν good sense, S.Ant. 1348(anap.), etc.: when the subject is expressed it is put between the Art.and the inf., τὸ θεοὺς εἶναι the existence of gods, Pl.Phd. 62b ; τὸ μηδένα εἶναι ὄλβιον the fact or statement that no one is happy, Hdt.1.86.

5 in neut. before any word or expression which itself is made the object of thought, τὸ ἄνθρωπος the word or notion man ; τὸ λέγω the word λέγω ; τὸ μηδὲν ἄγαν the sentiment 'ne quid nimis', E.Hipp. 265(lyr.); τὸ τῇ αὐτῇ the phrase τῇ αὐτῇ, Pl.Men. 72e : and so before whole clauses, ἡ δόξα.. περὶ τοῦ οὕστινας δεῖ ἄρχειν the opinion about the question 'who ought to rule', Id.R. 431e ; τὸ ἐὰν μένητε παρ' ἐμοί, ἀποδώσω the phrase 'I will give back, if.. ', X.Cyr. 5.1.21, cf. Pl.R. 327c, etc.; τοὺς τοῦ τί πρακτέον λογισμούς D.23.148
; τὸ ὀλίγοι the term few, Arist.Pol. 1283b11.

6 before relat. clauses, when the Art. serves to combine the whole relat. clause into one notion, τῇ ᾗ φὴς σὺ σκληρότητι the harshness you speak of, Pl.Cra. 435a ; τὸν ἥμερον καρπόν.., καὶ τὸν ὅσος ξύλινος (i.e. καὶ τὸν καρπὸν ὅσος ἂν ᾖ ξύλινος) Id.Criti. 115b ; τῶν ὅσοι ἂν.. ἀγαθοὶ κριθῶσιν Id.R. 469b
; ἐκ γῆς καὶ πυρὸς μείξαντες καὶ τῶν ὅσα πυρὶ καὶ γῇ κεράννυται Id.Prt. 320d
, cf. Hyp.Lyc.2 ; ταύτην τε τὴν αἰτίαν καὶ τὴν ὅθεν ἡ κίνησις Arist.Metaph. 987a8
; τὸν ὃς ἔφη Lys.23.8
: hence the relat., by attraction, freq. follows the case of the Art., τοῖς οἵοις ἡμῖν τε καὶ ὑμῖν, i.e. τοῖς οὖσιν οἷοι ἡμεῖς καὶ ὑμεῖς, X.HG2.3.25, etc.

7 before Prons.,

a before the pers. Prons., giving them greater emphasis, but only in acc., τὸν ἐμέ Pl.Tht. 166a
,Phlb. 20b ; τὸν.. σὲ καὶ ἐμέ ib. 59b ; τὸν αὑτόν Id.Phdr. 258a
; on ὁ αὐτός, v. αὐτός 111.

b before the interrog. Pron. (both τίς and ποῖος), referring to something before, which needs to be more distinctly specified, A.Pr. 251, Ar. Pax 696 ; also τὰ τί; because οἷα went before, ib. 693. Of τίς only the neut. is thus used (v.supr.): ποῖος is thus used not only in neut. pl., τὰ ποῖα; E.Ph. 707 ; but also in the other genders, ὁ ποῖος; ib. 1704 ; τῆς ποίας μερίδος; D.18.64 ; τοῖς ποίοις.. ; Arist.Ph. 227b1.

c with τοιοῦτος, τοιόσδε, τηλικοῦτος, etc., the Art. either makes the Pron. into a Subst.,
ὁ τοιοῦτος
that sort of person, X.Mem.4.2.21
, etc.; or subjoins it to a Subst. which already has an Art., τὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν τοιαύτην D.41.13
.

8 before ἅπας, Pi.N.1.69, Hdt.3.64, 7.153 (s.v.l.), S.OC 1224 (lyr.), D.18.231, etc.; also τὸν ἕνα, τὸν ἕνα τοῦτον, Arist.Pol. 1287b8, 1288a19 : on its usage with ἕκαστος, v. sub voc.; and on οἱ ἄλλοι, οἱ πολλοί, etc., v. ἄλλος 11.6, πολύς 11.3
, etc.

9 the Art. with the [comp] Comp. is rare, if ἤ follows, S.Ant. 313, OC 796.

II elliptic expressions:

1 before the gen. of a pr.<*>., to express descent, son or daughter, Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου (sc. υἱός) Th.4.104 ; Ἑλένη ἡ τοῦ Διός (sc. θυγάτηρ) E.Hel. 470 : also to denote other relationships, e.g. brother, Lys.32.24, Alciphr.2.2.10 ; ἡ Σμικυθίωνος Μελιστίχη M. the wife of S., Ar.Ec.46 ; Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἐκείνου Cl. and his men, X.An.1.2.15 ; ὁ τοῦ Ἀντιγένεος the slave of A., Hp.Hum.20.

2 generally, before a gen. it indicates a wider relation, as τὸ τῶν νεῶν, τὸ τῶν Ἑρμῶν, the matter of the ships, the affair of the Hermae, Th.4.23,6.60 ; τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου πράσσειν to promote the interests of Arrhibaeus, Id.4.83, cf. 6.89, etc.; τὸ τῆς τύχης,=ἡ τύχη, Id.4.18 ; τὰ τῆς τύχης accidents, chance events, ib.55 ; τὰ γὰρ φθιτῶν τοῖς ὁρῶσι κόσμος performance of the rites due to the dead befits the living, E.Supp.78(lyr.); τὰ τῶν θεῶν that which is destined by the gods, S.Tr. 498(lyr.): hence with neut. of Possessive Pron., τὸ ἐμόν, τὸ σόν, what regards me or thee, my or thy business or interests, S.Aj. 124, El. 251, etc.: and with gen. of 3 pers., τὸ τῆσδε E.Hipp.48
. But τό τινος is freq. also, a man's word or saying, as τὸ τοῦ Σόλωνος Hdt.1.86
; τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου as Homer says, Pl.Tht. 183e ; also τά τινος so-and-so's house, Ar.V. 1432, D.54.7, Theoc.2.76, Herod.5.52, Ev.Luc.2.49.

3 very freq. with cases governed by Preps.. αἱ ἐκ τῆς Ζακύνθου νῆες the ships from Zacynthus, Th.4.13 ; οἱ ἀμφί τινα, οἱ περί τινα, such an one and his followers, v. ἀμφί c.1.3, περί c.1.2 ; also τὰ ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης the Thrace-ward district, Th.1.59, al.; τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ καταστρώματος matters on deck, Id.7.70 ; τὰ ἀπ' Ἀλκιβιάδου the proposals of Alcibiades, Id.8.48 ; τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς τύχης the incidents of fortune, Id.2.87, etc.

4 on μὰ τόν, μὰ τήν, etc., v. μά IV.

5 in elliptical phrases, ἐπορευόμην τὴν ἔξω τείχους (sc. ὁδόν) Pl.Ly. 203a ; ἡ ἐπὶ θανάτῳ (sc. στολή, δέσις), v. θάνατος; κατὰ τὴν ἐμήν (sc. γνώμην), v. ἐμός 11.4 ; ἡ αὔριον (sc. ἡμέρα), v. αὔριον; ἡ Λυδιστί (sc. ἁρμονία) Arist.Pol. 1342b32, etc.: freq. with Advs., which thus take an adj. sense, as ὁ, ἡ, τὸ νῦν; ὁ οἴκαδε πλοῦς Th.1.52
; οἱ τότε, οἱ ἔπειτα (sc. ἄνθρωποι), ib.9,10, etc. ; but τό stands abs. with Advs. of time and place, when one cannot (as in the preceding instances) supply a Subst., as κἀκεῖσε καὶ τὸ δεῦρο E.Ph. 266
, cf.[315] (lyr.); ὁ μὲν τὸ κεῖθεν, ὁ δὲ τὸ κεῖθεν Id.Or. 1412
(lyr.): rarely abs. in gen., ἰέναι τοῦ πρόσω to go forward, X.An.1.3.1 ; τοῦ προσωτάτω δραμεῖν S.Aj. 731
.

C as RELATIVE PRONOUN in many dialects ; both in nom. sg. masc. ὅ, as κλῦθί μοι, ὃ χθιζὸς θεὸς ἤλυθες Od.2.262
, cf. 1.300, al. ; Ἔρως, ὃ κατ' ὀμμάτων στάζεις πόθον E.Hipp. 526
(lyr.); Ἄδωνις, ὃ κἠν Ἀχέροντι φιλεῖται Theoc.15.86
; ὃ ἐξορύξη he who banishes him, Schwyzer679.12,25 ([place name] Cyprus) ; and in the forms beginning with τ, esp. in Hom. (Od.4.160, al.), Hdt.1.7, al.: also in [dialect] Ion. Poets, ἐν τῷ κάθημαι Archil.87.3
, cf. Semon.7.3, Anacr.86 (prob.), Herod.2.64, al.: freq. in Trag., τῆς S.OC 1258
, Tr. 381, 728, E.Alc. 883 (anap.); τῷ S.Ph.14
; τήν Id.OC 747
, Tr.47, El. 1144 ; τό Id.OT 1427 ; τῶν ib. 1379, Ant. 1086.—Never in Com. or [dialect] Att. Prose:—[dialect] Ep. gen. sg. τεῦ Il.18.192
(s.v.l.).

D CRASIS OF ARTICLE:

a [dialect] Att. ὁ, ἡ, τό, with [pron. full] ᾰ make ᾱ, as ἁνήρ, ἁλήθεια, τἀγαθόν, τᾄτιον; so οἱ, αἱ, τά, as ἅνδρες, τἀγαθά; also τοῦ, τῷ, as τἀγαθοῦ, τἀγαθῷ: ὁ, τό, οἱ, before e gives ου, οὑξ, οὑπί, οὑμός, τοὔργον, οὑπιχώριοι, etc.; also τοῦ, as τοὐμοῦ, τοὐπιόντος; but ἅτερος, θάτερον ([pron. full] ¯ ?ὁX?ὁX), [dialect] Ion. οὕτερος, τοὔτερον (v. ἕτερος), [dialect] Att. fem. ἡτέρα, dat. θητέρᾳ (v. ἕτερος); τῷ loses the iota, τὠμῷ, τὠπιόντι: ὁ, τό, before ο gives ου, as Οὁδυσσεύς, Οὑλύμπιος, τοὔνομα: ὁ, τό, etc., before αυ gives ᾱυ, αὑτός, ταὐτό, ταὐτῷ (freq. written ἁτός, etc. in Inscrr. and Pap.); so τὰ αὐτά=ταὐτά, αἱ αὐταί= αὑταί: ἡ before εὐ gives ηὑ, as ηὑλάβεια: τῇ before ἡ gives θη, as θἠμέρᾳ: τὸ before ὑ gives θου, as θοὔδωρ for τὸ ὕδωρ.

b other dialects: in their treatment of crasis these follow the local laws of contraction, hence, e.g., [dialect] Dor. ὡξ from ὁ ἐξ Theoc.1.65
, ὥλαφος from ὁ ἔλαφος ib. 135 ; [dialect] Ion. ᾡσυμνήτης from ὁ αἰς- SIG57.45 (Milet., v B.C.) ; ὡυτή from ἡ αὐτή Heraclit.60
, etc.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὁ

19 другой

other, another, different, more, else
• Безусловно, существует много других форм... - There are, of course, many other forms of...

• В качестве другого примера мы можем проверить... - As a further example we may examine...

• Второй член в другой части уравнения... - The second term on the other hand of the equation...

• Другим важным замечанием является то, что... - Another important remark is that...

• Другими словами, возможно, что... - In other words, it is possible that...

• Другими словами, мы бы ожидали... - In other words, we would expect...

• Другими словами, мы ищем... - In other words, we seek...

• Другими словами, мы хотим... - In other words, we wish to...

• Другое доказательство намечено в упражнении 2. - An alternative proof is outlined in Exercise 2.

• Другой возможностью является... - Another possible alternative is to...

• Другой интересный результат, принадлежащий Риману, состоит в том, что... - Another interesting result, due to Riemann, is that...

• Другой крайностью является... - At the other extreme is...

• Другой метод был предложен Джонсом [1]. - A different method has been given by Jones [1].

• Другой точки зрения придерживался Джонс [1], который... - A different view was held by Jones [1], who...

• Имеется и другой смысл... - There is another sense in which...

• Как мы сейчас увидим, это другая ситуация. - But here the situation is different, as we shall now see.

• Мы можем взглянуть на это с другой стороны. - We can look at this in another way.

• Мы можем получить то же самое заключение другим способом в случае, когда... - We can reach the same conclusion in another way for the case of...

• Мы можем сказать (= сформулировать) это же в другой форме:... - Another way of saying this is...

• Мы принимаем совершенно другой метод. - We adopt an entirely different method.

• Однако имеется другая причина того, что... - But there is another reason that...

• Однако совершенно другое дело... - It is, however, quite a different matter to...

• Применим другой способ. Это значит, что... - Put the other way around, this means that...

• С другой стороны, иногда очень трудно (сформулировать и т. п.)... - On the other hand, it is sometimes very difficult to...

• С другой стороны, недавно полученные данные указывают, что... - On the other hand, recent findings indicate that...

• С другой стороны, эксперименты показывают, что... - On the other hand, experiments show that...

• Следующая теорема дает другое расширение... - The following theorem gives another extension of...

• Совершенно другой подход базируется на... - A fundamentally different approach is based on...

• Теперь мы переходим к другой проблеме... - We now pass to another problem...

• Эти уравнения могут быть решены последовательно одно за другим. - These equations can be solved successively.

• Это другой пример (чего-л). - This is another example of...

Русско-английский словарь научного общения > другой

20 κρίνω

κρίνω (s. κρίμα; Hom.+) fut. κρινῶ; 1 aor. ἔκρινα; pf. κέκρικα; plpf. 3 sg. κεκρίκει (on the lack of augment s. B-D-F §66, 1; W-S. §12, 4; Mlt-H. 190; ἐκεκρίκει Just., D. 102, 2). Pass.: impf. ἐκρινόμην; 1 fut. κριθήσομαι; 1 aor. ἐκρίθην; pf. κέκριμαι. Primary mng.: ‘to set apart so as to distinguish, separate’, then by transference

① to make a selection, select, prefer (Aeschyl., Suppl. 39 τὶ; Pla., Rep. 3, 399e κρίνειν τινὰ πρό τινος ‘prefer someone to someone’, cp. Phlb. 57e; Himerius, Or. 40 [=Or. 6], 3 κ. τί τινι=select someth. because of someth. [a place because of its size]; κ. τὸ πρακτέον καὶ μὴ πρακτέον Did., Gen. 27, 3) ὸ̔ς μὲν γὰρ κρίνει ἡμέραν παρʼ ἡμέραν the one prefers one day to another Ro 14:5a. In the other half of the sentence ὸ̔ς δὲ κρίνει πᾶσαν ἡμέραν, κ. prob. has the sense recognize, approve (X., Hell. 1, 7, 34 ἔκριναν τὴν τῆς βουλῆς γνώμην) the other holds every day in esteem vs. 5b. Closely associated is mng.

② to pass judgment upon (and thereby seek to influence) the lives and actions of other people

ⓐ judge, pass judgment upon, express an opinion about Mt 7:1a, 2a; Lk 6:37a; 1 Cl 13:2; Pol 2:3 (Sextus 183 ὁ κρίνων ἄνθρωπον κρίνεται ὑπὸ τ. θεοῦ). κ. δικαίως D 4:3; B 19:11. κ. κατʼ ὄψιν by the outward appearance J 7:24a. κατὰ τὴν σάρκα 8:15. τὴν δικαίαν κρίσιν κ. pass a right judgment 7:24b (on the expr. cp. Dt 16:18). This is perh. the place for 1 Pt 4:6 ἵνα κριθῶσιν κατὰ ἀνθρ. (s. ESelwyn, comm. ad loc. ref. to Lghtf.; cp. Wsd 3:4).

ⓑ esp. pass an unfavorable judgment upon, criticize, find fault with, condemn (Epict. 2, 21, 11) Ro 2:1abc, 3; 14:3f, 10, 13a (a play on words, w. κρίνειν used in two different mngs. in the same vs.; s. 4 below on vs. 13b); Col 2:16; Js 4:11, 12; D 11:12. μή τι κρίνετε do not pronounce judgment on anything 1 Cor 4:5. ἱνατί γὰρ ἡ ἐλευθερία μου κρίνεται ὑπὸ ἄλλης συνειδήσεως; why is my freedom (of action) to be unfavorably judged by another person’s scruples? 1 Cor 10:29. μακάριος ὁ μὴ κρίνων ἑαυτόν happy is the one who finds no fault w. himself Ro 14:22.—Also of a human judgment directed against God ὅπως ἂν νικήσεις ἐν τῷ κρίνεσθαί σε that you may win when you are judged Ro 3:4 (OMichel in KEK prefers active sense); 1 Cl 18:4 (both Ps 50:6).

③ to make a judgment based on taking various factors into account, judge, think, consider, look upon w. double acc. of the obj. and the predicate (Soph., Oed. R. 34; Pla., Rep. 9, 578b and s. Cebes 39, 4; 3 Macc 2:33; Just., D. 112, 1) οὐκ ἀξίους κρίνετε ἑαυτούς you do not consider yourselves worthy Ac 13:46 (Jos., Ant. 6, 159 ὸ̔ν αὐτὸς τ. βασιλείας ἄξιον ἔκρινεν; EpArist 98); cp. PtK 3 p. 15, 17. τὰ ὑστερήματα αὐτῶν ἴδια ἐκρίνετε you considered their shortcomings as your own 1 Cl 2:6. Pass. (Thu. 2, 40, 3; Jos., Ant. 4, 193) τί ἄπιστον κρίνεται παρʼ ὑμῖν; why do you think it is incredible? Ac 26:8 (Jos., Ant. 18, 76 ἄπιστα αὐτὰ κρίνειν).—Foll. by acc. w. inf. (Pla., Gorg., 452c, Rep. 9, 578b; X., An. 1, 9, 5; 28) κεκρίκατέ με πιστὴν … εἶναι Ac 16:15.—W. inf. foll. κρίνω μὴ παρενοχλεῖν τοῖς κτλ. 15:19.—Foll. by τοῦτο ὅτι 2 Cor 5:14.—W. direct quest. foll. ἐν ὑμῖν αὐτοῖς κρίνατε judge, decide for yourselves 1 Cor 11:13.—W. indirect quest. foll. (Thu. 4, 130, 7 κρίναντες ἐν σφίσιν αὐτοῖς, εἰ … ; X., Cyr. 4, 1, 5) εἰ δίκαιόν ἐστιν, ὑμῶν ἀκούειν μᾶλλον ἢ τοῦ θεοῦ, κρίνατε decide whether it is right to obey you rather than God Ac 4:19.—κρίνατε ὑμεῖς ὅ φημι pass your own judgment on what I say 1 Cor 10:15.—ὀρθῶς ἔκρινας you have judged rightly Lk 7:43.

④ to come to a conclusion after a cognitive process, reach a decision, decide, propose, intend (Isocr. 4, 46; Polyb. 3, 6, 7; 5, 52, 6; 9, 13, 7; Epict. 2, 15, 7; Appian, Bell. Civ. 14, 118 §497 ὅταν οἱ θεοὶ κρίνωσιν; LXX) τί οὖν θέλετε, κρίνατε (restored) so decide now what you wish (to be done); w. inf. (Diod S 4, 33, 10; 17, 95, 1; UPZ 42, 37 [162 B.C.]; PTebt 55, 4 [II B.C.] ἔκρινα γράψαι; PLond III, 897, 11 p. 207 [84 A.D.]; 1 Macc 11:33; 3 Macc 1:6; Jdth 11:13; Wsd 8:9; Jos., Ant.7, 33; 12, 403; 13, 188; Did., Gen. 179, 7) Ac 3:13; 20:16; 25:25; 1 Cor 2:2; 5:3; Tit 3:12. W. τοῦ and inf. (B-D-F §397, 2) ἐκρίθη τοῦ ἀποπλεῖν ἡμᾶς Ac 27:1. ἐπεὶ ἤδη σεαυτῷ κέκρικας τοῦ μὴ δύνασθαι τὰς ἐντολὰς ταύτας ὑπὸ ἀνθρώπου φυλαχθῆναι since you have already decided in your own mind that these commandments cannot be kept by anyone Hm 12, 3, 6.—W. acc. and inf. (2 Macc 11:25, 36; 3 Macc 6:30; TestSol 10:8; SibOr 3, 127; Just., D. 102, 2) Ac 21:25 (even in the substantially different rdgs.). τοῦτο κέκρικεν …, τηρεῖν τὴν ἑαυτοῦ παρθένον he has determined this, namely to keep his fiancée (pure and undefiled) 1 Cor 7:37 (s. s.v. γαμίζω 2; Diod S 4, 73, 2 of a father: κρίναι ταύτην [i.e. his daughter] παρθένον διαφυλάττειν). τοῦτο κρίνατε μᾶλλον, τὸ μὴ τιθέναι πρόσκομμα but rather decide this, (namely) to give no offense Ro 14:13b. ἔκρινα ἐμαυτῷ τοῦτο, τὸ … ἐλθεῖν 2 Cor 2:1. τὰ δόγματα τὰ κεκριμένα ὑπὸ τ. ἀποστόλων Ac 16:4 (cp. Polyb. 5, 52, 6 πράξας τὸ κριθέν; Epict. 2, 15, 7 τοῖς κριθεῖσιν ἐμμένειν δεῖ).

⑤ to engage in a judicial process, judge, decide, hale before a court, condemn, also hand over for judicial punishment, freq. as a legal t.t. (in a forensic sense Hom. et al.; ins, pap, LXX).

ⓐ of a human court

α. act. and pass. abs. Ac 13:27. W. adv. GPt 3:7. κ. τινά: κατὰ τὸν νόμον J 18:31; Ac 23:3; 24:6 v.l. οὐδὲ ἐγὼ κρίνω ὑμᾶς GJs 16:3. Of the right of the apostle and the church to judge believers 1 Cor 5:12ab. μὴ ὁ νόμος ἡμῶν κρίνει τὸν ἄνθρωπον; does our law (personified) judge a person? J 7:51 (Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 50 §205 certain senators desire that before Mark Antony is declared a public enemy he should be brought to trial, ὡς οὐ πάτριον σφίσιν ἀκρίτου καταδικάζειν ‘on the ground that it was not their ancestral custom to condemn someone without a hearing’). ἐκ τ. στόματός σου κρινῶ σε I will punish you on the basis of your own statement Lk 19:22. Pass. Ac 25:10. κρίνεσθαι ἐπί τινι be on trial because of a thing 26:6 (Appian, Basil. 12 κρινόμενος ἐπὶ τῷδε=be brought to trial because of this thing; likew. Iber. 55 §233; Ath. 2, 3; of God ApcrEzk Fgm. d). Also περί τινος (Diod S 12, 30, 5) 23:6; 25:20; w. addition of ἐπί w. gen. of the court of judicature before someone (schol. on Hes., Op. 9) 24:21; 25:9; D 11:11.—τί δὲ καὶ ἀφʼ ἑαυτῶν οὐ κρίνετε τὸ δίκαιον; Lk 12:57, which leads over into the sphere of jurisprudence (vs. 58), means: why cannot you yourselves decide what is right? (cp. the prayer for vengeance fr. Amorgos [BCH 25, 1901 p. 416; Dssm., LO 94=LAE 118] ἐπάκουσον, θεά, καὶ κρῖναι τὸ δίκαιον; cp. Appian, Mithrid. 89 §403 κρίνειν τὴν μάχην=decide the battle; Just., A II, 15, 5).

β. mid. and pass.: ‘dispute, quarrel, debate’, also go to law (so Thu. 4, 122, 4 δίκῃ κρίνεσθαι; Hos 2:4 al. in LXX; TestSol 4:4ff D; Mel., P. 101, 773) τινί with someone (Job 9:3; 13:19) Mt 5:40; B 6:1 (Is 50:8); μετά τινος (Vi. Aesopi W 76 κριθῆναί με μετὰ τῆς κυρίας μου ἐπὶ σοί=I am pleading my case with my mistress before you; Eccl 6:10) 1 Cor 6:6. ἐπί τινος before someone (as judge) vs. 1 (on the beginning of 1 Cor 6 cp. the decree of Alexander to the Greeks in Ps.-Callisth. 2, 21, 21: βούλομαι δὲ μὴ ἐν ἑαυτοῖς κρίνειν ὅσον τις ὑμῶν ἔχει πρὸς ἕτερον, οὐδὲ ἐφʼ οὗ βούλεσθε=it is my wish [will] that you are not to go to law among yourselves, no matter what any of you may have against another, nor before anyone you wish).

ⓑ of the divine tribunal

α. occupied by God or Christ: abs. administer justice, judge J 5:30; 8:16, 50; cp. vs. 26; Rv 6:10; B 5:7. Pass. be judged Mt 7:1b, 2b; Lk 6:37b; Rv 11:18.—W. acc. foll. (PGM 4, 1013 of Horus ὁ κρίνων τὰ πάντα) J 5:22; 8:15b. τοὺς ἔξω 1 Cor 5:13. ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς judge the living and the dead 2 Ti 4:1; 1 Pt 4:5; B 7:2. τὰ κρυπτὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων Ro 2:16. τὸν κόσμον B 4:12 (TestAbr A 13 p. 92, 10 [Stone p. 32]; ApcEsdr 3:3 p. 27, 8 Tdf.). τὴν οἰκουμένην Ac 17:31; AcPl Ha 9, 29. κ. κατὰ τὸ ἑκάστου ἔργον judge each one by what that person does 1 Pt 1:17; cp. Rv 20:13. ἐκρίθησαν οἱ νεκροὶ ἐκ τῶν γεγραμμένων ἐν τοῖς βιβλίοις κατὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν the dead were judged by what was written in the books (of life and of death), in accordance w. their deeds vs. 12; δικαίως κ. judge uprightly (Sotades [280 B.C.] Fgm. 11, 2 Diehl² II 6 p. 191 [in Stob. 4, 34, 8 vol. V p. 826, 5=Coll. Alex. p. 243] ὁ παντογενὴς … οὐ κρίνει δικαίως) 1 Pt 2:23; B 19:11. Also ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ Rv 19:11. διὰ νόμου κρίνεσθαι be judged on the basis of the law Js 2:12.—Oft. the emphasis is unmistakably laid upon that which follows the Divine Judge’s verdict, upon the condemnation or punishment: condemn, punish (opp. σῴζειν as TestJud 24:6; Mel., P. 104, 810; cp. ApcEsdr 1, 11 p. 25, 3 Tdf. ἐμὲ κρῖνον ὑπὲρ τῶν ψυχῶν τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν) J 3:17; cp. 18ab; 12:47ab, 48a; cp. 48b; Ac 7:7 (Gen 15:14); Dg 7:5f (opp. ἀγαπᾶν). διὰ νόμου κ. punish on the basis of the law Ro 2:12.—3:6f; 1 Cor 11:31f (here of the temporal punishment which God brings upon sinners); 2 Th 2:12; Hb 10:30 (κρινεῖ κύριος τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ the Lord will judge = punish his people is derived fr. Dt 32:36=Ps 134:14, where the judgment of God is spoken of, resulting in the vindication of the innocent [the thought prominent in the two OT pass.] and the punishment of the guilty [the thought prominent in the Hb pass.]); 13:4; Js 5:9; for 1 Pt 4:6 s. 2a above; Rv 18:8; 19:2; B 15:5.—W. the punishment given κ. διὰ πυρός 1 Cl 11:1; διὰ τῶν μαστίγων 17:5. κεκριμένοι ἤδη τῷ θανάτῳ already condemned to death B 10:5. Also εἰς θάνατον condemned to death Hs 9, 18, 2. οἱ κρινόμενοι ἀσεβεῖς the godless, who are condemned 2 Cl 18:1. Of the devil ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου κέκριται J 16:11.—ταῦτα ἔκρινας you have imposed these punishments Rv 16:5.—On κρίνειν τὸ κρίμα 18:20 s. κρίμα 4.

β. occupied by those who have been divinely commissioned to judge: the 12 apostles judge the 12 tribes Mt 19:28; Lk 22:30 (PBatiffol, RB n.s. 9, 1912, 541–43. But here κ. could have the broader sense rule; cp. 4 Km 15:5; Ps 2:10; 1 Macc 9:73; PsSol 17:29). κρινεῖ ἡ ἐκ φύσεως ἀκροβυστία … σέ the one who is physically uncircumcised will sit in judgment upon you Ro 2:27. οἱ ἅγιοι as judges of the cosmos 1 Cor 6:2ab (κρίνεσθαι ἐν: Diod S 19, 51, 4.—On the saints as co-rulers with God cp. Epict., Ench. 15; Sallust. 21 p. 36, 14) as well as of the angels vs. 3 (cp. Da 7:22).

⑥ to ensure justice for someone, see to it that justice is done (LXX) τινί to someone 1 Cl 8:4 (Is 1:17).—B. 1428. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > κρίνω

Страницы

Следующая →

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

См. также в других словарях:

Anywhere but Here (Buffy comic) — Infobox comics story arc title=Anywhere But Here imagesize= 200 caption=Cover art by Jo Chen. publisher=Dark Horse Comics date=2008 titles= Buffy the Vampire Slayer Season Eight #10 notable=y main char team = Buffy Summers Willow Rosenberg Xander … Wikipedia

Here I Am (Kelly Rowland album) — Here I Am … Wikipedia

Here be dragons — is a phrase used to denote dangerous or unexplored territories, in imitation of the infrequent medieval practice of putting sea serpents and other mythological creatures in blank areas of maps. In another context, software programmers sometimes… … Wikipedia

Another One Bites the Dust — Queen Veröffentlichung 12. August 1980 Länge 3:33 Genre(s) Rock Autor(en) John Deacon … Deutsch Wikipedia

Another One Bites the Dust — «Another One Bites the Dust» Сингл Queen из альбома The Game Выпущен 22 августа 1980 Формат 7” … Википедия

Here Comes Garfield — was the first half hour animated televised special based on the Garfield comic strip. It features the voices of Lorenzo Music as Garfield and others who later went on to voice their characters in future Garfield specials and the television series … Wikipedia

Another Day in Paradise (Lied) — Another Day in Paradise Phil Collins Veröffentlichung 1989 Länge 5:22 Genre(s) Popmusik Autor(en) Phil Collins … Deutsch Wikipedia

here and there — {adv. phr.} 1. In one place and then in another. * /I looked here and there for my pen, but I didn t look everywhere./ * /Here and there in the yard little yellow flowers had sprung up./ 2. In various directions. * /We went here and there looking … Dictionary of American idioms

here and there — {adv. phr.} 1. In one place and then in another. * /I looked here and there for my pen, but I didn t look everywhere./ * /Here and there in the yard little yellow flowers had sprung up./ 2. In various directions. * /We went here and there looking … Dictionary of American idioms

Another One Bites The Dust — Single par Queen extrait de l’album The Game Face A Another One Bites the Dust Face B Dragon Attack Sortie 22 août 1980 … Wikipédia en Français

Another one bites the dust — Single par Queen extrait de l’album The Game Face A Another One Bites the Dust Face B Dragon Attack Sortie 22 août 1980 … Wikipédia en Français

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

But here another

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

But here another

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: